diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome')
387 files changed, 38786 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb5956b9c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point --> +<!-- rights.locale-direction instead of the usual local.dir entity, so RTL can skip translating page. --> +<!ENTITY rights.locale-direction "ltr"> +<!ENTITY rights.pagetitle "about:rights"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-header "About Your Rights"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro "&brandFullName; is free and open source software, built by a community of thousands from all over the world. There are a few things you should know:"> + +<!-- Note on pointa / pointb / pointc form: + These points each have an embedded link in the HTML, so each point is + split into chunks for text before the link, the link text, and the text + after the link. If a localized grammar doesn't need the before or after + chunk, it can be left blank. + + Also note the leading/trailing whitespace in strings here, which is + deliberate for formatting around the embedded links. --> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1a "&brandShortName; is made available to you under the terms of the "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1b "Mozilla Public License"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1c ". This means you may use, copy and distribute &brandShortName; to others. You are also welcome to modify the source code of &brandShortName; as you want to meet your needs. The Mozilla Public License also gives you the right to distribute your modified versions."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2aa "&vendorShortName; does not grant you any rights to the "&brandFullName;" trademarks or logos. Additional information on Trademarks may be found "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2b "here"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2c "."> + +<!-- point 2da is technically point 3. in the list --> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2da "Some features in &brandShortName;, such as the Crash Reporter, give you the option to provide feedback to &vendorShortName;. By choosing to submit feedback, you give &vendorShortName; permission to use the feedback to improve their applications, to publish the feedback on their websites, and to distribute the feedback."> + +<!-- point 3 text for official branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3a "Privacy policies for &vendorShortName;'s products may be found "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3b "here"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3c "."> + +<!-- point 4 text for official branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights2.intro-point4a "&brandShortName; offers optional website information services, such as Add-on or Safe Browsing services; however, we cannot guarantee that they are 100% accurate or error-free. More details, including information on how to disable the services, can be found in the "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4b "service terms"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-header "&brandFullName; Website Services"> + +<!-- Note that this paragraph references entities from extensions.dtd, + preferences.dtd, pref-smartupdate.dtd, and pref-security.dtd, + so that we can refer to text the user sees in the UI, without + this page being forgotten every time those strings are updated. --> +<!-- intro paragraph for branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-aa "&vendorShortName; offers optional web-based services ("Services") that are available for your use with this binary version of &brandShortName; as described below. Some of these services (such as Add-on suggestion and update services, the Safe Browsing service, or the Location Aware Browsing notification feature) are enabled by default. If you do not want to use any of these Services or the terms below are unacceptable, instructions on how to disable a particular feature or Service may be found "> +<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-b "here"> +<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-c ". Other features and Services can be enabled or disabled in the application preferences."> + +<!-- add-on related points for branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-a "Add-on Services: "> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-b "By default, &brandShortName; will suggest add-ons on the &view.discover.label; page and check for updates in regular intervals. If you wish to disable these features to avoid communication of information on installed add-ons to the server, follow these steps:"> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-term1 "Open the application preferences"> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-term2 "Select the &smart.label; panel in the &advance.label; category"> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-term3 "Uncheck the options to "&autoAddOnsUpdates.label;" and "&enablePersonalized.label;""> +<!ENTITY rights.addons-term4 "The Add-on Services are now disabled"> + +<!-- safe browsing points for branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-a "Safe Browsing: "> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-b "Disabling the Safe Browsing feature is not recommended as it may result in you going to unsafe sites. If you wish to disable the feature completely, follow these steps:"> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term1 "Open the application preferences"> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term2 "Select the main &security.label; panel"> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term3 "Uncheck the options to "&blockAttackSites.label;" and "&blockWebForgeries.label;""> +<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term4 "Safe Browsing is now disabled"> + +<!-- location aware browsing points for branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-a "Location Aware Browsing: "> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-b "is always opt-in. No location information is ever sent without your permission. If you wish to disable the feature completely, follow these steps:"> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term1 "Open the application preferences"> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term2 "Select the main &security.label; panel"> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term3 "Select the option to "&geoDisabled.label;""> +<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term4 "Location Aware Browsing is now disabled"> + +<!-- points 0-6 text for branded builds --> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term0a "&vendorShortName; along with their contributors, licensors, and partners work to provide the most accurate and up-to-date Services. However, we cannot guarantee that this information is comprehensive and error-free. For example, the Safe Browsing Service may not identify some risky sites and may identify some safe sites in error and for the Location Aware Service all locations returned by our service providers are estimates only. Neither we nor our service providers guarantee the accuracy of the locations provided."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term1 "&vendorShortName; may discontinue or change the Services at its discretion."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term2a "You are welcome to use these Services with the accompanying version of &brandShortName;, and you have all the rights necessary to do so. &vendorShortName; and its licensors reserve all other rights in the Services. These terms are not intended to limit any rights granted under open source licenses applicable to &brandShortName; and to corresponding source code versions of &brandShortName;."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term3 "The Services are provided "as-is." &vendorShortName;, its contributors, licensors, and distributors, disclaim all warranties, whether express or implied, including without limitation, warranties that the Services are merchantable and fit for your particular purposes. You bear the entire risk as to selecting the Services for your purposes and as to the quality and performance of the Services. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of implied warranties, so this disclaimer may not apply to you."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term4 "Except as required by law, &vendorShortName;, its contributors, licensors, and distributors will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, or exemplary damages arising out of or in any way relating to the use of &brandShortName; and the Services. The collective liability under these terms will not exceed $500 (five hundred dollars). Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of certain damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term5 "&vendorShortName; may update these terms as necessary from time to time. These terms may not be modified or cancelled without &vendorShortName;'s written agreement."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term6a "These terms are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Germany and all disputes arising in connection with these Terms shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Germany. If any portion of these terms is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions will remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between a translated version of these terms and the English language version, the English language version shall control."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..834761425d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +buttonLabel = Know your rights +buttonAccessKey = K +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notifyRightsText2): Please check if the usage of vendorShortName in your translated +# content is still correct too. +notifyRightsText2 = %S is free and open software from the German registered association SeaMonkey e.V. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2d28e42f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Link Toolbar Title --> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.label "Website Navigation Bar"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.tooltip "Website Navigation Bar"> + +<!-- Link Toolbar visibility options --> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.label "Show Always"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.label "Show Only As Needed"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.label "Hide Always"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.accesskey "H"> + +<!-- Toolbar buttons, menus, and menuitems --> +<!ENTITY topButton.label "Top"> +<!ENTITY upButton.label "Up"> +<!ENTITY firstButton.label "First"> +<!ENTITY prevButton.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY lastButton.label "Last"> + +<!ENTITY documentButton.label "Document"> + +<!ENTITY tocButton.label "Table of Contents"> +<!ENTITY chapterButton.label "Chapters"> +<!ENTITY sectionButton.label "Sections"> +<!ENTITY subSectionButton.label "Subsections"> +<!ENTITY appendixButton.label "Appendices"> +<!ENTITY glossaryButton.label "Glossary"> +<!ENTITY indexButton.label "Index"> + +<!ENTITY moreButton.label "More"> + +<!ENTITY helpButton.label "Help"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search"> + +<!ENTITY authorButton.label "Author(s)"> +<!ENTITY copyrightButton.label "Copyright"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarkButton.label "Bookmarks"> + +<!ENTITY alternateButton.label "Other Versions"> + +<!ENTITY feedButton.label "Subscribe"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f650598640 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Contact…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Send Page…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.label "Send This Page…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.label "Send This Link…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.label "Send Image…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.label "Send Video…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.label "Send Audio…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.label "Send Frame…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.accesskey "d"> + +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.label "Send Link…"> +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.accesskey "d"> + diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..faa4d1b0b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY no-properties.label "No properties set."> + +<!ENTITY caption.label "Element Properties"> +<!ENTITY image-sec.label "Image Properties"> +<!ENTITY image-url.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY image-desc.label "Description:"> +<!ENTITY image-alt.label "Alternate text:"> +<!ENTITY image-width.label "Width:"> +<!ENTITY image-height.label "Height:"> +<!ENTITY image-filesize.label "Size of File:"> +<!ENTITY image-filesize.value "Unknown"> +<!ENTITY insdel-sec.label "Insert/Delete Properties"> +<!ENTITY insdel-cite.label "Info:"> +<!ENTITY insdel-date.label "Date:"> +<!ENTITY link-sec.label "Link Properties"> +<!ENTITY link-url.label "Address:"> +<!ENTITY link-target.label "Will open in:"> +<!ENTITY link-type.label "Target type:"> +<!ENTITY link-lang.label "Target language:"> +<!ENTITY link-rel.label "Relation:"> +<!ENTITY link-rev.label "Reversed relation:"> +<!ENTITY misc-sec.label "Miscellaneous Properties"> +<!ENTITY misc-lang.label "Text language:"> +<!ENTITY misc-title.label "Title:"> +<!ENTITY misc-tblsummary.label "Table summary:"> +<!ENTITY quote-sec.label "Quote Properties"> +<!ENTITY quote-cite.label "Info:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45b9f76abe --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/metadata.properties @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +sameWindowText=Same window +newWindowText=New window +parentFrameText=Parent frame +sameFrameText=Same frame +embeddedText=Embedded +unableToShowProps=No properties available. +altTextMissing=Missing +altTextBlank=Blank +imageSize=%S KB (%S bytes) +imageSizeUnknown=Unknown (not cached) +imageWidth=%Spx +imageHeight=%Spx +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name +languageRegionFormat=%1$S (%2$S) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d16671599 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/navigator.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the browser main menu items --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate commandkeys --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.title): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.title "&brandShortName;"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifier) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifier "&brandShortName;"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titleprivate "Private Browsing"> + +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.label "Edit Page"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.commandkey "e"> + +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.label "Navigation Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.label "Bookmarks Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.accesskey "m"> + +<!ENTITY closeWindow.label "Close Window"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY minimizeButton.tooltip "Minimize"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.tooltip "Restore"> + +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.label "Subscribe to This Page"> +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbar.tooltip "Bookmarks Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY navigationToolbar.tooltip "Navigation Toolbar"> + +<!ENTITY editBookmark.done.label "Done"> +<!ENTITY editBookmark.cancel.label "Cancel"> +<!ENTITY editBookmark.removeBookmark.accessKey "R"> + +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY backButton.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "Go back one page"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Go forward one page"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.tooltip "Reload current page"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Stop loading this page"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.tooltip "Type a word in the field to the left, then click Search"> +<!ENTITY goButton.label "Go"> +<!ENTITY goButton.tooltip "Type a location in the field to the left, then click Go"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Print this page"> + +<!ENTITY locationBar.tooltip "Enter search term, keyword, or web address"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.title "Location"> +<!ENTITY proxyIcon.tooltip "Drag and drop this icon to create a link to this page"> + +<!ENTITY searchItem.title "Search"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.tooltip "Bookmarks list"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "Home"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarItem.label "Bookmarks Toolbar Items"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarChevron.tooltip "Show more bookmarks"> + +<!-- Statusbar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label "Done"> + +<!ENTITY popupIcon.tooltiptext "Unblock this website's popups"> + +<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.label "View Security Info"> +<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY viewCertificate.label "View Certificate"> +<!ENTITY viewCertificate.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY viewCertManager.label "Open Certificate Manager"> +<!ENTITY viewCertManager.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY zoomIn.tooltiptext "Larger"> +<!ENTITY zoomOut.tooltiptext "Smaller"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb42bcd998 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigator.properties @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +nv_done=Done +nv_timeout=Timed Out +nv_stopped=Stopped +openFile=Open File +uploadFile=Upload File + +droponhomebutton=Drop a link or file to make it your home page +droponhometitle=Set Home Page +droponhomemsg=Do you want this document to be your new home page? +droponhomeokbutton=Set Home Page + +jserror=An error has occurred on this page. Double click here for details. + +#SessionHistory.js +nothingAvailable=(Nothing Available) + +#nsBrowserStatusHandler.js +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: %S is the security certifiate issuer +securityButtonTooltipSecure=Signed by %S +securityButtonTooltipMixedContent=Warning: Contains unauthenticated content +securityButtonTooltipInsecure=Displays security information about the current page + +# menu_close labels +tabs.closeTab.label=Close Tab +tabs.closeTab.accesskey=C +tabs.close.label=Close +tabs.close.accesskey=C + +tabs.recentlyClosed.format=%1$S %2$S + +windows.recentlyClosed.format=%1$S %2$S + +tabs.historyItem=Group of Tabs + +menuOpenAllInTabs.label=Open All in Tabs + +# urlbarBindings.xml +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: This is for the location bar drop-down string: +# "Search " + search_engine_name + " for " + user_input +# e.g. "Search Google for abc" +# DO NOT change the %S order when translate, the first %S must be the search engine name. +searchFor=Search %S for "%S" + +# Star button +starButtonOn.tooltip=Edit this bookmark +starButtonOff.tooltip=Bookmark this page + +# Edit Bookmark UI +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedTitle=Page Bookmarked +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedDescription=%S will always remember this page for you. +editBookmarkPanel.bookmarkedRemovedTitle=Bookmark Removed +editBookmarkPanel.editBookmarkTitle=Edit This Bookmark + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label) +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. Replacement for #1 is +# the number of bookmarks to be removed. +# If this causes problems with localization you can also do "Remove Bookmarks (#1)" +# instead of "Remove #1 Bookmarks". +editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label=Remove Bookmark;Remove #1 Bookmarks + +# bookmark dialog strings + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addKeywordTitleAutoFill): %S will be replaced by the page's title +# Used as the bookmark name when saving a keyword for a search field. +addKeywordTitleAutoFill=Search %S + +extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.name=SeaMonkey Default Theme +extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.description=This theme uses styles and colors from the system to fit in with other applications. + +extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.name=SeaMonkey Modern +extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.description=A contemporary theme for all components. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (unknownLanguage) +# %S will be replaced by the unrecognised language and region. +unknownLanguage=Unknown (%S) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ef749dc57 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- File Menu --> +<!ENTITY tabCmd.label "Browser Tab"> +<!ENTITY tabCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY tabCmd.commandkey "t"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.label "Open Web Location…"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.commandkey "l"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Open File…"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.commandkey "o"> + +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "Close Other Tabs"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "T"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeTabsToTheEnd.label): This should indicate the +direction in which tabs are closed, i.e. locales that use RTL mode should say +left instead of right. --> +<!ENTITY closeTabsToTheEnd.label "Close Tabs to the Right"> +<!ENTITY closeTabsToTheEnd.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY uploadFile.label "Upload File…"> +<!ENTITY uploadFile.accesskey "F"> + +<!-- Edit Menu --> +<!ENTITY findOnCmd.label "Find in This Page…"> + +<!-- View Menu --> +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label "Show/Hide"> +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.label "Tab Bar"> +<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.label "Status Bar"> +<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.label "Component Bar"> +<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.label "Full Screen"> +<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.label "Use Style"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.label "None"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.label "Default Style"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Switch Page Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Page Source"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.commandkey "u"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.label "Page Info"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.commandkey "i"> + +<!-- Go Menu --> +<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Go"> +<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]"> +<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.label "Home"> +<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY historyCmd.label "History"> +<!ENTITY historyCmd.accesskey "s"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyCmd.key): This is used only on the mac. --> +<!ENTITY historyCmd.key "H"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (history.commandKey): This is used on platforms other + than the mac instead of historyCmd.key. --> +<!ENTITY history.commandKey "h"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.label "Recently Closed Tabs"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.commandkey "t"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.label "Recently Closed Windows"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.commandkey "y"> +<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.label "Restore Previous Session"> +<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.label "Tabs From Other Computers"> +<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.accesskey "O"> + +<!-- Bookmarks Menu --> +<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.label "Bookmark This Page"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.label "File Bookmark…"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.commandkey "d"> +<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.label "Bookmark This Group of Tabs…"> +<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.label "Manage Bookmarks…"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.commandkey "b"> + +<!-- Tools Menu --> +<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.label "Search the Web"> +<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY searchInternet.commandKey "s"> +<!ENTITY translateMenu.label "Translate Page"> +<!ENTITY translateMenu.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY cookieMessageTitle.label "Cookie Permissions Changed"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.label "Manage Stored Cookies"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.label "Allow Cookies from This Website"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesMsg.label "Cookies from this website will always be allowed."> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.label "Allow Session Cookies from This Website"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesMsg.label "This website will be able to set cookies for the current session only."> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.label "Use Default Cookie Permissions"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultMsg.label "Cookies from this website will be accepted or rejected based on default settings."> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.label "Block Cookies from This Website"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesMsg.label "Cookies from this website will always be rejected."> + +<!ENTITY cookieImageMessageTitle.label "Image Permissions Changed"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.label "Manage Image Permissions"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.label "Allow Images from This Website"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesMsg.label "Images from this website will always be downloaded."> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.label "Use Default Image Permissions"> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultMsg.label "Images from this website will be downloaded based on default settings."> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.label "Block Images from This Website"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesMsg.label "Images from this website will never be downloaded."> + +<!ENTITY popupsMessageChangeTitle.label "Popup Permissions Changed"> +<!ENTITY popupAllowCmd.label "Allow Popups from This Website"> +<!ENTITY popupAllowCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY popupAllowMsg.label "Popups from this website will always be shown."> +<!ENTITY popupDefaultCmd.label "Use Default Popup Permissions"> +<!ENTITY popupDefaultCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY popupDefaultMsg.label "Popups from this website will be shown based on default settings."> +<!ENTITY popupBlockCmd.label "Block Popups from This Website"> +<!ENTITY popupBlockCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY popupBlockMsg.label "Popups from this website will not be shown."> +<!ENTITY popupsManage.label "Manage Popups"> +<!ENTITY popupsManage.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.label "Cookie Manager"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.label "Image Manager"> +<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY popupsManager.label "Popup Manager"> +<!ENTITY popupsManager.accesskey "o"> + +<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.label "Clear Private Data…"> +<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY stopCmd.macCommandKey "."> +<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.commandKey "f"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..283e0e319d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<!-- +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +--> + +<!-- Note to localizers, don't localize the strings 'width' or 'height' --> +<!ENTITY pageInfoWindow.dimensions "width: 100ch; height: 38em;"> + +<!ENTITY copy.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copy.label "Copy"> +<!ENTITY copy.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY selectall.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectall.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY selectall.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY openHelpMac.key "?"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> +<!ENTITY copyLinks.label "Copy Link(s)"> +<!ENTITY copyLinks.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY openInNewTab.label "Open in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY openInNewTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY openInNewWindow.label "Open in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openInNewWindow.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY generalTab "General"> +<!ENTITY generalTab.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY generalTitle "Title:"> +<!ENTITY generalURL "Address:"> +<!ENTITY generalType "Type:"> +<!ENTITY generalMode "Render Mode:"> +<!ENTITY generalSize "Size:"> +<!ENTITY generalReferrer "Referring URL:"> +<!ENTITY generalSource "Cache Source:"> +<!ENTITY generalModified "Modified:"> +<!ENTITY generalEncoding2 "Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaName "Name"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaContent "Content"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails "Details"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY formsTab "Forms"> +<!ENTITY formsTab.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY formAction "Form Action"> +<!ENTITY formMethod "Method"> +<!ENTITY formName "Name"> +<!ENTITY formEncoding "Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY formTarget "Target:"> +<!ENTITY formFields "Fields:"> +<!ENTITY formLabel "Label"> +<!ENTITY formFName "Field Name"> +<!ENTITY formType "Type"> +<!ENTITY formCValue "Current Value"> + +<!ENTITY linksTab "Links"> +<!ENTITY linksTab.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY linkName "Name"> +<!ENTITY linkAddress "Address"> +<!ENTITY linkType "Type"> +<!ENTITY linkTarget "Target"> +<!ENTITY linkAccessKey "Access Key"> + +<!ENTITY mediaTab "Media"> +<!ENTITY mediaTab.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mediaLocation "Location:"> +<!ENTITY mediaText "Associated Text:"> +<!ENTITY mediaAltHeader "Alternate Text"> +<!ENTITY mediaAddress "Address"> +<!ENTITY mediaType "Type"> +<!ENTITY mediaSize "Size"> +<!ENTITY mediaCount "Count"> +<!ENTITY mediaDimension "Dimensions:"> +<!ENTITY mediaLongdesc "Long Description:"> +<!ENTITY mediaBlockImage.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs2.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY mediaPreview "Media Preview:"> + +<!ENTITY feedTab "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feedTab.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe "Subscribe"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe.accesskey "u"> + +<!ENTITY permTab "Permissions"> +<!ENTITY permTab.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY permissionsFor "Permissions for:"> + +<!ENTITY securityTab "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY securityHeader "Security information for this page"> +<!ENTITY securityView.certView "View Certificate"> +<!ENTITY securityView.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY securityView.unknown "Unknown"> + + +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.header "Website Identity"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.owner "Owner:"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.domain "Website:"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.verifier "Verified by:"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.validity "Expires on:"> + +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.header "Privacy & History"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.history "Have I visited this website before today?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.cookies "Is this website storing information (cookies) on my computer?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies "View Cookies"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies.accessKey "k"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.passwords "Have I saved any passwords for this website?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords "View Saved Passwords"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords.accessKey "w"> + +<!ENTITY securityView.technical.header "Technical Details"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d5a805c89 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +pageInfo.page.title=Page Info - %S +pageInfo.frame.title=Frame Info - %S + +noPageTitle=Untitled Page: +unknown=Unknown +default=Default +notSet=Not specified +yes=Yes +no=No + +mediaImg=Image +mediaVideo=Video +mediaAudio=Audio +mediaBGImg=Background +mediaBorderImg=Border +mediaListImg=Bullet +mediaCursor=Cursor +mediaObject=Object +mediaEmbed=Embed +mediaLink=Icon +mediaInput=Input +mediaFileSize=%S KB +mediaSize=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx +mediaSelectFolder=Select a Folder to Save the Images +mediaBlockImage=Block Images from %S +mediaUnknownNotCached=Unknown (not cached) +mediaImageType=%S Image +mediaAnimatedImageType=%S Image (animated, %S frames) +mediaDimensions=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx +mediaDimensionsScaled=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx (scaled to %Spx \u00D7 %Spx) + +generalQuirksMode=Quirks mode +generalStrictMode=Standards compliance mode +generalNotCached=Not cached +generalDiskCache=Disk cache +generalMemoryCache=Memory cache +generalSize=%S KB (%S bytes) +generalMetaTag=Meta (1 tag) +generalMetaTags=Meta (%S tags) +generalSiteIdentity=This website is owned by %S\nThis has been verified by %S + +formTitle=Form %S: +formUntitled=Unnamed Form: +formDefaultTarget=None (opens in same window) +formChecked=Checked +formUnchecked=Unchecked +formPassword=•••••••• + +linkAnchor=Anchor +linkArea=Area +linkSubmission=Form Submission +linkSubmit=Submit Query +linkRel=Related Item +linkStylesheet=Stylesheet +linkRev=Reverse Link +linkX=Simple XLink +linkScript=Script +linkScriptInline=inline + +feedRss=RSS +feedAtom=Atom +feedXML=XML + +securityNoOwner=This website does not supply ownership information. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (securityVisitsNumber): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. +# See: https://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the number of visits and can be used in all plural forms as needed, e.g. +# for '1': 'Yes, #1 time' +securityVisitsNumber=Yes, once;Yes, #1 times +securityNoVisits=No + +permissions.useDefault=Use Default diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/region.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37f28f99fe --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# navigator.properties +# +# all.js +# +browser.startup.homepage=https://www.seamonkey-project.org/start/ + +browser.translation.service=https://translate.google.com/translate?prev=/language_tools&u= +browser.translation.serviceDomain=translate.google.com +browser.validate.html.service=https://validator.w3.org/check?charset=%28detect+automatically%29&doctype=Inline&uri= + +#config.js +# +startup.homepage_override_url=https://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/seamonkey%VERSION%/ + +# This is the default set of web based feed handlers shown in the reader +# selection UI +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.title=Feedly +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.uri=https://feedly.com/i/subscription/feed/%s +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.title=Inoreader +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.uri=https://www.inoreader.com/?add_feed=%s +browser.contentHandlers.types.2.title=My Yahoo! +browser.contentHandlers.types.2.uri=https://add.my.yahoo.com/rss?url=%s diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62f9612558 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY untitledTab "(Untitled)"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "New Tab"> +<!ENTITY newTab.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.label "Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "Close Other Tabs"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "O"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeTabsToTheEnd.label): This should indicate the +direction in which tabs are closed, i.e. locales that use RTL mode should say +left instead of right. --> +<!ENTITY closeTabsToTheEnd.label "Close Tabs to the Right"> +<!ENTITY closeTabsToTheEnd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.label "Reload All Tabs"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.label "Reload Tab"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.label "Bookmark This Group of Tabs"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY closeTabButton.tooltip "Close current tab"> +<!ENTITY newTabButton.tooltip "Open a new tab"> +<!ENTITY listAllTabs.tooltip "List all tabs"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.label "Undo Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b766f6de09 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +tabs.loading=Loading… +tabs.untitled=Untitled +tabs.closeWarningTitle=Confirm Closing Other Tabs +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningOther): +# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for +# multiple tabs. +tabs.closeWarningOther=;You are about to close #1 other tabs. Are you sure you want to continue? +tabs.closeButton=Close other tabs +tabs.closeWarningPromptMe=Warn me when I attempt to close other tabs +tabs.closeWarningTitleAll=Confirm close +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningAll): +# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for +# multiple tabs. +tabs.closeWarningAll=;This browser window has #1 tabs open. Do you want to close it and all its tabs? +tabs.closeButtonAll=Close all tabs +tabs.closeWarningPromptMeAll=Warn me when closing multiple tabs + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.openWarningTitle, tabs.openWarningMultipleBranded, tabs.openButtonMultiple, tabs.openWarningPromptMeBranded): +# These items were moved from /chrome/common/places/places.properties. +# Now they are not specific to bookmarks. +tabs.openWarningTitle=Confirm open +tabs.openWarningMultipleBranded=You are about to open %S tabs. This might slow down %S while the pages are loading. Are you sure you want to continue? +tabs.openButtonMultiple=Open tabs +tabs.openWarningPromptMeBranded=Warn me when opening multiple tabs might slow down %S diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1247df1813 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +taskbar.tasks.newTab.label=Open new tab +taskbar.tasks.newTab.description=Open a new browser tab. +taskbar.tasks.newWindow.label=Open new window +taskbar.tasks.newWindow.description=Open a new browser window. +taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.label=Open private window +taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.description=Open a new private browsing window. +taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.label=Open Mail & Newsgroups +taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.description=Open the Mail & Newsgroups window. +taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.label=Compose new message +taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.description=Compose a new message. +taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.label=Open Address Book +taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.description=Open your Address Book. +taskbar.tasks.openEditor.label=Open new Composer page +taskbar.tasks.openEditor.description=Open a new Composer page. +taskbar.frequent.label=Frequent +taskbar.recent.label=Recent + diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f14f7f1eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY validatePage.label "Validate This Page"> +<!ENTITY validatePage.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY allowRemoteDebugging.label "Allow Remote Debugging"> +<!ENTITY allowRemoteDebugging.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY devToolsCmd.keycode "VK_F12"> +<!ENTITY devToolsCmd.keytext "F12"> + +<!ENTITY devtoolsConnect.label "Connect…"> +<!ENTITY devtoolsConnect.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.label "Browser Console"> +<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.commandkey "Ζ"> +<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY responsiveDesignTool.label "Responsive Design View"> +<!ENTITY responsiveDesignTool.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY eyedropper.label "Eyedropper"> +<!ENTITY eyedropper.accesskey "y"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (scratchpad.label): This menu item label appears + - in the Tools menu. See bug 653093. + - The Scratchpad is intended to provide a simple text editor for creating + - and evaluating bits of JavaScript code for the purposes of function + - prototyping, experimentation and convenient scripting. + - + - It's quite possible that you won't have a good analogue for the word + - "Scratchpad" in your locale. You should feel free to find a close + - approximation to it or choose a word (or words) that means + - "simple discardable text editor". --> +<!ENTITY scratchpad.label "Scratchpad"> +<!ENTITY scratchpad.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY scratchpad.keycode "VK_F4"> +<!ENTITY scratchpad.keytext "F4"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (browserToolboxMenu.label): This is the label for the + - application menu item that opens the browser toolbox UI in the Tools menu. --> +<!ENTITY browserToolboxMenu.label "Browser Toolbox"> +<!ENTITY browserToolboxMenu.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY browserToolboxCmd.commandkey "I"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (browserContentToolboxMenu.label): This is the label for the + - application menu item that opens the browser content toolbox UI in the Tools menu. + - This toolbox allows to debug the chrome of the content process in multiprocess builds. --> +<!ENTITY browserContentToolboxMenu.label "Browser Content Toolbox"> +<!ENTITY browserContentToolboxMenu.accesskey "x"> + +<!ENTITY devToolbarCloseButton.tooltiptext "Close Developer Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY devToolbarMenu.label "Developer Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY devToolbarMenu.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY webide.label "WebIDE"> +<!ENTITY webide.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY webide.keycode "VK_F8"> +<!ENTITY webide.keytext "F8"> + +<!ENTITY devToolbar.keycode "VK_F2"> +<!ENTITY devToolbar.keytext "F2"> + +<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.label "Toggle Tools"> +<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.keytext "I"> + +<!ENTITY devToolbarToolsButton.tooltip "Toggle developer tools"> + +<!ENTITY getMoreDevtoolsCmd.label "Get More Tools"> +<!ENTITY getMoreDevtoolsCmd.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/about.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/about.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ddc1daa17 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/about.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE the following declarations were copied from + mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd which was removed + by bug 1408044. --> + +<!ENTITY about.version "version"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.beforeLink): note that there is no space + between this phrase and the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase, so if + your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this + entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.credits.beforeLink "See a list of "> +<!ENTITY about.credits.linkTitle "contributors"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.afterLink): note that there is no space + between the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase and this phrase, so if + your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of this + entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.credits.afterLink " to the Mozilla Project."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.beforeTheLink): note that there is no + space between this phrase and the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase, + so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this + entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.license.beforeTheLink "Read the "> +<!ENTITY about.license.linkTitle "licensing information"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.afterTheLink): note that there is no + space between the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase and this phrase, + so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of + this entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.license.afterTheLink " for this product."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.beforeTheLink): note that there is no + space between this phrase and the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase, + so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this + entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.relnotes.beforeTheLink "Read the "> +<!ENTITY about.relnotes.linkTitle "release notes"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.afterTheLink): note that there is no + space between the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase and this phrase, + so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of + this entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.relnotes.afterTheLink " for this version."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink): note that there is + no space between this phrase and the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle + phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end + of this entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink "See the "> +<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.linkTitle "build configuration"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.afterTheLink): note that there is no + space between the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle phrase and this + phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the + start of this entity. --> +<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.afterTheLink " used for this version."> + +<!ENTITY about.buildIdentifier "Build identifier: "> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE end of declarations that were copied from + mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (channel.description.start,channel.description.end): + channel.description.start and channel.description.end create one sentence, + with the current channel label inserted in between. + example: You are currently on the _Stable_ update channel. --> +<!ENTITY channel.description.start "You are currently on the "> +<!ENTITY channel.description.end " update channel."> +<!ENTITY about.userAgent "User agent: "> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b450f0c533 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: where ".private" and ".normal" variants exist, + - the former is shown in a private browsing window and the latter in + - a regular (non-private) browsing window. --> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.private "You are in a Private Browsing window"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.normal "Would you like to start Private Browsing?"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.private "&brandShortName; won't remember any history for this window."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.normal "You are not currently in a private window."> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.common.description "In a Private Browsing window, &brandShortName; won't keep any browser history, search history, download history, web form history, cookies, or temporary internet files. However, created bookmarks and downloaded files will be kept."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.track.warn "While this computer won't have a record of your browsing history, your employer or Internet service provider might still be able to track the pages you visit."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.label "Learn more"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.info "Once done, close the window to stop Private Browsing."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.label "Close this window now"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.start.info "To start Private Browsing, click the button below or select File ▶ New ▶ Private Window from the menu."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.label "Open a new private window"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bca31b095a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle "Restore Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle "Would you like to restore your session?"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: If "closed unexpectedly" sounds too awkward in the translation, + you may translate "crash" instead (even though it's IT-speak) --> +<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc "Your previous &brandShortName; session closed unexpectedly. We sincerely apologize for the inconvenience. You can restore the tabs and windows from your previous session, or start a new session if they are no longer needed."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies "If &brandShortName; closes repeatedly:"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome "Try disabling any recently added extensions in the Add-ons Manager."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent "Try restoring your session without any Web pages you suspect might be causing the problem:"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton "Restore Previous Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "R"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton "Start New Session"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access "S"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader "Restore"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader "Windows and Tabs"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: %S will be replaced with a number. --> +<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel "Window %S"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..abc8b9d60e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.otherComputers.label): Keep this in sync with syncTabsMenu.label from navigator.dtd --> +<!ENTITY tabs.otherComputers.label "Tabs From Other Computers"> + +<!ENTITY tabs.searchText.label "Type here to find tabs…"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.context.openTab.accesskey, tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey; + tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey, tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey): + Only one of each of these pairs will show at a time (based on selection), so reusing accesskey is ok. --> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.label "Open This Tab"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.label "Open Selected Tabs"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.label "Bookmark This Tab…"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.label "Bookmark Selected Tabs…"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.label "Refresh List"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb54b669a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Zoom"> +<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Select zoom (%):"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/certError.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22a47ea366 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/certError.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page, +a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced +by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. --> + +<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle "Untrusted Connection"> +<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "This Connection is Untrusted"> + +<!-- Localization note (certerror.introPara1a) - The text content of the span +tag will be replaced at runtime with the name of the server to which the user +was trying to connect. --> +<!ENTITY certerror.introPara1a "You have asked &brandShortName; to connect +securely to <span class='hostname'/>, but we can't confirm that your connection +is secure."> +<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Normally, when you try to connect securely, +websites will present trusted identification to prove that you are +going to the right place. However, this website's identity can't be verified."> + +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "What Should I Do?"> +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "If you usually connect to +this website without problems, this error could mean that someone is +trying to impersonate the website, and you shouldn't continue."> +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.badStsCertExplanation "This site uses HTTP +Strict Transport Security (HSTS) to specify that &brandShortName; only connect +to it securely. As a result, it is not possible to add an exception for this +certificate."> +<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "This sounds bad, take me to my home page instead"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "I Understand the Risks"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "If you understand what's going on, you +can tell &brandShortName; to start trusting this website's identification. +<b>Even if you trust the website, this error could mean that someone is +tampering with your connection.</b>"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Don't add an exception unless +you know there's a good reason why this website doesn't use trusted identification."> +<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Add Exception…"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Technical Details"> + +<!ENTITY dnsNotFound.pageTitle "Server Not Found"> +<!ENTITY malformedURI.pageTitle "Invalid URL"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9320cacbc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY errorConsole.title "Error Console"> + +<!ENTITY errFile.label "Source File:"> +<!ENTITY errLine.label "Line:"> +<!ENTITY errColumn.label "Column:"> + +<!ENTITY all.label "All"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY errors.label "Errors"> +<!ENTITY errors.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY warnings.label "Warnings"> +<!ENTITY warnings.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY messages.label "Messages"> +<!ENTITY messages.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY clear.label "Clear"> +<!ENTITY clear.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY codeEval.label "Code:"> +<!ENTITY codeEval.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY evaluate.label "Evaluate"> +<!ENTITY evaluate.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY filter2.label "Filter:"> +<!ENTITY filter2.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Copy"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.commandkey "C"> +<!ENTITY sortFirst.label "First > Last Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY sortFirst.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY sortLast.label "Last > First Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY sortLast.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY closeCmd.commandkey "w"> +<!ENTITY focus1.commandkey "l"> +<!ENTITY focus2.commandkey "d"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY modeToolbar.tooltip "Mode Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY entryToolbar.tooltip "Javascript Entry Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label "Show/Hide"> +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY toolbarMode.label "Mode"> +<!ENTITY toolbarMode.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY toolbarEval.label "JavaScript Entry"> +<!ENTITY toolbarEval.accesskey "J"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a17a250b38 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/console/console.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +typeError=Error: +typeWarning=Warning: +typeMessage=Message: +errFile=Source File: %S +errLine=Line: %S +errLineCol=Line: %S, Column: %S +errCode=Source Code: +errTime=Timestamp: %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (evaluationContextChanged): The message displayed when the +# browser console's evaluation context (window against which input is evaluated) +# changes. +evaluationContextChanged=The console’s evaluation context changed, probably because the target window was closed or because you opened a main window from the browser console’s window. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4c1c9bf16 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Context Menu --> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label "Open Link in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label "Open Link in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.label "Open Link in Private Window"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label "Open Frame in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label "Open Frame in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY keywordfield.label "Add a Keyword for this Search…"> +<!ENTITY keywordfield.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label "Show Only This Frame"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label "Up"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey "r"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label "Reload Frame"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "View Selection Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label "View MathML Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label "View Page Source"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label "View Frame Source"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label "View Page Info"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label "View Frame Info"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label "Fit Image to Window"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label "Reload Image"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label "View Image"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.label "View Image Info"> +<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label "View Video"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label "View Background Image"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.label "Set Desktop Background…"> +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label "Bookmark This Page…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label "Bookmark This Link…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label "Bookmark This Frame…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label "Save Page As…"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label "Save Page"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey "s"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label "Save Frame As…"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label "Save Frame"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.label "Print Frame…"> +<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label "Save Link Target As…"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label "Save Link Target"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label "Save Image As…"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label "Save Image"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label "Save Video As…"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label "Save Audio As…"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Copy Link Location"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label "Copy Image"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label "Copy Video Location"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label "Copy Audio Location"> +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label "This Frame"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label "Play"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.label "Pause"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.label "Mute"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label "Unmute"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.label "Playback Speed"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.label "Slow Motion (½×)"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.label "Normal Speed"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.label "Fast Speed (1¼×)"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.label "High Speed (1½×)"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.label "Double Speed"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY mediaLoop.label "Loop"> +<!ENTITY mediaLoop.accesskey "o"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: The access keys for "Show Controls" and +"Hide Controls" are the same because the two context-menu +items are mutually exclusive. --> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label "Show Media Controls"> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label "Hide Media Controls"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label "Full Screen"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.label "Save Snapshot As…"> +<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY videoShowStats.label "Show Statistics"> +<!ENTITY videoShowStats.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY videoHideStats.label "Hide Statistics"> +<!ENTITY videoHideStats.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Switch Page Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Switch Text Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label "Add to Dictionary"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.label "Undo Add to Dictionary"> +<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label "Ignore Word"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label "Check Spelling"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label "(No Spelling Suggestions)"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label "Languages"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label "Download More Dictionaries…"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.label "Fill Login"> +<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.label "Fill Password"> +<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.label "Fill Username"> +<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY noLoginSuggestions.label "(No Login Suggestions)"> +<!ENTITY viewSavedLogins.label "View Saved Logins"> + +<!-- Developer Tools --> +<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.label "Inspect Element"> +<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.accesskey "n"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28b6fce6f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# context menu strings + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (searchSelected): %1$S is the search engine, +# %2$S is the selection string. +searchSelected=Search %1$S for "%2$S" +searchSelected.accesskey=e + +blockImage=Block Images from %S +blockImage.accesskey=c +unblockImage=Unblock Images from %S +unblockImage.accesskey=c diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7915d26470 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's + toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.dtd --> +<!ENTITY dialog.title "Customize Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY dialog.dimensions "width: 92ch; height: 36em;"> +<!ENTITY instructions.description "You can add or remove items by dragging to or from the toolbars."> +<!ENTITY show.label "Show:"> +<!ENTITY iconsAndText.label "Icons and Text"> +<!ENTITY icons.label "Icons"> +<!ENTITY text.label "Text"> +<!ENTITY useSmallIcons.label "Use Small Icons"> +<!ENTITY restoreDefaultSet.label "Restore Default Set"> +<!ENTITY addNewToolbar.label "Add New Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY saveChanges.label "Done"> +<!ENTITY undoChanges.label "Undo Changes"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41509bf9b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's +# toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.properties +enterToolbarTitle=New Toolbar +enterToolbarName=Enter a name for this toolbar: +enterToolbarDup=There is already a toolbar with the name “%S”. Please enter a different name. +enterToolbarBlank=You must enter a name to create a new toolbar. +separatorTitle=Separator +springTitle=Flexible Space +spacerTitle=Space diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d01dd1258 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Data Manager"> + +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY select.all.label "All data types"> +<!ENTITY select.cookies.label "Cookies only"> +<!ENTITY select.permissions.label "Permissions only"> +<!ENTITY select.preferences.label "Preferences only"> +<!ENTITY select.passwords.label "Passwords only"> +<!ENTITY select.storage.label "Storage only"> + +<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Search Domains"> +<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Domain"> + +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Forget About This Domain"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Forget Global Data"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY data.search.key "k"> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Permissions"> +<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY tab.storage.label "Storage"> +<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Form Data"> +<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Forget"> + +<!-- cookies --> +<!ENTITY cookies.description "This domain has stored the following cookies on your computer:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Cookie Name"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Expires"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Information about the selected Cookie"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Content:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Host:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Domain:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Path:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Send For:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Expires:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "When removing, block the listed websites from setting future cookies"> +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "W"> + +<!-- permissions --> +<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Use Default"> +<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Always ask"> +<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Never save"> +<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Allow"> +<!ENTITY perm.AllowSameDomain "Allow for Same Domain"> +<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Allow for Session"> +<!ENTITY perm.Block "Block"> + +<!ENTITY perm.host.placeholder "Enter a host name"> +<!ENTITY perm.button.add.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY perm.button.add.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- preferences --> +<!ENTITY prefs.description "Content preferences are a way for &brandShortName; to save its settings, like zoom levels, specifically for a website."> + +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Preference Name"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Value"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- passwords --> +<!ENTITY pwd.description "You have the following passwords stored for this domain:"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Username"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Password"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Copy Password"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- storage --> +<!ENTITY storage.description "This domain uses the following web storages on your computer:"> + +<!ENTITY storage.tree.host.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY storage.tree.type.label "Type"> +<!ENTITY storage.tree.size.label "Size"> + +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- form data --> +<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Search Field Data"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Field Name"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Entered Value"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Use Count"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "First Used"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Last Used"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- forget --> +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Permissions"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Content Preferences"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY forget.storage.label "Storage"> +<!ENTITY forget.storage.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Form Data"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Forget This Data"> +<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d39d9fc79 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# cookies +cookies.expireAtEndOfSession=At end of session + +cookies.secureOnly.httponly=Encrypted connections only and no script access +cookies.secureOnly.all=Encrypted connections only +cookies.anyConnection.httponly=Any type of connection, no script access +cookies.anyConnection.all=Any type of connection + +cookies.deleteSelected=Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookies? +cookies.deleteSelectedTitle=Remove Selected Cookies +cookies.deleteSelectedYes=&Remove + +# permissions +perm.allowXULXBL.label=Use XUL/XBL Markup +perm.cookie.label=Set Cookies +perm.geo.label=Share Location +perm.image.label=Load Images +perm.indexedDB.label=Store Local Databases +perm.install.label=Install Add-ons +perm.offline-app.label=Offline Web Applications +perm.object.label=Run Plugins +perm.login-saving.label=Save Passwords +perm.plugins.label=Activate Plugins +perm.popup.label=Open Popup Windows +perm.script.label=Run Scripts +perm.stylesheet.label=Load Stylesheets +perm.trackingprotection.label=Tracking Activity + +perm.type.default=Select a type +perm.validation.invalidurl=The url entered is not valid + +# passwords +pwd.hidePasswords=Hide Passwords +pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey=P +pwd.showPasswords=Show Passwords +pwd.showPasswords.accesskey=P +pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt=Are you sure you wish to show your passwords? + +pwd.deleteSelected=Are you sure you want to delete the selected passwords? +pwd.deleteSelectedTitle=Remove Selected Passwords +pwd.deleteSelectedYes=&Remove + +# preferences +prefs.deleteSelected=Are you sure you want to delete the selected preferences? +prefs.deleteSelectedTitle=Remove Selected Preferences +prefs.deleteSelectedYes=&Remove + +# storage + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for disk usage of any storage +# e.g. storageUsage: "50.23 MB" +# %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...) +# %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...) +storageUsage=%1$S %2$S + +storage.deleteSelected=Are you sure you want to delete the selected web storages? +storage.deleteSelectedTitle=Remove Selected Storages +storage.deleteSelectedYes=&Remove + +# form data +fdata.deleteSelected=Are you sure you want to delete the selected form history entries? +fdata.deleteSelectedTitle=Remove Selected Form Data +fdata.deleteSelectedYes=&Remove + +# forget +forget.desc.domain.pre=Forget about all data of the following types associated with the domain "%S": +forget.desc.domain.post=All data associated with the domain "%S" of the following types has been deleted: +forget.desc.global.pre=Forget about all global data of the following types: +forget.desc.global.post=All global data of the following types has been deleted: diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b010c48313 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- first day of week to display in datepicker, a value from 0 to 6, + 0 = Sunday, 1 = Monday, etc. --> +<!ENTITY firstdayofweek.default "0"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb4bac7340 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY defaultClient.title "Default Client"> +<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro "Use &brandShortName; as the default client for:"> + +<!ENTITY browser.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY email.label "E-Mail"> +<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY feeds.label "Feeds"> + +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Always perform this check when starting &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f285278f0b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY downloadManager.title "Download Manager"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip "Search Bar"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Downloads"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Search Downloads"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label "Clear List"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip "Removes completed, canceled, and failed downloads from the list"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY col.name.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip "File Name"> +<!ENTITY col.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip "Status"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label "Pause/Resume/Retry"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip "Pause/Resume/Retry"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label "Cancel/Remove"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip "Cancel/Remove"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.label "Progress"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip "Progress"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label "Time Left"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip "Time Left"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.label "Transferred"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip "Transferred"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label "Speed"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip "Speed"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label "Time Elapsed"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip "Time Elapsed"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.label "Start Time"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip "Start Time"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.label "End Time"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip "End Time"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip "Progress (%)"> +<!ENTITY col.source.label "Source"> +<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip "Source"> + +<!ENTITY view.columns.label "Show Columns"> +<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label "Sort by"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label "Unsorted"> +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label "A > Z Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label "Z > A Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey "Z"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label "Pause"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label "Resume"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label "Retry"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label "Cancel"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label "Remove From List"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Open Containing Folder"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Go to Download Page"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Copy Download Link"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label "Properties…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey "s"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.unblock2.label): + This command is shown in the context menu when downloads are blocked. + --> +<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.label "Allow Download"> +<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.accesskey "l"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a62677e13d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUnknown): +# Indicates that the download stat is unknown. +# You should never see this in the ui. +stateUnknown=Unknown +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDownloading): +# Indicates that the download is in progress. +stateDownloading=Downloading +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUploading): +# Indicates that the upload is in progress. +stateUploading=Uploading +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateStarting): +# Indicates that the download is starting. +# You won't probably ever see this in the ui. +stateStarting=Starting… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateNotStarted): +# Indicates that the download has not started yet. +# You won't probably ever see this in the ui. +stateNotStarted=Not Started +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateScanning): +# Indicates that an external program is scanning the download for viruses. +stateScanning=Scanning for viruses… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateFailed): +# Indicates that the download failed because of an error. +stateFailed=Failed +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statePaused): +# Indicates that the download was paused by the user. +statePaused=Paused +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCanceled): +# Indicates that the download was canceled by the user. +stateCanceled=Canceled +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCompleted): +# Indicates that the download was completed. +stateCompleted=Finished +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedParentalControls): +# Indicates that the download was blocked by the Parental Controls feature of +# Windows. "Parental Controls" should be consistently named and capitalized +# with the display of this feature in Windows. The following article can +# provide a reference for the translation of "Parental Controls" in various +# languages: +# http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/Set-up-Parental-Controls +stateBlockedParentalControls=Blocked by Parental Controls +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedPolicy): +# Indicates that the download was blocked on Windows because of the "Launching +# applications and unsafe files" setting of the "security zone" associated with +# the target site. "Security zone" should be consistently named and capitalized +# with the display of this feature in Windows. The following article can +# provide a reference for the translation of "security zone" in various +# languages: +# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/174360 +stateBlockedPolicy=Blocked by your security zone policy +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDirty): +# Indicates that the download was blocked after scanning. +stateDirty=Blocked: May contain a virus or spyware + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedMalware, blockedPotentiallyUnwanted, +# blockedUncommon2): +# These strings are shown in the panel for some types of blocked downloads, and +# are immediately followed by the "Learn More" link, thus they must end with a +# period. You may need to adjust "downloadDetails.width" in "downloads.dtd" if +# this turns out to be longer than the other existing status strings. +# Note: These strings don't exist in the UI yet. See bug 1053890. +blockedMalware=This file contains a virus or malware. +blockedPotentiallyUnwanted=This file may harm your computer. +blockedUncommon2=This file is not commonly downloaded. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (unblockHeaderUnblock, unblockHeaderOpen, +# unblockTypeMalware, unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2, +# unblockTypeUncommon2, unblockTip2, unblockButtonOpen, +# unblockButtonUnblock, unblockButtonConfirmBlock): +# These strings are displayed in the dialog shown when the user asks a blocked +# download to be unblocked. The severity of the threat is expressed in +# descending order by the unblockType strings, it is higher for files detected +# as malware and lower for uncommon downloads. +unblockHeaderUnblock=Are you sure you want to allow this download? +unblockHeaderOpen=Are you sure you want to open this file? +unblockTypeMalware=This file contains a virus or other malware that will harm your computer. +unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2=This file is disguised as a helpful download, but it can make unexpected changes to your programs and settings. +unblockTypeUncommon2=This file is not commonly downloaded and may not be safe to open. It may contain a virus or make unexpected changes to your programs and settings. +unblockTip2=You can search for an alternate download source or try again later. +unblockButtonOpen=Open +unblockButtonUnblock=Allow download +unblockButtonConfirmBlock=Remove file + +fileExecutableSecurityWarning=“%S” is an executable file. Executable files may contain viruses or other malicious code that could harm your computer. Use caution when opening this file. Are you sure you want to launch “%S”? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle=Open Executable File? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk=Don’t ask me this again + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (otherDownloads3): +# This is displayed in an item at the bottom of the Downloads Panel when +# there are more downloads than can fit in the list in the panel. Use a +# semi-colon list of plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals +otherDownloads3=%1$S file downloading;%1$S files downloading + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (downloadsTitleFiles, downloadsTitlePercent): Semi-colon list of +# plural forms. See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals +# %1$S number of files; %2$S overall download percent (only for downloadsTitlePercent) +# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %2$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign +# examples: 2% of 1 file - Download Manager; 22% of 11 files - Download Manager +downloadsTitleFiles=%1$S file - Download Manager;%1$S files - Download Manager +downloadsTitlePercent=%2$S%% of %1$S file - Download Manager;%2$S%% of %1$S files - Download Manager + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitle): +# %1$S is the file name, %2$S is the download state +# examples: coolvideo.ogg - Finished; seamonkey-nightly.zip - Paused +progressTitle=%1$S - %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitlePercent): +# %1$S is download percent, %2$S is the file name, %3$S is the download state +# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign +# examples: 42% of coolvideo.ogg - Paused; 98% of seamonkey-nightly.zip - Downloading +progressTitlePercent=%1$S%% of %2$S - %3$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentFormat): %1$S is download percent +# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign +percentFormat=%1$S%% + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (speedFormat): +# %1$S rate number; %2$S rate unit +# units are taken from toolkit's downloads.properties +# example: 2.2 MB/sec +speedFormat=%1$S %2$S/sec + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit +# example: 1 minute; 11 hours +timeSingle=%1$S %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeDouble): +# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit +# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes; 1 day, 22 hours +timeDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (sizeSpeed): +# %1$S is transfer progress; %2$S download speed +# example: 1.1 of 11.1 GB (2.2 MB/sec) +sizeSpeed=%1$S (%2$S) + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statusActive): — is the "em dash" (long dash) +# %1$S download status; %2$S time remaining +# example: Paused — 11 hours, 2 minutes remaining +statusActive=%1$S — %2$S + +fromSource=From %S +toTarget=To %S diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..733faf7360 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY progress.title "Download in Progress…"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip "Pause"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip "Resume"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip "Retry"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip "Cancel"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Open Containing Folder"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Go to Download Page"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Copy Download Link"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label "Close this window when the download is complete."> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey "w"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06e59f3bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY feedPage.title "Viewing Feed"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Subscribe Now"> +<!ENTITY feedMessenger "News & Blogs"> +<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Live Bookmarks"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e63890b493 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +linkTitleTextFormat=Go to %S +addHandler=Add "%S" (%S) as a Feed Reader? +addHandlerAddButton=Add Feed Reader +addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey=A +handlerRegistered="%S" is already registered as a Feed Reader +subscribeNow=Subscribe Now +chooseApplicationMenuItem=Choose Application… +chooseApplicationDialogTitle=Choose Application +alwaysUse=Always use %S to subscribe to feeds +mediaLabel=Media files + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the size of the enclosed media. +# e.g. enclosureSizeText : "50.23 MB" +# %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...) +# %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...) +enclosureSizeText=%1$S %2$S + +bytes=bytes +kilobytes=KB +megabytes=MB +gigabytes=GB + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next three strings explains to the user what they're +# doing. +# e.g. alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts : "Always use Miro to subscribe to video podcasts." +# %S = application to use (Miro, iTunes, ...) +alwaysUseForFeeds=Always use %S to subscribe to feeds. +alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts=Always use %S to subscribe to podcasts. +alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts=Always use %S to subscribe to video podcasts. + +subscribeFeedUsing=Subscribe to this feed using +subscribeAudioPodcastUsing=Subscribe to this podcast using +subscribeVideoPodcastUsing=Subscribe to this video podcast using + +feedSubscriptionFeed1=This is a "feed" of frequently changing content on this website. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1=This is a "podcast" of frequently changing content on this website. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1=This is a "video podcast" of frequently changing content on this website. + +feedSubscriptionFeed2=You can subscribe to this feed to receive updates when this content changes. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2=You can subscribe to this podcast to receive updates when this content changes. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2=You can subscribe to this video podcast to receive updates when this content changes. + +# Protocol Handling +# "Add %appName (%appDomain) as an application for %protocolType links?" +addProtocolHandler=Add %S (%S) as an application for %S links? +addProtocolHandlerAddButton=Add Application +# "%appName has already been added as an application for %protocolType links." +protocolHandlerRegistered=%S has already been added as an application for %S links. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..516660876a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY loadError.label "Page Load Error"> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.title "Gopher Protocol"> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.shortDesc "gopher is not a registered protocol."> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.longDesc "The address specifies the gopher protocol which is no longer supported, so the browser cannot connect to the site. You can get a compatible add-on to access this server from Mozilla Add-ons."> +<!ENTITY goToAddOn.label "Go to Add-on Page"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a472473f59 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and + Decisions</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by + Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click + the Help button in one of those windows.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li> + <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li> + <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li> + <li><a href="#website_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected + in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes + information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what + the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete + details on the certificate's contents.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> + <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to + view.</li> + <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li> + <li>Click View.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several + kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following + uses</strong>: See + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a> + for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses + can include any of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + you to websites.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + a website server to browsers.</li> + <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li> + <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify someone else, for example so you can send that person + encrypted email.</li> + <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate + Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more + information about OCSP, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates Settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to + identify a certificate authority—that is, a service that issues + certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about + the certificate: + <ul> + <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity + that the certificate identifies.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which + the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li> + <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational + unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li> + <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate's serial + number.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that + provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority + (CA) that issued the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the + certificate is valid.</li> + <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate's fingerprints. + A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical + function to the certificate contents. A certificate's fingerprint can + be used to verify that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3> + +<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more + detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information + for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name, + select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and + read the field's value under Field Value:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain, + with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate + chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive + certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the + certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li> + <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected + under Certificate Fields.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form + wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot + interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p> + +<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2> + +<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software + device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption + and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears + when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use + when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as + generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one + of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your + machine.</p> + +<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart + card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the + name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you + must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate + Manager know that you want to use it.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security + device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or + aren't available.</p> + +<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2> + +<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a> + that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make + backup copies of your private + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the + certificate enrollment process.</p> + +<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of + such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a + backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of + decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your + corresponding public key.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying + the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate + to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK. + + <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the + backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don't trust the CA that is + requesting the backup copy, don't request a certificate from it. Click + Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a + certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to + use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or + lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key + exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading + email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p> + +<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2> + +<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and + its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can + put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under + lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption + problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p> + +<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose + your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it + for. For example:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you + will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new + certificate. </li> + <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not + be able to read any of your encrypted email—including both encrypted + messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received. + In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key + associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the + messages encrypted with that key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid + future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don't forget.</p> + +<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2> + +<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather + than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form + of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is + sometimes called + <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p> + +<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that + can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this + case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog + box, which displays two kinds of information:</p> + +<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a + certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting + identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the + Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the + website.</li> + <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issued the certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The + certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a + website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box. + Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website + you want to visit.</p> + +<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are + displayed:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified + by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the + certificate's serial number and validity dates.</li> + <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that + issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2> + +<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on + your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include + certificates that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>. + To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate + Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance + of those certificates.</p> + +<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA's + certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that + CA to issue.</p> + +<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to + specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can + select any of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates + for some websites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be + extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have + negative consequences.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to + send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate + identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you + should consider carefully the CA's procedures for identifying + prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your + purposes before selecting this option.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting + this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify + the origin of JavaScript scripts requesting special access to your computer, + such as the ability to change files. Since such access privileges can be + misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard disk, be very + careful about selecting this option unless you are certain that you trust + the CA for this purpose.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is + operating it. Make sure the CA's policies and procedures are + appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA + issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions, + make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA + provides.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you + are about to download. If you decide you don't want to download this + certificate, click Cancel.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="website_certificates">Website Certificates</h2> + +<p>When you attempt to go to a website that supports the use of + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, you may be faced with an + error page. There are two types, one called + <a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed</a> and one + called <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed + Dialog</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet + Valid</a></li> + <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed Page</h3> + +<p>In the case where you have disabled the SSL protocol (e.g. through + <a href="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_settings">SSL/TLS Settings</a>) or the website + that you are accessing is using an older, insecure version of the SSL protocol + then you will be presented with a page titled "Secure Connection + Failed". That page contains some basic background information (including + the <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website) and a <strong>Try Again</strong> + button that triggers a page reload.</p> + +<h3 id="untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</h3> + +<p>If SSL itself is enabled then the error page that you will be presented with + will be titled "This Connection is Untrusted". There are many + different reasons why a connection can appear untrusted. Here are some of the + most common ones:</p> + +<ul> + <li>the certificate of the website is <a href="#certificate_expired">no longer + valid (expired)</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is + <a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">not yet valid</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is only valid for another website + (<a href="#domain_name_mismatch">domain name mismatch</a>)</li> + <li>the certificate of the website is self-signed (thus the identity of the + website cannot be verified).</li> + <li>the issuer certificate is not trusted (&brandShortName; cannot + verify the identity of the website because it doesn't + recognize the <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a> that issued the website's certificate)</li> +</ul> + +<p>The page displayed in the above cases is meant to help you understand why + &brandShortName; was unable to establish a secure connection to the website. + It starts by telling you that the website's identity could not be + verified, then offers you to leave the page by clicking the <strong>This + sounds bad, take me to my home page instead</strong> button. If you are unsure + what to do it is recommended that you follow this advice.</p> + +<p>If you want to know a little bit more about the actual problem at hand you + may expand the corresponding section by clicking the chevron in front of + <strong>Technical Details</strong>. That section also contains the + <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website.</p> + +<h4 id="add_security_exception">Adding a Security Exception</h4> + +<p>The <strong>I Understand the Risks</strong> section of the Untrusted + Connection page allows you to tell &brandShortName; to explicitly override the + security checks for this website by adding an exception. If you expand the + section by clicking the chevron in front of it you will see an <strong>Add + Exception</strong> button that will take you to a dialog allowing you to get + and view the website's certificate and optionally add a Security + Exception for it (either permanently or just for the current session). Those + exceptions can be administered through the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed Dialog</h3> + +<p>In cases where &brandShortName; cannot determine the actual cause of the + problem a dialog titled "Secure Connection Failed" is shown in + addition to the <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection + page</a>. That dialog includes a <strong>View Certificate</strong> button + that allows you to examine the website's certificate more closely.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_expired">Certificate Expired</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner + of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate has expired. The first + thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your computer + is correct. If your computer's clock is set to a date that is after the + expiration date, &brandShortName; treats the website's certificate as + expired.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire. If you + choose to continue you need to <a href="#add_security_exception">add a + security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_not_yet_valid">Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's validity period has + not yet started. The first thing you should do is make sure the time and date + displayed by your own computer is correct. If your computer's clock is + set to the wrong date, &brandShortName; may treat the server certificate as + not yet valid even if this is not the case.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun + before beginning to use them. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3> + +<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the + name of the server in the form of the website's domain name. For example, + the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the + domain name in a server's certificate doesn't match the actual + domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to + intercept your communication with the website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's domain does not + match the domain of the website you are trying to visit. The decision whether + to trust the website anyway depends on what you intend to do at the site and + what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will make sure that the + host name for a website certificate matches the website's actual host + name. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway (either for this session or + permanently), you should be cautious about what you do on the website, and you + should treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9f3427372 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Manager</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more + information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#people">People</a></li> + <li><a href="#servers">Servers</a></li> + <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li> + <li><a href="#others">Others</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your + certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected + certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to + protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your + choice.</li> + <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the + certificates stored in the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up. + Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click + Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates + stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only + back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security + Device.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import, + Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the + backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in + <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file + to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you + set when you backed up the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup + Password</h3> + +<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are + backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in + the Certificate Manager.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up + certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that + have previously been backed up.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password + into this field.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup + password again. If you don't type it the second time exactly as you + did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try + typing the new password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up + and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or + access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for + example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank + or investment accounts over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a certificate backup password that + is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you + a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed, + however.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record the password in a safe place—and + not anywhere that's easily accessible to someone else. If you forget + this password, you can't import the backup of your certificate.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the + <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate + Manager, make sure you won't need it again some day for reading old + email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private + key.</p> + +<h2 id="people">People</h2> + +<p>The People tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> + displays email certificates you have on file that identify other people.</p> + +<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager + imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to + send encrypted messages to those people.</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify people are listed under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting someone else's certificate from the + <a href="#people">People</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure you + won't need it again some day to send encrypted email to that person or + to verify digital signatures on messages from that person.</p> + +<h2 id="servers">Servers</h2> + +<p>The Servers tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that identify servers (websites, mail servers).</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify servers are grouped under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Add Exception</strong>: Add a security exception for a server + (website, mail server) that identifies itself with invalid information. + This is an advanced feature, act with caution.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="delete_website_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a server certificate from the + <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure that + you won't need it again for the purposes of identifying a website or + mail server and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2> + +<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities + (CAs)</a>.</p> + +<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit Trust</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that + are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete or Distrust</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To ensure that an entire + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are + all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certificate only.</p> + +<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You + can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its + trust settings.</p> + +<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The + root certificate is the one that lists itself as the issuer.</p> + +<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an + intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked + as trusted in your browser, you don't have to indicate what purposes you + trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust + settings of their roots.</p> + +<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust + Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and + click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust + settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA + to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not + trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p> + +<p>The settings have these effects:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect + this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates + issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate + Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>: + Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the + purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox, + Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this + CA.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, + make sure that you won't need it again to validate certificates issued + by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA, + Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that + CA.</p> + +<h2 id="others">Others</h2> + +<p>The Others tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that do not fit in any of the other categories, i.e. certificates + that neither belong to you, other people, servers or CAs.</p> + +<p>Other certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that + issued them. If you can't see certificate names under an + organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window. + For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the + Device Manager, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security + devices managed by each module below the module's name.</p> + +<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item + appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on + a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate + button:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device.</li> + <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After + you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it + contains will not be available until you log in again.</li> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the + selected security device.</li> + <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify + the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module, + you should first install the module software on your computer and if + necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions + provided by the vendor.</li> + <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a + module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available + for use by the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS + Mode</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6aae1b376 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences - Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to + use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related + to certificates.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and + Decisions</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Certificates</h2> + +<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3> + +<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The + option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate + to present among those you may have on file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want + the browser to select a certificate without asking you.</li> + <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser + to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3> + +<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards—they help other + people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and + organizations.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage + Certificates. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates">Managing + Certificates</a> for further information on this dialog.</p> + +<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3> + +<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your + certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your + browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use + additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security + Devices. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a> for further information on + this dialog.</p> + +<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3> + +<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates that + is generated and signed by a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. The Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) makes it possible for + Certificate Manager to perform an online check of a certificate's + validity each time the certificate is viewed or used. This process involves + checking the certificate against a CRL maintained at a server specified by + the CA of that certificate. Your computer must be online for OCSP to work.</p> + +<p>The following settings in the OCSP section of the Certificates preferences + panel determine how Certificate Manager uses OCSP:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) to confirm the + current validity of certificates</strong>: Select this if you want + Certificate Manager to perform an online status check each time it verifies + a certificate. Certificate Manager makes sure that the certificate is + listed as valid at the URL and checks validity period and trust settings. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If this setting is not selected, Certificate + Manager will only confirm the certificate's validity period and that + it is correctly signed by a CA whose own CA certificate is both listed + under the CA Certificates tab (in the main Certificate Manager window) + and marked as trusted for issuing that kind of certificate.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>When an OCSP server connection fails, treat the certificate as + invalid</strong>: Select this if you want the validation to fail if a + connection to the OCSP server can't be established, thus enforcing + that a certificate always must be positively validated for each use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more detailed information on certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How Certificate + Validation Works</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81879bb90d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,2624 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with + &brandShortName; Composer</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish + them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as + easy to use as a word processor.</p> + +<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages, + colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on + the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with + other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program + they use.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window.</li> +</ul> + +<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" alt="" /></div> +<div style="margin-inline-start: 50px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to + Your Web Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Adding + Mathematical Formulas to Your Web Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in + Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on + the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your + New Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that + allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What + You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look + to the reader as you're creating it. It is not necessary for you to know + HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from + the toolbars and menus.</p> + +<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the + HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the + <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the + Composer window.</p> + +<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once + you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would + in a word processor.</p> + +<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer + window containing a blank page opens.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To edit a page you're currently viewing in the + browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the browser window of the page you're viewing, open the File + menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the + page you're viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the New button in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer + window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File + dialog box.</li> + <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li> + <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li> + <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example, + <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most + recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, choosing + Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New + Page</h2> + +<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a + document in HTML format preserves the document's formatting, such + as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images. + Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but + preserves the document's text.</p> + +<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the + Composition toolbar. + + <p>If you haven't already given your page a title, Composer prompts + you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser + window's title bar when you view the page in the browser. The + document's page title also appears in your list of bookmarks + if you bookmark the page.</p> + + <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location + where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html + extension in the filename.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images + and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally + on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you + must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information + on changing Composer's setting for saving pages.</p> + +<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are + connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in + Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the + page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won't see the + image in the local version of the document.</p> + +<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li> + <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the + file.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the + text-only format.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File + menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which + you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p> + +<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the + Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer + prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer + window remains open behind the new browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting + Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, + Style, and Font</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or + Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing + Text</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal + Lines</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special + Characters</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML + Elements and Attributes</a></li> + <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing + Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs, + Headings, and Lists</h2> + +<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin, + or select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and + style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after + the text.</li> + <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to + begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom + margins.</li> + <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the + paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while + Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q> + that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for + more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> + + <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This + format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a + horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in + italics.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code + examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a + fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces, + tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted + style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout + of the original text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To format text as a heading:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you + want to format.</li> + <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of + heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q> + for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so + forth.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To apply a list item format:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want + to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li> + <li>Choose the list style: + <ul> + <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it + (as in this list).</li> + <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li> + <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two + styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the + Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the + definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition + text appears indented.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of + text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List + <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" /> + or Bulleted List + <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> + buttons on the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you + want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to + apply a new style to the entire list.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li> + <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered + lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can + change the bullet style.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a + list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p> + +<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or + aligning to the left or right:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text + you want to align.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment + option.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align + text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2> + +<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and + press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to + end the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the + list items.</li> + <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted + list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the hanging indent.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the + next list item.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list + items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or + Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a + list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p> + +<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of + the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists + will also become part of the merged list.</li> + <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to + merge the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and + Font</h2> + +<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to + use fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable + Width or Fixed Width. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and + Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers. + If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed + using a different computer.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font + size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative + to the surrounding text).</li> + <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as + italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for + example, Code.</li> + <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the + color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, + you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for + example, <q>blue</q>). You'll find the official W3C list of CSS + supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>, + and another list of commonly supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the background color of the page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li> + <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color + last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color + block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one + color for separate lines of text.</p> + +<p>You can also use an image as a background. See + <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text + Styles</h2> + +<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text + styles.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2> + +<p>To find text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow + the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether + you are searching forward or backwards.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the + insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first + occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next + occurrence.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To find and replace text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li> + <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don't select this + option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower + case.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end + to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the + next occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text. + Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next + occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document + with the replacement text.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2> + +<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a + document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>) + in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to + appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line + Properties</h3> + +<p>You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and + shading.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog + box.</li> + <li>Edit any of these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, + the line's width changes whenever the Composer window's + or browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line's height + (in pixels).</li> + <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line + by adding a bevel shading.</li> + <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the + line (left, center, or right).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time + you insert a horizontal line.</li> + <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced + Edit. See the section, + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>, + for details.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to + show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select + everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to + display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a> + dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2> + +<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency + symbols:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character + to appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the + Insert Character dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a category of characters. + <ul> + <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the + Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an + accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select + Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols + or fractions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to + insert.</li> + <li>Click Insert. + + <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window) + while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it + again.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and + Attributes</h2> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert + additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are + not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. + To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or + select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose + HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then + click Insert.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes, + JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the <HTML> + Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window. + (If you don't see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose + Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property + Editor</h3> + +<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images, + and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or + modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best not to do + so.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li> + <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property Editor. + The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the + current properties for the selected object: + <ul> + <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional HTML attributes.</li> + <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the + <style> attribute. For more information on using CSS styles + in Composer, see + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li> + <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + JavaScript events.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the + attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute's name + or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of + the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field + at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added + when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in + the list, and click Remove Attribute. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the + Attribute list.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2> + +<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you + should first check the document's HTML formatting to make sure it + conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less + likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually + checking your web pages in the browser doesn't ensure that your document + will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p> + +<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document + conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses + the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document's HTML + syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides + information on how to correct errors.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this + feature.</p> + +<p>To validate your document's HTML syntax:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved + changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li> + <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q> + and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li> + <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2> + +<p>Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the default + (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's HTML source + code, you may want to change editing modes.</p> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views. + Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but + displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p> + +<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a + checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document + will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to + show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons + are hidden.</li> + <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag + icons.</li> + <li><strong><HTML> Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit + the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the + document, the Normal mode reappears.</li> + <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the + document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except + that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, embedded objects + and animated GIF files are not active in any of the editing modes. To display + these items in their active state, click the Browse button on the Composition + toolbar to load the page into a browser window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and + Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and + Deleting Tables</a></li> + <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a + Table</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2> + +<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted + rows and columns. To insert a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want. + <ul> + <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either + percentage of the window or pixels.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no + border. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see + <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the + Insert menu and choose Table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's Properties</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire + table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If + you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table + Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li> + <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and + columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the + table's width changes whenever the Composer window's or + browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels, + the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding + (the space between the contents of the cell and its border). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within + the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the + drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for + the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced + Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose + Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the + drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns, + or cells.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then + choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal + alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li> + <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list + for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the + cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li> + <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don't wrap</q> from the + drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you + insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell + background or leave it as transparent. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript + events, click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a> + </p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one + or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click + anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color + icon in the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used, + select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker. + This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows, + Columns, and Cells</h2> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns, + or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to + maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while + you perform editing tasks.</p> + +<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li> + <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table + within a table cell.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, + select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To + select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. + To select individual cells in a table, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + on the cells you want to select.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li> + <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and + choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then + choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined + cell into the first of the two cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a> + for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and + columns.</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table + Editing Behavior</h3> + +<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the + table's structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever + needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain + the table's original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise, + deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline + appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p> + +<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose + Composer.</li> + <li>Under Editing, set the following preference: + <ul> + <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or + deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don't get an + irregularly shaped table.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win">Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2> + +<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of + cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere + inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + Table.</li> + <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then + drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to + select a row; up or down to select a column.</li> + <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep + pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> + as you click to select additional cells.</li> + <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a + cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li> + <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down + to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to + select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting + Tables</h2> + +<p>To move a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu's cut, copy, and + paste options.</li> + <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and + then choose Table.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2> + +<p>To convert text into a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that + Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the + Convert to Table dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into + columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as + the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to + ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li> + <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove + the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you + don't want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this + option.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text + is converted to a table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web + Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into + Your Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your + Page</h2> + +<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images + into your web page. You can also use them to + <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image, + Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, + it's best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references to images once you insert them.</p> + +<p>To insert an image:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to + appear.</li> + <li>Click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the + Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File + to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will + appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is + loading or when image loading is disabled. + + <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p> + </li> + <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for + example, alignment) in the + <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto + your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a + paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2> + +<p>Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its + properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height, + width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing + the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar + to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of + the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your + hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you + to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to + images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save + the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked, + the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a + link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</li> + <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in + place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief + description of the image. It's a good practice to specify + alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have + image loading turned off.</li> + <li><strong>Don't use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option + if the image does not require alternate text or if you don't want + to include it.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes + you've made to the dimensions and return the image to its original + size.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new + height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting + doesn't affect the original image file, just the image inserted + in your page.</li> + <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it's + a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image's aspect + ratio (so that it doesn't appear distorted). If you choose this + option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not + both.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding + the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a + solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels. + Specify zero for no border.</li> + <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you've placed your + image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you + want text positioned relative to the image.</li> + <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map + settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define + a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or + select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose + File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked, + displays the link highlight color around the image.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Adding Mathematical + Formulas to Your Web Page</h1> + +<h2 id="inserting_a_mathematical_formula_into_your_page">Inserting a + Mathematical Formula into Your Web Page</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer allows you to write mathematical formulas, encoded + in your web page as <a href="glossary.xhtml#mathml">MathML</a> and + generated from a convenient + <a href="glossary.xhtml#latex">LaTeX</a>-like syntax.</p> + +<p>To insert a formula:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the formula to + appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Math. You see the Math Insert dialog + box.</li> + <li>Enter your LaTeX source code, for example <tt>\frac{\sqrt{\pi}}{3}</tt> + to write + <math display="inline" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mfrac><msqrt><mi>π</mi></msqrt><mn>3</mn></mfrac><annotation encoding="TeX">\frac{\sqrt{\pi}}{3}</annotation></semantics></math>. + In order to help you, a preview of the formula as well as a panel of + predefined constructions are available. For details, see + <a href="#editing_the_latex_source">Editing the LaTeX source</a>. + </li> + <li>Choose the style for your formula: + <ul> + <li><strong>Inline mode</strong>: If selected, the formula is inserted + inside the current paragraph of text and rendered in a way that + minimizes its height as much as possible. This mode is typically used + for small expressions. For example this is an expression in inline mode: + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msub><mo>∫</mo><mi>D</mi></msub><mi>x</mi><mi>d</mi><mi>x</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\int_D x dx</annotation></semantics></math>.</li> + <li><strong>Display mode</strong>: If selected, the formula is inserted + in its own block and uses the standard rendering. This mode is typically + used for large expressions. For example this is an expression in display + mode: + <math display="block" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msubsup><mo>∫</mo><mi>a</mi><mi>b</mi></msubsup><mrow><mi>f</mi><mo stretchy="false">(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo stretchy="false">)</mo></mrow><mspace width="thinmathspace"/><mi>d</mi><mi>x</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\int_a^b {f(x)}\, dx</annotation></semantics></math></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Choose the overall direction of your formula: + <ul> + <li><strong>Left-to-right direction</strong>: If selected, the formula + will be laid out from left to right, e.g. <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msqrt><mi>x</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt{x}</annotation></semantics></math>. + This is the standard orientation in most countries.</li> + <li><strong>Right-to-left direction</strong>: If selected, the formula + will be laid out from right to left, e.g. + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" dir="rtl"><semantics><msqrt><mi>ج</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt{ج}</annotation></semantics></math>. + This is the standard orientation in some Arabic countries.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Verify that the LaTeX source does not contain any syntax error and click + Insert to create your new formula.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To modify a mathematical formula, move the insertion point inside it. + Then open the context menu and choose Advanced Properties to + <a href="#editing_the_latex_source">edit the LaTeX source</a> again. + Alternatively, you can open the Insert menu and choose Math. +</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; Composer attaches the LaTeX source to + the generated MathML expressions so that they can be edited again. In + general it is currently not possible to edit an arbitrary MathML expression + unless it has a LaTeX expression associated that is supported by + &brandShortName; Composer. +</p> + +<h2 id="editing_the_latex_source">Editing the LaTeX Source</h2> + +<p>The Insert Math box contains a text field where you can enter mathematical + expressions using a <a href="glossary.xhtml#latex">LaTeX</a>-like syntax. + If you are not familiar with LaTeX, here are the basics: +</p> + +<ul> + <li>Use standard plain text notations for simple expressions: + <tt>x_1 + 2^y</tt> generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msub><mi>x</mi><mn>1</mn></msub><mo>+</mo><msup><mn>2</mn><mi>y</mi></msup></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">x_1 + 2^y</annotation></semantics></math>. + </li> + <li>Use braces to define groups: <tt>2^x+y</tt> generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><msup><mn>2</mn><mi>x</mi></msup><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">2^x+y</annotation></semantics></math> + while <tt>2^{x+y}</tt> generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msup><mn>2</mn><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow></msup><annotation encoding="TeX">2^{x+y}</annotation></semantics></math> + </li> + <li>Use LaTeX commands of the form + <tt>\commandname[option1,option2,...] argument1 argument2 ...</tt> to define + complex expressions: <tt>\gamma</tt>, <tt>\frac a b</tt>, <tt>\sqrt x</tt> + and <tt>\sqrt[3]x</tt> generate + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mi>γ</mi><annotation encoding="TeX">\gamma</annotation></semantics></math>, + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mfrac><mi>a</mi><mi>b</mi></mfrac><annotation encoding="TeX">\frac a b</annotation></semantics></math>, + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><msqrt><mi>x</mi></msqrt><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt x</annotation></semantics></math> and + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mroot><mi>x</mi><mn>3</mn></mroot><annotation encoding="TeX">\sqrt[3] x</annotation></semantics></math> respectively. + </li> + <li>Use LaTeX environments + of the form <tt>\begin{environmentname} ... \end{environmentname}</tt> + to define blocks with a special syntax. This is typically used for arrays: + <tt>\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\ d & e & f \end{matrix}</tt> + generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mtable displaystyle="false" rowspacing="0.5ex"><mtr><mtd><mi>a</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>b</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>c</mi></mtd></mtr><mtr><mtd><mi>d</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>e</mi></mtd><mtd><mi>f</mi></mtd></mtr></mtable><annotation encoding="TeX">\begin{matrix}a & b & c \\ d & e & f \end{matrix}</annotation></semantics></math>. + </li> + <li>Use special commands to escape characters: + <tt>\backslash \& \{ \}</tt> generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><mo>\</mo><mi>&</mi><mo stretchy="false">{</mo><mo stretchy="false">}</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\backslash \& \{ \}</annotation></semantics></math>. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>There exists a large collection of LaTeX commands and there is not any + finite and well-defined list of them. &brandShortName; Composer only supports + the <a href="https://github.com/fred-wang/TeXZilla/wiki/TeXZilla-Commands">TeXZilla commands</a> + which are themselves based on the <a href="https://golem.ph.utexas.edu/~distler/blog/itex2MMLcommands.html">itex2MML commands</a> + and should cover the most popular constructions. One of the nice features of + TeXZilla is that it accepts arbitrary characters as input so that + <tt>\left⌊α^2\right⌋</tt> is equivalent to the more verbose + <tt>\left\lfloor\alpha^2\right\rfloor</tt> and generates + <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><semantics><mrow><mo>⌊</mo><msup><mi>α</mi><mn>2</mn></msup><mo>⌋</mo></mrow><annotation encoding="TeX">\left⌊α^2\right⌋</annotation></semantics></math>.</p> + +<p>You do not need to know all the LaTeX commands to edit formulas. Instead, a + panel of predefined expressions is available. Click any of the panel buttons + to insert the corresponding LaTeX expression. Arguments in LaTeX expressions + are represented by ellipses. You can just edit the LaTeX source to + replace them with the actual content you want.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you select a subexpression in the LaTeX source field + and use the construction panel to insert a LaTeX expression with at least one + argument, that subexpression will be used as the first argument of the + new expression.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page + Properties and Meta Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta + Tags</h2> + +<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title, + author, and description of the document you're currently working on. + This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since + search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view + this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and + choosing Page Info.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the + window title when someone views the page through a browser. This + is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title + that conveys what your page is about.</li> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the + document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the + document by using a web search tool to search on name. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in + Composer's <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then + you won't have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the + document's contents.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</h2> + +<p>You can change the background color or specify a background + image for the page you're currently working on. These choices + affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing + the page through a browser.</p> + +<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin + from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you + want your page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and links.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to + specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color + from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link + appears in the pane on the right.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the + background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image + file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard + drive or network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color selections.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. + + <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in + the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location + on your hard disk or a web server.</p> + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a + full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking + to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in + order to enable this checkbox.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, + click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page + background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within + the Same Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other + Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing + Links</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same + Page</h2> + +<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader + can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an + <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the + anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you + want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor + Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30 + characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores + ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a + name.</li> + <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the + anchor's location: + <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li> +</ol> + +<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see + the Link Properties dialog box. + <ul> + <li>If you're creating a link to an HTML file on your computer, + click Choose File to locate it.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a named anchor (target), select + it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a level heading (for example, + Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently + available in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File + menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can + use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in + the page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2> + +<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or + on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references for links once you create them.</p> + +<p>To create a link to another page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or + select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Define your link: + <ul> + <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you've already selected an image + file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or + file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you + want to use as the link.</li> + <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or + remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you're not sure of + the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for + it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL + from the browser's Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a + named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link + to.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If + checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to + the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location + is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the + Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click + the link to make sure it works as expected.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging + the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For + example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail + window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac"> + or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a + web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the + link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog + box.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2> + +<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in + your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window + displays the page that the image is linked to.</p> + +<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select an image on your page.</li> + <li>Click the Link button + <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li> + <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a + <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading + within the page</a>, or to a + <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window + into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around + images used as links:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2> + +<p>To remove a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included + as part of the link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1> + +<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages, + but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote + computer called a web server.</p> + +<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your + pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide + space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server + where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system + administrator.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published + Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the + Filename or Publishing Location</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default + Publishing Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to + automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert + them.</p> + +<p>To publish a document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer + document.</li> + <li>When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the + Publish button. + + <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the + document's publishing settings and starts publishing the document. + While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status + dialog box.</p> + <ul> + <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays + the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter + information about the document's remote publishing location. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information. When you're done entering information, click Publish. + </li> + <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish + tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the + document's filename. See + <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more + information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the + page's links and make sure there are no missing images.</li> + <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to update + the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the + document's <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate + that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the + document locally (on your computer's hard disk), click the Save button. + You'll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk + for the document.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding + Broken Links or Missing Images</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file + extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG + file extension. Don't use spaces or other special symbols in your + filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase + letters and numbers.</li> + <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the + web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you + published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish + Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images + and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see + <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2> + +<p>To update a published document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location + of the document you want to update by entering the document's HTTP + address (the document's web address) in the browser's + Location Bar.</p></li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, click + Publish in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you've published on a + web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer + Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create + subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service + provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find + information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites + such as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or + Publishing Location</h2> + +<p>To change a document's filename or publishing location:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. + + <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update + by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's web + address) in the browser's Location Bar.</p> + </li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays + the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li> + <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li> + <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use. + To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information.</li> + <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can + set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you + use, so that you don't have to enter it each time you want to + publish.</p> + +<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click New Site.</li> + <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to + this publishing site. + + <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents + related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site + name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents + you publish at each site.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to + you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This + URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL + that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this + site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP + or web hosting service.</li> + <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using + Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you + publish pages at this site.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing + Site</h2> + +<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use + only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site + you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the + default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you + specifically choose an alternate site.</p> + +<p>Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always publish a + document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer's + File menu. See + <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename + or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list. + + <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that + one as the default site.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Set as Default.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from Composer. + If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site's + settings.</p> + +<p>To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li> + <li>Click Remove Site. + + <p>Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site itself + is not affected.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</h2> + +<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing + Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you + determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p> + +<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your + hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You + can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To + quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and + choose Recent Pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li> + <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</h3> + +<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li> + <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are + correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you're not + sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service. + <ul> + <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing + settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the + settings.</li> + <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing + address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the + publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or + the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as + <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your + user name. + + <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the + publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned + site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3> + +<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the + filenames:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it's + acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid + potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use + lowercase letters in your filenames. + + <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become + case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember + files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of + uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + + <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the + filename's web address into the browser's Location Bar, you + must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same + combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + </li> + <li>Don't use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ ) + or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li> + <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li> + <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3> + +<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages + Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box. + You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what + to do to fix the problem.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <p>Error Messages:</p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to + publish.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> + doesn't exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your + connection and try again later.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this + location.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon + near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to + save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too + long.</tt></a></p> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files + failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical + reasons might be:</p> + + <ul> + <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li> + <li>The file's location on the web is not accessible.</li> + <li>The file's location was changed or the file was deleted or + moved to another location.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken + images will appear with this icon + <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the + page. To correct the image's address, double-click the broken + image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the + correct address.</li> + <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on + the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd> + on your keyboard.</li> + <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides + is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li> + <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct + location of the CSS file. To fix the file's address in Composer, + click the HTML Source tab and edit the file's location in the HTML + source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar + with HTML tags.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn't exist on this + site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote + subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only + publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing + location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an + existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p> + + <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p> + + <ul> + <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name + of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li> + <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed + the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing + location.</li> + <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a + subdirectory at the publishing site.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete + subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they + recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on + FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware + sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li> + <li>Don't use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or + <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q> + or <q>.htm</q>.</li> + <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a + subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again + later.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For + example:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li> + <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li> + <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet + might not be functioning correctly.</li> + <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable + due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li> + <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical + problems.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered + them correctly. See + <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a> for more information.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware, + telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning + properly.</li> + <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are + attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but + cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting + service may be experiencing technical problems.</li> + <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web + server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a + location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites + where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the + Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the + Publish dialog box.</li> + <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their + site.</li> + <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In + the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner + of any window to go online.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but + your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the + <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q> + state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p> + + <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at + the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName; + window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as + <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the + icon should look like this: + <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file + <var>filename</var>.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server's hard + disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated + to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your + publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs + in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's website. + FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet + Downloads.</li> + <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your + disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy + your needs.</li> + <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the + network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different + location that has more disk space, or if you can request that + additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing + location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the + filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server + computer that you are trying to publish to.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than + 32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32 + characters.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For + information on Composer's general and new page settings, see + <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want + to publish a document. These settings apply to the current + document.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page + dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Publish tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you've + created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To + create a new site, click New Site.</li> + <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document's page title as + it appears in the browser window's title bar when you view the page in + the browser. The document's page title also appears in your list of + bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li> + <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document's filename. Make + sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename. + + <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you're + publishing to has the same filename as one you're uploading, the + newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be + asked to confirm the action.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this + blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing + directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote + subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory + at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from + the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so + you can select from a list of remote locations you've previously + used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must + already exist at the remote server.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked, + Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this + page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as + the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a + remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing + directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete + published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer + Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP + programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's + website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such + as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for + the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote + site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you + publish to this location.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box + appears.</li> + <li>Click the Settings tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for + this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this + publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with + either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to + as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete + address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the + home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as + part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this + URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your + password securely using Password Manager so that you don't have to + enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and + delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default + publishing site.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing + site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list + of available publishing sites.</li> + <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the + default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is + the remote location that you most often use for publishing + documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to + the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an + alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box. + + <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the + File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing + destination.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings + from Composer.</li> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer + to this publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin + with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents + are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP + address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a + filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your + password securely using Password Manager so you don't have to enter + it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on Composer's publishing settings, see + <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2> + +<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for + table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Composer category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum + number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you + want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the + HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add + linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This + preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser + window.</em></li> + <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving + pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style + Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as + the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the + document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is + saved. + + <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all + related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when + you save the page to your hard disk.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If + checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you + click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not + checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs + more information in order to publish the page.</li> + <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>: + Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table's + layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where + needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells, + Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with + empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number + of cells.</li> + <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>: + Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer + documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting with CSS inline styles for elements. + + <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p> + + <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more + maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers. + If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without + CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p> + + <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for + selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format + toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the + page. (These features are not available if this preference is not + enabled.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a + paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new + paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return + </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If + deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2> + +<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and + background images that apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the + HTML source code for each new page you create.</li> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you always + want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and link elements.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to + specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for + each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each + element.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image + file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or + network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and + choose Page Title and Properties.</p> + +<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open + the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48be5334d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li> + <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts & Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li> + <li><a href="#fayt">Find As You Type</a></li> + <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li> + <li><a href="#offline_apps">Offline Apps</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li> + <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li> + <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li><a href="#debugging">Debugging</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Check default application settings on startup</strong>: + Select this to have &brandShortName; check whether it is the default + application for tasks like browsing and mail. If &brandShortName; detects + on startup that it is not the default application for any of these tasks, + a dialog will appear that allows you to choose which tasks &brandShortName; + should handle by default.</li> + <li><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application for</strong>: Select + &brandShortName; as the default browser, mail, news or feeds application for + the operating system, such as Windows, and from within other applications, + such as Microsoft Word. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default + browser, mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that + other applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the + respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail & News when opening browser links + for</strong>: By default, any links to email addresses or newsgroups opened + from browser pages or other messages are handled by &brandShortName; itself. + Uncheck the Mail and/or News boxes if you want an external application to + handle such links instead. In this case, a dialog will open to select the + application to be used. + + <!-- remove the following warning once bug 198547 is fixed --> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Don't uncheck either of these boxes and then + select &brandShortName; in the dialog unless it is also registered as the + system's respective default mail or news application. Doing so may + cause &brandShortName; to continuously prompt for the program to use when + opening a link.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Use Native Print Dialog (where supported)</strong>: Select this + to enable &brandShortName; to use the native print dialog, where supported, + rather than its own.</li> + <li><strong>Use Global Print Settings</strong>: Select this to enable + &brandShortName; to use the same print settings for all windows. If disabled + each window users its own settings and changes in one window do not affect + the settings in another.</li> + <li><strong>Submit crash reports</strong>: Select this to enable the Mozilla + Crash Reporter. If &brandShortName; crashes, you will be asked in each case + whether to report the issue.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts & + Plugins</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts & Plugins preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Scripts & Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how + JavaScript and plugins are used:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Select this to turn on JavaScript for web + pages opened in the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control + how JavaScript can be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows + to be resized or moved.</li> + <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed + under or on top of other windows.</li> + <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be + hidden.</li> + <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be + changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li> + <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or + animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse + cursor is placed over them).</li> + <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click + menus<span class="mac"> or, if you're using a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by + webpages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable JavaScript dump() output</strong>: Select this to enable + dump() statements in JavaScript code to be displayed in the console.</li> + <li><strong>Show strict JavaScript warnings</strong>: Select this to show in + the console the strict warnings generated by the JavaScript Engine for the + code it is processing.</li> + <li><strong>Show chrome JavaScript errors and warnings</strong>: Select this + to show in the console errors and warnings being generated by the JavaScript + code embedded within &brandShortName; when it is run.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Use these checkboxes to control how + plugins are used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Suite</strong>: Globally enables or disables plugins.</li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in + Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a page requires plugins</strong>: Select these + checkboxes to control what &brandShortName; should do if a web page requires + plugins: + <ul> + <li><strong>Activate all plugins by default</strong>: If you select this, + &brandShortName; will load and run all plugins found on the web page. + Otherwise, if the page requires plugins, &brandShortName; will show a + notification (plugin icon in the location bar or notification bar), plus + a placeholder for every plugin instance found on the page (unless the + website is whitelisted, see below). + You can activate individual visible plugin instances with a left mouse + click or use the notification to activate all the plugins on the page. + From the notification you have the option to either temporarily activate + the plugins or remember the choice for the current website. Remembered + choices can be edited using the Data Manager (Permissions tab).</li> + <li><strong>Warn me if additional plugins need to be installed</strong>: + When a website requires a plugin which is not installed, + a notification bar will be displayed above the website content area. + From the bar you will be able to download and install the missing + plugin.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about plugins, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to navigate in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac"><strong>Tab Key Navigation</strong>: Select which elements + should be taken into account when using the Tab key on a page: + <ul> + <li><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li> + <li><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection + lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, + check boxes, and selection lists.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Browse With Caret</strong>: Select if and how <a + href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a> should be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use caret browsing</strong>: If checked, caret browsing will + be enabled by default when you load a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing</strong>: If + checked, the F7 shortcut will toggle caret browsing on or off. Otherwise + &brandShortName; will not use the shortcut and the below option will + have no effect.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me before turning on caret browsing</strong>: If checked, + &brandShortName; will issue a warning dialog if the caret browsing mode + is about to be entered, allowing you to choose whether to proceed or + not. (There is no warning when leaving caret browsing mode.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Modifiers</strong>: Select which keyboard modifiers should + be used, if at all: + <ul> + <li><strong>Accelerator key</strong>: The key value to be used for the + accelerator key.</li> + <li><strong>Menu access key</strong>: The key value to be used for the + menu access key.</li> + <li><strong>Note</strong>: Setting a value of zero for either of the + above modifiers disables that key.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fayt">Advanced Preferences - Find As You Type</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Find As You Type references + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Find As You Type. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Find As You Type preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to search for text in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If + checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type + and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether + you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked, + you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the + Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn't found</strong>: If + checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn't + found in the web page.</li> + <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of + inactivity</strong>: If checked, the search will be cancelled after a few + seconds of keyboard inactivity.</li> + <li><strong>Show the find toolbar during find as you type</strong>: If + checked, the find toolbar will open when Find As You Type is activated and + what you type will be entered into the toolbar search field. If unchecked, + the find toolbar will not be opened and the search string will be displayed + in the status bar. Note that international text entry will not work in this + mode.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory + and disk cache:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache</strong>: Select + this to let &brandShortName; apply a heuristic based on the space available + on your hard disk in order to determine your cache size. (This is the + default.)</li> + <li><strong>Use up to [__] MB of disk space for the cache</strong>: Type in + the amount of disk cache you want to allocate for &brandShortName;. The disk + cache is saved to your hard disk (drive) and can be used again, even if you + have restarted your computer. (The default is 1024 MB. This preference is + ignored if the above checkbox is selected.)</li> + <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li> + <li><strong>Cache Folder Location</strong>: Shows the current location of the + disk cache folder + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder + location for the disk cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the + network</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages + designed for prefetching can load more quickly</strong>: Select this to + decrease the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web + page that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see + the online + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Link_prefetching_FAQ">Link + Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Disk Cache</strong>: Select this to enable the use of the + disk cache up to the limits specified above.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Memory Cache</strong>: Select this to enable the use of a + memory cache.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="offline_apps">Advanced Preferences - Offline Apps</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Offline Web Applications preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Offline Apps. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Offline Web Applications panel allows you to control and monitor how + websites use &brandShortName;'s offline storage. Websites can provide + complex functionality beyond just the presentation of content, implementing + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web applications</a>. In general, + such web applications require you to stay online in order to use them, thus + won't function when you are disconnected from the network (offline). + If permitted, websites can store their content and any data you entered + locally in &brandShortName;. In this way, web applications can be used even + without a network connection.</p> + +<p>The <strong>Offline Web Content and User Data</strong> section provides the + following functions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Your offline storage currently uses [__] of disk space</strong>: + This entry is informational and provides you with an estimate of the + offline data currently used by all web applications combined.</li> + <li><strong>Clear</strong>: Immediately clears data that has been saved + by all websites for use when you are offline.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all websites to store data for offline use</strong>: Select + this option if you want to permit websites by default to store web content + and user data locally on the disk of your computer.</li> + <li><strong>Only allow websites with explicit permissions</strong>: Select + this option if you want to control whether or not a website can store web + content for offline use locally. Unless explicit permission has been + granted, the website's request to access the offline storage is + blocked or a notification shown to give you the option to allow it.</li> + <li><strong>Notify me when websites want to store data for offline + use</strong>: Check this box if you want to be notified when a website + requests to store content or data in the offline storage but does not + currently have any permissions set whether or not it is allowed to do so. + An information bar will appear for this site offering the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always Allow</strong>: Permanently allow this site the use + of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Never for This Site</strong>: Permanently deny this site + the use of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Not Now</strong>: Deny this site the use of the offline + storage for this request but ask again for future accesses.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The offline storage is <em>not</em> available in + a <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private + window</a>. You will receive a notification if this option is checked, + but all requests will be blocked.</p> + </li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><strong>Manage Permissions</strong>: Opens the Data Manager in a new + tab or window where you can modify the Offline Web Applications permissions + for each domain: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use Default</strong>: Check this box to return to the default + behavior, thus presenting the information bar with the next request + from a site within each domain if the notification option is chosen + (effectively removes the entry from this listing).</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Select this option to allow this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Select this option to deny this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>The following websites are using offline storage</strong>: + Lists the domains of all websites which have stored offline data, along + with the amount of data currently used by this domain.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Data</strong>: Select a website domain and click this + button to delete all offline data for the specified domain. Click <q>Remove + offline data</q> after being prompted for confirmation to do so.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p> + +<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you + have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the + proxy.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you + don't want to use a proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the + proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you + have a proxy auto-configuration (PAC) file or URL, then enter the + configuration URL. + <ul> + <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file. + + <p>A PAC file has JavaScript code which chooses a proxy to use depending + on the address you open. The same file can use more than one proxy or + use proxies only for specific addresses. For more information about + the content of PAC files, see the online + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Proxy_servers_and_tunneling/Proxy_Auto-Configuration_PAC_file">MDN + documentation on Proxy Auto-Configuration files</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you + don't have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery + was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of + the proxy server.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click + on <q>Advanced</q> to set + <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li> + <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses + that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a + comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.) + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3> + +<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use + a SOCKS proxy:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>, + <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you're using the same settings + for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings + for all protocols</q>.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. + <ul> + <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy, + select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version + of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to + use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is + recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based + networking:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>: + Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original + version of HTTP, standardized in 1996. This setting is mostly intended + for compatibility reasons with proxy or older web servers.</li> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the current version + of HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient + use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching, and + more refined control over cache expiration and replacement policies.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Agent String</strong>: + The identifier sent by &brandShortName; to all websites is used for + statistics about website usage but also sometimes to expose certain features + only to known browsers (a practice known as "sniffing"). Consequently, + changing this option may result in websites not working properly. + &brandShortName; can: + <ul> + <li><strong>Identify as Firefox</strong>: Do not mention &brandShortName;, + send a Firefox identifier instead. This might be needed for websites + which refuse to work when &brandShortName; is mentioned in the + identifier.</li> + <li><strong>Identify as &brandShortName;</strong>: &brandShortName; will + identify itself as &brandShortName;, without mentioning Firefox.</li> + <li><strong>Identify as &brandShortName; and advertise Firefox + compatibility</strong>: &brandShortName; will identify itself as both + &brandShortName; and also compatible with Firefox. This allows websites + that check for certain browsers rather than certain functionality to + work with &brandShortName;, while still appearing as &brandShortName; in + website statistics.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software + Installation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable add-on + installation and updates. The Add-ons Manager allows you to view and manage + all your installed extensions and themes.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Add-ons</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Allow websites to install add-ons and updates</strong>: + Select this if you want to allow websites to install add-ons and + updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before + each installation. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this link to open the + Data Manager tab, where you can view and edit the list of websites + that you want to allow to install software</li> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to + be notified when a new version of one of your installed add-ons is + available. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a + <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new + versions.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to the add-on will be installed + automatically the next time you start &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Personalize Add-on recommendations</strong>: Select this to + be offered suggestions for add-ons in the "Get Add-ons" tab + of the manager: + <ul> + <li>Note that this function involves sending a list of your + currently installed add-ons to the add-on website.</li> + <li>Disabling this option will also suppress contacting the add-on + site periodically for any new information about installed add-ons, + but won't affect automated updates.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manage Add-ons</strong>: Click this link to open the Add-ons + Manager in a new browser tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to be + notified when a new version of &brandShortName; is available. Choose + whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or + a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions. + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to &brandShortName; will be installed + automatically the next time you start it.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You can use Check for Updates from the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Help</span> + menu to manually initiate the search for a &brandShortName; update. + <span class="noMac">The label of the menu item will change when an + update is being downloaded or ready to be applied.</span></p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Update History…</strong>: Click this to open the Update + History dialog box which shows a list of &brandShortName; updates that + have been installed, including the update type (e.g. Security Update), + time of installation and installation status. The Details link next to + each update takes you to a web page that contains further information + regarding the update.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel + on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;. + Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the + scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function + is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the + horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal + scrolling</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use + along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse + wheel behavior: + + <ul> + <li><strong>Same as vertical scrolling</strong>: Choose this when your + mouse has a single control that provides both vertical and horizontal + scrolling. If your mouse has a separate horizontal scrolling control + then you can choose to assign a different function to it.</li> + <li><strong>Do nothing</strong>: Choose this to disable the scroll wheel + when used with the specified modifier key.</li> + <li><strong>Scroll the document</strong>: Choose this to scroll the + document by the system default number of lines or characters.</li> + <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>: + Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to + previous pages you've visited.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom the page in or out</strong>: Choose this to use + the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of a web page. + This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the + screen.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Use the <strong>Mouse wheel speed</strong> option to adjust the + responsiveness of the wheel. To reverse the scroll direction, use negative + numbers or select <strong>Reverse direction</strong>.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different + function.</p> + </li> + <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting + in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="debugging">Advanced Preferences - Debugging</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Debugging preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Debugging. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Debugging preferences panel allows you to control various preferences + relating to XUL rendering and debugging events including reflow ones. Some + preferences only take affect once &brandShortName; has been restarted:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Debug XUL boxes</strong>: Select this to enable the debugging of + XUL boxes, it also requires &brandShortName; to be restarted for the change + to take affect.</li> + <li><strong>Disable XUL Cache</strong>: Select this to disable the use of a + cache for chrome-level XUL components (XUL, JavaScript, CSS). With the + cache disabled files are re-read each time they are used rather than reading + them from a cache, which will slow down &brandShortName; but is useful for + debugging problems in XUL components.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c7996c1fc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you + are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the + preferences you want to view.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li> + <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li> + <li><a href="#media">Media</a></li> + <li><a href="#spelling">Spelling</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If + you're not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup + options and customize the user interface:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the + components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li> + <li>Show toolbars as: + <ul> + <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text + underneath each of the toolbar buttons.</li> + <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar + buttons only.</li> + <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons + only.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have + <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor + is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some + websites.</li> + <li><strong>Hide Toolbar Grippies</strong>: <span class="mac">This option is + not available on macOS.</span><span class="noMac">Check this if you want to + hide the <a href="glossary.xhtml#grippy">menubar and toolbar grippies</a> + preventing accidental collapses of menubars and toolbars. + </span> + </li> + <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to + change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;. + Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page. + </li> + <li><strong>Date and Time Formatting</strong>: There are usually differences + how settings like date and time are formatted, depending on the region + (locale). Select how &brandShortName; displays such values: + <ul> + <li><strong>Application locale</strong>: Select this to show values in + the regional way of &brandShortName;'s user interface language. + </li> + <li><strong>Regional Settings locale</strong>: Select this to show + values in the way as defined by your operating system's settings. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a change in + language or formatting settings to take effect. In many cases, the choices + will show the same language unless you have additional language pack(s) + installed or use a localized version of &brandShortName; for a language + which is different from your operating-system's settings.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence + how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Scrolling</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use autoscrolling</strong>: Select this to enable + autoscrolling. Clicking the middle mouse button (usually the scroll + wheel) lets you scroll the content by moving the mouse around.</li> + <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth + scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled + will—instead of an immediate jump—smoothly scroll the + content down to the next page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Zoom options</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Range from [__] to [__] %</strong>: Defines the range of zoom + levels observed when opening the Zoom menu from the View main menu or + when using the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">mouse + wheel</a> or the + <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"> keyboard + shortcuts</a> to increase or decrease the zoom. <strong>Note</strong>: + after changing these values, they become effective only for + <em>new</em> windows, not in the ones which are already open.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if + you want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using + the "Zoom" function. If this is not selected, the whole page, + including images, will be zoomed.</li> + <li><strong>Remember zoom levels on a per-site basis</strong>: Select + this if you want the system to remember the specific zoom level for + each website you visit.</li> + <li><strong>Show zoom controls in the status bar</strong>: Select this + if you want &brandShortName; to display the zoom controls in the + status bar of your browser window.</li> + <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large + stand-alone images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on + the resized image will make it appear at full size.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use hardware acceleration when available</strong>: Select this to + let &brandShortName; use hardware acceleration (if available) to render web + sites. If you experience problems with the visual presentation of web + content, disabling hardware acceleration may solve the issue.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when websites try to redirect or reload the + page</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; block automatic meta + redirection (HTTP-EQUIV=refresh) requests by default. When a redirect is + supposed to be executed, a notification bar is shown instead which allows + you to permit the redirect on a case-by-case basis.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts + and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy & + Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how + content appears to you.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the + selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance, + to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose + <q>Western.</q> For Unicode or a language/script not yet in the list, choose + <q>Unicode.</q> For more information, including <q>User Defined</q>, + see <a href="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting + Text Encodings and Fonts</a>.<br/> + All settings below, except for the checkbox, are stored per language group; + each can have its own set of font definitions. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text + should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can + also specify what font size you want for proportional text. + Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary + in width.</li> + <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use + for web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier) + and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in + width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li> + <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you + want to be shown on web pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select + this checkbox to keep a web page's font and size settings instead of + your own preferences.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text + colors on web pages, mail/news messages, and feeds:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select + a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages and messages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use the colors + defined by your system settings (usually the desktop theme) rather + than choosing the colors yourself.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color + for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages and + messages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined + links on web pages and messages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and + backgrounds</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web + page</strong>: Allows web pages and messages to choose displayed + colors and backgrounds. Your own colors will be used if no colors + are defined by the content itself.</li> + <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background + image specified</strong>: All content uses your own display colors, + ignoring the web page or message colors and any background image.</li> + <li><strong>Only ignore the page colors when using a High Contrast + theme</strong>: Allows web pages and messages to choose displayed + colors and backgrounds, <em>unless</em> an accessibility desktop theme + is used, in which case your own colors will be used.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="media">Appearance Preferences - Media</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Media preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Media. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Media preferences panel allows you to determine how to handle audio and + video content as well as image animation:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable Autoplay of HTML5 media content</strong>: + <ul> + <li>Check this option to automatically play audio or video media as soon + as such content is loaded.</li> + <li>Uncheck this option if you want such media to play only when you + explicitly request it.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Animated images should loop</strong>: These settings control how + many times animated images repeat their animation: + <ul> + <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if + you want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within + each image. (This option is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to + occur once, overriding the number of times specified within each + image.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image + animation.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: This options apply to HTML5 media and animated images + (e.g., GIF or PNG) only, thus not to any media handled by a plugin.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="spelling">Appearance Preferences - Spelling</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Spelling preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Spelling. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Spelling preferences panel allows you to determine how spelling is + handled throughout &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>General</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language + you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more + dictionaries.</li> + <li><strong>When typing, check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down + list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to + have Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before + you send it.</li> + <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have + Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type + it.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33bd02a8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,716 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If + you're not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Choose Browser.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li> + <li><a href="#history">History</a></li> + <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#link_behavior">Link Behavior</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of + the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with + the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you + open a new window or tab: + <ol> + <li> + <ul> + <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser + will display at startup.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new browser window.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Select one of the following checkboxes: + <ul> + <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank + page.</li> + <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home + page (specified below).</li> + <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the + page you were viewing right before you last exited + &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Previous Session</strong>: Causes the browser to + restore the windows and tabs you were viewing right before you last + exited &brandShortName;, including form data and browsing + history. This option is only available in connection with + <strong>Display on Browser Startup</strong>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ol> + </li> + <li><strong>When restoring sessions and windows</strong>: Choose how many + (if any) browser tabs should be restored at a time upon startup. + <ul> + <li><strong>Restore all tabs immediately</strong>: All the tabs you had + open the last time will be restored and loaded at once. This can affect + startup performance negatively if a large amount of tabs needs to be + restored in parallel.</li> + <li><strong>Restore [__] tab(s) at a time</strong>: If you choose this, + only the specified amount of tabs will be restored at a time. If you + had more tabs open than specified here, any extra tabs will only be + loaded once the loading of one of the other tabs has finished.</li> + <li><strong>Only restore tabs when I need them</strong>: This disables + automatic restoring of tabs, i.e. tabs will only be loaded if you + switch to or reload them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Website icons</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see + site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the + Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Try to use the server's favicon when the page + doesn't define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a + website icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a + "favicon" on the server and use that instead.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Home button preferences: In the field, type the web page you want as + your home page or do one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk + that you want to load as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page + currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser + tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of + tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button, + the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location + field. + + <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use + Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the + default home page.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure the history settings + for the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of + websites visited.</li> + <li><strong>Remember visited pages</strong>: Select this to make + &brandShortName; remember pages you visit within the browsing history. + For example, you need that to be able to search for pages you have + already visited from the location bar or history window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enable Location Bar history</strong>: Check this to enable + &brandShortName; to keep the location bar history.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of + websites in the Location bar menu.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Form and Search History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enable form and search history</strong>: Select this to let + &brandShortName; keep a history of the forms you fill in and the + searches you do.</li> + <li><strong>Remember form and search history for up to [__] days</strong>: + Type the maximum number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track + of forms you fill in and searches you do. For example, if you set this + number to 180 days, forms and searches 180 days old or less will be + kept.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and + text encoding for displaying web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to + move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference + for the listed languages.</li> + <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for + displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list. + If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language + code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below + the list. See the online document + <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes + for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of + language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your + changes.</li> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + language.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Text Encoding for Legacy Content</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Text Encoding</strong>: Web pages are supposed to + declare the text encoding in which they are to be displayed, but legacy + content may not do so. Use the drop-down list to select the default + text encoding to be used for such web pages. This setting does not + affect any web pages which properly declare their encoding. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and + other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents). + It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each + type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will + narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description + or the currently selected action.</p> +<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you + can also choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> + to handle the type, choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in + &brandShortName; to handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p> +<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current + handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the + handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local + application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select + <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location + <span class="unix">or use the native application chooser, if it is + available and enabled</span>.</li> + <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li> + <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting + <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the + <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong> + preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will + save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when + you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on + your computer to save it to.</li> + <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when + encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be + shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle + that specific file from there.</li> +</ul> +<span class="unix"> +<p>Some systems have a native application chooser, which help you select + suitable applications to handle different types of content:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use native application chooser when available</strong>: Select + this to enable the native application chooser when it is available.</li> +</ul> +</span> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you + choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your + chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded + inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle + it. See also + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the + Location Bar.</p> + +<ul> + <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>: + Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from + your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar. + <ul> + <li><strong>Match only websites you've typed previously</strong>: + Shows only websites that you've typed in the Location Bar and + not websites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link + on a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Match</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Anywhere in the location or title</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title.</li> + <li><strong>Anywhere but preferring word boundaries</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title but matches at word boundaries (see next point) are + preferred. This is the default setting.</li> + <li><strong>Only on word boundaries</strong>: The autocomplete + suggestions will include all websites where what you typed + matches the beginning of any word contained in the + website's location or title. Matches may also be found + inside a word if it contains medial capital letters (as in + CamelCase) since all non-lowercase characters are treated as + word boundaries.</li> + <li><strong>Only at the beginning of the location or + title</strong>: The autocomplete suggestions will include all + websites where what you typed matches the beginning of the + website's location or title.</li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you + type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically + complete your web address using the visited website it most closely + matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this + option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your + hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your + browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li> + <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in + the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of + matching visited web addresses. + <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off + <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q> + matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be + shown in the drop-down list.</span></li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Show default Internet search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down + list item, allowing you to search with the default search engine for + words you enter.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Formatting</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Highlight the effective domain for websites and FTP + servers</strong>: Grays out all of the URL except for the effective + domain, so that it is clear which site you are visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Highlight web pages with a high level of connection + security</strong>: Colorizes the location bar for the next page + loaded if all of its components are fully encrypted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong> + <ul> + <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page + is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to + automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to + the end of a web page location that can't be found. For more + detailed information about this feature, see the online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html"> + Domain Guessing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web + location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically + search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text + you've typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web + search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search + using &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the + search engine you want use for web searching.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Search Engines</strong>: Click this to open a dialog + where you can manage the search engines list. In this dialog you can + also select <strong>Show search suggestions</strong> to have + &brandShortName; show suggestions from the search engine as you type a + search string in the Sidebar search tab or in the Search Bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search Results</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open new tabs for sidebar search results</strong>: Select this + to have &brandShortName; show your search results in a new tab rather + than in the current one when you search using the sidebar.</li> + <li><strong>Open a tab instead of a window for a context menu web + search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search + results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on + selected words in a web page.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed + Browsing:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select + this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one + browser tab is open.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to + make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a + New Tab</q> to open a link.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from diverted links</strong>: + Select this to make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when opening + diverted links or links from other applications.</li> + <li><strong>Focus browser window for links opened in tabs from other + applications</strong>: Select this to make &brandShortName; bring to the + foreground the browser window being used to open links in tabs from + other applications. When unchecked, the browser window stays in the + background.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs</strong>: + Select this to make &brandShortName; warn you when you try to close a + browser window which has multiple tabs open in it.</li> + <li><strong>Open related tabs after current tab</strong>: + Select this to make new tabs open next to the tab from which they have + been opened. When unchecked, new tabs open after the last tab on the + tab bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Middle-click, <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span> + <span class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd></span> on links in a Web + page</strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab + when clicking a link with the middle mouse button, + <span class="mac">holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key whilst + clicking on links or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and + pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> + <span class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the + link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p> + </li> + + <li><strong> + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location + bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type + the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Open in a new tab instead of a stand-alone window</strong>: + <ul> + <!-- link to Data Manager description once bug 599097 is fixed --> + <li><strong>Data Manager</strong>: Select this to open the Data Manager + in a browser tab. If unchecked, it will open in a separate dialog + window.</li> + <li><strong>Add-ons Manager</strong>: Select this to open the + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager">Add-ons + Manager</a> in a browser tab. If unchecked, it will open in a separate + dialog window.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="link_behavior">Browser Preferences - Link Behavior</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Link Behavior preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Link Behavior. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Link Behavior preferences panel allows you to configure how links are + opened in &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that + certain links open in a new window by default, you may want to override + this. You can define the behavior separately for links with a target + attribute and windows opened using JavaScript: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open links meant to open a new window in</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in + the current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window. (This does not override the webpage design and disables + the below options for pages opened from scripts.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When scripts want to open a new window</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always divert windows into tabs</strong>: Open the page to + be loaded in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Don't divert custom windows into tabs</strong>: Open + the page to be loaded in a popup window if the script explicitly + specifies features of the new window (such as size or position), + else open the page in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Always open new windows</strong>: Open the page to be + loaded in a new window. (This does not override the webpage + design.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is + called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like + a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the + page will be loaded: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the + current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<div class="win"> + <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser + option in <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance + Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p> + + <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when + you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; is launched from the command line, no command line + parameters that open windows (like <kbd>-new-window</kbd>) are used.</li> + <li>No <q>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</q> option is set in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + - Appearance</a>.</li> + <li>The <q>Links from other applications</q> preference is set to <q>A new + tab in the current window</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName; + handles files you download from web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Flash the download manager if it is already open</strong>: + Select this to change focus to the Download Manager if it is currently + open. It displays the status for current and previous downloads in a + single window. This option only takes effect if the Download Manager + is already open and overrides the other settings.</li> + <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display + the Download Manager when starting a new download. It will be opened + if the window isn't currently shown.</li> + <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a + progress dialog box, which display the status for your current + download. The status of each download is kept in a separate + window.</li> + <li><strong>Don't open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to + download files invisibly. No status is given for all your + downloads.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Save files to</strong>: Select this if you want files to be + saved to the specified folder without &brandShortName; prompting you + for the download location.</li> + <li><strong>Always ask me where to save files</strong>: Select this if + you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to be saved. + The default will be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Download history</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Remove download entries</strong>: This determines when + a completed entry is removed from the Download Manager listing + (the downloaded file itself will <em>not</em> be affected): + <ul> + <li><strong>When they have completed</strong>: Select this to + remove an entry immediately once the download is successfully + completed.</li> + <li><strong>When quitting &brandShortName;</strong>: Select this + to retain all entries until closing the program, the list will + be empty upon restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this to not remove <em>any</em> + entry automatically, even after &brandShortName; is restarted. + You can remove them manually in the Download Manager.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when + a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file + in the file locator. To listen to the sound you've chosen, click + Play.</li> + <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is + completed.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see + <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42046f17a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1> + +<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p> + +<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without + your permission. They vary in size, but usually don't cover the whole + screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping + up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows + preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you + must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p> + +<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound or + display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the status bar or a notification bar at the top of the website + content area, or any combination of the above. You can use the icon or the + bar to add a website you're viewing to an exceptions list so that the + website is allowed to again display popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some + websites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. + Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to + use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the + list of allowed websites. For more information, see + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & + Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn't always work</strong>: Although + &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may + use other methods to show popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you've + enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific websites to display + popups. Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup + Manager, and then choose Allow Popups From This Website.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and + through the popup control icon.</p> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Popup Windows</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security Preferences category, click Popup + Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & + Security to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent + popups from appearing in the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of + websites that you want to allow to display popups. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites - Popups</strong>: The list of allowed + websites appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or + remove websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you + want to add to the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + website.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the + websites in the current list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time + the browser blocks a popup, select this option and choose System beep + or Custom sound file. Selecting Custom sound file enables the following two + buttons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browse</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file.</li> + <li><strong>Play</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen + sound.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this + to display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup + control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another + website.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Display a notification bar at the top of the content area</strong>: + Select this to display a notification bar above the website content area + whenever a popup is blocked. In the bar, use the Preferences button to choose + how to handle popups from that website. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Using the popup control icon or notification bar to add allowed + websites</strong>: You can use the popup control icon or notification bar to + quickly add a website to the list of allowed websites. Click the icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is + already filled in. Click Allow and then click OK to confirm your addition. + Similarly you can use the notification bar to allow popups from the current + website or open the list of allowed websites through Manage Popups. Just + click the Preferences button at the right end of the notification bar.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere + with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see + <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..149e6ef124 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1451 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information + only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security + of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, + however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it + represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and + security protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1> + +<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features + like Sidebar, bookmarks, Tabbed Browsing, and Add-ons.</p> + +<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;'s + browser component.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</a></li> + <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#add-ons">Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How + &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and + Resizing Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual + Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time, including your bookmarks, browser history, + address book, and other available options. Sidebar presents these items to + you in tabs that are continually updated.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing + Sidebar</h3> + +<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the + View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</p> + +<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize + Sidebar's frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge + of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches + the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"></td> + </tr> + <tr style="vertical-align: top;"> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with + handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;"> + <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p> + </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar's frame</li> + <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar's frame</li> +</ul> + +<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li> + <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To view a tab:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a tab's title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The + Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title + and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To add a new tab:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize + Sidebar from the menu</li> + <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the + left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li> + <li>Click Add.</li> + <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar, + &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll + through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar + until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll + up.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list + on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview. + After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up + window.</li> + <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar, + click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar + Directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in + the lower part of the menu.</li> + <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark + (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the + menu).</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its + name and choose Hide Tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar + Tabs</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar + from the menu.</li> + <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information + and options for customizing the tab. + + <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab—in + addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company, + organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p> + </li> + <li>After you follow the tab provider's instructions, close the + customization window (or follow the provider's instructions to close + it).</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab's placement.</li> + <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you + like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Remove.</li> + <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window. + Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window. + Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org, + icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You don't need to have several windows open to visit several web pages; + thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close, + and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to + another window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3> + +<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can + change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You + can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser + tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page + is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in + &brandShortName;, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and + then Browser Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new + tab</q> icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/> + on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible, + right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page + link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the + Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac"> + Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to + open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser + Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li> + <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the + Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3> + +<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what + you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName; + window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the + tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be + moved. Alternately, you can use + <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard + shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text + box has focus.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3> + +<p>To bookmark the group of browser tabs in the current window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of + Tabs</q>.</li> + <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li> + <li>Choose an existing folder in which to create the bookmark group, or click + New Folder to create a new folder.</li> + <li>Click <q>Add Bookmarks</q> to add the bookmarks.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The bookmark group will be saved as a folder, with the name you entered in + the Name field, inside the folder you selected in the Folder drop-down + list.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page, + see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li> + <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and + choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs, + right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default + Colors</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3> + +<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser + or in a font chosen by the web pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default fonts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible + in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script. + For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script + (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for + proportional text.</li> + <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select + fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also + specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li> + <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li> + <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as + equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts + other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow + documents to use other fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3> + +<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the + default colors set by your browser or by the pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default colors:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible + in this category, click to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and + Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also + specify that links should be underlined.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the + authors' intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring + the colors specified</q>.</p> + +<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the + source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable + syntax highlighting</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3> + +<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different + theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the + Add-ons Manager.</p> + +<p>From the View menu:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from the menu.</li> + <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can get new themes by selecting Get More Themes. This will open a new + tab or window and load the Themes webpage. Here you can download the latest + themes and apply them. Another way to install new themes is through the + Add-ons Manager (see below). Lightweight themes are applied immediately when + you select "Add to &brandShortName;".</p> + +<p>From the Add-ons Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-ons Manager.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance button in the toolbar.</li> + <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Enable button.</li> + <li>Restart &brandShortName; by clicking <q>Restart Now</q> in the + Theme's entry.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#menu_bar">Menu Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Bookmarks Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="menu_bar">Menu Bar</h3> + +<p>The Menu Bar provides drop down menus for performing actions within + &brandShortName;.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/menubar.png" alt="Menu Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Menu Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p class="noMac">If the Menu Bar is hidden (not minimized; see + <a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a>), or if you are in Full + Screen mode, press the Alt key to display the Menu Bar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"> + <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Bookmarks Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Bookmarks Toolbar is completely customizable—you decide what you + want to keep there.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Bookmarks Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Bookmarks Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Bookmarks Toolbar.</p> + +<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Bookmarks Toolbar + Bookmarks</h4> + +<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing + groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Bookmarks + Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li> + <li>Drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the + Location Bar) to a desired place on the Bookmarks Toolbar. You can drag the + icon directly to the Bookmarks Toolbar, or to a folder on the Bookmarks + Toolbar. For more information, see + <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark + Folders to the Bookmarks Toolbar</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" alt="image + of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have + checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p> + +<p>Each item in the Bookmarks Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You + may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p> + +<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding + Bookmark Folders to the Bookmarks Toolbar</strong></p> + +<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Bookmarks Toolbar to sort your favorite + bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the + Bookmarks Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for + work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Bookmarks Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Select the <q>Bookmarks Toolbar</q> folder.</li> + <li>Choose New Folder from the File menu.</li> + <li>Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is + <q>New Folder</q>.</li> + <li>Click Add to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Bookmarks Toolbar.</p> + +<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Bookmarks Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Click the Bookmarks Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li> + <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li> + <li>Close the Library window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Bookmarks + Toolbar, right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p> + +<h4>Rearranging the Bookmarks Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Bookmarks Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li> + <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Bookmarks Toolbar + quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Bookmarks + Toolbar or to a folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3> + +<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It + includes the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more + information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li> + <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load + status information.</li> + <li>Work Offline + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.png" + alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.png" + alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working + offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from + attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web + pages or automatically check email.</li> + <li>Lock icon (Example: + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png" + alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page + was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3> + +<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to + switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p> + +<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3> + +<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p> + +<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar, + click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using + this method.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu.</li> + <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then + select the toolbars you want to show. You can also right-click on an empty + section on the <span class="noMac">Menu Bar,</span> Navigation Toolbar or + Bookmarks Toolbar to turn toolbars on and off.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual + Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or + Importing a Bookmark List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3> + +<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather + than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take + you directly to the pages you want to see.</p> + +<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on + Sidebar, and the Library window. You can control what's listed + in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and + organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p> + +<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a + bookmark:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li> + <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to + them.</p> + +<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and + choose Bookmark This Page.</li> + <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to + provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark: + <ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of + these options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want + a different name.</li> + <li><strong>Folder</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create + your bookmark.</li> + <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in + which to create your bookmark.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Done to apply your changes.</li> + </ol> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a + window, you can select <q>Bookmark This Group of Tabs</q> to add a folder + with bookmarks for all of the open tabs in the current window.</p> + </li> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the Bookmarks Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places: + <ul> + <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Bookmarks Toolbar.</li> + <li>In a bookmarks folder you've created on the Bookmarks + Toolbar.</li> + <li>To the Bookmarks Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks + folders. + <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Bookmarks Toolbar, + see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Bookmarks + Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Bookmarks Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Bookmarks Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select + the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific + icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li> + <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be + accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Library window or + the Bookmarks menu.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage + Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Library window.</p> + +<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To + put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose New Folder or New Separator from the File menu. The + new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li> + <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or choose Delete from the Edit + menu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Library window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the folder you want to sort.</li> + <li>To sort bookmarks by Name, right-click on the folder and select Sort By + Name.</li> + <li>To sort bookmarks in other ways, open the Edit menu and select Sort + Folder. In the dialog, choose how you want the list sorted. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open + <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li> +</ul> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Library window, click a bookmark.</li> + <li>Properties for the currently selected bookmark will appear in the bottom + part of the window.</li> + <li>Click the arrow next to <q>More</q> to show additional property + fields.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list), + add descriptive information, or set a + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Library window, click the fill-in field in the top right corner + and type all or part of the name or URL (web address) for the bookmarks that + you want to find.</li> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the + window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a + Bookmark List</h3> + +<p>Your bookmarks can be exported to an HTML file in a folder of your + choosing. You can then edit it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Library window, open the Tools menu, and choose <q>Export + Bookmarks to HTML</q>.</li> + <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder and + filename.</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p> + +<p>You can also import bookmarks from other sources. For example, you can + import bookmarks from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other browsers, or + from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p> + +<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an + HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Library window, open the Tools menu and choose <q>Import Bookmarks + from HTML</q>.</li> + <li>In the <q>Import Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, navigate to and select the + bookmarks file you want to import, then click Open.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The imported bookmarks are added to the bottom of the Bookmarks Menu + folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and + folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="add-ons">Add-ons</h2> + +<p>One of the most exciting ways to customize &brandShortName; is through the + addition of Add-ons. In this section, you will learn what Add-ons are, how + to install them, and how to use the Add-ons Manager.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_add-ons">About Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_add-on_converter">Using the Add-on Converter</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_add-ons">About Add-ons</h3> + +<p>An Add-on is a piece of software that can be added to &brandShortName; to + change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. It can also change + the language shown in the user interface. Add-ons can be classified in four + types:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Extensions</strong>: This type of Add-on either changes the way + &brandShortName; behaves or adds new features to it. For instance, there + are extensions that provide you with weather forecasts, that add a + full-featured FTP client, or that block advertisements in web pages. Some + extensions are designed to work only with specific websites.</li> + <li><strong>Themes</strong>: Themes change the appearance and design of + &brandShortName;, but don't add or change features. They act as a + skin. &brandShortName; ships with two themes, Default Theme and Modern + Theme, but you can add more to fit your style.</li> + <li><strong>Plugins</strong>: Plugins act as connectors between + &brandShortName; and other programs. They enable you to see special + content directly inside the &brandShortName; browser window, instead of + opening the target program in a separate window.</li> + <li><strong>Languages</strong>: While you can download &brandShortName; in + a number of languages, you may add additional languages to it in the form + of language packs. This way, different users may use &brandShortName; in + their own language without having to install the program for everyone. + This is specially useful if you are going to install &brandShortName; on a + computer that is shared by different users in, for example, a computer lab. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Language packs only change the user interface + language. Web pages, messages, newsgroup and news & blog posts will + still be shown in the original language in which they were written.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Add-ons always come as packages. Each Add-on is a single file with the XPI + extension, except in the case of plugins which usually are binaries specific + to the target operating system.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</h3> + +<p>There are a number of ways to install Add-ons:</p> + +<ul> + <li>By clicking a link or a button for an Add-on on a web page. This will + trigger a &brandShortName; dialog asking you to confirm or cancel the + installation, with the Install button disabled for some seconds in + order to avoid accidentally clicking it just as the dialog shows up.</li> + <li>By opening a previously saved Add-on package, just like you open a + regular file that you previously saved on your hard drive: Select Open file + from the File menu, or press <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd></span><span + class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd></span>+<kbd>O</kbd>; you can also open the + Tools menu in the Add-ons Manager (next to the search box) and select + <q>Install Add-on from File</q>, or just drag-and-drop the installer file + into the Add-ons Manager tab or window.</li> + <li>By using the Search functionality or the Get Add-ons panel of the + Add-ons Manager, as described in the next section.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>For security, &brandShortName; only allows installing Add-ons from + a list of permitted websites in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>.</li> + <li>Also, if you unchecked <q>Allow websites to install add-ons and + updates</q> there, you will be prompted to enable that function before + anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a temporary change, you would + have to uncheck that box again to disallow installations and updates in + the future.</li> + <li>Plugins are usually installed as a separate program while + &brandShortName; is closed so both the external program and the + corresponding plugin for &brandShortName; get installed correctly.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</h3> + +<p>The Add-ons Manager enables you to install and uninstall Add-ons, enable and + disable them and, in some cases, set preferences for them.</p> + +<p id="accessing_the_add-ons_manager">To access the Add-ons Manager, follow any + of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, then select Add-ons Manager.</li> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span + class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences, expand the Advanced + category, click Software Installation, then Manage Add-ons.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Add-ons Manager opens either in its own dialog window or in a browser + tab. You can modify this behavior in the <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a> + preference settings.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h4 id="searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</h4> + +<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, you can search all available Mozilla Add-ons directly from + the Add-ons Manager and install them as desired:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To search for Add-ons based on name, description or tags, type a + word or phrase into the Search box and press + <span class="mac"><kbd>Return</kbd></span><span + class="noMac"><kbd>Enter</kbd></span>. The search panel will open and + display a list of matching Add-ons that are compatible with your current + version of &brandShortName;. You can sort the results by name or date of + the most recent release. You can also search your installed Add-ons by + clicking <q>My Add-ons</q>.</li> + <li>To get additional information about a specific Add-on in the list, + click <q>More</q> for that entry.</li> + <li>To install an Add-on in the list, click its Install button.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="using_the_add-on_converter">Using the Add-on Converter</h4> + +<p>The <a href="http://addonconverter.fotokraina.com/">Add-on Converter</a> + has been created to convert Firefox and Thunderbird extensions for use in + &brandShortName;. You can try to convert any extension by uploading it from + your computer or by pasting the download URL from + <a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net">addons.thunderbird.net</a> (AMO) + into the appropriate input line on the Add-on Converter start page. If you + are an expert user, you can make adjustments in the Advanced Options area. + </p> + +<p>Not all Firefox and Thunderbird extensions will work in &brandShortName;. + Most extensions will install successfully, but some may not work properly once + installed. The <a href="http://addonconverter.fotokraina.com/compatibility/"> + compatibility list</a> will help you to anticipate how well a converted + extension will work.</p> + +<p>The easiest way to use the Add-on Converter is to install the + <a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net/seamonkey/addon/amo-browsing-for-seamonkey/"> + AMO Browsing for SeaMonkey</a> extension, which will overlay additional + information and links onto the Add-on pages at addons.thunderbird.net. If + the Add-on is not already compatible with &brandShortName;, a link will be + added to the Add-on Converter, which will select appropriate conversion + parameters automatically.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-on_converter">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</h4> + +<p>The Get Add-ons panel in the Add-ons Manager uses web services provided by + the Mozilla Add-ons website to present a list of recommended Add-ons, as + well as giving you the option to browse the available Mozilla Add-ons. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Get Add-ons button to show the Get Add-ons panel:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about one of the recommended Add-ons in the list + displayed by default, click that entry. The entry will expand to use the + full tab, showing screenshots, a description of the Add-on, and reviews + as available. You will also be able to directly install the Add-on by + clicking the Add to &brandShortName; button inside the expanded entry. + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you disallowed websites to install add-ons + and updates in the <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>, you will be prompted to enable + that function before anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a + temporary change, you would have to uncheck that box again to + disallow installations and updates in the future.</p> + </li> + <li>The Get Add-ons panel also allows you to open the Mozilla Add-ons website + in a new browser window (or a new browser tab, depending on your preference + settings) to browse extensions and themes.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Personalized Add-on recommendations require a list of + your currently installed Add-ons to be sent to the Mozilla Add-ons website. + If you have privacy concerns, this function can be switched off in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</h4> + +<p>The Extensions panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed extensions. + After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, click the Extensions button to show the Extensions panel. There, + you can perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the installed extensions, click + <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full + tab and show the description of the extension along with its update + options. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Disabled extensions will appear greyed out. + Incompatible extensions will appear greyed out, since they are also + disabled, and with a forbidden sign over the extension icon (incompatible + extensions are those which define themselves as not compatible for the + version of &brandShortName; you are using).</p> + </li> + <li>To access options of an extension (if the extension features a + preferences panel), click the Options button for the entry corresponding + to the desired extension. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the extension does not feature a preferences + panel, the Options button will be hidden. You can't access + preferences of disabled or incompatible extensions.</p> + </li> + <li>To disable an extension, click the Disable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> + <li>To enable an extension, click the Enable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> + <li>To uninstall an extension, click the Remove button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</h4> + +<p>The Appearance panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed themes. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Appearance button to show the Appearance panel. There, you can + perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the installed themes, click + <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the + full tab and show the description of the theme along with its version + information.</li> + <li>To use a theme, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only + once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart + Now</q> option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Contrary to extensions, you can use only one + theme at a time.</p> + </li> + <li>To uninstall a theme, click the Remove button for the entry corresponding + to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only + once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart + Now</q> option.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</h4> + +<p>The Plugins panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the plugins found. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Plugins button to show the Plugins panel. There, you can perform + the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the plugins found, click <q>More</q> + for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show + the description of the plugin along with its version information.</li> + <li>Click <q>Check to see if your plugins are up to date</q> to open a new + tab or window connecting to a Mozilla website to check for status and + update information on all of your enabled plugins.</li> + <li>To disable a plugin, click the Disable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired plugin.</li> + <li>To enable a plugin, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired plugin.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Contrary to other types of Add-ons, enabling and disabling plugins + doesn't require restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Info bars may appear for any plugins which are determined to be outdated, + incompatible, or blocked for security reasons.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</h4> + +<p>The Languages panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed language + packs. This panel only appears if you have installed a language pack.</p> + +<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, click the Languages button to show the Languages panel. There, + you can perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the language packs, click <q>More</q> + for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show + the description of the language pack along with its update options.</li> + <li>To disable a language pack, click the Disable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> + <li>To enable a language pack, click the Enable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> + <li>To uninstall a language pack, click the Remove button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Enabling a language pack in the Language panel + doesn't change the language shown in &brandShortName;'s user + interface, it only makes the language available for selection in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + panel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</h4> + +<p>Updates are by default performed automatically for any Add-ons installed + through the Search or Get Add-ons panels if such updates are offered through + the Mozilla Add-ons website. The global settings can be found in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>. You can override those for individual + Add-ons by clicking <q>More</q> and then selecting the desired option. +</p> + +<p>Update functions are also offered in the Add-ons Manager's Tools menu, + found next to the search box:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can check for updates for all installed Add-ons manually and set or + reset automated updates for all Add-ons.</li> + <li>If new updates are found for one or more Add-ons, an Update Now button + appears for each Add-on. They are also listed in a new Available Updates + panel. Rather than updating each Add-on separately, the Include in Update + checkbox can be used to select the updates to be performed, then click the + Install Updates button.</li> + <li>View Recent Updates opens a Recent Updates panel which lists Add-ons of + all types for which updates have been performed, along with the date of + that update.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName; + Starts Up</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#session_restore">Session Restore</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which + Components Open at Launch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3> + +<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a + blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open + automatically when you launch your browser. Alternatively you can + tell &brandShortName; to restore the previous session, i.e. the + windows and tabs you had open when you last exited &brandShortName;. + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the + Location Bar.</p></li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="session_restore">Session Restore</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; periodically saves your browsing session (open windows + and tabs, including form data) to disk. When you start &brandShortName; with + Session Restore enabled, the windows and tabs from your previous session + will be restored. This is especially useful if your previous browsing session + ended unexpectedly (e.g. your computer crashed or a website you visited forced + &brandShortName; to terminate). &brandShortName; will automatically restore + the previous session if "Restore Previous Session" under "Display on Browser + Startup" has been selected. If you chose to not be warned when you close a + browser window with multiple tabs open (see <a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed + Browsing</a> preference panel), &brandShortName; will open a page from + where you can choose which windows/tabs from the previous session you want to + restore. The same will happen if &brandShortName; crashes repeatedly.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3> + +<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the + Bookmarks Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be + the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To specify your home page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> + <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following: + <ul> + <li>Type your home page's URL (web address) in the Location + field.</li> + <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the + browser window your home page.</li> + <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer's hard + drive.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark + icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/places/bookmark-item.svg" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page + button on the Bookmarks Toolbar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components + Open at Launch</h3> + +<p>You can choose components (such as Mail & Newsgroups and Composer) to + launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> + <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7263619d3e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1> + +<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in + developing and debugging <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web + applications</a>. Some of these are optional installs. To access these + tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web Development.</p> + +<ul class="separate"> + <li id="js_console"> + <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems + with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in + web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, + CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can + also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul"> + XUL</a> and JavaScript code. + </li> + <li id="devtools"> + <strong>Developer Tools</strong>: &brandShortName; includes a set of + developer tools that can be docked to the bottom of a browser window or + used in a separate window. The <strong>Toggle Tools</strong> command in + the Web Development menu can be used to open and close the Developer Tools. + + The Developer Tools are shared with Firefox. To learn more about the + Developer Tools, visit the <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Tools"> + Firefox Developer Tools site</a>. + </li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db71e63651 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,912 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Glossary</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only, + and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description + of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of + the technologies described.</div> + +<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1> + +<dl> + +<dt id="add-on">add-on</dt><dd>A piece of software that can be added to + &brandShortName; to change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. + It can also change the language shown in the user interface. See also + <a href="#extension">extension</a>, <a href="#language_pack">language + pack</a>, <a href="#plugin">plugin</a>, and <a href="#theme">theme</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password, + certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to + validate an identity over a computer network. See also + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>, + <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client + authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>, <a href="#secure_authentication">secure + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a> + address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a + bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Bookmarks Toolbar</a> or + choosing the bookmark's name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd> + +<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a></dd> + +<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that + identifies a certificate authority. See also + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>, + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored + on your computer's hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The + browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link + or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the + cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the + original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy + rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download + time.</dd> + +<dt id="caret_browsing">caret browsing</dt><dd>A &brandShortName; feature that + allows you to navigate through text in Web pages and email messages (or this + Help window) with a caret. Using your keyboard, you can navigate and select + text like you do in a text editor. You can turn caret browsing mode on or off + by pressing the <kbd>F7</kbd> key. Caret browsing mode can also be enabled or + disabled in Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card. + A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity + and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate, + belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the + digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key + that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is + issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a>. A certificate's validity can be verified by checking + the CA's <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called + digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and + security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service + that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or + entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes + certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular + intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using + certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate + Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, + <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A + password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have + previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when + you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a + certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on + <a href="#certificate">certificates</a> and public-key cryptography. + See also <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of + certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate + identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a + <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd> + A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of + the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to + the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change, + even by a single character, the function produces a different number. + Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates + have not been tampered with.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage + certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage + Certificates.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of + renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to + expire.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a + certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose + own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as + trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the + certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally, + if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been + activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by + looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a + <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or + in the browser's Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail, + Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won't + recognize the identity it certifies.</dd> + +<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends + requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>, + which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client + software runs is also described as a client.</dd> + +<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>, + for example with a name and password or with a + <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some + digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure + Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate + that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a + <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client + (or the identity of the person using the client) using the + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom + left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch + between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser, + Mail & Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your + computer by some <a href="#website">websites</a>. When you visit such a + website, the website asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your + hard disk. Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends the + website the cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of + information about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set + your cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much + information you are willing to let websites store on them. See also + <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser + that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</dt><dd>A + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> used for + <a href="#encrypted_password">password encryption</a> to achieve + <a href="#secure_authentication">secure authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked + certificates that is generated and signed by a + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can + download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it + to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use + for authentication.</dd> + +<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of + rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and + <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a + <em>cipher.</em></dd> + +<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling + (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example, + cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information + flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that + has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd> + See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both + the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique + for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes + the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital + signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you + approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data + has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has + nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used + for similar legal purposes. See also + <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>, + <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially + formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="do_not_track">Do Not Track</dt><dd>A mechanism that allows users + to inform <a href="#website">websites</a> that they do not want to be + <a href="#user_tracking">tracked</a> by third-party websites and + <a href="#web_application">web applications</a>. A user' tracking + preferences is included in the <a href="#http">HTTP</a> header and sent + to the website. &brandShortName; supports sending <q>Do Not Track</q> + requests, but websites are not obligated to honor those.</dd> + +<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key + pairs—four keys altogether—corresponding to two separate + certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and + the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and + decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of + information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not + intended.</dd> + +<dt id="encrypted_password">encrypted password</dt><dd>Used for + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a> + to achieve <a href="#secure_authentication">secure authentication</a>. + The user's password is encrypted before it is sent to the server + (e.g., by methods like <a href="#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>) to prevent that + anyone eavesdropping on the connection from seeing it in clear text. This + mechanism is frequently used when no <a href="#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> method is available.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in + a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between + computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or + <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted + information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate + key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for + encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations. + See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>, + <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for + encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a + <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key, + constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="extension">extension</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> + that changes the behavior of &brandShortName; or adds new features to + it.</dd> + +<dt id="feed">feed</dt><dd>A frequently updated source of references to web + pages, usually blog articles or news. Technically it is an XML document + available through a public well-known URL, comprising of several items inside, + each one containing some metadata (possibly including a summary) and an URL + to the full blog or news article. The XML document is regenerated at fixed + intervals, or whenever a new article is published to the website. Web + applications can subscribe to the URL serving the feed and present the new + articles as they are updated in the underlying XML document. There are + specific XML formats for feeds, most common of which are + <a href="#rss">RSS</a> and Atom.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint (certificate)</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprinting">fingerprinting (browser)</dt><dd>A method of + <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> by which a user is identified + based on browser characteristics like browser and operating system versions, + stated language preferences, or <a href="#plugin">plugins</a> installed.</dd> + +<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing + Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for + implementations of cryptographic modules—that is, hardware or software + that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations + (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the + US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd> + +<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>See + <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> + contained inside of an all-encompassing <q>meta</q> page.</dd> + +<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A + standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another + over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd> + +<dt id="geolocation_service">geolocation service</dt><dd>A web service for + <a href="#location_aware_browsing">location aware browsing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="grippy">grippy</dt><dd>A small box element to the left of menubars and + toolbars. The grippy allows the user to quickly collapse menubars and + toolbars. <span class="mac">Grippies are not available on macOS.</span> + </dd> + +<dt id="gssapi">GSSAPI (Generic Security Services Application Program + Interface)</dt><dd>See <a href="#kerberos">Kerberos</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is + used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A + <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that + installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation + directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally). + Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are + considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don't + install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the + download dialog box.</dd> + +<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display + every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to + refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of + the website.</dd> + +<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used + for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the + text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web + page.</dd> + +<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to + transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between + browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure + version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the + privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route + over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail + server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to + them on the server rather than on your computer's hard disk. Using IMAP + rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access + your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from + any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than + using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only. + Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd> + +<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or + <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow + websites to gather information about you (for example by means of + <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose + to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website + provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the + information is actually gathered. See also <a href="#user_tracking">user + tracking</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers + that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as + <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in + 1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and, + in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals. + Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging, + usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd> + +<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address + of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on + the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address. + <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that + is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP + addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd> + +<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with + other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution + that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd> + +<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun + Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of + computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate + version of each program for each kind of computer. Java programs or applets + are not directly supported in your browser.</dd> + +<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to + construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to + make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons. + JavaScript must not be confused with <a href="#java">Java</a>. They are + separate languages. Java is not required for JavaScript to work + correctly.</dd> + +<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or + decrypt data. A person's public key, for example, allows other people to + encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted + with the corresponding private key. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="kerberos">Kerberos</dt><dd>A mechanism to use single-signon, + <a href="#smart_card">smart cards</a>, or other custom methods to + <a href="#authentication">authenticate</a> access without using + <a href="#password-based_authentication">passwords</a> for each individual + service. Used mostly in large enterprise/institutional networks where + authentication is provided by centralized services like + <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="language_pack">language pack</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that adds a new language to the user interface + of &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="latex">LaTeX</dt><dd>A word processor and document markup language to + typeset documents, widely used in academia. In particular, it provides a + compact plain text syntax to write complex mathematical formulas.</dd> + +<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard + protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books, + across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP + directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups + to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd> + +<dt id="location_aware_browsing">location aware browsing</dt><dd>A method to + determine a user's location to provide customized services for the + current position, or for the purpose of <a href="#user_tracking">user + tracking</a>. In addition to the <a href="#ip_address">IP address</a>, + provider-specific information like wireless access points are used to + determine longitude and latitude, altitude as well as speed and heading + (as available) for the requesting <a href="#website">website</a>. + Provided by a <a href="#geolocation_service">geolocation service</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons) + near the top of a browser window where you can type a + <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd> + +<dt id="malware">Malware</dt><dd>Short for <q><u>Mal</u>icious + Soft<u>ware</u></q> and a general term for a variety of software designed + to disrupt computer operation, gather sensitive information, or gain access + to your computer. They can be distributed by infected <a href="#web_page">web + pages</a> or as attachments to email messages. Examples include viruses, + worms, trojans, spyware, or adware. Malware may redistribute itself by + sending out email messages to infect other computers.</dd> + +<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt + information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> + uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also + <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by + Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to + access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use + one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to + access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to + your personal information. You can set or change your master password from + the Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a separate + master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>, + <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="mathml">MathML (Mathematical Markup Language)</dt><dd>The markup + language used to write mathematical notations in + <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="menu_bar">Menu Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar <span class="mac">at the top + of the screen</span><span class="noMac">near the top of any &brandShortName; + window</span> that includes the File, Edit, and View menus.</dd> + +<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity + as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might + pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a website that takes + credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also + <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top + of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd> + +<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of + a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature + provides one form of nonrepudiation. A + <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd> + +<dt id="notification_bar">notification bar</dt><dd>A bar that appears at the + top of the content area to inform you about something that needs your + attention, e.g. when the Password Manager can save a password for you, a + popup has been blocked or an additional plugin is required.</dd> + +<dt id="ntlm">NTLM (NT LAN Manager)</dt><dd>A protocol for + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> in local networks that is + proprietary to Microsoft Windows. Used mostly in enterprise/institutional + networks.</dd> + +<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows + software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of + file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by + signed code to local system resources.</dd> + +<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as + code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules + that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to + perform an online check of a certificate's validity each time the + certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a + list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer + must be online for OCSP to work.</dd> + +<dt id="opml">OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language)</dt><dd>An XML format + used to list <a href="#feed">feed</a> collections. Although broader in its + specification, it is mainly used nowadays to export and import feed + collections between different feed aggregators or readers, like + &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and + password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the + browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by + storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering them for you + automatically when you visit such websites.</dd> + +<dt id="personal_toolbar">Bookmarks Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar + that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It + contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add + or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders + containing groups of bookmarks.</dd> + +<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in + which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims' + personal information.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that + governs security devices such as smart cards. See also + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart + card</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer + that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using + the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>, + <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>, + PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11 + module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some + form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in + software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>), + which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services + and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install + additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other + hardware devices.</dd> + +<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services + that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a + networked environment.</dd> + +<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new + capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video + clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application + installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser + installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself + (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on + a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message.</dd> + +<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol + that requires you to download new messages to your local + computer—although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With + POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom + folders, on one computer only. By contrast, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages + and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any + computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd> + +<dt id="private_browsing">private browsing</dt><dd>Browsing in a session in + which no private data (like browsing history, <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>, + and <a href="#cache">cached</a> content) are retained beyond the duration of + the private session. Private browsing should not be confused with anonymous + browsing and does not prevent <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> or + monitoring of web activity by an internet provider or employer.</dd> + +<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of + <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is + kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the + corresponding public key.</dd> + +<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that + acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a + <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of + other clients.</dd> + +<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd> + One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. + The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data + sent to the public key's owner, who then decrypts the data with the + corresponding private key.</dd> + +<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of + well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a + person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity + electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved: + a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private + key</a>. The public key is published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a + particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data + encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key. + </dd> + +<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a + self-signed certificate at the top of a + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="rss">RSS (Really Simple Syndication)</dt><dd>An <a href="#xml">XML</a> + data format for web <a href="#feed">feeds</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="safe_browsing">safe browsing</dt><dd>Protection against common threats + from <a href="#malware">Malware</a> and <a href="#phishing">Phishing</a> by + checking each <a href="#web_page">web page</a> against a list of reported + websites. If the web page you are about to visit has been reported as + containing malicious content, &brandShortName; prevents it from loading + and shows a warning instead.</dd> + +<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows + users to search for and retrieve specific information from the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may + search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use + librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval. + Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a + search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_authentication">secure authentication</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> which can be achieved by + <a href="#encrypted_password">encryption of the password</a> or by mechanisms + like <a href="#kerberos">Kerberos</a> and <a href="#ntlm">NTLM</a>. Not to + be confused with <a href="#secure_connection">secure connection</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_connection">secure connection</dt><dd>A connection using + <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> or <a href="#tls">TLS</a>. All communication between + your computer and the server is <a href="#encryption">encrypted</a> so that + no third party eavesdropping on your connection can read it. Note that the + data is only encrypted during transmission between your client application + and the server, after that it is no longer encrypted. To prove its + authenticity to the client, the server needs to identify itself using a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. A bad certificate can indicate + an attack on the server or the connection, thus it is important to heed + certificate warnings.</dd> + +<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that + provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can + store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one + example of a security device implemented in hardware. + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own + built-in security device, called the + <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is + always available while the browser is running. Each security device is + protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See + <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web + pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a + <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different + computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a + server.</dd> + +<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a> + by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>, + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a + <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server's identity using + the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose + corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign + transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender. + Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be + used to sign email messages at the same time as an + <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be + used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key + pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only. + A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an + <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key, + constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software, + that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and + designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size + of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing + cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing + cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a> + standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that + sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> + server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network + so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys + associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software + security device stores the master key used by + <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also + <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master + key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example, + a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or + a computer can identify itself as a website called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> + when it is not. Spoofing is one form of + <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual + authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a + <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated + and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and + below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols. + The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport + Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="starttls">STARTTLS</dt><dd>An extension to common standard TCP + protocols (like SMTP, POP or IMAP) so the client can tell the server to + use <a href="#tls">TLS</a> on the same TCP port as for non-secure + connections.</dd> + +<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom + of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the + <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on + the right.</dd> + +<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization, + or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In + particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified + entity's <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other + characteristics.</dd> + +<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A + <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely + describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose + certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method + that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given + message.</dd> + +<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that + data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that + the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same + data.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet + Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety + of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become + a global standard.</dd> + +<dt id="theme">theme</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that changes + the appearance of &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>A + <a href="#cookie">cookie</a> from one <a href="#website">website</a> that + gets stored on your computer when you visit a different website. Sometimes a + website displays content that is hosted on another website. That content can + be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. The second website + that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a cookie in your + browser, even though you don't visit it directly. Also known as + <q>foreign cookie</q>.</dd> + +<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the new Internet + Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard based on SSL (Secure Sockets Layer). + See also <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> and + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when + you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains + information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd> + +<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In + the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust + usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued + the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a + CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless + you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use + the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of + certificates you do or don't trust specific CAs to issue.</dd> + +<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address + that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web. + For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the + browser's <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access + <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web + pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet + address or Web address.</dd> + +<dt id="user_tracking">user tracking</dt><dd>Methods that some + <a href="#website">websites</a>, including advertisers and analytics services, + employ to determine patterns in how you browse the web (e.g., what websites + you have visited, which preferences you have voiced using buttons embedded by + social networks, and your purchase history). This information is mostly used + to show you specifically targeted offers or advertisements for products or + services. Mechanisms for user tracking include <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> + and <a href="#fingerprinting">browser fingerprinting</a>. See also + <a href="#do_not_track">Do Not Track</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="web_application">web application</dt><dd>An application that is not + running on your computer but remotely on a <a href="#website">website</a>. + Examples include web-mail systems or web-based systems where you enter + information into a form and receive a response as a <a href="#web_page">web + page</a>. An <i>offline</i> web application can work without a current + connection to the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> by saving the relevant + pages locally before running the application.</dd> + +<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that + is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may + contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd> + +<dt id="website">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by + hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A + website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to + other websites.</dd> + +<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A + portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages + stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by + <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as + &brandShortName;).</dd> + +<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet + protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface + with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd> + +<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for + describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of + a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C + document + <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A + language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into + some other format.</dd> + +<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>An XML markup language + for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd> + +</dl> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7809bc6f5a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<!-- HELP Glossary SECTION --> + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="add-on" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#add-on"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="caret browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRAM-MD5" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Do Not Track" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encrypted password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encrypted_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="extension" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#extension"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="feed" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint (certificate)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprinting (browser)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprinting"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="geolocation service" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#geolocation_service"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="grippy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#grippy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="GSSAPI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gssapi"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Kerberos" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#kerberos"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LaTeX" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#latex"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="language pack" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#language_pack"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="location aware browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_aware_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Malware" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#malware"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="MathML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#mathml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="notification bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#notification_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="NTLM" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ntlm"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OPML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bookmarks Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="RSS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#rss"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="safe browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#safe_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure connection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="STARTTLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#starttls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="theme" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#theme"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="user tracking" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..897b8ebb26 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,2247 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings" + nc:name="Account Settings" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding" + nc:name="adding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons" + nc:name="add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books" + nc:name="address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="appearance_panel" + nc:name="appearance panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages" + nc:name="attaching files to messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#adding"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages" + nc:name="inserting images to web pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:blog_account" + nc:name="creating a new blog account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account" + nc:name="creating a new mail account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account" + nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements" + nc:name="inserting table elements" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#address_books"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries" + nc:name="adding address book entries" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating" + nc:name="creating a new address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists" + nc:name="creating mailing lists" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting" + nc:name="exporting address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing" + nc:name="importing address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories" + nc:name="LDAP directories" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching" + nc:name="searching your address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:about" + nc:name="about" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:installing" + nc:name="installing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:manager" + nc:name="Add-ons Manager" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:converter" + nc:name="Add-on Converter" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_converter"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons:manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:searching_for_add-ons" + nc:name="Searching for Add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:get_add-ons" + nc:name="Get Add-ons Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_get_add-ons_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:extensions_panel" + nc:name="Extensions Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:appearance_panel" + nc:name="Appearance Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:plugins_panel" + nc:name="Plugins Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:languages_panel" + nc:name="Languages Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:updating_add-ons" + nc:name="Updating Add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates" + nc:name="backing up certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks" + nc:name="bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser" + nc:name="browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously" + nc:name="browsing anonymously" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks" + nc:name="changing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks" + nc:name="creating bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks" + nc:name="exporting bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks" + nc:name="organizing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks" + nc:name="searching bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks" + nc:name="using bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting" + nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks" + nc:name="what are bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page" + nc:name="changing your home page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups" + nc:name="controlling popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode" + nc:name="Full screen mode" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages" + nc:name="opening pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences" + nc:name="Browser Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page" + nc:name="start page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:session_restore" + nc:name="session restore" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:crash_recovery" + nc:name="crash recovery" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components" + nc:name="start up components" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache" + nc:name="cache" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="caret_browsing" + nc:name="caret browsing" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates" + nc:name="Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer" + nc:name="Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager" + nc:name="Cookie Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies" + nc:name="cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages" + nc:name="copy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Customizing" + nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cache"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings" + nc:name="changing cache settings" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Certificates"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority" + nc:name="certificate authority" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting" + nc:name="getting certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing" + nc:name="Managing Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences" + nc:name="Certificate Preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication" + nc:name="Selecting for client authentication" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:server" + nc:name="server identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using" + nc:name="Using Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation" + nc:name="certificate validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:website" + nc:name="website identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own" + nc:name="Your own identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Composer"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables" + nc:name="adding tables" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor" + nc:name="Advanced Property Editor" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color" + nc:name="changing text color" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font" + nc:name="changing text font" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html" + nc:name="checking html" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links" + nc:name="creating links" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages" + nc:name="creating new pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties" + nc:name="editing image properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes" + nc:name="editing modes" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text" + nc:name="finding replacing text" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists" + nc:name="formatting lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs" + nc:name="formatting paragraphs" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences" + nc:name="general preferences" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines" + nc:name="inserting horizontal lines" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images" + nc:name="inserting images" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles" + nc:name="removing text styles" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages" + nc:name="saving pages in composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors" + nc:name="setting page colors" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties" + nc:name="setting page properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters" + nc:name="special characters" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists" + nc:name="working with lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by" + nc:name="stored cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using" + nc:name="using cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about" + nc:name="about cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site" + nc:name="managing cookies per website" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences" + nc:name="cookie preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing" + nc:name="removing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:third-party" + nc:name="third-party cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing" + nc:name="viewing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_account" + nc:name="default account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#set_as_default"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Developer_Tools" + nc:name="Developer Tools" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#devtools"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="device_manager" + nc:name="Device Manager" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences" + nc:name="download manager preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses" + nc:name="e-mail addresses"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption" + nc:name="encryption" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole" + nc:name="error console" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="extensions_panel" + nc:name="extensions panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and" + nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages" + nc:name="e-mail address in messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#encryption"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about" + nc:name="about encryption and signing" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages" + nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information" + nc:name="storing sensitive information" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email" + nc:name="encryption settings" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page" + nc:name="security of a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds" + nc:name="Feeds" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="file_types" + nc:name="file types" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages" + nc:name="Filing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Links As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Text As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode" + nc:name="FIPS mode" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer" + nc:name="Font changing in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#feeds"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:subscribing" + nc:name="subscribing to a feed" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:reading" + nc:name="Reading a feed" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:exporting_importing" + nc:name="exporting and importing feeds" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="GIF" + nc:name="GIF, inserting" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML" + nc:name="HTML"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML_editor" + nc:name="HTML editor" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking" + nc:name="HTTP Networking" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#HTML"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer" + nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images" + nc:name="images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP" + nc:name="IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import" + nc:name="import"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and images" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:managing" + nc:name="managing images" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#IMAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about" + nc:name="about IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings" + nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings" + nc:name="IMAP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#import"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book" + nc:name="import address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list" + nc:name="import bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates" + nc:name="import certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:feeds" + nc:name="import feeds" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:mail" + nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences" + nc:name="JavaScript Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keywords" + nc:name="keywords" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer" + nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general" + nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help" + nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages" + nc:name="languages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages_panel" + nc:name="languages panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP" + nc:name="LDAP" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="location_aware_browsing" + nc:name="location aware browsing preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon" + nc:name="lock icon" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#languages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content" + nc:name="language and international content" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences" + nc:name="User interface languages" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#LDAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book" + nc:name="adding directories to address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings" + nc:name="directory server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings" + nc:name="LDAP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mail" + nc:name="mail security settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel" + nc:name="mouse wheel" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard" + nc:name="Account Setup Wizard" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts" + nc:name="adding accounts" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion" + nc:name="address autocompletion" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages" + nc:name="addressing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences" + nc:name="addressing preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings" + nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files" + nc:name="attaching files" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings" + nc:name="changing account settings" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window" + nc:name="Compose window" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages" + nc:name="composing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings" + nc:name="copies and folder settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders" + nc:name="copying folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters" + nc:name="creating filters" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders" + nc:name="creating folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages" + nc:name="creating HTML mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:disk_space_and_storage_settings" + nc:name="disk space and storage settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages" + nc:name="filing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages" + nc:name="forwarding messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences" + nc:name="general mail preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages" + nc:name="getting new messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients" + nc:name="HTML mail recipients" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options" + nc:name="HTML mail sending options" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source" + nc:name="HTML Message Source" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings" + nc:name="identity settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout" + nc:name="mail window layout" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching" + nc:name="message searching" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:network_preferences" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Network preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:offline_synchronization_settings" + nc:name="offline synchronization settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings" + nc:name="POP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders" + nc:name="renaming folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages" + nc:name="replying to messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments" + nc:name="saving attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_draft_messages" + nc:name="saving draft messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages" + nc:name="sending messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options" + nc:name="sending options" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings" + nc:name="SMTP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Text_Encoding" + nc:name="Text Encoding" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#text_encoding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages" + nc:name="sorting and threading messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books" + nc:name="using address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments" + nc:name="using attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments" + nc:name="viewing attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline" + nc:name="working offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#master_password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing" + nc:name="Changing master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting" + nc:name="Forgetting your master password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="navigation" + nc:name="navigation" + nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups" + nc:name="Newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started" + nc:name="getting started with newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings" + nc:name="newsgroup server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline" + nc:name="Offline"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="OPML" + nc:name="OPML" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences" + nc:name="offline preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:offline_apps" + nc:name="Offline Web Applications" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Offline Mail and News" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="page_info" + nc:name="page info" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager" + nc:name="Password Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="phishing" + nc:name="phishing" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins" + nc:name="plugins" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins_panel" + nc:name="plugins panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP" + nc:name="POP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords" + nc:name="Passwords" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popups" + nc:name="popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences" + nc:name="preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="print" + nc:name="print" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy" + nc:name="privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles" + nc:name="profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies" + nc:name="proxies" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages" + nc:name="publishing pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#password_manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords" + nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#passwords"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing" + nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically" + nc:name="Remembering Automatically" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#POP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings" + nc:name="POP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences" + nc:name="popup window preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced" + nc:name="advanced preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance" + nc:name="appearance preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates" + nc:name="certificates preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors" + nc:name="colors preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content" + nc:name="content preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies" + nc:name="cookies preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads" + nc:name="Downloads preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts" + nc:name="fonts preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper application preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history" + nc:name="history preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search" + nc:name="internet search preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages" + nc:name="languages preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Link_Behavior" + nc:name="Link Behavior preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords" + nc:name="passwords preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies" + nc:name="proxies preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSLTLS" + nc:name="SSL/TLS preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about" + nc:name="about privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and" + nc:name="cookies and privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address" + nc:name="IP address" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting" + nc:name="protecting your privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy" + nc:name="viewing website policy" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#profiles"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating" + nc:name="creating a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting" + nc:name="deleting a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing" + nc:name="managing profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming" + nc:name="renaming a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#proxies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced" + nc:name="advanced proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences" + nc:name="proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting" + nc:name="setting proxy values" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings" + nc:name="publish page settings" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips" + nc:name="publish page tips" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password" + nc:name="resetting master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts" + nc:name="return receipts" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences" + nc:name="return receipts preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using" + nc:name="using return receipts" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="safe_browsing" + nc:name="safe browsing preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#safe_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save" + nc:name="save"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security" + nc:name="security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices" + nc:name="security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings" + nc:name="settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules" + nc:name="security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search" + nc:name="search" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="searching_for_add-ons" + nc:name="searching for add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar" + nc:name="Sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages" + nc:name="signing e-mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards" + nc:name="smart cards" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS" + nc:name="SSL/TLS" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP" + nc:name="SMTP"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="software_installation" + nc:name="software installation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#save"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages" + nc:name="saving and printing web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks" + nc:name="search bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences" + nc:name="search preferences" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message" + nc:name="checking security before sending message" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page" + nc:name="checking security for a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages" + nc:name="checking security for received messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing" + nc:name="Managing security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_modules"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing" + nc:name="Managing security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate" + nc:name="certificate settings" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail" + nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSLTLS" + nc:name="SSL/TLS settings" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs" + nc:name="adding sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs" + nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description" + nc:name="what is Sidebar?" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing" + nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs" + nc:name="removing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs" + nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories" + nc:name="search categories" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from" + nc:name="searching from Sidebar" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs" + nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SMTP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different" + nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings" + nc:name="SMTP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SSLTLS"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:preferences" + nc:name="SSL/TLS preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:protocols" + nc:name="SSL/TLS protocols" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_protocol_versions"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:warnings" + nc:name="SSL/TLS warnings" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssltls_warnings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSLTLS:mixed_content" + nc:name="mixed content" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#mixed_content"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation" + nc:name="Tab Key Navigation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags" + nc:name="Tags" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="themes" + nc:name="themes" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar" + nc:name="toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs" + nc:name="bookmarking tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs" + nc:name="closing tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction" + nc:name="using tabbed browsing" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs" + nc:name="moving tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs" + nc:name="opening tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up" + nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is" + nc:name="what is tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tags"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences" + nc:name="tag preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar" + nc:name="hiding a toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:menu_bar" + nc:name="menu bar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#menu_bar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar" + nc:name="navigation toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar" + nc:name="Bookmarks Toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="updating_add-ons" + nc:name="updating add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages" + nc:name="uploading pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="user_tracking" + nc:name="user tracking preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation" + nc:name="validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:about" + nc:name="about validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP" + nc:name="OCSP" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings" + nc:name="validation settings" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages" + nc:name="web pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline" + nc:name="Working Offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying" + nc:name="copying web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts" + nc:name="customizing fonts" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within" + nc:name="finding text within a web page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history" + nc:name="web page history" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating" + nc:name="navigating web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching" + nc:name="searching web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping" + nc:name="stopping" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22cae57917 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86c1af49bd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default" + nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:default" + nc:name="default browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9460882988 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ +@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css"); + +body { + margin: 2ex; + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: 0.75em; + max-width: 120ex; +} + +dd { margin-inline-start: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; } +dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; } +tt { font-size: 10pt; } + +:link:hover, +:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; } + +h1 { font-size: 20pt; } +h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; } +h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; } + +kbd { font-family: sans-serif; } + +.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey; + width: 100%; } + +.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; } + +.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff; + border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; } + +.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) { + background-color: #eeeeee; +} + +.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; } + +.commandColumn { width: 40%; } +.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; } +.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; } +.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; } + +p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; } + +.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + +.contentsBox { + margin-top: 12px; + background-color: #cccccc; + border: 1px solid black; + width: 300px; + padding: 1em; +} + +.contentsBox > ul { + list-style-type: none; +} + +a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after { + content: url("images/web-links.png"); +} + +@media print { + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + page-break-after: avoid; + page-break-inside: avoid; + } +} diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49da2ef034 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using the Help Window</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in + which this text and the sidebar on the left are displayed).</p> + +<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed + in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support + Center</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2> + +<ul> + <li>Main topics are listed in the left sidebar. Click a topic to read about + it. To see its subtopics, double-click or click the plus-sign/triangle to + the left.</li> + <li>Type a word or phrase in the search field to display a list of related + topics.<br/> + If your search doesn't return anything, try typing fewer words or a + different combination of words. + </li> + <li>To search inside a page, use the <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>F</kbd> shortcut. Enter the word or phrase + you would like to find into the text field of the bar that will open at the + top and press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>, + or use the <q>Next</q> and <q>Previous</q> buttons to find the next match in + the chosen direction. Use <q>Highlight all</q> to highlight your search + phrase within the whole page. If you want to do a case-sensitive search, + check the <q>Match case</q> box.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click + links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2> + +<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of + the Help window:</p> + +<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously + visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName; + window.</li> + <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have + previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main + &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes + links to support options and web-based resources.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To print the whole page that's currently displayed in the Help + window, click the Print button near the top left corner of the Help + window: + + <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p> + </li> + <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the + area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2> + +<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a help + button.</p> + +<p>Click any help button to see detailed information about the window in + which it appears.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2> + +<p>If you don't find what you want in your search, here are a few helpful + tips:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to + &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li> + <li>Try to broaden your search—don't be too specific; terms + could be worded differently than your search.</li> + <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your + search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too + many hits.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7b401120e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0c46300df --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8457a591b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b3cb63189 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e8ac1f415 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b28ccf061f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73b523d02d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5236e7f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4a40004b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71eec980ef --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar_search.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar_search.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d52cd0cb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar_search.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a2ebaacf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ecd32e10f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34c64a5d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5efc813a99 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdfc3ccabc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a61fa7202 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e2a49873 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48d43202d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..060c82adc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37baf810ec --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c0d0eaae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/menubar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2721565883 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b32f903850 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/online.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6756ead790 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/online.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dab7163e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0c23aca63 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/search_navigation_toolbar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/search_navigation_toolbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ff37c3a2d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/search_navigation_toolbar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e65f5754ec --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8949fc96ee --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0654d8fd3c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b09d6315fa --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..185b0be800 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e19b06ded --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd7913734c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee495dac89 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies + settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings + dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or + change.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies & Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization & Storage</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li> + <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Account + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as + your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already + viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings + panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li> + <li>For any type of account but Blogs & News Feeds: + <ul> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to + address (only if different from your email address), and organization + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to + all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use + HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., <b>bold</b> + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you + choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image + format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides + any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the + signature file (optional). + + <p>More signature options are located in + <a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your + vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to + edit the card information (optional).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>For Blogs & News Feeds accounts: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this + checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs + & news messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed + checks. You can also check for new blogs & news messages at any time + by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the + web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName; + to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed) + instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is + slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the + article content.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder + whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions + dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs + & news feeds account.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="server_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Server + Settings</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail + servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet + service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet + service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you + choose which one to use.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet + Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office + Protocol (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access + Protocol (IMAP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on + your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an + updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations. + Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message + headers only.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local + computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the + messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are + deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages + might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn't work as well + as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can't access all mail + folders from multiple locations.</p> + +<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only + the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these + features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server + settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your + incoming server allows password encryption or doesn't support any + type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available + options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure + authentication</a> with your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of + these: + <ul> + <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your + password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is + safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li> + <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as + <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security + of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose + this unless your incoming server doesn't support any type of + security at all.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the + user's credentials as supported by the server, such as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe + to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but + only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li> + <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your + computer is set up for secure authentication using + <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to + acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be + assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li> + <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up + for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT + LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as + it provides for a higher level of security.</li> + <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled, + without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li> + </ul> + If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your + service provider or system administrator. + </li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Allow immediate server notifications when new messages + arrive</strong>: Choose this setting if the server supports IMAP's + <q>IDLE</q> capability to immediately notify &brandShortName; when new + mail arrives. This option does not have any effect for servers which + don't support this capability. It can be used in addition to, or + instead of, any of the other options to check for mail.</li> + <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>: + Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this + folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended + unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system + administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed + only when you compact folders.</li> + <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted + messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail & Newsgroups. Choose this + if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever + you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server + (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the + <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a> + through this button.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by + the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box, + contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin + from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li> + <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set + additional IMAP options, such as: + <ul> + <li>the IMAP server directory path</li> + <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li> + <li>support for subfolders</li> + <li>the maximum number of concurrent connections kept open to the server + for this account</li> + <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this + directory</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If + you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP + server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your + incoming server allows password encryption or doesn't support any + type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available + options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure + authentication</a> with your incoming POP server. You can choose one of + these: + <ul> + <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your + password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is + safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li> + <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as + <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security + of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose + this unless your incoming server doesn't support any type of + security at all.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the + user's credentials as supported by the server, such as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a> or APOP. This option is + safe to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but + only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li> + <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your + computer is set up for secure authentication using + <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to + acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be + assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li> + <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up + for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT + LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as + it provides for a higher level of security.</li> + <li><strong>TLS Certificate</strong>: Choose this option to use + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</a> on a connection with SSL/TLS or STARTTLS enabled, + without the need to provide any password for authentication.</li> + </ul> + If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your + service provider or system administrator. + </li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, + Mail & Newsgroups doesn't download the new messages until you + click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this + setting if you want Mail & Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately + each time it checks the server.</li> + <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to + only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new + mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q> + command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about + your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a + copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your + computer. + <ul> + <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server automatically after the number of days you + enter here.</li> + <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server once you delete them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the + Trash folder whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be + put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3> + +<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not + already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your + newsgroup server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified + when you created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from + this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator + that the server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose <q>SSL/TLS</q> if your + news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or + <q>None</q> if it doesn't support it. If you are unsure, contact + your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail & + Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>: + Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a + limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li> + <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this + server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in, + but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you + are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to + authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server + doesn't ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li> + <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly + displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about + the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read + in each newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + messages for this account are stored.</li> + <li><strong>Default Text Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the text encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it is + likely you might receive messages in which the text encoding (MIME charset + parameter) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international + newsgroups.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Copies + & Folders</h2> + +<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for + storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing draft messages and message + templates, and where to move archived messages.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your + outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also stores draft messages in the + Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived + messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & Folders, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the Copies + & Folders panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of + your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By + default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>"Sent" Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder + of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or + the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied + to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies + in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message, + the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than + following the selections made above.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address. + If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address + to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the + address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just + add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Keep draft messages in</strong>: Select where to store draft + messages. If you don't want to use the default Drafts folder for the + current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the + Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder + for storing drafts.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived + messages to. If you don't want to use the default Archives folder for + the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or + the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and + folder for archiving messages.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store + message templates. If you don't want to use the default Templates + folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different + account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any + account and folder for storing templates.</li> + <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose + this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to display a confirmation + dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a + dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you + where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is saving the draft or + template.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Composition & + Addressing</h2> + +<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies, + and how a signature you defined is included.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as + the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item + unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can + include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page. + However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally, + you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply + button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: + Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the + drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above + the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically + selected. + <ul> + <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you + choose where you want your signature to be placed. It's only + applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message. + The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature + placement.</li> + <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message. + The signature is placed according to your reply settings when + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings + specified for all <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in + the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if + necessary.</p> + +<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when + you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select + this if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically complete + addresses you type with the domain from your account's address.</li> + <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>: + This is the default. Select this if you don't want to override the + global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li> + <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then + choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different + LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If + necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server + settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more + information, see <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates + when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for + whom you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + Synchronization & Storage</h2> + +<p>Synchronization & Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set + up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the + Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP, + or News) associated with the account.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings + (Blogs)</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a></li> + <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences + for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for an IMAP + account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select + this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you + are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders + created or subscribed to.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the + folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for + an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> + whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>: + When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em> + messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless + a size limit is specified.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of + messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years) + are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the + offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server, + only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li> + <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this + option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being + downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing + this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been + downloaded.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3> + +<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section + describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has + the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space + preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space + preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global + Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3> + +<p>Messages from blogs & news feeds accounts are only stored in your local + machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether + your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are + options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs & news feeds + account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a + blogs & news feeds account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs & news feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk + space:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to + keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very + high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and + could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the + maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number + of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to + save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (News)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a + News account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for a News account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the + newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify + which messages you don't want to download locally:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download + message bodies from messages you haven't already read.</li> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to + only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter + here.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You + can configure this process with the options listed below + <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently + deleted</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never + delete messages automatically based on their age.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the + number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these + messages are deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: + Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li> +</ul> + +<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to + delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with + the option to keep all messages.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny + &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li> + <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>: + Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that + are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only). + Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li> +</ul> + +<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder + Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or + messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to + <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Junk + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings + for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences – Junk & Suspect Mail</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>: + Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li> + <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address + book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down + box]</strong>: + Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently + classified as junk mail.</li> + <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter + like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to + trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li> + <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>: + Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a + special folder. + <ul> + <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use + the default Junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own + custom-named junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from + this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as + junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete + old junk messages after a grace period.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for + outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt + settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts. + These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences – Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this + account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt + preferences specified by <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences – Return Receipts</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you + change the return receipt preferences for this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return + receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all + outgoing messages from this mail account.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt + confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a + filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation + messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and + using filters, see <a + href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return + receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for + this account.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if + you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for + return receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how + you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="security">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you + must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3> + +<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings is to select two certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send + to other people.</li> + <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt + messages they send to you.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Depending on the policies of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both + purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must + specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p> + +<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you + send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital + signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p> + +<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3> + +<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security + panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you + send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you + want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate + must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is + selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual + message.</p> + +<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in + the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of + the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For + details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3> + +<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to + specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to + you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use + encryption, or only occasionally.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use + encryption. If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the + message won't be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for + that message only.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind + before you send an individual message.</p> + +<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the + Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the + window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="local_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Local + Folders</h2> + +<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send + while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local + Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on + your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you + want to keep.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders + account.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings – Outgoing + Server (SMTP)</h2> + +<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended + recipients.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click on any Mail window.</li> + <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or + add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with + your ISP or system administrator)<br/> + You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in + the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server + configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li> + <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your + outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be + connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified + encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections + on a non-standard port.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your outgoing SMTP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <em>only</em> if your + outgoing server allows password encryption, doesn't support any + type of security at all, or if no authentication is required to send + messages.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard SMTP-submission port 587 or the + generic port 25.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this + is 465.</li> + </ul> + If you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will + get an error message when sending mail. + </li> + <li><strong>Authentication method</strong>: Choose one of the available + options to use <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication">secure + authentication</a> with your incoming SMTP server. You can choose one of + these: + <ul> + <li><strong>No authentication</strong>: Neither a user name nor a + password will be sent to the server. This option may be chosen if + the SMTP server is in a local network or if other means are provided + to authenticate the user, such as <q>POP before SMTP</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Normal password</strong>: &brandShortName; will send your + password as clear text, without encryption at all. This option is + safe when SSL/TLS or STARTTLS is used.</li> + <li><strong>Password, transmitted insecurely</strong>: Same as + <q>Normal password</q> but only available when a connection security + of <q>None</q> is selected and hence is unsafe. Do <em>not</em> choose + this unless your outgoing server doesn't support any type of + security at all.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypted password</strong>: Require the encryption of the + user's credentials as supported by the server, such as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#cram_md5">CRAM-MD5</a>. This option is safe + to use even if the connection security setting is <q>None</q>, but + only the password would be secured in this way, not any content.</li> + <li><strong>Kerberos / GSSAPI</strong>: Choose this option if your + computer is set up for secure authentication using + <a href="glossary.xhtml#kerberos">Kerberos</a>. You may need to + acquire a Kerberos ticket by using a separate program, or it may be + assigned to you when logging into your computer.</li> + <li><strong>NTLM</strong>: Choose this option if your computer is set up + for secure authentication using an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ntlm">NT + LAN Manager</a>. In general, Kerberos should be preferred over NTLM as + it provides for a higher level of security.</li> + </ul> + If you are unsure which options are supported by your server, contact your + service provider or system administrator. + </li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account. Not available if <q>No authentication</q> is + selected.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..456aad4d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Address Books</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your + Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address + Book</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book + Card</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address + Books and Directories</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing + LDAP Directories</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2> + +<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you + typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two address books: + the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses—and you can + create additional address books as well. You can also import address books + from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The + contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory, + which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores + email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored + address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an + industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory + services such as corporate address books.</p> + +<h4>Personal Address Book</h4> + +<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can + create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p> + +<h4>Collected Addresses</h4> + +<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email + addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing + messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p> + +<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4> + +<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email + addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books. + LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases + of email addresses, which is especially useful with + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>.</p> + +<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic + address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q> + and choose whether you want: + <ul> + <li>Personal Address Book.</li> + <li>Collected Addresses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4> + +<p>To open the Address Book window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book + icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> +</ul> + +<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4> + +<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book + window.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the + following display options: + <ul> + <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide) + or check (show).</li> + <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names + displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li> + <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address + Books</h2> + +<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address + books:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a + message you've received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q> + from the drop-down list.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book + card.</li> + <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient's address + to your address book (if enabled).</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by + selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book + you want to copy them to.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal address + book, but you can create additional address books.</p> + +<p>To create a new address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. + You see the Address Book window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose + Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2> + +<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email + addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee + prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and + choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to + which you want to add a card.)</li> + <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs: + <ul> + <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information: + <ul> + <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to + appear in the address book).</li> + <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the + Compose window).</li> + <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li> + <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li> + <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this + recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that + include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient + can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then + choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose + Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail & + Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If + Mail & Newsgroups still can't determine the correct + format, Mail & Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending + format when you send the message.</li> + <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this + sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your + message window.</li> + <li>Chat name (first filled-in entry in the Chat tab is displayed). + </li> + <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street + address, phone number, and URL. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information, + &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when + you view this entry's address book card in your address book. + Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map + to the address.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you + want.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any + email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the + drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the + information.</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card + Properties</h3> + +<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly + address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you + want.</p> + +<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li> + <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box: + <ul> + <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book + in which to store the list.</li> + <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a + message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li> + <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li> + <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of + the Compose window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears + underneath the address book you added it to.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p> + +<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear + to the right of the mailing list name.</li> + <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li> + <li>Click the Delete button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li> + <li>Click OK when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and + Directories</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address + book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria + to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p> + +<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address, + begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the + address book or directory that you want to search.</li> + <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email + address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email + address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the + search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3> + +<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are + not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from + the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced + Address Book Search dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through + which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search for + entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) + that you choose.</li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li> + <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want + to sort by.</li> + <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click + Properties.</li> + <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries + and click Compose.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2> + +<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or + computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can + import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep + in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of + &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so + there's no need to import them.</p> + +<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Outlook, or text + files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) + formats). When you import an address book, Mail & Newsgroups creates a + new address book with the imported entries.</p> + +<p>You can also + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import + mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, and Outlook.</p> + +<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import + Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2> + +<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import + it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with + another program that can import address books. You can export an address + book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited + (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p> + +<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you + want to save the address book file.</li> + <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, + comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li> + <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the + appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP + Directories</h2> + +<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the + directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use + the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p> + +<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by + your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the + information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address + book.</p> + +<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You + see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog + box General tab: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for + example, InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server, + such as ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base + distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific + country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to + Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on + within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP + server. The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP + server binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting + if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are + unsure, contact your system administrator.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li> + <li>Type the following information: + <ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting + lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the + directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches + to display for autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one + of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by + searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is + the least restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the + search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address + Book window.</p> + +<p>To delete a directory:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click + Edit Directories.</li> + <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you + want to delete and click Delete.</li> + <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use + so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while + working offline, see + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example, + InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as + ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here + restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP + restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization + to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. + The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server + binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your + LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure, + contact your system administrator.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets + you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory + server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for + autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the + base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least + restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96199b4e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting started with Blogs & News Feeds</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting + started with Blogs & News Feeds</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing + to blogs & news feeds from a browser window</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & + news feeds messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog + post</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing + feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using + different blogs & news feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs & news + feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs & News feeds.</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed + Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this: + <ul> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right + pane.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and + choose Subscribe.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs + & News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings option. In the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog, + click on a Blogs & News Feeds account main section, and then + click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed + properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list + where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge + multiple feeds in one list item.</li> + <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to + display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds from a browser window</h2> + +<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed + discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png" + style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You + can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it + added to your first Blogs & News Feeds account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & news feeds + messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your Blogs & News account, you see the list of feeds to + which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for + new messages.</p> + +<p>To read blogs & news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a blogs & news account to see its feeds. (If there are + no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the + article, which you can click to open a browser window with the + corresponding webpage.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs & News account and each + individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the + full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed + Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short + version of this message.</li> + <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its + default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs + & News account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2> + +<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also, + there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won't + normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component. + Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account + and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2> + +<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will + usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs & News feed + collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p> + +<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export + feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select + OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> + <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs & + feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs & + news account, you can edit it.</p> + +<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the + <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li> + <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web + page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for + each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs & news + account, you can remove it.</p> + +<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the + feed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> don't confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs + & News account. Removing a feed doesn't delete the folder in which + the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder + until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get + a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your + feeds</a> later in this section.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs + & news feeds accounts</h2> + +<p>A single blogs & news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in + it, so you don't strictly need more than one blogs & news feeds + account. However, you may want to create several blogs & news feeds + accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you + can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your + feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to + put in it all your feeds with general news.</li> + <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This + way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account + (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2> + +<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs & News Feeds + account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it. + However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section + helps you to better organize your feeds:</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing + folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading + multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another + folder</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3> + +<p>Blogs & News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts: + <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide + the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li> + <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs & News Feeds accounts work pretty + much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got + through the feeds.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed + messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and + folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them + connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that + removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor + will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are + stored into the folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders + in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</h3> + +<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs & News Feeds + accounts just like with any other account type. See + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>, + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> + and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or + copying a folder</a> for more details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple + feeds in a single folder</h3> + +<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from + more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in + that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds account + to manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click + the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3> + +<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag & drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it + downloads articles/items.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn't move + existing articles from the folder in which they have been + downloaded.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..330ebcabf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your + Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple + business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one + window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the + &brandShortName; browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting + Started with &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating + HTML Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling + Junk Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with + Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started + with Blogs & News Feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account + Setup Wizard</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings + for an Account</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup + Wizard</h2> + +<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, first open + the Window menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't + already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling + you to set up an account.</p> + +<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account. + If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service + provider (ISP) or help desk.</p> + +<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear + automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail + window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details, + see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail, News & Blogs & News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail + Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3> + +<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you + the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your user name</li> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li> + <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should + give you the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>newsgroup server name</li> + <li>account name</li> +</ul> + +<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. + + <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of + new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that + follow correspond to the windows you'll see when you're setting + up an ISP or email provider account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want + to set up, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate + for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type. + <ul> + <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all + service providers can support both options. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li> + <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to + leave messages on the server so that when you download messages, + &brandShortName; does not remove the messages from the server.</li> + <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global + Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for + this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if + the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own + directory.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail + server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of + your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been + explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you. + For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host. + If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names + provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This + window is not available for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to + refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered + is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP + or system administrator. When you are sure that it's correct, click + Finish to set up your account.</li> + <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for + the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve + mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting + New Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional + Mail and News Accounts</h2> + +<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change + information for an existing account, including:</p> + +<ul> + <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and + download preferences)</li> + <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li> + <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li> +</ul> + +<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform + these tasks: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail, + news or blogs & news feeds account. Be sure to type the account + information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens + with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li> + <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an + account, then click this button to make the selected account the + default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list + of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time + you open Mail & Newsgroups. + + <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the + From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or + news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs & news feeds + account is selected), through an external application request, or by + following a mailto: link.</p> + + <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can't set a blogs & news feeds + account as default.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this + button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of + the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail + server. See + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more + information.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click headings under any account's name and modify the corresponding + settings in the panel on the right.</li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an + Account</h2> + +<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings + dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email + address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the + corresponding settings: + <ul> + <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on + the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type + (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing + account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can + then reopen the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and + recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add + Account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Copies & Folders</strong>: These settings determine + whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you + want to store copies of outgoing messages, draft messages, and message + templates. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & Folders</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Composition & Addressing</strong>: These settings allow + you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a + message. You can also override the global directory server settings + specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & Addressing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronization & Storage (IMAP and News accounts + only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline + (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and + conserve disk space. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs & news feeds accounts + only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk + space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk + Space Settings (POP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk + Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to + digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital + signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in + mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your + messages remain private while they are in transit over the + Internet. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from + Netscape Communicator, and Outlook. To import address books from these + programs, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing + Address Books</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2> + +<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, or Outlook, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator + mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new + folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail + folders still remain in their original location).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2> + +<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71f8c9f2f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</a></li> + <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a + newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called + discussion groups).</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another + newsgroup account.</li> + <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup. + You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders + located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow + the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the + Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and + subscribing to folders, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing + Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which + you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in + each newsgroup.</p> + +<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are + no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the + responses below the original message. You can click any header to display + its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new + thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a + message</a> in response.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Compose.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> + <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</h2> + +<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply All.</li> + <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q> + drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you + enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2> + +<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in a thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li> + <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for + messages in additional threads.</li> + <li>When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the + View menu, choose Threads, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups only displays the watched threads + that contain unread messages.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Threads, and then choose All to return to + viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To ignore a message thread:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in the thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies + posted to the thread will appear as read.</li> + <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Threads, and then + choose Ignored Threads.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2> + +<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2> + +<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must + first set up access to that server.</p> + +<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail + window and choose New, then Account.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set + up is a newsgroup account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've set up access to the new server, you can + <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that + server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c958051af --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Working Offline</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups includes advanced features to help + you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet. + You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later + reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until + you get back online. All of these features are explained in this + document.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting + Up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All + Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading + an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your + Accounts for Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for + Offline Viewing</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you + download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the + Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and + you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily + disconnect from your company's network while traveling or switching + locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The + offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later + send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p> + +<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so + most of these offline features aren't relevant for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups lets you easily:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li> + <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li> + <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li> + <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also + lets you:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li> + <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li> + <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for + Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to automatically + download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online, + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your + messages with the server.</p> + +<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this + section does not apply for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you + want to use offline, select Synchronization & Storage. (This category + is not available for POP accounts.)</li> + <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this + computer</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie + icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be + available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders + created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an + <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual + folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the + <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline. + After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains open so + you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by + replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an + Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that POP accounts don't allow you to manage folders on the POP + server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to + download for offline use.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li> + <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li> + <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the + folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when + you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li> + <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working + offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the + offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while + working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account + settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use + the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p> + +<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and + then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li> + <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + each message.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages + from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the + selected messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If + the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the + lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go + offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q> + menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster + access.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your + computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you've + downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your + local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory + server.</p> + +<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Make sure you're online.</li> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to + download (replicate).</li> + <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server + Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Offline tab.</li> + <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li> + <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to + start the download. + + <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may + take a while, so please be patient.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory + or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After + you've been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may + wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To + update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts + for Working Offline</h2> + +<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and + Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box. Once set, you don't need to change these preferences each time you + want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for + an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p> + +<p>Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts + for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization + & Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items + (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the sections + below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a> + accounts.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization & Storage + preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, + and then choose Offline Settings.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now + from the submenu.</li> + <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to + download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail + messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p> + </li> + <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See + <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</h2> + +<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must + first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for + offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you + want to use offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase + download time and disk space used.</p> + +<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for the account you + want to change.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups + for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that + you've already <a + href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a> + to. POP accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the + list.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available + for offline use.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you want to + go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so + before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using + the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and + Sync</a> command.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</h2> + +<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use, + you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven't yet + selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow + these steps:</p> + +<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> + <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want + to download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail + messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the + checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected + items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p> + </li> + <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline, + check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li> + <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is + complete</q>.</li> + <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you've + already selected items for download.</li> + <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the + selected items.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode. + Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline + indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of + the Mail window to go offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</h2> + +<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts + you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li> + <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to + work offline without downloading messages, click Don't Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + download behavior when going offline, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail & Newsgroups category, + select Network & Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click + Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when + going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any + messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the + server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + behavior when going online, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization & Storage + category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages, + or to not send unsent messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a1c08f32d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a + Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in + Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other + Users (IMAP Only)</a></li> + <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through + Messages</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2> + +<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the folder.</li> + <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your + new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2> + +<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you've been using to + store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter + will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2> + +<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a + folder within the same mail account.</p> + +<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag + the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved + becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name + of another account.</li> + <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the + folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder + you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2> + +<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the + destination folder.</li> + <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or + POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message + is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder + from the drop-down list.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders + by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message + list over another folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users + (IMAP Only)</h2> + +<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the + same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the + same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail + server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your + system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders + are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p> + +<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing + information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select + a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. + + <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail + account cannot be shared.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li> + <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li> + <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and + password. + + <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows + you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available, + you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot + change them.</p> + </li> + <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their + folder access privileges. + <ul> + <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy + their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy + messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread. + See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li> + <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read + privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy + or move messages into the folder.</li> + <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write + privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder + permissions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> + <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a + distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p> + +<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared + folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the shared folder.</li> + <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder + Location.</li> + <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li> + <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li> + <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell + message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking + the link you pasted into the message. + + <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to + subscribe to your shared folder.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3> + +<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To + subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP + mail account.</li> + <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You + see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them. + You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create + your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to + automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example, + you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are + tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more + information.</p> + +<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3> + +<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost + priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select + one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard. + Press 0 to remove all tags.</p> + +<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select Tags from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For + example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the + tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to + another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if + your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist + when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3> + +<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag + can be up to 32 characters long.</li> + <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and + select a new color.</li> + <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at + the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your + mail accounts.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the + default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag + settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3> + +<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns + icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the + list.</li> + <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag + type, to sort messages by date.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3> + +<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags + from this message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you later + want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p> + +<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread. + Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png" + alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a + <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the + Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Read column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline + use</a>.</p> + +<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to + indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not + visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" + alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2> + +<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by + filtering displayed messages.</p> + +<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an + option from the submenu.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li> + <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a> + to view tagged messages.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have + five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5 + Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify + settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View + box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu, + choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3> + +<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching + certain criteria.</p> + +<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li> + <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and + click Edit.</li> + <li>Type a name for the message view.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view + setting applies automatically.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2> + +<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can + create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups uses to + automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria + you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically + moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a + per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of + messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li> + <li>Type a name for the filter.</li> + <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you + to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking + mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means + that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the + filter.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li> + <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the + messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add + or remove additional actions. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose + <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It + could be that you don't want all filters to be run if one or more + messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all + messages from your boss's email address as <q>Important</q>, and + you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their + subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you + don't want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder, + even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first + message filter you define should match your boss's email address, + and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and + <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p> + </li> + <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then + select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a + new folder.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder + in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering + incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any + time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder + to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply + filters to the selected message (if any).</p> + +<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Choose from the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to + the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it + off.</li> + <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box + to make your changes.</li> + <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Delete.</li> + <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In + the filter list, click a filter's name, and click <q>Move Up</q> + or <q>Move Down</q> to move it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message + in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message + being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new + filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you've been using to + store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages + that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or + move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or + moved folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to + another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a + Specific Sender</h3> + +<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For + example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your + child's teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set + up a filter to do this.</p> + +<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the + message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter + From.</li> + <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email + address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the + filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the + matching criteria.</li> + <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from + the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other + actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li> + <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will + provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where + you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li> + <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the + specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a + single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of + criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail + folder, newsgroup, or account.</p> + +<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This + Message.</li> + <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel + when you are done.</li> + <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text + throughout the rest of the message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text + or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject + or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or + sender contains the search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the + selected folder.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3> + +<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are + not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search + Messages dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or + folder through which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the + search.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Perform search operations on</q>, select an option where to + search for messages in newsgroups or IMAP accounts: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>Local system</q> to use only the information stored locally + for the search without any network activity. This mode includes all + major message headers. You can't search the message body locally + unless the account and its folders have been set up for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage">synchronization</a>. + </li> + <li>Choose <q>Remote server</q> to perform all searches on the server + where the messages are located. This will allow you to also search for + contents in message bodies which have not been synchronized.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This menu will be disabled if it's not + possible to search remotely on the server (e.g., for POP accounts).</p> + </li> + <li>Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search for + messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that + you choose.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that + you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box. + <ul> + <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click + Open, or double-click the message.</li> + <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you + want to sort by.</li> + <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder, + select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File + drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account, + the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is + within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li> + <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then + click Delete.</li> + <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message + and click Open Message Folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls +to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and + Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + + +<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your + incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The + feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train + &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of + mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If + &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p> + +<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk + messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected + message(s): + <ul> + <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q> + or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li> + <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li> + <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/> + + <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you + do not see it, click the right-most button ( + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and + select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p> + </li> + </ul> + + <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear + in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected + message.</p> + </li> + + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> + <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify + incoming messages. (See + <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>. + Details on the other settings there can be found in the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a> + preference panel description.) + </li> + <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white + listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book + of the infected computer).</li> + <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels + messages either as junk or not junk.</li> + <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu + and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls + when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail + Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not + Junk.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2> + +<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & + Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the + account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk + Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2> + +<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run + after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing + scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to + your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk + to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be + classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if + you are on a moderated mailing list).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2> + +<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which + a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into + divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames, + passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince + recipients to respond.</p> + +<p>In many cases, you'll receive a link to a phishing page via an email + which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up + at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM + messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> + can look very similar to a genuine one, it's safer to use a bookmark + you've created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead + of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged + URL if you're asked to log in or provide private information on a + website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it + encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the + message window.</p> + +<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not + Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p> + +<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL, + &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website + is opened.</p> + +<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of + the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or + the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the + actual URL.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk + Mail detection.</p> + +<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document + <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy: + Phishing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27e1d5f54e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,792 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups preferences + that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these + preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li> + <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li> + <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & Suspect Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#text_encoding">Text Encoding</a></li> + <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network & Storage + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & + Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups preferences. If you + are not already viewing the Mail & Newsgroups main preferences, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to + allow Mail & Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li> + <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option + if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last + before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this + option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message + grouping + <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when + sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically + displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the + column headers.</li> + <li><strong>Hide the mail tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select + this to display the Tabbed Mail bar only when more then one mail tab is + open.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs when opened</strong>: Select this to make + &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when opened using <q>Open in New + Tab</q> or <q>Open Message in New Tab</q> context menu options.</li> + <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail & + Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages + even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to + delay checking for new messages until after the Mail & Newsgroups window + has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or + manually).</li> + <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Middle-click or + <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span> + <span class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd></span> on a message + or a folder</strong>: Select this to open messages or folders in a new + tab when clicking with the middle mouse button or holding down the + <kbd class="mac">Command</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and + pressing <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + </li> + <li><strong>Double-click on a message</strong>: Select this to open + messages in a new tab when double-clicking on them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message + area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page + appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different + web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this + option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_display">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message + Display</h2> + +<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are displayed + in all accounts. If you are not already viewing the Message Display settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: These options + control the behavior when opening messages in a separate window, e.g., by + double-clicking on it in the message list of a folder: + <ul> + <li><strong>A new message window</strong>: Choose this if you want to + open each message in a new window.</li> + <li><strong>An existing message window</strong>: Choose this if you want + to reuse an already opened message window for the next mail.</li> + <li><strong>Close message window when deleting a message</strong>: Check + this if you want the message window to be closed automatically when + the message you are viewing in it is deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>: + Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other + content in received messages, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Show only display name for people in my address book</strong>: + Check this if you want to save some space in the message headers where + email addresses are shown. If selected, known senders and recipients are + only listed with their display names, their email addresses are hidden. + You can see the full email addresses when hovering over such entries with + the mouse.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically mark messages as read</strong>: Check this option + to mark messages as read once they are opened. (This checkbox is selected + by default.) + <ul> + <li><strong>Only after displaying for [__] seconds</strong>: Check this + option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when you are + only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you want a + message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically. + If this box is not checked, messages are marked as read as soon as + they are opened.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: These settings control how + plain-text messages are displayed. These options do not have any effect + when viewing HTML (rich-text) messages, or when writing new messages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Select the font you prefer for viewing + plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that + incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that + when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley + faces) Mail & Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-p</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td> + </tr> + </table> + This option also controls some common plain-text formatting conventions: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Displays as</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>mm^2</td> + <td>mm<sup>2</sup></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>+/-1</td> + <td>±1</td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li><strong>Settings for quoted messages</strong>: Choose a different + font style, size, and/or color for quoted plain-text messages to more + easily distinguish quoted text (usually the content of a message for + which the sender replied to you, or quoted parts of a message you + replied to).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="notifications">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2> + +<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing + you on arrival of a new message. So you don't have to always look in the + folders.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Show an alert for [__] seconds</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an alert on your desktop + when new messages arrive. This alert is usually located above your system + tray in the lower right corner of your screen. The alert only appears once + when new messages arrive, stays for the specified amount of time, and + won't appear again until you have visited one of your folders with new + mail, read one of the new messages, or checked for new messages manually. + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail desktop alert</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + The following options determine which message-specific items are shown in + the alert for each new message: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a preview of the message text</strong>: Check this to + show the first few words of the message received in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the subject</strong>: Check this to show the subject + line of the message in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the sender</strong>: Check this to show the sender's + name or email address in the alert.</li> + </ul> + <ul class="unix"> + <li><strong>Use the operating system's desktop + notifications</strong>: Select this to use the operating system's + notification system (e.g., libnotify), if available. Note that some + configuration options for the alert message may not be supported.</li> + <li><strong>Use &brandShortName;'s own notification + windows</strong>: Select this to use the built-in + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a>-based notification system for + new-mail alerts. All configuration options are supported.</li> + </ul> + <p>When the alert appears, clicking an entry for a message will take you + to the respective folder and opens that message. You can close the alert + using the <strong>x</strong> button. + </p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open). + </p> + </li> + + <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an icon in your system + tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when + new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have + visited one of your folders with new mail, read one of the new messages, + or checked for new messages manually. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png" + alt=""/> <strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p> + <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups main window.</p> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: On Windows 7 and above, the Notification Area + Icons settings for &brandShortName; must read <q>Show icon and + notifications</q> for the icon to stay visible. Otherwise, it may be + hidden after a short period of time.</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a balloon alert</strong>: As an alternative to the + desktop alert described above, you can use the operating system's + balloon notification. When new mail arrives, this will show the icon + along with a balloon indicating the number of new messages available + for the account. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_balloon.png" + alt=""/><strong>Balloon alert</strong></p> + <p>When the balloon appears, clicking into it will open the Main & + Newsgroup main window. The duration of the balloon alert depends on + the respective setting in your operating system. You can close the + balloon using the <strong>x</strong> button.</p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: <q>Show an alert for [__] seconds</q> and + <q>Show a balloon alert</q> cannot be selected at the same time. + Checking one option will uncheck the other.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + + <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you + want Mail & Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when + new messages arrive.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can + choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format. + If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in + the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound + file. + + <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will + continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another + &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="composition">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2> + +<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example, + forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are + not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded + message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your + message).</li> + <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this + option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages) + viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>: + Choose this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to save the message + you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a + computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of + the message in your Drafts folder.</li> + <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>: + Check this option if want to be asked if you're sure to be ready to + send the message when you're pressing Ctrl+Enter in message editor. + This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the + keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li> + <li><strong>Select reply header type</strong>: + Select the type of reply header you wish to use. There are four choices + available: + <ol> + <li>No Reply Header</li> + <li>[Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle + preference.</li> + <li>On [date], [Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote + preference.</li> + <li>[Author] wrote on [date]:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate + preference.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a + number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li> + <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the + defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to + send mails in HTML format.</li> + <li><strong>Default composition format</strong>: Select the initial style + for composing messages. With <q>Body Text</q> format, the Enter key always + inserts just a new line, while with <q>Paragraph</q> format, the Enter key + opens a new paragraph with additional line spacing. Use Shift+Enter to + insert just a plain line break regardless of this setting.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="send_format">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2> + +<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your + outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Formatted messages (composed in HTML) can be sent as HTML, plain text, or + both (those composed in plain text will always be sent as plain text only). +</p> + +<p>If any of the recipients isn't explicitly listed to receive HTML, + based on his or her address-book entry or on a domain-based setting as + explained below, the following options apply:</p> +<ul> + <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail & + Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the + message.</li> + <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option sends + the message as plain text only, thus it will cause your message to lose + formatting such as custom colors or bold text. It will also remove all + images which are within the message itself (but not attachments).</li> + <li><strong>Send the message as HTML only</strong>: If you select this + option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying + the message as no separate plain-text representation is sent.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message as both plain text and HTML</strong>: This + option is the best trade-off between compatibility and retaining applied + formatting and embedded images, but increases the message size.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Settings for entire domains:</p> +<ul> + <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: These options explicitly set + HTML or plain-text preference for all users in the given domains (i.e., the + part of an e-mail address after the <q>@</q>). Use the Add button to add + the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains + can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only + display plain text.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Settings depending on the message content:</p> +<ul> + <li><strong>Automatically send the message as plain text if no significant + formatting is present</strong>: Use this option to convert messages which + were composed in HTML to plain text to reduce the size of the message if + no or non-significant formatting has been applied. <q>Significant</q> in + this case includes bold or italic fonts, underlining, custom colors, etc. + This test is performed <em>before</em> the address book or domain settings + are consulted to determine the send format.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the + same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that + end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of + displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the + list of HTML Domains so that Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send + messages in HTML format to these recipients (note that no plain-text part is + sent in this case).</p> + +<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you + know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to + the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail & Newsgroups automatically + sends messages to that domain in plain-text format (no HTML part is sent).</p> + +<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can + specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However, + when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how + Mail & Newsgroups formats these messages.</p> + +<p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by + using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail + messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs + that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you + to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot + display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format + them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These + preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Addressing</h2> + +<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email + address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already + viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail + & Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients' email addresses. + Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your + Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li> + <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>: + Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to + search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail + & Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address + Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local + address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory + server) or both. If you want Mail & Newsgroups to highlight addresses + that do not autocomplete, then select that option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address + matches are found, Mail & Newsgroups displays a list of all possible + choices.</p> + + <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list. + A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one + of your local address books. The directory you select will also be + searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted + message to one or more recipients for whom you don't have + certificates on file.</p> + + <p>See <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP + directory server settings.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the + Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override + these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP + directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an + account in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set + different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu + and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Junk & Suspect Mail</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Junk & Suspect Mail preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk & Suspect Mail panel, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Junk & Suspect Mail. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to + set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages + as Junk. + <ul> + <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>: + Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder. + </li> + <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked + Junk messages to the trash folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>: + Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show + up as new.</li> + <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this + option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow + logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log + </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li> + <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the + training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively + destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation. + </li> + <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email + scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for + suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive + people.</li> + <li><strong>Allow antivirus clients to scan incoming messages more + easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for + antivirus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before + they are stored locally.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<h2 id="tags">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the + Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags. + If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options + are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups category to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color + for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your + own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color + chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down + buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with + multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and + restores just the default tags' text and colors.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings + for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return + Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return + receipts.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>: + Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all + your mail accounts.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation + messages are delivered to your Inbox. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter + that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder + you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt + confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you + do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return + receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you + want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="text_encoding">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Text Encoding</h2> + +<p>Text (character) encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are + encoded when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not + already viewing the Text Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Text Encoding. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Text Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the text encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + fallback for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. Senders are supposed + to declare the text encoding in which they are to be displayed, but some + legacy content (e.g., from mailing lists or in international newsgroups) + may not do so. This encoding is used for such messages you've received + in which the text encoding (MIME charset parameter) is not specified. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Individual folders may override this setting in + the General Information tab of the Folder Properties. This dialog can be + accessed from the Edit menu of a Mail & Newsgroup window when a + folder is selected.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the text encoding + for a specific message. Select a folder, then the message to display. + Open the View menu, and choose Text Encoding.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted + printable' MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail & + Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular + messages that use an 8-bit text encoding (for example, Latin ISO-8859-3). + This is usually only necessary when communicating via a legacy server that + doesn't process 8-bit encoding correctly.</li> + <li><strong>Default Text Encoding</strong>: Select the text encoding you want + Mail & Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing mail and newsgroup + messages.</li> + <li><strong>When possible, use this default text encoding in + replies.</strong>: By default, the selected text encoding is + <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the text + encoding of the message being replied to is used. Choose this option to use + the default text encoding for outgoing messages even when replying, as long + as the quoted characters can be represented in the selected encoding.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Network & Storage</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Network & Storage preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Network & Storage. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Network & Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for + working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail & Newsgroups to + handle messages when going online or offline.</li> + <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail & + Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by + automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount + of disk space you enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for + information on working offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86781bbb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Signing & Encrypting Messages</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing & Encrypting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital + Signatures & Encryption</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other + People's Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & + Encrypting a New Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & + Encrypted Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - + Compose Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - + Received Message</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures & + Encryption </h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it. + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult + for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is + in transit over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> + (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</li> + <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your + Security Settings</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in + <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a + New Message</a>.</p> + +<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures + and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the + online document + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3> + +<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</p> + +<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature, + although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing + a contract.</p> + +<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you + need two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a> + that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your + signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the + certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital + signature. + + <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the + phonebook—it is public information that helps other people + communicate with you.</p> + </li> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created + and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate. + + <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the + &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail + & Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique, + verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3> + +<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> + for each of the message's recipients. The public key in each certificate + is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p> + +<p>If you don't have a certificate for even a single recipient, the + message cannot be encrypted.</p> + +<p>The recipient's software uses the recipient's private key, which + remains on that person's computer, to decrypt the message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People's + Certificates</h2> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest + ways to obtain someone else's certificate is for that person to send you + a digitally signed message.</p> + +<p>When you receive such a message, the person's certificate is + automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of + certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each + recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p> + +<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory, + such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to look up certificates automatically. This feature + is controlled by + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up + recipients' email addresses in a directory.</p> + +<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a + directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when + you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom + you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open + the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose + View Security Info.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2> + +<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must + specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting + messages.</p> + +<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a + particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> + <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can + proceed further.) + + <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available + signing certificates.</p> + </li> + <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li> + <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select + the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li> + + <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under + Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system + administrator to find out for sure.</p> +</ol> + +<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt + all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings + are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for + individual messages.</p> + +<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the + Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as + follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Under Digital Signing: + <ul> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is + selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally + signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To + turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Under Encryption (choose one): + <ul> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you + send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate + otherwise before you send them.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the + messages you send from this account will be encrypted—but only if + you have valid certificates for each of the message's recipients. + If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the message + can't be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to + confirm them.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a New + Message</h2> + +<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at + least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings + correctly. For background information on these tasks, see + <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures + & Encryption</a>.</p> + +<p>The settings specified in + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new + Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p> + +<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You + can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or + absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally + signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that + identifies you).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted + (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security + icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you + want from the drop-down list:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off + encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is + sent over the Internet.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption + for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it + can't be sent unless you have valid certificates for all + recipients.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital + signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will + be signed.</li> + <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed + information about the security status of this message—to help you + determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of + the recipients.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To view detailed information about the message's security status, you + can also click the key or lock icon as described in + <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose + Window</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & Encrypted + Messages</h2> + +<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons + near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security + status of the message:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally + signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature, + the pen is broken.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif" + alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a + large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server. + As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to + download the attachment and validate the signature.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there + is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For information about certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling + Validation</a>.</p> + +<p>To see more detailed information about the message's security, click + the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in + <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you are composing. If you're not already viewing Message + Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your + message will be signed. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this + message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message + can be signed.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for + this message. However, a valid + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you + for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that + makes signing impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will + be encrypted. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message, + valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the + message can be encrypted.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible + for this message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this + message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed + recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is + some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you compose a message and select a different account, the signing + and encryption preferences are updated to reflect the settings of + the newly selected account.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the + recipients of your message:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the + list, select its name, then click View.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message + security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing + & Encrypting Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message, + click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select + the options you want.</p> + +<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all + messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you have received. If you're not already viewing Message + Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view + security information.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the + message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li> + + <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy + & Security Preferences - Certificates</a>. If you are not familiar with + OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings + are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the + certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p> + + <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate's + trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p> + + <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed, + click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li> + <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the + message is encrypted and any decrypting problems. + <ul> + <li>If the message's contents have been altered during transit, you + should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by + network problems.</li> + <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the + message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to + decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import + a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for + details.) If you don't have access to a backup certificate, you + will not be able to decrypt the message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8685b747d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View + the Mail Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, + Scripts, and Plugins</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2> + +<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display + them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox + for the IMAP account.</p> + +<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve + your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in + full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP + server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of + messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p> + +<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically + check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups. + While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking + Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>For blogs & feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it + will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new + items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and + to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to + notify you when new messages have arrived.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server + Settings category for that account.</li> + <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings + section: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox + if you want to check this account automatically for new messages + whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail & + Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn't download new messages + until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download + any new messages</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail + checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get + Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or display + an alert when new mail arrives, see <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p> + +<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages + for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. + + <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail + & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password + before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already + stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail & + Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this information.)</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window) + and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p> + +<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password + the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have + Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that + time.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own + computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail + Window</h2> + +<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you + choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar, + search bar, or the status bar.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane + window layout to use.</li> + <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane + view.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2> + +<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open + the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort + by.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the + column.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with + all its responses:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date + column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select + Threaded.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by + the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion + for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the + Sort by submenu.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> + in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the + threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The + thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in + this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected, + &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort + them by clicking on a column header.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed + thread where you've read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li> + <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file). + Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by + Microsoft Outlook.</li> + <li>Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, + depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li> + <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To print a selected message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts, + and Plugins</h2> + +<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not + display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating + a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can + show remote content.</p> + +<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change + this setting:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the + list.) + <ul> + <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail & Newsgroups</q> + to enable plugins.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and + Newsgroup Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message + Composition Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your + Message Was Opened</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message">Saving and Editing a + Draft Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using + Templates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of + the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then + Message.</li> + <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the + Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the + Address Book.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for + composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different + editor for each of your accounts.) See + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing + the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for + them to be published in blogs & news feeds accounts. If you want to + publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you + will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some + cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p> + +<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text + styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted + lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be + able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the + plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while + clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an + as-needed basis.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition + Window</h2> + +<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup + messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or + HTML by default in the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings).</p> + +<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail + toolbar.</p> + +<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Mail Toolbar + + <p>You can click the following buttons:</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address + books.</li> + <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See + <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more + information.</li> + <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message + text.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether + your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or + both).</li> + <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li> + <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this + area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the + Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li> + <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an + additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in + &brandShortName; Composer.</p> + +<p>For help using the HTML editor, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web + Pages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2> + +<p>To address a mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Type the name in the addressing area. + + <p>If you have <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a> enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first + few letters of the recipient's name and wait for Mail & + Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and + immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete + the address.)</p> + </li> + <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the + same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For + example, multiple entries might be:</p> + + <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p> + </li> + <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the + <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See + <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li> + <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type: + <ul> + <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li> + <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the + other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon + copy).</li> + <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different + email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li> + <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so + that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead + of the original newsgroup.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the + email address contained in a message you're reading, and then selecting + Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p> + +<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is + based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new + message. However, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also allows you to + change the account a message is sent from while you're composing a + message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select + the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of + the account where you sent the message from.</p> + +<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p> + +<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose + window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail & + Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and + completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by + showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple + matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p> + +<p>If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups + provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an + alternate address.</p> + +<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list).</li> + <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address + Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>While you're composing a message, you can select these additional + message sending options from the Options menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you + choose the recipient's email address from your Address Books or a + remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory, + enter the first few letters of the recipient's first or last name to + start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to + address your message.</li> + <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection + of the message text shown as quoted text.</li> + <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a + confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep + in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt. + This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a + per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all + messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li> + <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML + (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail & + Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it's unknown whether + the recipient's mail program can display an HTML message. The format + you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li> + <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the + message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li> + <li><strong>Text Encoding</strong>: Choose a text encoding used for this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an + additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default + Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to have &brandShortName; + encrypt this message (without changing the default).</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to have + &brandShortName; digitally sign this message (without changing the + default).</li> +</ul> + +<p>Additionally, the following options are available from the Edit menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the + plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of + quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted + text to the number of characters specified by the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a> + preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a + message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original + message contains long lines. + + <p>You use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit + menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing + messages. Select the Composition & Addressing panel of the account + and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text + editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor + occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose + or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed + basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text + before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li> + <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the + spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2> + +<p>To reply to a mail message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message.</li> + <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li> + <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to + specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> category for that account.</li> + <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when + replying</q>.</li> + <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below + the quote</q> is the default.</li> + <li>If you have decided to <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply + above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature + is placed: + <ul> + <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature + at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li> + <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your + signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit + it</a> when replying to a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2> + +<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included + in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an + <em>attachment</em>.</p> + +<p>To forward a message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li> + <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As + Attachment. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward + inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the + signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message, + select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then + choose Inline or Attachment.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message + Was Opened</h2> + +<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed + (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that + supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind + that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if + you've requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not + include a return receipt request, since news servers don't support this + feature.</p> + +<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for + return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual + accounts.</p> + +<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return + Receipt.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of + your mail accounts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & + Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_draft_message">Saving and Editing a Draft + Message</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save + as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the + current account. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save + it as a draft.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To edit or send a draft message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the draft + message.</li> + <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li> + <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft + button.</li> + <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li> + <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you + can complete it later. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts + folder.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for + editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted draft messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the draft + messages.</li> + <li>Select the draft messages that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2> + +<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you + send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a + template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a + Mail compose window.</p> + +<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set + the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other + default formatting you want. + + <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting + you want.</p> + </li> + <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then + choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates + folder for the current mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To compose a message using a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you + created the message template.</li> + <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li> + <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send + it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template + from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message + templates.</li> + <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying + Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the + Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail + Question Dialog Box</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2> + +<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and + tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able + to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups allows you + to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text) + formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have. + In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or + plain-text messages by default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle + messages when it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted + mail.</p> + +<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing + messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li> + <li>Go to the Composition & Addressing panel and select <q>Compose + messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose + window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML + Elements</h3> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert + additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message. + If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to + change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then + open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter + HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert + menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and + text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and + JavaScript to objects.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the + Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages + when it's not known whether the recipient's mail program can + display HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages, + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not + be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to + a different format when you click Send:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li> + <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the + submenu: + <ul> + <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups chooses the + appropriate format for the message text. If it can't determine the + format, it asks you to choose a format.</li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display + formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to + display the message.</li> + <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have + trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only + if you are sure the recipient's mail program can display + HTML-formatted mail.</li> + <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk + space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the + recipient's mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When you've finished composing the message, click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books + prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual's + card on the right.</li> + <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li> + <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted + as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read + HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or + tables). + + <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no + formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not + sure, choose Unknown.</p> + + <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups determines + the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & + Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups still + can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a + sending format when you send the message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message + Source for HTML Messages</h2> + +<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message + you've received:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question + Dialog Box</h2> + +<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to + someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when + Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display + HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and + plain-text formats.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2> + +<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose + Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to + attach a file.</p> + </li> + <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your + hard drive that you want to attach.</li> + <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your + desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p> + +<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web + page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser, + you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send + Page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2> + +<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that + &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see + the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file + types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another + application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that + can open files of the same type as the attachment's file format. For + example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on + your computer that can open .DOC files.</p> + +<p>To open an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li> + <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to + do with the attachment: + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can + open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that + application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open + the attachment.</li> + <li>If &brandShortName; can't find an application on your hard disk + that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You + won't be able to open the attachment, but at least you can save + it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open + it.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper + applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine + how different file types are opened by other applications from within + &brandShortName;. For more information, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail + server, all attachments remain on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2> + +<p>To save an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>, + select the attachment that you want to save.</li> + <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the + pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and + then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it + to the specified location.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click + <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose + Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the + attachments to be saved.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and + from the Trash</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2> + +<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP. + Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users + can set different options for deleting messages.</p> + +<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default, + Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li> + <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane. + + <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered + at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p> + </li> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings + category under the account name.</li> + <li>Select the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a> + you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the + Trash</h2> + +<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use + the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or + other folders:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Trash folder.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages permanently:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11fcb71164 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1439 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Browsing the Web</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1> + +<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use + &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser + component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages + and search the Web.</p> + +<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to + navigate, search, and save web pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and + Printing Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages + and International Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li> + <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and + Efficiency</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li> + <li><a href="#reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</a></li> + <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li> + <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2> + +<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch + &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is + chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see + &brandShortName;'s home page.</p> + +<p>To choose your own home page, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying + How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName; + interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost + all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full + Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li> + <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2> + +<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL—its location (address) on the + Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more + names that identify the address. For instance, + <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li> + <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any + text already in the Location Bar.</li> + <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check + a web page's security status at any time. For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" + alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Don't know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as + <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as + <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you + want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word + you typed.</p> + +<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the + <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2> + +<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens + whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but + buttons and images can also be links.</li> + <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link + points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2> + +<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li> + <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on + the Back and Forward buttons. You'll see a list of pages you've + visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 8px;"></td> + <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To see a list of any URLs you've typed into the Location Bar, click + the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it + from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the current session, open + the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li> + + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the past several + sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list. + The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders + displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL + next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from + pages you've visited during the past several sessions. For + information, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>. +</p> + +<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3> + +<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar + list contains links to pages you've typed into the Location Bar and then + visited.</p> + +<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose + History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of + the Location Bar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press + <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p> + +<p>If you don't want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages + you've been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar + history entirely or selectively.</p> + +<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the + browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously + visited web pages from the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the + following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain + (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete + History for <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command + if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in + the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete History for + <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to + delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not + <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and + press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories + (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the + order.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; keeps track of your most recently closed tabs and + windows and allows you to get back to them easily.</p> + +<p>To reopen closed tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Go menu and expand the Recently Closed Tabs menu.</li> + <li>Select any of the previously closed tabs from the list. + Once selected, it will be restored and removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, to reopen closed windows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Go Menu and expand the Recently Closed Windows menu.</li> + <li>Select any of the previously closed windows. Once selected, + it will be restored and removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2> + +<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and + don't want to view it, click the Stop button.</p> + +<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the + Reload button, or press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 87px;"></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains + a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or + press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2> + +<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to + remember. Fortunately, it's not necessary to memorize URLs in order to + browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to + interesting web pages.</p> + +<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a + bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li> + <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a + folder and choose a bookmark.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p> + +<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or + to other interesting places on the Web. See + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New + Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing + to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a + single browser window. You don't have to have several windows open to + visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You + can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without + having to switch to another window.</p> + +<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened + automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing + preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2> + +<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come + to you by using Sidebar.</p> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time, including your bookmarks, browser history, + address book, and other available options. Sidebar presents these items to + you in tabs that it continually updates.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details, + see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p> + +<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" + alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: + middle; -moz-padding-end: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar + by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in + the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar, + press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the + Bookmarks or History List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2> + +<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar, + from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3> + +<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a + question, or just a word or two, into the browser's Location Bar, as + shown below.</p> + +<p><img src="images/locationbar_search.png" width="236" height="39" alt= + "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p> + +<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p> + +<ol> + <li><span class="noUnix">Click</span><span class="unix">Double-click</span> + in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li> + <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current + text.</li> + <li>Perform one of these steps: + <ul> + <li>Click the Search button <img src="images/search_navigation_toolbar.png" + width="73" height="21" alt="search button"/>.</li> + <li>Click <q>Search DuckDuckGo for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of + the drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may + be different.) + + <p>The default search engine you choose in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet + Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q> + appear in the browser window. Click the links to visit web pages + about baby dolls.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar + Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically + performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in + the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac"> + Return</kbd> will then perform a search.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3> + +<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you keep a search bar in your sidebar. + For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p> + +<ol> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open + the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the drop-down list, and choose a search engine.</li> + <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li> + <li>Click Search. Search results for 'toy car' appear in the + browser window. Click the links to visit web pages about toy cars.</li> +</ol> + +<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information + on how to use Sidebar.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from your search engine's + home page</h3> + +<p>You can also perform a search from your search engine's home page. + To visit this page, perform one of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_navigation_toolbar.png" + width="73" height="21" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words + in a Web Page</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web + page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for + [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences) + and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To + learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words + and the way your search results are displayed, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences + - Internet Search</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2> + +<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also + specify how you want search results displayed.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for + web searching.</li> + <li>Click Manage Search Engines to open the <q>Manage Search Engine List</q> + dialog, where you can select <q>Show search suggestions</q> if you want + &brandShortName; to show suggestions from the search engine as you type a + search string in the Sidebar search tab or in the Search Bar. Then click OK + to save any changes and close this dialog.</li> + <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open new tabs for sidebar search + results</q> if you want to see the results from Sidebar searches to open in + a new tab instead of the current tab.</li> + <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open a tab instead of a window for a + context menu web search</q> if you want search results to open in a new tab + instead of a new window when you search for selected words.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2> + +<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page + you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame + before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find bar</q>.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find.</li> + <li>Click Next to begin the search from where the cursor is forwards + to the bottom of the page.</li> + <li>Click Previous to begin the search from the cursor backwards to + the top of the page.</li> + <li>With <strong>Highlight all</strong>, all words or phrases that + matched are highlighted on the page.</li> + <li>Use <strong>Match case</strong> to limit the search to words or + phrases that exactly match what you typed (taking case into + account).</li> +</ol> + +<p>If the search hits the bottom (or top) of the page, it will continue + from the other end and indicate on the Find bar that it wrapped.</p> + +<p>To find the same word or phrase again, keep pressing Enter while the + focus is on the search field, or use the Find Again shortcuts (see + the <q>Using Find-as-you-type</q> section below) when the focus + is on the page. In both cases, a forward search will be invoked, + no matter whether the Previous button was used the last time.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2> + +<p>Other than searching text through the Find bar, you can also search by + typing directly into a Web page.</p> + +<ol> + <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser + window to navigate to any link with that text in it. + + <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all + the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a + match with the exact string you've typed, such as + <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there + first.</p> + </li> + <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd> + before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to + search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li> + <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your + search string and whether or not the search was successful. Please note + that this happens only if the <q>Show the find toolbar during find as you + type</q> checkbox on the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt">Find + As You Type preferences panel</a> is not selected. If the checkbox is + selected, then the <q>Find bar</q> is used instead of changing the status + bar.</li> + <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li> + <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the + timeout.</li> + <li>Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurrence of the search + text.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p> + +<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and + Japanese.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or + History List</h2> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your + Bookmarks window.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks. + You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose + from the following search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or + <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li> + <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends + with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which + you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you're searching + for.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn't contain</q> to + exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web + address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in + the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p> + +<p>To search the History list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li> + <li>Above the actual list, you see a textbox titled <q>Search History</q>.</li> + <li>Click into this textbox and type parts of the URL or page title you are + searching for.</li> + <li>The History list is filtered for those search terms as you type them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To use the search results:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing + Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p> + +<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a + link, you are offered both options.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser's Location + Bar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog + box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save: + <ul> + <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along + with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view + it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new + directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files + necessary to show the whole web page.</li> + <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is + without images.</li> + <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file. + This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but + will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text + editor.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected, + the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save + Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p> + +<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code) + when you're not connected to the Internet.</p> + +<p>To save an image from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a + non-formatted page, like a data file, that's not intended for + viewing):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page's link.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files + to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin + with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q> + or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie + files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p> + +<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as + your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As + Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2> + +<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the text in the current page.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window, + determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and + graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p> + +<div class="noMac"> + +<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3> + +<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is + printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li> +</ul> + +<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages + you want to print.</li> + <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to + jump to its preview. Click the First + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>, + Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif" + alt="previous button"/>, Next + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>, + or Last + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button + to move between pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages, + using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the + original page and two special options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size + and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make + each page half the size of the original page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page + normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the + page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview + dialog.</li> +</ul> + +</div> + +<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or + unavailable on macOS, Linux or Unix.</p> + +<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page + Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p> + +<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to + print:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Format & Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and + other options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Portrait.png" + alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the + shorter side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Landscape.png" + alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the + longer side facing up.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size. + For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of + the original page. + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select + this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only + images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Margins & Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up + margins, headers, and footers: + <ul> + <li><strong>Margins</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in + inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Headers & Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list + represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down + lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row + are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-down + list, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li> + <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URLs usually + start with <q>http://</q>).</li> + <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web + page is printed.</li> + <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li> + <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the + total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web + page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any + of the following codes to print specific information: + <ul> + <li><strong>&PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example: + <q>3 of 5</q>)</li> + <li><strong>&P</strong>: Page Number</li> + <li><strong>&D</strong>: Date</li> + <li><strong>&U</strong>: URL</li> + <li><strong>&T</strong>: Page Title</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page + Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and + International Content</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Text Encodings + and Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version + in your own language</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Text Encodings and + Fonts</h2> + +<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language, + you need to select the appropriate text encodings and fonts.</p> + +<p>A text encoding method is the way characters in a document or message are + converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail or + news messages use a text encoding method (also known as a character set, + character coding, or charset).</p> + +<p>The text encoding method for a document may depend on its language. + Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding + method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods. + In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8, + for example, can be used for any language document.</p> + +<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default text encoding which is + appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you + may need to select appropriate text encoding methods and designate the fonts + you wish to use for your language.</p> + +<p>To select text encodings, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose More + Encodings.</li> + <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li> + <li>Choose a text encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps 1-3 for + each text encoding method you want.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The text encoding methods you select are added to the Text Encoding menu. + If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active one has a + bullet (dot) next to it.</p> + +<p>If the page, which you are viewing, shows wrong character glyphs with all + predefined text encodings, there is a chance that it requires special fonts. + Such websites should contain instructions on which fonts to download and/or + use in order to view the page correctly. When you have the necessary fonts + installed on your system, you can choose User Defined from the More Encodings + submenu. &brandShortName; will then use the fonts defined in the <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts">Fonts preferences</a> (Fonts for: + User Defined).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; can detect which text encoding a document uses, and can + display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this capability, + begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose + Auto-Detect.</li> + <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose (Off) from the + submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To make changes to your list of active text encodings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Text Encoding, and then choose Customize + List. You can see the Customize Text Encoding dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose from the following procedures: + <ul> + <li>To add to the list of active text encodings, choose a text encoding + from the list on the left and click Add.</li> + <li>To remove a text encoding from the active list, choose a text + encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li> + <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Text + Encoding menu, highlight text encodings in the list on the right, + and use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to move the text encodings + up or down in the list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language + group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European + languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for + proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li> + <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and + Fantasy.</li> + <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web + pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes + the same amount of space.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the + author's font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other + fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2> + +<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the user + interface—text of buttons, dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items. + You can download and install language packages from the + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey Project + Releases</a> page and then use the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + panel</a> to switch user interface language.</p> + +<p>A web page can sometimes be available in several languages. In the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Languages Preferences + panel</a>, you can configure &brandShortName; so the page is shown in the + language you prefer. You can have multiple languages and list them in order + of preference.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your + own language</h2> + +<p>If you're looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other + than American English, you can download it from the + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey + Project Releases</a> page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as + movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications + that can handle those files. If the browser doesn't have the needed + helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk. + When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p> + +<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2> + +<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the + browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins allow &brandShortName; to + show multimedia files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, + and games.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have + to add them separately.</p> + +<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following: +</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Add-ons Manager, and select the Plugins + panel. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn more about the Add-ons Manager and its + features, see the section + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons + Manager</a>.</p> + </li> + <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to + launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For + example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of + &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences + - Helper Applications</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2> + +<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download + Manager shows the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>filename</li> + <li>time remaining before download is complete</li> + <li>transfer speed</li> + <li>percent complete</li> + <li>time elapsed</li> + <li>web location (source)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click + Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel + to stop the download.</li> + <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from + List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the + file from your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li> + <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix"> + Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show + the location of a selected file.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li> + <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest + Software Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making + &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2> + +<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically + loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These + features, like JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take + time to load.</p> + +<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2> + +<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and + Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org + the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and + the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p> + +<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into + the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName; + will load that URL.</p> + +<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3> + +<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search + engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering + <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search + on Lord of the Rings.</p> + +<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li> + <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li> + <li>Submit the search query.</li> + <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File + Bookmark.</li> + <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the + dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>. + For example, the location might become + <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&btnI=I'mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li> + <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li> + <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li> + <li>Close the dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering + <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar. +</p> + +<p>For more details and examples, see + <a href="http://kb.mozillazine.org/Using_keyword_searches">"Using keyword + searches" at the MozillaZine Knowledge Base</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2> + +<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This + way, the computer doesn't have to retrieve the page from the network + each time you view it.</p> + +<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB + is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be + quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p> + +<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If + maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk + cache.</p> + +<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so + that you don't keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Choose from the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they + should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the + page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes + time.</p> + +<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Reload button in the browser's Navigation Toolbar. The + computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software + Automatically</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are + available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can + also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons + are available.</p> + +<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced + Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel + functions in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - + Mouse Wheel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<div class="win"> + + <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your + Default Browser</h2> + + <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the + Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make + &brandShortName; your default browser.</p> + + <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and + Protocols</h3> + + <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically + open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common + Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + + <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default + Browser Settings Automatically</h3> + + <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is + the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or + protocols. If it isn't, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not + currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your + default browser?</q></p> + + <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No, + you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName; + starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time, + too</q>.</p> + + <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>, + you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your + settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the + default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + + <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</div> + +<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1> + +<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This + prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The + protection is called a firewall.</p> + +<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a + proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents + outsiders from breaking into your organization's private network.</p> + +<p>For information on setting your proxy preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences - + Proxies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc923263dc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Viewing Page Info</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1> + +<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different + kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a + brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p> + +<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the + View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds + to the kind of information you want to view.</p> + +<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Media, Forms and Links + tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This + information is usually of interest only to web developers and other + specialists.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page + Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01 + Specification</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic + information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion displays the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: The name of the page (if it has one).</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: The + <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the + page—that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location + Bar near the top of the browser window.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The document type of the page (usually text/html + for web pages).</li> + <li><strong>Render Mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using + <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong> + to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that + may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web + browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode + adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the + render mode automatically according to information contained in the web + page itself.</li> + <li><strong>Text Encoding</strong>: The text encoding used for this HTML + document.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li> + <li><strong>Referring URL</strong>: The address from where the current page + has been reached, if available.</li> + <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if + available.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The <i>Meta</i> portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags + provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a + general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright + information, and so on.</p> + +<p>The <i>Security information for this page</i> portion contains security + information concerning ownership and encryption. More details are available in + the <a href="#security_tab">Security tab</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you + see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the + page.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its + address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p> + +<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab, + the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as + description, size, or dimensions.</p> + +<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To + see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info + dialog box and drag.</p> + +<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save + As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you + see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently + viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page + is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The form's name, if any.</li> + <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information + captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your + filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form. + <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be + read by a program on the website.</li> + <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when + the form is submitted.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the + bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of that + form's elements is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element's label (if it is tagged as such + in the HTML).</li> + <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element's name.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element's input type, such as + <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button), + or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not + displayed on the screen).</li> + <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For + example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently + contains.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you + see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information + is displayed for each link:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the + page to which the link points.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a + specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you + see information about + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are + viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website's identity has + been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was + encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p> + +<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the + lower-right corner of any browser window.</p> + +<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are + viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore, + Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though + unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li> + <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that + Certificate Manager has used to verify this website's identity was + issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You + can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other + people can view information sent from your computer to the website or + information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that + someone is actually doing so.</li> + <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an + encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption, + measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the + encryption—that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to + unscramble the encrypted information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern + only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your + credit card number.</p> + +<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the + state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For + more details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4eff45a2a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Password Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master + Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Passwords</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you're not + already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3>Password Manager</h3> + +<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn + Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords + at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when + they're requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same + checkbox.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage + information about your stored passwords and the websites whose user names + and passwords you don't want to be stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to + override it for individual websites and how to view and manage stored + passwords, + see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the + Password Manager</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="master_passwords">Master Passwords</h3> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website + passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager.</p> + +<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own + separate Master Password.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any + of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master + Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li> + <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password: + <ul> + <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting + (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master + password only the first time it needs access to the private key + database after launching. The browser will not request the master + password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting + provides the lowest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that + the browser will never access your saved personal information without + first requesting your master password. This setting provides the + highest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>: + This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it + needs to access your personal information and the specified interval + has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the + master password for the Software Security Device. For more information, + see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3> + +<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords and personal data, this + sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file that's + difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way of storing + information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This is the default + setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager.</p> + +<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption. + Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an + unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information. To turn on + encryption you need to set a <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master + password</a>.</p> + +<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff + between improved security and convenience:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For further information see the + discussion of the Master Password at <a href="#master_passwords">Master + Passwords</a>.)</li> + <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all + (unless you're using certificates for identification purposes), but it + may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your + passwords.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Password Manager dialog box to control + your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose + Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p> + +<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p> + +<ol> + <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of + websites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and + password—that is, the websites for which you selected <q>Yes</q> + in response to Password Manager's request to store logon + information. + + <p>The second column shows the user name for each website. If the password + is stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user + name.</p> + + <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p> + + <ul> + <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm + your choice.</li> + <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + </ul> + + <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password + will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you + visit that website.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list + of websites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response + to Password Manager's request to store logon information. + + <p>If a website is included on this list, you will always have to type in + your user name and password manually when you log onto the website.</p> + + <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask + you, the next time you log onto the website, whether to store your user + name and password.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the + list as follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to + remove, then click Remove.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries + listed in the tab you are viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href= + "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2> + +<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change + Password button.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Change Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive + information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored + by the Password Manager.</p> + +<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a + separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart + cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master + password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a + drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you + to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li> + <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master + password, you must first type the current password. If you don't type + the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not + enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this + happens, you must retype your current password.</li> + <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this + field.</li> + <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If + you don't type it the second time exactly as you did the first time, + the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new + password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password, + that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This + can be dangerous—for example, if you manage your financial accounts + over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a master password that's + difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a + rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to + guess your password.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing + a Good Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record your master password in a safe + place—and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that's easily accessible + to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access + important information, such as websites that require passwords or + certificates stored on your computer.</p> + +<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all the encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your + behalf by Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"> + Software Security Device</a>.</p> + +<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change + Password button in the Passwords preferences panel.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your behalf + by Password Manager You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security + device</a>.</p> + +<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so + without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the + Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password + rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Passwords + preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if + you are absolutely sure you've forgotten it. The seriousness of the + situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password + protects.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it + removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to + specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store + personal information.</p> + +<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal + information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as + you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords + again. In addition, any personal certificates associated with the software + security device will be permanently erased and you will need to apply for new + ones.</p> + +<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own + master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data + on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change + the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you + cannot reset it.</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2> + +<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information + safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some + or all of these suggestions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and + numbers.</li> + <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters—putting capitals in random + locations throughout a password is effective.</li> + <li>Nonsense words that aren't found in dictionaries but are easy to + pronounce.</li> + <li>Eight or more characters.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the + following common items should be avoided:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li> + <li>Your social security number.</li> + <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li> + <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li> + <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li> + <li>Your username, login name or computer's name.</li> + <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li> + <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li> + <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the + end of your name or spelling backwards.</li> +</ul> + +<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the + first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q> + stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in + the middle is included for increased security. (Don't use this + password!)</p> + +<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these + simple rules:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li> + <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li> + <li>Every few months, change your password.</li> + <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don't have to write it + down.</li> + <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67ea412bfc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy on the Internet</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1> + +<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and + security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how + your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, and images while you + are surfing the Internet.</p> + +<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting Messages</a> and + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the + Cookie Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the + Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data">Clearing Private + Data</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing + in a Private Window</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy & Security Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1> + +<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the + Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your + own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet + privacy issues.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What + Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and + How Do They Work?</a></li> + <li><a href="#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are + Websites Tracking Me?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I + Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About + Me?</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What Information + Does My Browser Give to a Website?</h2> + +<p>When your browser displays a web page—for example, each time you click + a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email + message—it gives certain kinds of information to the website. This + information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment, + your Internet address, and the page you're coming from.</p> + +<h3>Operating Environment</h3> + +<p>The website is told something about your operating environment, such as your + browser type and operating system. This helps the website present the page in + the best way for your screen. For example, the website might learn that you + use &brandShortName; 2.19 on a Windows 7 computer.</p> + +<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3> + +<p>Your browser must tell the website your Internet address (also known as the + Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the website knows where to send the page + you are requesting. The website can't present the page you want to see + unless it knows your IP address.</p> + +<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p> + +<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that's attached + to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you + a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address + for the duration of your Internet session—for example, until you sign + off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer's + live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they + assign the addresses at random to users.</p> + +<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a + fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p> + +<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p> + +<h3>Referring Page</h3> + +<p>The website is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link + to see one of the website's pages. This allows the website to know which + website referred you. Or, as you traverse the website, it allows the website + to know which of its pages you came from.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do + They Work?</h2> + +<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some websites. When you + visit a website that uses cookies, the website might ask your browser to place + one or more cookies on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends back the cookies + that belong to the website.</p> + +<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible + to you, and you won't know when a website is setting a cookie or when + your browser is sending a website's cookie back. However, you can set + your preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For + information on how to do this, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a>.</p> + +<h3>How Do Websites Use Cookie Information?</h3> + +<p>Cookies allow a website to know something about your previous visits. For + example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a + website, the website may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what + authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p> + +<p>Some websites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the + information they gather.</p> + +<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3> + +<p>If your browser stores a website's cookie, it will return the cookie + only to that particular website. Your browser will not provide one website + with cookies set by another. Since a website can only receive its own cookies, + it can learn about your activities while you are at that website but not your + activities in general while surfing the Web.</p> + +<p>But sometimes a website displays content that is hosted on another website. + That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. + The other website that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a + cookie in your browser, even though you don't visit the website directly. +</p> + +<p>Cookies that are stored by a website other than the one you are visiting are + called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign + cookies</strong>. Websites sometimes use third-party cookies with + <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help websites + count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the + website, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also + known as web beacons or web bugs.)</p> + +<p>If you want, you can <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">adjust your + cookie preferences</a> so that websites can store ordinary cookies but not + third-party ones, or only for those sites that you have previously visited. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are Websites + Tracking Me?</h2> + +<p>Websites are frequently interested in how they are used and by whom. + Thus, they may perform analytics on your browsing behavior, either by + themselves, or by utilizing a third-party service.</p> + +<p>Motivations for such user tracking may be a more personalized browsing + experience, e.g., by offering you services or products corresponding to your + previous browsing pattern, thus making it more likely that you are interested + in those. Third-party services are mostly interested in placing advertisements + that match your interests, thus making it more likely that you would click on + those ads, which in turn generates revenue.</p> + +<p>Of course, this list isn't all inclusive, other reasons may exist to + track the user's browsing behavior. To summarize, the trade-off is:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Pros</strong>: Tracking of the user's browsing activity + allows the website to provide a more specific browsing experience, by + analyzing and matching your interests. You may even get offers you + wouldn't receive without prior knowledge of your usage pattern.</li> + <li><strong>Cons</strong>: In most cases, especially with third-party + tracking services, the information is gathered without the user's + consent, and its usage is not transparent. Comprehensive user profiling + across websites and over long periods of time may be considered intrusive + and a questionable practice violating the user's privacy.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Are the Mechanisms of User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>There isn't any single tracking mechanism, rather several methods + exist. For example, a website may employ one or more of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Cookies</a>: This is + the most direct form of user tracking. When visiting a website for the + first time, a random but unique identifier is created by that site and + stored as a cookie in &brandShortName;. When returning to the website, + this cookie associates you with any previous visit to that site. This is + especially effective for third-party tracking given that such a service + can collect data from multiple websites they have contracts with based on + just a single tracking cookie.</li> + <li><a href="#internet_address">Internet Address</a>: The IP address + identifies your location on your provider's network. It may also + serve as a reference to your geographical location. Even without cookies, + multiple accesses to one or more websites from the same location can be + associated with each other in this way.</li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing">Geolocation</a>: + Much more detailed information about the user's location can be + obtained with location aware browsing services. Based on additional + information gathered by the browser, such as wireless access points, + a user's position and (in certain situations) heading and speed can + be determined and used by the website to track the user.</li> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Browser + Fingerprinting</a>: This method attempts to identify specific users based + on the characteristics of the browser that they are using. Such + characteristics include browser type and version, platform used, language + preferences, and possibly installed plugins or add-ons.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Can I Do to Prevent User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>In general, there is no complete protection against unwanted tracking of + one's browsing activities. However, there are a couple of ways to make + it harder to get tracked:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Do Not Track</a>: + This is a method that allows users to explicitly opt out of their + browsing behavior being tracked. &brandShortName; supports sending + <q>Do Not Track</q> requests to websites, but they are <em>not</em> + obligated to honor such requests.</li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Site blocking</a>: + &brandShortName; can block content that has been identified as serving + the purpose of user tracking based on a list downloaded periodically + from a server. In this way, connections to such <em>known</em> tracking + sites can be prevented upfront.</li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#location_aware_browsing">Location Aware + Browsing</a>: Disabling geolocation services prevents a website from + obtaining location information beyond what can be derived from the IP + address of the access alone. Note though that this is always an opt-in + service, thus you will get a notification for each request unless you + gave a website permanent permission to use geolocation services.</li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a>: The power of + tracking cookies is their persistence across sessions. Thus, when you + restart &brandShortName;, the identifying cookie will still be sent to + the website performing the analytics. One measure against third-party + tracking is to prohibit third-party cookies altogether; another option is + the restriction of cookies to the current session only. Some websites may + no longer function correctly, but you can add exceptions to such sites in + the Data Manager or with the Cookie Manager options in the Tools menu.</li> + <li><a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins">Plugins</a>: Obscure plugins make + browser fingerprinting easier. Thus, if you need such plugins for some + websites but not in general, disable them in the Add-ons Manager until + you need them, to avoid that they are disclosed to tracking sites.</li> + <li><a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a>: There is a variety + of extensions available for privacy & security support. Some of them + will block unwanted content from advertisers or tracking services, others + provide more control on private data collected by plugins (e.g. cookies), + or when and how to run scripts or embedded content.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The issues related to user tracking are complex. + This description is not intended to be complete but to provide you with some + basic information on this topic.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web + Pages in Email Messages?</h2> + +<p>You can disable cookies, images, and plugins completely (JavaScript is + always disabled) for web pages that are received as part of email + messages.</p> + +<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when + you're browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages + sent as attachments to messages.</p> + +<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, and plugins in + email messages, see the following sections:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a></li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?</h2> + +<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy + policies for the websites you visit and the Internet services you use, and + to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p> + +<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number, + address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page, + email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to + intercept it.</p> + +<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a website's privacy + policy:</p> + +<ul> + <li>What kinds of personal information is this website gathering?</li> + <li>How will the website use the information?</li> + <li>Will the website share the information with others and do I have choices + regarding the use of any shared information?</li> + <li>Can I access some or all of the information a website gathers about me, in + order to inspect or update it?</li> + <li>How does the website protect the information?</li> + <li>How do I contact the website if I have questions or problems?</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd06ce1f44 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="privsec_preferences">Privacy & Security Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy & Security preferences. + To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category. If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand the list, then + click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For help with a panel's settings, click the appropriate link below.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Related sections: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs">Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">SSL/TLS</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Privacy & Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Privacy & Security + preferences panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category.</li> +</ol> + +<h3>User Tracking</h3> + +<p>These settings allow you to communicate your tracking preferences to + websites and to actively block tracking requests from known tracking + sites. <a href="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking">User tracking</a> refers + to websites (including advertisers, analytics providers, and social sites) + collecting and analyzing comprehensive data on your web browsing patterns, + thus affecting your privacy. For more information on this topic, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and + How Are Websites Tracking Me?</a> The following options are available in + this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tell websites that I do not want to be tracked</strong>: Check + this to instruct &brandShortName; to inform every website you explicitly + visit (along with any providers of third-party content embedded in its + pages) that you don't want your browsing behavior being tracked. + If checked, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track">Do Not Track</a> + request is sent to each website visited.</li> + <li><strong>Prevent tracking activities by known sites</strong>: Check + this to instruct &brandShortName; to actively block connections to + websites which are known to provide tracking services. You may not see + any content coming from these sites in the web page visited.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when known tracking activities were detected</strong>: + Check this to be presented with a notification bar when content was blocked + which can be used for tracking. This bar contains the following buttons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Keep Blocking</strong>: Dismiss the notification bar without + loading the content from an identified tracking site.</li> + <li><strong>Unblock</strong>: Allow such content to be loaded now and + automatically when this page is visited again in the future.</li> + <li><strong>Preferences</strong>: Open the Privacy & Security + preference panel.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Honoring a Do Not Track request is voluntary, thus individual websites + are <em>not required</em> to obey it. Websites and services that follow + the policy should stop gathering and using information about your web + browsing pattern for all activity for which Do Not Track is selected.</li> + <li>Requesting Do Not Track from a website should not affect your ability + to use the website properly (e.g., when using a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> or when + putting items into a cart while shopping).</li> + <li>Note that Do Not Track does not <em>prevent</em> advertisements from + being presented to you while browsing. Since the website is not allowed to + gather and utilize information about you, the content of the advertisements + will be less specific if you have the Do Not Track option selected.</li> + <li>Tracking prevention actively blocks content known to be used for tracking + in a web page. Thus, the page may appear incomplete. Such sites are + identified by periodically downloading a list of known tracking sites + which are to be blocked if enabled. Tracking sites <em>not</em> on that + list will still be connected to until they are listed.</li> + <li>The selection of <q>Unblock</q> in the notification bar for a specific + site can be revoked in the Permissions tab of the Data Manager. When in + a <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private + window</a>, these options aren't present in the notification bar.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="location_aware_browsing">Location Aware Browsing</h3> + +<p>Websites may want to obtain more detailed information about the user's + location, e.g., to offer specific services close to the current position. For + that purpose, they can request the longitude and latitude (along with other + information like altitude and heading, as available) from a browser. + &brandShortName; will never provide that information without the user's + consent. However, a notification is displayed for a page that requests the + location at least the first time that this site is visited. The preferences + located in the center section of the <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy + & Security panel</a> allow you to disable this feature entirely:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Prompt me for permission if a request is made</strong>: Select + this if you want &brandShortName; to prompt you if the website you are + visiting is requesting geolocation information. The notification provides + the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Share location</strong>: Select this option if you want the + current location to be determined and forwarded to the requesting site, + for <em>this</em> request only.</li> + <li><strong>Not for this request</strong>: Select this option if you do + <em>not</em> want the current location to be determined and forwarded + to the requesting site, prompt again for the next request.</li> + <li><strong>Always for this site</strong>: Select this option if you + want the current location to be determined and forwarded to the + requesting site, also for all <em>future</em> requests.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Select this option if you do + <em>not</em> want the current location to be determined and forwarded + to the requesting site, also for all <em>future</em> requests.</li> + </ul> + Closing or dismissing the notification will not give any response to the + requesting page at all.</li> + <li><strong>Disable this feature and deny all requests</strong>: Select this + option for not being prompted for geolocation requests. &brandShortName; + will appear to a website as if it doesn't support this feature.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Geolocation is a third-party web-based service. &brandShortName; collects + certain information about your internet access (e.g., wireless access + points) and sends those to this service.</li> + <li>The accuracy of the response varies and may range from city level to + within a few meters of your actual location.</li> + <li>No information about the requesting site itself is provided to the + geolocation service. The information returned by that service is provided + to the website by &brandShortName; in response to its request.</li> + <li>The requesting site receives an identification token that allows it to + track your movement for a limited time using the geolocation service.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="safe_browsing">Safe Browsing</h3> + +<p>Some websites contain potentially dangerous content and may have been + reported as malicious. The preferences located in the lower section of the + <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security panel</a> allow you + to select which types of reported websites will be blocked. If enabled, + &brandShortName; compares each website's address you are about to visit + against regularly updated lists. A warning is issued prior to actually + loading a reported website, thus giving you the opportunity to cancel the + loading process. The following options are available in this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block reported attack sites</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that is trying to infect your computer with + malicious software. Such <a href="glossary.xhtml#malware">malware</a> may + interfere with your computer's functions or steal your personal + information. It is also frequently used to send spam email or to spread + more malware.</li> + <li><strong>Block reported web forgeries</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that pretends to be a legitimate website of some + well-known organization or service. Websites like this are frequently set + up to mislead you in providing username and password or other sensitive + personal information (commonly known as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#phishing">phishing</a>).</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you are trying to visit a website that has been reported as malicious + (and the feature is enabled), you will see one of the following warnings:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Reported Attack Page!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to infect your computer with malware.</li> + <li><strong>Reported Web Forgery!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to steal your personal information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>No harm has been done at this point. Select one of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Get me out of here!</strong> Do <em>not</em> load this website. + Instead, go to &brandShortName;'s default start page.</li> + <li><strong>Why was this page blocked?</strong> Opens a web page showing you + the information reported on this specific website (this is an external + page located with the provider of this service). If no such report data is + available, a page with general information is shown.</li> + <li><strong>Ignore this warning</strong>: Proceed with loading the page. Only + use this when you are <em>certain</em> that the selected page is authentic + and safe to visit. At the top of the page, a notification bar will appear, + giving you an option to report errors to the provider of this service: + <ul> + <li><strong>This isn't an attack site</strong> or <strong>This + isn't a web forgery</strong>: Click this button to open a new tab + allowing you to report false warnings (this is an external page).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The Safe Browsing feature is switched on by + default. It is <em>not</em> recommended to disable either function as this + may result in you visiting unsafe sites.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If no warning is shown for a specific website, it + does not <em>guarantee</em> that this site is trustworthy; it just means + that it has not been reported. Attack and phishing websites may <em>look</em> + safe but are secretly trying to attack you or to steal personal information. + The website's owner or provider may not be aware that the site has been + compromised.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privsec_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d79f9df4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Managing Profiles</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1> + +<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to + a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts, + Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy + of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p> + +<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own + bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a + default profile when you first install your browser software. After you + create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to + use each time you launch the browser.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a + Profile</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2> + +<p>To create a profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win"> + Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then + Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the + <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting &brandShortName; from + the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at + the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click + Next.</li> + <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real + name or a name that's related to what you use the profile for, such as + <q>School</q>.</li> + <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose + Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li> + <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click + Select Language and choose the language you want.</li> + <li>Click Finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2> + +<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don't normally use. To delete + or rename an existing profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can't delete + the profile that is in use.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>: + <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then + &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold + down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting + &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> + Type the following at the command line: + <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the + confirmation box, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder + with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email + accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won't need anything + from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li> + <li><strong>Don't delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from + the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By + choosing this option none of your profile's stored data will be + deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the + instructions.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab8e3b7ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p> + +<p><strong>Example:</strong></p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time. + For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys + surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus + sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the + plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li>Ctrl = Control key</li> + <li>Cmd = Command key on the macOS Keyboard</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions + based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows + while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web + page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text + field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p> + +<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cut</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Next Word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page </td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Redo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Focus Search Field</td> + <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+F or Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Links As You Type</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Text As You Type</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Context Menu</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + <td>Ctrl+Space</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu + at the top of the window)</span> + </td> + <td>Alt or F10</td> + <td>(macOS: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td> + <td>F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + <td>Cmd+Q</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Browser</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + <td>Cmd+1</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Mail & Newsgroups</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + <td>Cmd+2</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Composer</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + <td>Cmd+4</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Address Book</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + <td>Cmd+5</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start IRC Chat</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + <td>Cmd+6</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Add-ons Manager</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Download Manager</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + <td>Cmd+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Error Console</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Help Window</td> + <td>F1</td> + <td>Cmd+?</td> + <td>F1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Turn on/off <a href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a></td> + <td>F7</td> + <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F7</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>The following are keyboard commands for navigating and modifying text in a + text input field (e.g. the Location Bar). Except where indicated, these + commands also apply to Web pages and e-mail messages in caret browsing + mode.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Move one line up</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one line down</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one character left</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one character right</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to next word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to previous word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to beginning of line</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to end of line</td> + <td>End</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to beginning of text</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to end of text</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select next character</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select previous character</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select next word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select previous word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select all text</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cut (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete next character (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete previous character (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete next word (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete previous word (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + <td>Opt+Backspace</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + </tr> + </tbody> + </table> + +<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary + (toggle)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Forward One Page</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5490958d49 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Composer Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Composer Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Publish</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find and Replace</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Previous</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check Spelling</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+P</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Insert/Edit Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + <td>Cmd+[</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + <td>Cmd+]</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Named Anchors</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Row/Column</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + <td>Cmd+Drag</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Cells(s)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Bold</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Italic</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Underline</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7f6b3285a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & + Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Reload</td> + <td>F5</td> + <td/> + <td>F5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread, + Message Panes)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get All New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Search Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Save Message as File</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash + folder)</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo Delete Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Thread</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Collapse All Threads</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand All Threads</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Message Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Message</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Message</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses + in message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments + of the selected message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Message Label</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Read</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Flag Message</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Junk</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Paste As Quotation</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste Without Formatting</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rewrap</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find and Replace</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Now</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Later</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2762e1f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Browser Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks + window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open History Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reload</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Back</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Up</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Stop</td> + <td>Esc</td> + <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td> + <td>Esc</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td> + <td>End</td> + <td></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Top of Page</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Web Page Location</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open search engine page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for + another command)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Private Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page As</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Opt+Return</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td> + <td>F11</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td> + <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Larger</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>No zoom (100%)</td> + <td>Ctrl+0 (zero)</td> + <td>Cmd+0 (zero)</td> + <td>Ctrl+0 (zero)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Information</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Tab</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one + tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more + than one tab) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+End</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + <td>Alt+Insert</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs + opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead + of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + <td>Opt+Page Down</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + <td>Opt+Page Up</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>macOS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Submit Form</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select an Item from a List</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9725c90a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>SSL/TLS Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="ssltls_settings">SSL/TLS Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your SSL/TLS preferences.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL/TLS</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL/TLS</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the SSL/TLS preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click SSL/TLS. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="ssltls_protocol_versions">SSL/TLS Protocol Versions</h3> + +<p>The <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)</a> protocol + and its successor, the <a href="glossary.xhtml#tls">Transport Layer Security + (TLS)</a> protocol, are standards which define rules governing mutual + authentication between a website and browser software and the encryption + of information that flows between them. They are also used for secure + communication in various other protocols, e.g., for protection of sensitive + information exchanged with email, calendar, or directory servers.</p> + +<p>The SSL 2.0 and SSL 3.0 protocols are insecure and thus deprecated. The + current TLS protocol is based on SSL but with its own version numbering. + TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL 3.1, TLS 1.1 is in turn an update to TLS + 1.0, etc. Newer protocols are preferred over older ones as they provide + better security and more features. Older protocols are supported to ensure + compatibility.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; will select the most secure version which is + widely supported to connect to the server. If that attempt doesn't + succeed, it will try to connect with the next older version, etc., to the + extent allowed by the settings in this panel. The connection will fail if no + protocol supported by both sides is found. You can exclude older versions + explicitly or allow newer versions which may not be widely supported yet + with the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable</strong>: Check the <strong>TLS 1.0</strong>, + <strong>TLS 1.1</strong>, <strong>TLS 1.2</strong>, and/or + <strong>TLS 1.3</strong> boxes to indicate which protocol versions can be + used for a secure connection to a server.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>At least one protocol version must be selected, thus it is not possible + to uncheck the last remaining box.</li> + <li>Also, the selection must be contiguous. It is not possible to select both + TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.2 but to exclude the intermediate TLS 1.1 version.</li> + <li>You can extend the range by multiple versions. For example, if only TLS + 1.0 is currently checked and you select TLS 1.2, the TLS 1.1 version is + automatically selected as well.</li> + <li>Checkboxes may appear checked but grayed out if you cannot uncheck them + without violating these rules. Uncheck the outermost boxes to regain + access to an enclosed intermediate version.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="ssltls_warnings">SSL/TLS Warnings</h3> + +<p>It's easy to tell when the website you are viewing is using an encrypted + connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right + corner of the browser window is locked + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/>). If the + connection is not encrypted, the lock icon is unlocked + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/>). Encrypted + pages which contain some unencrypted items (mixed content) are shown with a + broken-lock icon + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/>).</p> + +<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning + checkboxes in the SSL/TLS preferences panel. Unless stated otherwise, a + notification bar will be presented at the top of the page triggering the + alert, with an option to enter this panel to change the option if the alert + is considered annoying.</p> + +<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that + supports encryption.</li> + <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that + supports encryption for one that does not.</li> + <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted + page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you + are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. When this option is + selected, a dialog box will be presented to the user <em>before</em> the + page is actually opened, which allows the loading of the page to be + canceled before any potentially sensitive information is sent over an + unencrypted connection that can easily be intercepted by others. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Submitting a form from an encrypted to an + unencrypted page will always prompt a dialog prior to opening the page, + regardless of this setting.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="mixed_content">Mixed Content</h3> + +<p>In general, there are two major issues related to transmitting sensitive + information over an unencrypted connection: One is the danger of someone + eavesdropping on the line, thus listening to the content transmitted; the + other of someone intercepting requests for the desired page and replacing + the legitimate content of that page with own (potentially malicious) + content. While so-called <q>Man In The Middle</q> attacks can usually be + detected in encrypted connections (e.g., by a certificate mismatch or an + invalid certificate presented by the interceptor), no such verification + exists for unencrypted connections.</p> + +<p>The term <q>Mixed Content</q> refers to a web page which itself is + encrypted, but which includes content on the same or a different server + which is <em>not</em> encrypted. Consequently, this part of the page is + still subject to the vulnerabilities of an unencrypted line. While there + are legitimate uses of that concept (such as including a company logo from + a different insecure website into an otherwise secure page), such designs + should be avoided.</p> + +<p>There are two general types of mixed content:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Mixed Active Content</strong> (or Mixed Script Content): This + is content which has the potential to hide or modify parts of a web page, + or to actively leak content from the secure part of the page to its + insecure part. Examples include scripts (JavaScript), style sheets (CSS), + or the embedding of entire web pages into the main web page (iframes).</li> + <li><strong>Mixed Passive Content</strong> (or Mixed Display Content): + This type of content does <em>not</em> have the potential to alter or + monitor the web page as such. Examples include images and audio or video + streams. It is however possible that sensitive information is passed as + an encoding of the content's location (URL), as cookies, or returned + with the content itself (e.g., as text included in an image). Thus, passive + content isn't entirely harmless either.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following options allow you to be warned about and/or to block both + mixed active and mixed passive content:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain insecure content</strong>: + Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a notification bar when + mixed <em>active</em> content was loaded or blocked. The notification bar + contains a button to open this preference panel.</li> + <li><strong>Don't load insecure content on encrypted pages</strong>: + Check this to prevent mixed active content from being loaded at all but + to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is checked, the + notification bar will contain two additional buttons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Keep Blocking</strong>: Dismiss the notification bar without + loading the potentially insecure content.</li> + <li><strong>Unblock</strong>: + Load the potentially insecure content <em>once</em> but not + automatically when this page is visited again in the future.</li> + </ul> + <strong>Note</strong>: The selection of <q>Unblock</q> for a specific site + can be revoked in the Permissions tab of the Data Manager. When in a + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private + window</a>, these options aren't available in the notification bar. + </li> + <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain other types of mixed + content</strong>: Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a + notification bar when mixed <em>passive</em> content was loaded or blocked. + The notification bar contains a button to open this preference panel.</li> + <li><strong>Don't load other types of mixed content on encrypted + pages</strong>: Check this to prevent mixed passive content from being + loaded at all but to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is + checked, a notification is presented that such content was blocked.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For short definitions, click + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online + documents:</p> + +<ul> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction + to SSL</a></li> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/NSS">Technologies + Available in the Network Security Services (NSS)</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..838f04eebc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,1203 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="glossary" nc:name="Glossary" nc:link="glossary.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#help-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reopen" nc:name="Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#reopening_closed_tabs_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Text Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_text_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" + nc:name="Media Tab" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read" nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send" nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html" nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach" nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-blogs" nc:name="Getting Started With Blogs & News Feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Preferences" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Draft Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_draft_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-blogs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe-from-browser" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds from a browser window" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-reading" nc:name="Reading blogs & news feed messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-posting" nc:name="Posting blog messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#posting_blog_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-comments" nc:name="Adding comments to a blog post" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-exporting-importing" nc:name="Exporting and importing feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-editing" nc:name="Editing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#editing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-removing" nc:name="Removing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#removing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-using-different-accounts" nc:name="Using different blogs & news feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-organizing" nc:name="Organizing your feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_your_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-blogs-organizing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-feeds-folders" nc:name="Feeds versus folders" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#feeds_vs_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-folders-in-blogs" nc:name="Organizing folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-multiple-feeds" nc:name="Downloading multiple feeds in a single folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-moving-feeds" nc:name="Moving a feed to another folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading All Messages for Offline Use" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures & Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed & Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies & Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition & Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Synchronization & Storage" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_blogs" nc:name="Blogs" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk & Suspect Mail" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_text_encoding" nc:name="Text Encoding" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#text_encoding"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Network & Storage" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc" nc:name="Starting a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math" nc:name="Adding Mathematical Formulas to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_mathematical_formulas_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#page_change"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#html-tag"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-math"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Mathematical Formula into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_mathematical_formula_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-math-latex-dialog" nc:name="Editing the LaTeX Source" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_the_latex_source"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#link_properties"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons" nc:name="Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-font"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-menu" nc:name="Menu Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#menu_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Bookmarks Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-addons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-about" nc:name="About Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-installing" nc:name="Installing Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-manager" nc:name="Using the Add-ons Manager" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-converter" nc:name="Using the Add-on Converter" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_converter"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_media" nc:name="Media" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#media"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_spelling" nc:name="Spelling" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#spelling"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_behavior" nc:name="Link Behavior" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts & Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_find_as_you_type" nc:name="Find As You Type" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_offlineapps" nc:name="Offline Apps" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_debugging" nc:name="Debugging" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#debugging"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs --> +<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + +<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-private-data" nc:name="Clearing Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="private-browsing" nc:name="Browsing in a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy & Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-tracking" nc:name="Why and How Are Websites Tracking Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling & Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Website-By-Website" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Websites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning Password Manager On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-private-data"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="types_of_private_data" nc:name="Types of Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#types_of_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privatedata_prefs" nc:name="Private Data Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="clear_private_data_now" nc:name="Clear Private Data Dialog" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clear_private_data_now"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#private-browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="opening_a_private_window" nc:name="Opening a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#opening_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="behavior_of_a_private_window" nc:name="Behavior of a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#behavior_of_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode" nc:name="Leaving the Private Browsing Mode" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sec_gen"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_private_data" nc:name="Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_cookies" nc:name="Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_images" nc:name="Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_popup_windows" nc:name="Popup Windows" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_passwords" nc:name="Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_master_passwords" nc:name="Master Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_ssltls" nc:name="SSL/TLS" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_certificates" nc:name="Certificates" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssltls" nc:name="Managing SSL/TLS Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="Certificates That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="Certificates That Identify People" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Servers" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="Certificates That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-orphans" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssltls"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssltls-settings" nc:name="SSL/TLS Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ssltls-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL/TLS Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssltls"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#certs-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="People" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Servers" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="orphan_certs" nc:name="Others" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#others"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#my_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#others_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_website_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert_details"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_page" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="untrusted_con_page" nc:name="Untrusted Connection Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#untrusted_connection_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_dialog" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Dialog" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_dialog"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS--> +<rdf:Description about="#profile-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS --> + +<rdf:Description about="#tools"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-devtools" nc:name="Developer Tools" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#devtools"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS --> +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts-text-field" nc:name="Text Field Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#text_field_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..74d077a614 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE window [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd"> + %brandDTD; +]> + +<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT --> + <Description rdf:about="urn:root" + nc:title="&brandFullName; Help" + nc:defaulttopic="welcome" + nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/"> + <nc:panellist> + <Seq> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="search" + nc:datasources="rdf:null" + nc:platform="win mac unix" + nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]" + nc:emptysearchlink="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="glossary" + nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + </Seq> + </nc:panellist> + </Description> +</RDF> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70fc5d0096 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1> + +<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have + several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver's license, an + employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different + certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to + certificates.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own + Certificate</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL/TLS + Warnings and Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1> + +<p>Much like a credit card or a driver's license, a certificate is a form + of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and + other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is + typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such + identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a + <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p> + +<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system + administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites + offering specialized services that require a means of identification more + reliable that your name and password.</p> + +<p>Just as the requirements for a driver's license vary depending on the + type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a + certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases + getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some + personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your + browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated + procedures.</p> + +<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate + authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate + authorities issuing certificates recognized by &brandShortName;, see the + online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Included + Certificate List</a>.</p> + +<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser + comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can + also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p> + +<p>Like a driver's license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable + form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands. + Once you've obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should + protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p> + +<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If + you haven't yet created a master password, you will be asked to create + one.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your + master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1> + +<p>When you're viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right + corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was + protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was + being received by your computer:</p> + +<table summary="lock icons"> + <tr> + <td><img alt="closed lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/></td> + <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it + was received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="open lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/></td> + <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was + received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="broken lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/></td> + <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page + were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though + the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was + received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and + click the Security tab).</p> + +<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been + verified. (For information on certificate verification, see + <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li> + <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are + viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption + status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be + notified when you send or receive information without encryption, or to + block potentially harmful mixed content, select the appropriate SSL/TLS + warning and mixed content options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy & + Security Preferences - SSL/TLS</a> for details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1> + +<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have + available. Certificates may be stored on your computer's hard disk or on + <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices + attached to your computer.</p> + +<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see + the Certificate Manager.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing + Certificates that Identify You</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing + Certificates that Identify People</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing + Certificates that Identify Servers</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing + Certificates that Identify Others</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that + Identify You</h2> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you'll notice that it has + several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your + Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser or mail client + has available that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names + of the organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing Certificates that + Identify People</h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the + message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p> + +<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else's encryption certificate + is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate + Manager automatically stores other people's certificates whenever they + are received in this way.</p> + +<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to + the Certificate Manager, click the People tab at the top of the + Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for + whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names + of the organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#people">People</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing Certificates + that Identify Servers</h2> + +<p>Some websites and mail servers use certificates to identify themselves. + Such identification is required before the server can encrypt information + transferred between it and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one + can read the data while in transit.</p> + +<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a + certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a + CA that the Certificate Manager doesn't know about or doesn't + trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website's + certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate + Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p> + +<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the + Servers tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2> + +<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an + organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An + organization that issues certificates is called a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p> + +<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA + certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with + certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA + certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it + issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions + about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security + needs.</p> + +<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the + Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that + Identify Others</h2> + +<p>To see all certificates that do not fit into any of the other categories, + click the Others tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#others">Others</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards + and Other Security Devices</h1> + +<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card, + that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about + your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private + keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and + performing cryptographic operations.</p> + +<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece + of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer + that controls the reader.</p> + +<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device + (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides + cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the + Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices + and Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and + Modules</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security + devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices, + including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard + (PKCS) #11.</p> + +<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes + called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the + same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer + or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11 + module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart + card reader.</p> + +<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that + manage three security devices:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two + security devices: + <ul> + <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device + that performs all cryptographic operations required by the + &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li> + <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates + and keys that aren't stored on external security devices, + including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition + to those that come with the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device + called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with + the browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To + open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the + security devices managed by each module below its name.</p> + +<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the + middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software + Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device. + If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for + the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser + software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li> + <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot + perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which + are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2> + +<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must + first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect + any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the + hardware.</p> + +<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load + it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> + <li>Click Load.</li> + <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate + the module file, and click Open.</li> + <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click + OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you + assigned to it.</p> + +<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2> + +<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a + US government standard for implementations of cryptographic + modules—that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data + or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying + digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with + one or more of the FIPS standards.</p> + +<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li> + <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal + PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable + FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_ssltls_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL/TLS Warnings and + Settings</h1> + +<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange + information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form—that + is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can + make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL. + The old SSL versions have been deprecated for security reasons and TLS is the + only supported protocol. The default set of enabled TLS versions works for + most people with current servers. However, in some circumstances system + administrators or other knowledgeable persons may wish to adjust the SSL/TLS + settings to fine-tune them for special security needs or to account for + limited capabilities of some legacy servers.</p> + +<p>You shouldn't adjust the SSL/TLS settings for your browser unless you + know what you're doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. + If you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, select SSL/TLS. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL/TLS Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1> + +<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your + Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a + driver's license, that you can use to identify yourself over the + Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver's license, a + certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore, + your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate + in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and + how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some + familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you + should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any + of your browser's certificate validation settings.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2> + +<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it + takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that + the CA's digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose + own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager's list of + available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of + certificate being verified.</p> + +<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA + certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and + correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate + being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If + any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as + unverified and won't recognize the identity it certifies.</p> + +<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way; + for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person + has gained access to the certificate's private key. A compromised + certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be + the certificate owner.</p> + +<p>One way to combat this threat would be for Certificate Manager to check a + previously downloaded certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the + verification process. However, those lists may be large and need to be + updated frequently in order to remain current and thus useful.</p> + +<p>The preferred way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use + a special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP). + Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see + <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p> + +<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically + from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure + Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP + responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is + valid.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2> + +<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Certificates preferences. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Certificates, OCSP</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..851b62565e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Privacy Features</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1> + +<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by + some websites. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the + page's cookies by doing two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>set</strong> + (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>read</strong> + cookies it previously stored on your computer. A website can't + actually read cookies or any other data on your computer—instead, + your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the website.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies + Website-By-Website</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling Cookies</h2> + +<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies + preferences. To change your Cookies preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see + <a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Website-By-Website</h2> + +<p>To set cookie permissions for the current website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose one of the following items: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Website</strong>: Block the + current website from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset + cookie permission for the current website and use the + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow + the current website to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from + this website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow the + current website to set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several websites + or a website you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p> + +<p>Other dialog options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this website</strong>: + If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time + that website tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or + <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li> + <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>: + Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed + information</a> of the cookie.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager + to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and + <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie websites</a>.</p> + +<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or + denied cookies are listed.</li> + <li>Click to select the website from which you no longer want to automatically + accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2> + +<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the information displayed, see + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this + section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p> + +<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All + Cookies.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Even though you've removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those + same cookies the next time you return to the website.</p> + +<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don't + allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this + checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that you are removing are + added to the list of websites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other + aspects of cookie handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see + <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change + which cookies &brandShortName; will accept from and return to websites. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Cookies help websites keep track of information for you, such as the + contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities' weather you want + to know about. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>You can select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all + cookies from websites not explicitly allowed to set cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select + this option if you don't want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + (foreign) cookies</a> for any websites other than the one you are actively + visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Allow third-party cookies for previously visited websites + only</strong>: Select this option if you want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + cookies</a> only for websites that stored cookies when you explicitly + visited them previously.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: Select this option to permit all + websites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on your computer.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By + blocking cookies you only block websites from setting new cookies, and old + cookies will still be sent to websites. To completely block a website from + receiving old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its + cookies</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-website cookie permission</a> + supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a website to set + cookies, the website can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>. +</p> + +<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also + select the following preferences:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this + if you want websites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li> + <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete + the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li> + <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you + want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer, + then type the number of days.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view + information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which + websites are allowed to set them.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the + websites they belong to, and their current status.</p> + +<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that + cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Item</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Name</td> + <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Information</td> + <td>A string of characters containing the information a website tracks + for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are + identified to the website, information about your interests, and so + forth.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Host or domain</td> + <td>Provides the name of the cookie's host or domain. + + <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent + visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that + set it.</p> + + <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any website + that's in the same domain as the website that set it. A + website's domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of + an organization, business, or school—such as netscape.com or + washington.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Path</td> + <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent + back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example, + <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set + for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send For</td> + <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means + that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a + cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted + (HTTPS).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expires</td> + <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The + browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the + list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back + into the list later:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't allow websites that set removed cookies to set future + cookies</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the + next time you return to the website. To prevent that from happening, select + this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that + you are removing are added to the list of websites whose cookies will + automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the websites for which + your decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also + allows you to add and remove websites from the list.</p> + +<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To add cookies websites manually:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Enter the website address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li> + <li>Set the website cookie permission: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website blocked from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this + website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Repeat the steps to add additional websites.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To remove a cookie website:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Removes the selected website or websites + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Removes all websites from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've removed a website from this list, Cookie Manager remembers + nothing about it.</p> + +<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1> + +<p>Many websites require you to type a user name and password before you can + enter the website. For instance, personalized pages and websites containing + your financial information usually require you to log in.</p> + +<p>The user name and password you use at a particular website can be read by the + site's administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log + into other websites where you may have used the same user name and password. + If this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every + website with which you register.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and + passwords by storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering + them for you automatically when you visit such websites.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering + User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager + On and Off</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing + Stored Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2> + +<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an + opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you + enter while using the Internet.</p> + +<p>For example, after you log onto a website from a page that requests a user + name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password + Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can + click one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the website you'll + see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to + do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the + server.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in + the future if you want to save your user name and password for that + website.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won't remember the user name + and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any + other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box + for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a + password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further + action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and + password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password + Manager fills in the information.</p> + +<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in + a file that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. + See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored + Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user + names and passwords with encryption technology.</p> + +<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you + click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may + be turned off or the website may disallow its use.</p> + +<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see + <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On + and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names + and Passwords Automatically</h2> + +<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names + and passwords on your behalf:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a + website (using the three-button dialog box described in + <a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>). + + <p>The next time you visit the website, Password Manager automatically fills + in your user name and password on the website's log in page. You can + then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to + the server.</p> + </li> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an + email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login + information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use + Password Manager to remember these values</q>. + + <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password + Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same + dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the + server.</p> + + <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account, + &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does + so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further + action on your part.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and + Off</h2> + +<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q> + to turn Password Manager off.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the + checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored + Passwords</h2> + +<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of + websites from which logon information never is saved:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage + Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with + the Passwords Saved tab opened. + <ul> + <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your + choice.</li> + <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The + next time you visit the website, you will need to enter your user name + and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the + information.</li> + </ul> + Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the websites for which + you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To + remove a website from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next + time you log into the website, you can use the stored user name and + password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save + the information for that website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="clearing_private_data">Clearing Private Data</h1> + +<p>While browsing the web, various items of potentially private information + may be gathered and stored by &brandShortName;. This section describes the + types of such private data and options to remove them either manually by + request or automatically when shutting down &brandShortName;.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Dialog</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</h2> + +<p>Several types of information are gathered and kept by &brandShortName; while + you are browsing websites. Some of these data are necessary for those sites to + function properly or more efficiently, others are for your convenience.</p> + +<p>Privacy implications vary from type to type. For example, browsing history + and cache contents provide a snapshot of your recent browsing activity which + is local to your computer; cookies or offline web content may be used by a + website to track a user directly across visits (e.g., for statistical + purposes or for targeted advertisements).</p> + +<p>In <a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">private browsing mode</a>, no + private data will be retained beyond the duration of the private session.</p> + +<p>The following private information may be stored locally by + &brandShortName;:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Type</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Browsing History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + a history of any website pages you have <em>visited</em> is kept and + may be suggested to complete website addresses in the location bar.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Location Bar History</td> + <td>This is a history of web addresses which were <em>entered</em> + manually or copy-pasted into the location bar of the browser. This + list is available in the location bar menu.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Download History</td> + <td>Depending on the options selected in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads">Downloads + preferences</a>, a history of <em>files downloaded</em> from + websites is maintained in the Download Manager.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Form and Search History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + text entered into <em>elements of forms</em> (e.g., user names, but not + passwords) will be stored for the specified number of days; matches are + suggested in a list when you revisit that page. If you put the search + box onto your toolbar, the history of <em>search terms</em> will be + stored as well.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cache</td> + <td>The cache is a <em>short-term store</em> for web pages and other + data (like e-mail attachments for IMAP accounts or remote images in + messages) to avoid having these items being requested again from the + server if they were just recently accessed. The cache on your disk + may contain data up to the limit specified in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache">Cache preferences</a>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cookies</td> + <td>Cookies are <em>small pieces of information</em> that websites use to + keep track of users and sessions, or to store website preferences. Use + the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies preferences</a> to + specify to what extent cookies are permitted and for how long they are + kept.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Offline Website Data</td> + <td>Websites may be permitted to store their pages' contents and + related data locally so that they are available for use <em>without + a network connection</em>. See the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps">Offline Apps + preferences</a> for options to control this behavior and to inspect + the contents of stored offline website data.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Passwords</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords preferences</a>, + &brandShortName; keeps <em>entered passwords</em> for later use, thus + you don't have to retype them every time you visit a website.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Authenticated Sessions</td> + <td>Websites may require <em>authentication</em> (username and password, + asked for with a pop-up dialog) and can keep track of such by + authenticated sessions. A site will ask you for your credentials + again when you proceed to the next page after this information is + cleared.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Site Preferences</td> + <td>Site preferences are locally stored preferences for the specific + website. These usually are the individual zoom level and the last + location of a downloaded file from this site on your local disk.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="private_data_prefs">Privacy & Security Preferences + - Private Data</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Private Data preferences panel to + determine when and which type of private data should be deleted. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Private Data. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The <strong>Clear Private Data</strong> section provides the following + options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Clear Now</strong>: Click this button to initiate clearing of + private data. The Clear Private Data dialog will open where you can revisit + your choices. + </li> + <li><strong>Always clear my private data when I close + &brandShortName;</strong>: Check this option to always initiate clearing + of the selected private data when the application is shut down.</li> + <li><strong>Clear these private data items</strong>: For each + <a href="#types_of_private_data">type of private data</a>, a separate + option is provided whether or not to clear any stored items of this + specific type. Check the respective box for each item to be deleted. The + choices are split between manually clearing via dialog and automatically + initiated when closing &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<!-- link up "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been taken care of --> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Also consider more selective alternatives to delete + private data. For example, the individual preference panels for each type may + provide additional options, and the Data Manager allows to clear private data + by type and the specific domain of a website. Rather than clearing all cookies + when shutting down &brandShortName;, you could specify to allow cookies for + sessions only, thus giving you the opportunity to establish exceptions for + selected websites for which you want to retain cookies.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Dialog</h2> + +<p>Private data can be cleared at any time, either from the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a> by clicking + the Clear Now button, or by selecting Clear Private Data from the Tools + menu of a browser window.</p> + + <p>In the dialog window you can confirm and change the + <a href="#types_of_private_data">types of private data</a> to be cleared + as follows: + <ul> + <li>Select the time range to clear if you don't want to clear all the + data. Only the following items honor this setting: + <ul> + <li>Browsing History</li> + <li>Download History</li> + <li>Cookies</li> + <li>Saved Form and Search History</li> + <li>Site Preferences.</li> + </ul> + All other items will always be fully cleared!</li> + <li>The defaults for the individual types are determined by the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a> in the + Clear Manually column.</li> + <li>Check or uncheck boxes as desired if you want to clear a different + set of private data.</li> + <li>Click <q>Clear Now</q> to clear the selected items, + or Cancel to quit the dialog.</li> + </ul> + </p> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing in a Private Window</h1> + +<p>There may be occasions where you don't want &brandShortName; to keep + track of your browsing activities. For example, when someone else quickly + wants to use your computer and you don't want your current browsing + context disturbed; or, for confidential tasks such as online banking.</p> + +<p>Opening a private window starts a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing">private browsing</a> session + in which no <a href="#types_of_private_data">private data</a> on the sites + and pages you visit are made available beyond the scope and duration of that + session. Each subsequently opened private window becomes part of the same + private session. It ends when the last private window is closed.</p> + +<p>Private windows are not entirely isolated from non-private windows; private + browsing just implies that &brandShortName; will not keep any local record + of your activities in such a window. Some private data may be shared between + private but not non-private windows and vice versa, others accessed in a + read-only mode from a private window.</p> + +<p>Note that <a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a> like plugins + and extensions may not be subjected to these policies and may change their + settings or modify their locally kept data even in a private window.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private + Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private + Browsing Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A browser window can be either in regular (non-private) or in private + browsing mode. It is not possible to switch a non-private browser window + into private mode, but you can open a new private window in two ways:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a browser window, open the File menu, choose New, then Private + Window. The new window opens with a page explaining that you are now in + private browsing mode.</li> + <li>Right-click on a link in a web page you are viewing, then select <q>Open + Link in Private Window</q> from the menu. The new private window will open, + showing the page referred to by the selected link.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Any number of private and non-private windows can be open at the same time, + but be aware in this case for which windows history information is kept.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A private window behaves differently than a non-private window in the way + it handles private data (see <a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of + Private Data</a> for detailed information of the individual categories). + Specifically, after closing a private session when closing the last private + window, no information related to that session will be retained in + &brandShortName;. Private data gathered in one private session won't + be available to any future private session either.</p> + +<h3>Recognizing a Private Window</h3> + +<p>To determine whether or not a window is in private browsing mode, have a + look at its title bar. Private windows show + <q>- <span class="noMac">&brandShortName; </span>Private Browsing</q> + <span class="noMac">rather than just <q>- &brandShortName;</q></span> + at the end of the window's title.</p> + +<h3>Navigation and Bookmarks</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Navigating within a private window is identical to a non-private + window. You can use the Back and Forward buttons as well as the Go + menu as usual.</li> + <li>Links will not be marked as visited when browsing in a private + window.</li> + <li>Bookmarks can be added in a private window in the same way as for a + non-private window. They will not be cleared once the private session + has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Browsing and other Histories</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Previously established Browsing History and Location Bar History will + be available to a private window, but new sites visited and locations + entered into the location bar will not be recorded and saved.</li> + <li>Files can be downloaded as usual, but no entries will be added to the + Download Manager. The downloaded files themselves will not be removed.</li> + <li>Saved Form and Search History will be available to a private window, + thus providing suggestions for form fields or searches. However, any + new items or search terms entered will not be recorded and saved.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cookies</h3> + +<ul> + <li>A private window can collect cookies from the sites it visits, but a + private window does not share cookies with a non-private window and vice + versa. For example, if you log into a website in a regular window, then + open a private window to continue, you likely will be asked to enter your + credentials again.</li> + <li>Cookies in a private session are accepted according to the settings, + but only retained for the duration of that session regardless of the + lifetime allowed in a non-private window.</li> + <li>Existing exceptions to the cookie policy will be honored in private + windows, and any new exceptions you create will be retained after the + private session has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cached and Offline Content</h3> + +<ul> + <li>While a private window can use the memory cache for performance, it is + not permitted to access the disk cache regardless of the settings for a + non-private window. Thus, no cached content will be available after + restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>A private window cannot use any stored offline content deposited by + websites. Thus, you will not be able to use web applications while being + offline, even if they have already stored offline content locally.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Passwords and Authenticated Sessions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>No new passwords will be stored in the Password Manager when entered + in a private window.</li> + <li>Authenticated sessions do not carry over from a non-private to a private + window. Thus, you cannot continue a session started in a non-private window + in a private window or vice versa.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Preferences and Permissions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Any changes to settings and permissions made from a private window are + handled in the same way as from a non-private window and retained after + the private session has ended.</li> + <li>Per-site preferences such as zoom levels or download locations are + observed in a private window. However, any changes you make will not be + retained, e.g., zoom levels revert to the initial value when navigating + or switching tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private Browsing + Mode</h2> + +<p>There is no special function or command to leave the private mode, + and it is not possible to continue working in non-private mode with + a private window.</p> + +<p>To end a private browsing session, just close all private windows. + There will be no record on &brandShortName;'s side on any browsing + activities performed in any of the associated private windows.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive + Information</h1> + +<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive + information is stored on your computer in a file that's difficult, but + not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p> + +<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have + access to it, it's possible for a determined person to read the file + containing your sensitive information.</p> + +<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with + encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to + view your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a + tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p> + +<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password, which can + be inconvenient. If you don't, it may be easier for a stranger who has + access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master + Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your + Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If + You Forget Your Master Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2> + +<p>To enable encryption of passwords you need to set a master password. If + your master password has not previously been set, you can set it at this + time:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on + how to improve password security, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>To change your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your current master password.</li> + <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master + Password</h2> + +<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each + &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive + information.</p> + +<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again + before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful + if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p> + +<p>To log out of your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li> + <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget + Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>If you forget your master password, you won't be able to access any of + the stored password it protects. Your master password is your most important + password. Make sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p> + +<p>As a last resort, it's possible to reset your master password if you + are sure you can't remember it. However, resetting your master password + permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by + Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</p> + +<p>Before taking this drastic step, read + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are sure you can't remember or retrieve your master password, + follow these instructions to reset it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li> + <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1> + +<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the + web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if + you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to + load.</p> + +<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation, + or turn off animation completely.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default + settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their + animation.</p> + +<h2 id="images">Privacy & Security Preferences - Images</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the + preference settings for images:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Images. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3> + +<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether or under what + conditions the &brandShortName; browser should display images:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not + want the &brandShortName; browser to display images.</li> + <li><strong>Only load images that come from the originating + server</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from + third-party websites.</li> + <li><strong>Load all images</strong>: Select this option if you want to + display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9689969fec --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1> + +<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click + topics in the left-hand sidebar</strong>.</p> + +<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see + <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p> + +<table width="100%" border="0"> + <tr valign="top"> + <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td> + <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td> + </tr> + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p> + + <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with + &brandShortName;.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p> + + <p>The oldest community website around, providing news flashes, polls, and + Web forums.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.troubleshootingURL">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p> + + <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p> + </td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/plugincheck/">Plugin Check</a></strong></p> + + <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine + Forums</a></strong></p> + + <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/community#groups">User + Newsgroups</a></strong></p> + + <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="ircs://libera.chat/SeaMonkey">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p> + <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5761be5082 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey "p"> + +<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey "F"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey "G"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2 "VK_F3"> + +<!ENTITY backButton.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "Go back one page"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Go forward one page"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Copy"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey "]"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "Home"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip "Go to the Help Start Page"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Print this page"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey "W"> + +<!ENTITY search.emptytext "Search"> +<!ENTITY searchHeader.label "Search results"> +<!ENTITY toctab.label "Contents"> +<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : +fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and +fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom. +If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them, +you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty. --> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 ""> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards --> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 ""> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 ""> + +<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey "k"> + +<!ENTITY zLevel.label "Always on Top"> +<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label "Zoom Out"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label "Zoom In"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..037bce2370 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +emptySearchText=No search items found. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28141f980a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title "Import Wizard"> + +<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label "Import All Items from:"> +<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label "Import Bookmarks from:"> + +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label "Thunderbird"> +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.label "File"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label "Don't import anything"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY importSource.title "Import Settings and Data"> +<!ENTITY importItems.title "Items to Import"> +<!ENTITY importItems.label "Select which items to import:"> + +<!ENTITY selectProfile.title "Select Profile"> +<!ENTITY selectProfile.label "The following profiles are available to import from:"> + +<!ENTITY migrating.title "Importing…"> +<!ENTITY migrating.label "The following items are currently being imported…"> + +<!ENTITY done.title "Import Complete"> +<!ENTITY done.label "The following items were successfully imported:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96079ba57 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# the following section is used in the first-time migration wizard +# new and scary, however if these strings are not present, we will simply +# skip this wizard page +homePageStartDefault=Default SeaMonkey Home Page +homePageStartCurrent=Current SeaMonkey Home Page +homePageImport=Import your home page from %S + +homePageMigrationPageTitle=Home Page Selection +homePageMigrationDescription=Please select the home page you wish to use: +# end safe-to-not-have section + +# note that the names of apps are in lower case to fit in with the +# protocol specifications. +sourceNamethunderbird=Thunderbird + +importedBookmarksFolder=From %S + +importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle=SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 or Mozilla 1.x + +# Import Sources +# These are the string names for the values given in nsISuiteProfileMigrator.idl +# _generic will apply to all import sources unless specifically overriden by another +# item. +# e.g. 1_ie=Internet Options will display "Internet Options" rather than "Preferences" when +# importing from Internet Explorer. +1_generic=Preferences + +2_generic=Cookies + +4_generic=Browsing History + +8_generic=Home Page + +16_generic=Saved Passwords + +32_generic=Bookmarks + +64_generic=Other Data + +128_generic=Account Settings + +256_generic=Address Books + +512_generic=Junk Mail Training + +1024_generic=Newsgroup Folders + +2048_generic=Mail Folders diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5812ef4bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY closeNotification.tooltip "Close this message"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeNotificationItem.label): This entity is used + to replace the Toolkit default closeNotificationItem.label ("Not Now") + which is ambiguous in some cases. Thus, make sure to select a phrase + that clearly relates to closing the current doorhanger. --> +<!ENTITY closeNotificationItem.label "Dismiss Notification"> + +<!ENTITY checkForUpdates "Check for updates…"> + +<!ENTITY learnMore "Learn more…"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bd57aacf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/notification.properties @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +crashedpluginsMessage.title=The %S plugin has crashed. +crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.label=Reload page +crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.accesskey=R +crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.label=Submit a crash report +crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.accesskey=S +crashedpluginsMessage.learnMore=Learn More… + +pluginInfo.unknownPlugin=Unknown + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (popupWarning.message): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is brandShortName and #2 is the number of popups blocked. +popupWarning.message=#1 prevented this website from opening a popup window.;#1 prevented this website from opening #2 popup windows. +popupWarningButton=Preferences +popupWarningButton.accesskey=P + +xpinstallHostNotAvailable=unknown host +xpinstallPromptWarning=%S prevented this website (%S) from asking you to install software on your computer. +xpinstallPromptInstallButton=Install Software… +xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey=I +xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked=Software installation has been disabled by your system administrator. +xpinstallDisabledMessage=Software installation is currently disabled. Click Enable and try again. +xpinstallDisabledButton=Enable +xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey=n + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonDownloading, addonDownloadCancelled): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals +# The number of add-ons is not itself substituted in the string. +addonDownloading=Add-on downloading:;Add-ons downloading: +addonDownloadCancelled=Add-on download cancelled.;Add-on downloads cancelled. +addonDownloadCancelButton=Cancel +addonDownloadCancelButton.accesskey=C +addonDownloadRestartButton=Restart +addonDownloadRestartButton.accesskey=R + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsInstalled, addonsInstalledNeedsRestart): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 first add-on's name, #2 number of add-ons, #3 application name +addonsInstalled=#1 has been installed successfully.;#2 add-ons have been installed successfully. +addonsInstalledNeedsRestart=#1 will be installed after you restart #3.;#2 add-ons will be installed after you restart #3. +addonInstallRestartButton=Restart Now +addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey=R +addonInstallManageButton=Open Add-ons Manager +addonInstallManageButton.accesskey=O + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonError-1, addonError-2, addonError-3, addonError-4, addonErrorIncompatible, addonErrorBlocklisted): +# #1 is the add-on name, #2 is the host name, #3 is the application name +# #4 is the application version +addonError-1=The add-on could not be downloaded because of a connection failure on #2. +addonError-2=The add-on from #2 could not be installed because it does not match the add-on #3 expected. +addonError-3=The add-on downloaded from #2 could not be installed because it appears to be corrupt. +addonError-4=#1 could not be installed because #3 cannot modify the needed file. +addonErrorBlocklisted=#1 could not be installed because it has a high risk of causing stability or security problems. +addonErrorIncompatible=#1 could not be installed because it is not compatible with #3 #4. + +# Light Weight Themes +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeInstallRequest.message): %S will be replaced with +# the host name of the site. +lwthemeInstallRequest.message=This site (%S) attempted to install a theme. Click Allow to proceed. +lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton=Allow +lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton.accesskey=A + +lwthemeInstallNotification.message=A new theme has been installed. +lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton=Undo +lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton.accesskey=n +lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton=Manage Themes… +lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton.accesskey=M + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeNeedsRestart.message): +# %S will be replaced with the new theme name. +lwthemeNeedsRestart.message=%S will be installed after you restart. +lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton=Restart Now +lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton.accesskey=R + +# Geolocation UI +geolocation.allowLocation=Allow Location Access +geolocation.allowLocation.accesskey=A +geolocation.dontAllowLocation=Don’t Allow +geolocation.dontAllowLocation.accesskey=N +geolocation.shareWithSite3=Will you allow %S to access your location? +geolocation.shareWithFile3=Will you allow this local file to access your location? +geolocation.remember=Remember for this website + +# Persistent storage UI +persistentStorage.allow=Allow +persistentStorage.allow.accesskey=A +persistentStorage.dontAllow=Don’t Allow +persistentStorage.dontAllow.accesskey=N +persistentStorage.allowWithSite=Will you allow %S to store data in persistent storage? +persistentStorage.remember=Remember this decision + +# Desktop Notifications +webNotifications.allow=Allow Notifications +webNotifications.allow.accesskey=A +webNotifications.notNow=Not Now +webNotifications.notNow.accesskey=o +webNotifications.never=Never Allow +webNotifications.never.accesskey=N +webNotifications.receiveFromSite2=Will you allow %S to send notifications? + +# IndexedDB +offlineApps.permissions=This website (%S) is asking to store data on your computer for offline use. +offlineApps.private=You are in a private window. This website (%S) has not been allowed to store data on your computer for offline use. +offlineApps.quota=This website (%1$S) is attempting to store more than %2$SMB of data on your computer for offline use. +offlineApps.always=Always Allow +offlineApps.always.accesskey=A +offlineApps.later=Not Now +offlineApps.later.accesskey=N +offlineApps.never=Never for This Site +offlineApps.never.accesskey=e + +# Block autorefresh +refreshBlocked.goButton=Allow +refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey=A +refreshBlocked.refreshLabel=%S prevented this page from automatically reloading. +refreshBlocked.redirectLabel=%S prevented this page from automatically redirecting to another page. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (updatePrompt.text) +# %S will be replaced with the application name. +updatePrompt.text=Your copy of %S is old and probably has known security flaws, but you have disabled automated update checks. Please update to a newer version. +updatePromptCheckButton.label=Check for Updates +updatePromptCheckButton.accesskey=C + +SecurityTitle=Security Warning +MixedContentMessage=You have requested an encrypted page that contains some unencrypted information. Information that you see or enter on this page could easily be read by a third party. +MixedActiveContentMessage=You have requested an encrypted page that contains insecure information. Information that you see or enter on this page could easily be read by a third party. +TrackingContentMessage=Parts of this page may be tracking your online activity. +MixedDisplayContentMessage=You have requested a page that is only partially encrypted and does not prevent eavesdropping. +BlockedActiveContentMessage=Insecure information on this page was blocked. +BlockedTrackingContentMessage=Parts of the page that track your online activity were blocked. +BlockedDisplayContentMessage=Unencrypted information on this page was blocked. +EnterInsecureMessage=You have left an encrypted page. Information you send or receive from now on could easily be read by a third party. +EnterSecureMessage=You have requested an encrypted page. The website has identified itself correctly, and information you see or enter on this page can't easily be read by a third party. +SecurityKeepBlocking.label=Keep Blocking +SecurityKeepBlocking.accesskey=K +SecurityUnblock.label=Unblock +SecurityUnblock.accesskey=U +SecurityPreferences.label=Preferences +SecurityPreferences.accesskey=P +PostToInsecureFromInsecureMessage=The information you have entered is to be sent over an unencrypted connection and could easily be read by a third party.\nAre you sure you want to continue sending this information? +PostToInsecureFromInsecureShowAgain=Alert me whenever I submit information that's not encrypted. +PostToInsecureContinue=Continue + +# Phishing/Malware Notification Bar. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notADeceptiveSite, notAnAttack) +# The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so +# it's okay for them to have the same access key. +safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.label=Get me out of here! +safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.accessKey=G +safebrowsing.deceptiveSite=Deceptive Site! +safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.label=This isn't a deceptive site… +safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.accessKey=d +safebrowsing.reportedAttackSite=Reported Attack Site! +safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.label=This isn't an attack site… +safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.accessKey=a +safebrowsing.reportedUnwantedSite=Reported Unwanted Software Site! diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9f329f186 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul --> + +<!ENTITY enter.label "Enter the web location (URL), or specify the local file you would like to open:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (enter.accesskey): should be present in both enter.label + as defined above and attachEnterLabel as defined in + openLocation.properties --> +<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newPrivate.label "New private window"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "New browser window"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "New browser tab"> +<!ENTITY currentTab.label "Current browser tab"> +<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "New Composer window"> +<!ENTITY open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY caption.label "Open Web Location"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Open in:"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab96c9df55 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/openLocation.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +attachTitle=Attach Web Page +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachEnterLabel): should contain "enter.accesskey" +# as defined in openLocation.dtd +attachEnterLabel=Enter the web location (URL), or specify the local file you would like to attach: +attachButtonLabel=Attach +chooseFileDialogTitle=Choose File +existingNavigatorWindow=Existing browser window diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93bf2348c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookiesonsystem.label "Stored Cookies"> +<!ENTITY tab.bannedservers.label "Cookie Websites"> +<!ENTITY div.bannedservers.label "Manage websites that can and cannot store cookies on your computer."> +<!ENTITY div.cookiesonsystem.label "View and remove cookies that are stored on your computer."> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiename.label "Cookie Name"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiedomain.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookieexpires.label "Expires"> +<!ENTITY treehead.infoselected.label "Information about the selected Cookie"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.label "Remove Cookie"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.label "Remove All Cookies"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Cookies"> +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY props.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY props.value.label "Content:"> +<!ENTITY props.domain.label "Host:"> +<!ENTITY props.path.label "Path:"> +<!ENTITY props.secure.label "Send For:"> +<!ENTITY props.expires.label "Expires:"> + +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY treehead.scheme.label "Scheme"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Cookie Manager"> + +<!ENTITY blockSite.label "Block"> +<!ENTITY blockSite.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.label "Allow"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.label "Session"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.label "Remove Website"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.label "Remove All Websites"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY futureCookies.label "Don't allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies"> +<!ENTITY futureCookies.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37db53c69e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# note this section of the code may require some tinkering in other languages =( +# format in dialog: site [can/cannot] set cookies +can=website can set cookies +cannot=website cannot set cookies +canSession=website can set session cookies +domain=Domain for which this cookie applies: +host=Server which set the cookie: +hostColon=Host: +domainColon=Domain: +forSecureOnly=Encrypted connections only +forAnyConnection=Any type of connection +expireAtEndOfSession=At end of session +allowedURLSchemes=Check the entered url. Also you can only add permissions for http or https schemes +errorAddPermission=Permission for site could not be added +deleteAllCookies=Are you sure you want to delete all the cookies? +deleteAllCookiesTitle=Remove All Cookies +deleteAllCookiesYes=&Remove +deleteAllCookiesSites=Are you sure you want to delete all of the cookie websites? +deleteAllSitesTitle=Remove All Websites +deleteAllSitesYes=&Remove +deleteSelectedCookies=Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookies? +deleteSelectedCookiesTitle=Remove Selected Cookies +deleteSelectedCookiesYes=&Remove +deleteSelectedCookiesSites=Are you sure you want to delete the selected cookie websites? +deleteSelectedSitesTitle=Remove Selected Websites +deleteSelectedSitesYes=&Remove diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..576cbd55ae --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Exceptions"> +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Website"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Remove Website"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY removeall.label "Remove All Websites"> +<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Address of website:"> +<!ENTITY address.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY block.label "Block"> +<!ENTITY block.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY session.label "Allow for Session"> +<!ENTITY session.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY allow.label "Allow"> +<!ENTITY allow.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8974f4d2b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +installpermissionstext=You can specify which websites are allowed to install extensions and updates. Type the exact address of the website you want to allow and then click Allow. +installpermissionstitle=Allowed Websites - Software Installation +installpermissionshelp=advanced_pref_installation +popuppermissionstext=You can specify which websites are allowed to open popup windows. Type the exact address of the website you want to allow and then click Allow. +popuppermissionstitle=Allowed Websites - Popups +popuppermissionshelp=pop_up_blocking +imagepermissionstext=You can specify which websites are allowed to load images. Type the exact address of the website you want to manage and then click Block or Allow. +imagepermissionstitle=Exceptions - Images +imagepermissionshelp=images-help-managing +offline-apppermissionstext=You can specify which websites are allowed to store data for offline use. Type the exact address of the website you want to manage and then click Block or Allow. +offline-apppermissionstitle=Offline Data +offline-apppermissionshelp=offline_apps + +can=Allow +canSession=Allow for Session +cannot=Block + +alertInvalidTitle=Invalid Website Entered +alertInvalid=The website %S is invalid. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f818f45bd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +dialogAcceptLabelAddItem=Add +dialogAcceptLabelSaveItem=Save +dialogAcceptLabelAddLivemark=Subscribe +dialogAcceptLabelAddMulti=Add Bookmarks +dialogAcceptLabelEdit=Save +dialogTitleAddBookmark=New Bookmark +dialogTitleAddLivemark=Subscribe with Live Bookmark +dialogTitleAddFolder=New Folder +dialogTitleAddMulti=New Bookmarks +dialogTitleEdit=Properties for “%S” + +bookmarkAllTabsDefault=[Folder Name] +newFolderDefault=New Folder +newBookmarkDefault=New Bookmark +newLivemarkDefault=New Live Bookmark diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d78c355c24 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.label "Feed Location:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.label "Site Location:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.folder.label "Folder:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.foldersExpanderDown.tooltip "Show all the bookmarks folders"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.expanderUp.tooltip "Hide"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.label "Tags:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsEmptyDesc.label "Separate tags with commas"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.label "Description:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.label "Keyword:"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsExpanderDown.tooltip "Show all tags"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.label "Load this bookmark in the sidebar"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.choose.label "Choose…"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.label "New Folder"> +<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7882d1a97 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (places.library.title): use "Library", "Archive" or "Repository" --> +<!ENTITY places.library.title "Library"> +<!ENTITY places.library.width "700"> +<!ENTITY places.library.height "500"> +<!ENTITY organize.label "Organize"> +<!ENTITY organize.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY organize.tooltip "Organize your bookmarks"> + +<!ENTITY file.close.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY file.close.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY cmd.close.key "w"> +<!ENTITY views.label "Views"> +<!ENTITY views.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY views.tooltip "Change your view"> +<!ENTITY view.columns.label "Show Columns"> +<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY view.sort.label "Sort"> +<!ENTITY view.sort.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label "Unsorted"> +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label "A > Z Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label "Z > A Sort Order"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey "Z"> + +<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.label "Import Bookmarks from HTML…"> +<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.label "Export Bookmarks to HTML…"> +<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.label "Import Data from Another Browser…"> +<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.backup.label "Backup…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.backup.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.label "Restore"> +<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.label "Forget About This Site"> +<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.label "Open in a New Window"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.label "Open in a New Private Window"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.label "Open in a New Tab"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.label "Open All in Tabs"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.label "Sort By Name"> +<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY cmd.context_sortby_name.accesskey "r"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.label "New Bookmark…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.label "New Folder…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY cmd.context_new_folder.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.label "New Separator"> +<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.label "Reload Live Bookmark"> +<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY col.name.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY col.tags.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY col.url.label "Location"> +<!ENTITY col.mostrecentvisit.label "Most Recent Visit"> +<!ENTITY col.visitcount.label "Visit Count"> +<!ENTITY col.description.label "Description"> +<!ENTITY col.dateadded.label "Added"> +<!ENTITY col.lastmodified.label "Last Modified"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.find.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.label "More"> +<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.label "Less"> +<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY detailsPane.selectAnItemText.description "Select an item to view and edit its properties"> + +<!ENTITY view.label "View"> +<!ENTITY view.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY byDate.label "By Date"> +<!ENTITY byDate.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY bySite.label "By Site"> +<!ENTITY bySite.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY byMostVisited.label "By Most Visited"> +<!ENTITY byMostVisited.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY byLastVisited.label "By Last Visited"> +<!ENTITY byLastVisited.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.label "By Date and Site"> +<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e84f61999 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/places/places.properties @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +load-js-data-url-error=For security reasons, javascript or data urls cannot be loaded from the history window or sidebar. +noTitle=(no title) + +bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder=(Empty) + +bookmarksBackupTitle=Bookmarks backup filename + +bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle=Revert Bookmarks +bookmarksRestoreAlert=This will replace all of your current bookmarks with the backup. Are you sure? +bookmarksRestoreTitle=Select a bookmarks backup +bookmarksRestoreFilterName=JSON + +bookmarksRestoreFormatError=Unsupported file type. +bookmarksRestoreParseError=Unable to process the backup file. + +bookmarksLivemarkLoading=Live Bookmark loading… +bookmarksLivemarkFailed=Live Bookmark feed failed to load. + +menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label=Open “%S” + +sortByName=Sort ‘%S’ by Name +sortByNameGeneric=Sort by Name +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (view.sortBy.1.name.label): sortBy properties are versioned. +# When any of these changes, all of the properties must be bumped, and the +# change must be annotated here. Both label and accesskey must be updated. +# - version 1: changed view.sortBy.1.date. +view.sortBy.1.name.label=Sort by Name +view.sortBy.1.name.accesskey=N +view.sortBy.1.url.label=Sort by Location +view.sortBy.1.url.accesskey=L +view.sortBy.1.date.label=Sort by Most Recent Visit +view.sortBy.1.date.accesskey=V +view.sortBy.1.visitCount.label=Sort by Visit Count +view.sortBy.1.visitCount.accesskey=C +view.sortBy.1.description.label=Sort by Description +view.sortBy.1.description.accesskey=D +view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.label=Sort by Added +view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.accesskey=e +view.sortBy.1.lastModified.label=Sort by Last Modified +view.sortBy.1.lastModified.accesskey=M +view.sortBy.1.tags.label=Sort by Tags +view.sortBy.1.tags.accesskey=T + +searchBookmarks=Search Bookmarks +searchHistory=Search History + +SelectImport=Import Bookmarks File +EnterExport=Export Bookmarks File + +detailsPane.noItems=No items +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (detailsPane.itemsCountLabel): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 number of items +# example: 111 items +detailsPane.itemsCountLabel=One item;#1 items + +mostVisitedTitle=Most Visited +recentlyBookmarkedTitle=Recently Bookmarked +recentTagsTitle=Recent Tags + +OrganizerQueryHistory=History +OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks=All Bookmarks +OrganizerQueryTags=Tags + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tagResultLabel, bookmarkResultLabel, switchtabResultLabel, +# keywordResultLabel, searchengineResultLabel) +# Noun used to describe the location bar autocomplete result type +# to users with screen readers +# See createResultLabel() in urlbarBindings.xml +tagResultLabel=Tag +bookmarkResultLabel=Bookmark +switchtabResultLabel=Tab +keywordResultLabel=Keyword +searchengineResultLabel=Search + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lockPrompt.text) +# %S will be replaced with the application name. +lockPrompt.text=The bookmarks and history system will not be functional because one of %S’s files is in use by another application. Some security software can cause this problem. +lockPromptInfoButton.label=Learn More +lockPromptInfoButton.accesskey=L + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey, +# cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same +# character, since they're never displayed at the same time +cmd.deleteSinglePage.label=Delete Page +cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey=D +cmd.deleteMultiplePages.label=Delete Pages +cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey=D + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey, +# cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same +# character, since they're never displayed at the same time +cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.label=Bookmark Page +cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey=B +cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.label=Bookmark Pages +cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey=B diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d412ff73b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Advanced' prefs settings --> +<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title "Advanced"> + +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption "System Integration"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label "Check default application settings on startup"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY defaultClientFor.description "Make &brandShortName; the default application for:"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultBrowser.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultBrowser.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultMail.label "Mail"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultMail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultNews.label "News"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultNews.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultFeed.label "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultFeed.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY useInternalSettings.description "Use &brandShortName; Mail & News when opening browser links for:"> +<!ENTITY useInternalMail.label "Mail (mailto:)"> +<!ENTITY useInternalMail.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY useInternalNews.label "News (news:, snews:, nntp:)"> +<!ENTITY useInternalNews.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY printing.label "Printing"> +<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.label "Use Native Print Dialog (where supported)"> +<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.label "Use Global Print Settings"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY crashReports.caption "Crash Reporter"> +<!ENTITY submitCrashes.label "Submit crash reports"> +<!ENTITY submitCrashes.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY devTools.caption "Developer Tools"> +<!ENTITY allowDebugger.label "Allow a debugger to connect to &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY allowDebugger.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.label "Allow connections from other computers"> +<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.label "Prompt for incoming connections"> +<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.label "Port number for connection:"> +<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.accesskey "r"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..515f88f0cc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Appearance"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;". + Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear +--> +<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label "When &brandShortName; starts up, open"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label "Show toolbars as"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label "Pictures and text"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label "Pictures only"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label "Text only"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label "Show Tooltips"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.label "Hide Toolbar Grippies"> +<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY pref.locales.title "User Interface Language"> +<!ENTITY selectLocale.label "Select the language for text that appears in dialog boxes, menus, toolbars and button labels:"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (dateTimeFormatting.label): labels/accesskeys for + radiobuttons are set dynamically from prefutilities.properties +--> +<!ENTITY dateTimeFormatting.label "Date and Time Formatting"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (restartOnLocaleChange.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;". + Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear +--> +<!ENTITY restartOnLocaleChange.label "Language and formatting preferences will take effect when you restart &brandShortName;."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86883d0e39 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY appManager.title "Application details"> +<!ENTITY appManager.style "width: 40ch; min-height: 20em;"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d35bd49f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +descriptionHandleProtocol=The following applications can be used to handle %S links +descriptionHandleWebFeeds=The following applications can be used to handle Web Feeds +descriptionHandleFile=The following applications can be used to handle %S content + +descriptionWebApp=This web application is hosted at: +descriptionLocalApp=This application is located at: diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0259d769e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Applications prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Helper Applications"> + +<!ENTITY typeColumn.label "Content Type"> +<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label "Action"> +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Search Types and Actions"> + +<!ENTITY useAppChooser.label "Use native application chooser when available"> +<!ENTITY useAppChooser.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48098c6bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#### Applications + +fileEnding=%S file +saveFile=Save File + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (useApp, useDefault): %S = Application name +useApp=Use %S +useDefault=Use %S (default) + +useOtherApp=Use other… +fpTitleChooseApp=Select Helper Application +manageApp=Application Details… +webFeed=Web Feed +videoPodcastFeed=Video Podcast +audioPodcastFeed=Podcast +alwaysAsk=Always ask + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (usePluginIn): +# %1$S = plugin name (for example "QuickTime Plugin-in 7.2") +# %2$S = brandShortName from brand.properties (for example "Minefield") +usePluginIn=Use %S (in %S) + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (previewInApp, addNewsBlogsInApp): %S = brandShortName +previewInApp=Preview in %S +addNewsBlogsInApp=Subscribe in %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (typeDescriptionWithType): +# %1$S = type description (for example "Portable Document Format") +# %2$S = type (for example "application/pdf") +typeDescriptionWithType=%S (%S) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..673ab038a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Cache prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.cache.title "Cache"> +<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption "Set Cache Options"> +<!ENTITY cachePara "The cache keeps copies of frequently visited web pages on your hard disk. (Clicking Reload always shows you the latest version of a page.)"> +<!ENTITY cacheCheck.label "Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache"> +<!ENTITY cacheCheck.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.label "Use up to"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY spaceMbytes "MB of disk space for the cache"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label "Cache Folder Location:"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label "Clear Cache"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label "Choose Folder…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation "Cache files will be stored in a subfolder named "Cache" of the directory you specify. Restart &brandShortName; for changes to take effect."> +<!ENTITY docCache.label "Compare the page in the cache to the page on the network:"> +<!ENTITY docCache.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY checkOncePerSession.label "Once per session"> +<!ENTITY checkEveryTime.label "Every time I view the page"> +<!ENTITY checkNever.label "Never"> +<!ENTITY checkAutomatically.label "When the page is out of date"> + +<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label "Link Prefetching"> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label "Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages designed for prefetching can load more quickly"> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY debugCache.label "Debugging"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.label "Enable Memory Cache"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.label "Enable Disk Cache"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3e2fccd3b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY managecerts.caption "Manage Certificates"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.text "Use the Certificate Manager to manage your personal certificates, as well as those of other people and certificate authorities."> +<!ENTITY managecerts.button "Manage Certificates…"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.caption "Manage Security Devices"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.text "Use this button to manage your security devices, such as smart cards."> +<!ENTITY managedevices.button "Manage Security Devices…"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY ssl.label "SSL"> + +<!ENTITY pref.certs.title "Certificates"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificates"> + +<!ENTITY validation.ocsp.caption "OCSP"> +<!ENTITY enableOCSP.label "Use the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) to confirm the current validity of certificates"> +<!ENTITY enableOCSP.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.description "When an OCSP server connection fails, treat the certificate as invalid"> +<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.accesskey "W"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e498b1a330 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Color management prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.colors.title "Colors"> +<!ENTITY color "Text and Background"> +<!ENTITY textColor.label "Text:"> +<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label "Use system colors"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label "Underline links"> +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY links "Link Colors"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.label "Unvisited Links:"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label "Active Links:"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label "Visited Links:"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey "V"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (someProvColors): This is the start of a sentence and will be followed by the following radio buttons. --> +<!ENTITY someProvColors "When a web page provides its own colors and background"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (alwaysUseDocColors.label): This is option one, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. --> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label "Always use the colors and background specified by the web page"> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "A"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ignoreDocColors.label): This is option two, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. --> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.label "Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background image specified"> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY automaticColors.label "Only ignore the page colors when using a High Contrast theme"> +<!ENTITY automaticColors.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49ef0a6e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.content.title "Content"> +<!ENTITY pref.content.description "These settings influence how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY scrolling.label "Scrolling"> +<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.label "Use autoscrolling"> +<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label "Use smooth scrolling"> +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey "U"> + +<!ENTITY zoomPrefs.label "Zoom options"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (minZoom.label, maxZoom.label, percent.label): + single hbox with minZoom.label preceding the minZoom control and + maxZoom.label preceding the maxZoom control; percent.label shows + the ASCII '%' character at the end of that string --> +<!ENTITY minZoom.label "Range from"> +<!ENTITY minZoom.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY maxZoom.label "to"> +<!ENTITY maxZoom.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY percent.label "%"> +<!ENTITY defaultZoom.label "Default zoom"> +<!ENTITY defaultZoom.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label "Zoom only text instead of full pages"> +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY siteSpecific.label "Remember zoom levels on per-site basis"> +<!ENTITY siteSpecific.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY showZoomStatusPanel.label "Show zoom controls in the status bar"> +<!ENTITY showZoomStatusPanel.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label "Resize large images to fit in the browser window"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.label "Use hardware acceleration when available"> +<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6dad7b5a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title "Cookies"> + +<!-- cookies --> + +<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label "Cookie Acceptance Policy"> + +<!ENTITY disableCookies.label "Block cookies"> +<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.label "Allow cookies for the originating website only (no third-party cookies)"> +<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.accesskey "o"> + +<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.label "Allow third-party cookies for previously visited websites only"> +<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.accesskey "v"> + +<!ENTITY accAllCookies.label "Allow all cookies"> +<!ENTITY accAllCookies.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label "Cookie Retention Policy"> + +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label "Accept cookies normally"> +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey "n"> + +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label "Accept for current session only"> +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label "Accept cookies for"> +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY days.label "days"> + +<!ENTITY manageCookies.label "Manage Cookies and Sites"> +<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Allows you to view and manage stored cookies and per-website settings for accepting and rejecting cookies. Per-website settings will override the settings above."> + +<!ENTITY viewCookies.label "Cookie Manager"> +<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d70bab5e8c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from pref-eventdebugging.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.debugging.title "Debugging"> + +<!-- Render Debugging --> +<!ENTITY debugRendering.label "Rendering"> +<!ENTITY debugXULBox.label "Debug XUL boxes"> +<!ENTITY debugXULBox.accesskey "X"> +<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.label "Disable XUL Cache"> +<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.accesskey "L"> + +<!-- Event Debugging --> +<!ENTITY debugEvents.label "Events"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.label "Paint Flashing (Caps-Lock toggles)"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashingChrome.label "Paint Flashing Chrome"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashingChrome.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintDumping.label "Paint Dumping"> +<!ENTITY debugPaintDumping.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY debugInvalidateDumping.label "Invalidate Dumping"> +<!ENTITY debugInvalidateDumping.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY debugEventDumping.label "Event Dumping"> +<!ENTITY debugEventDumping.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY debugMotionEventDumping.label "Motion Event Dumping"> +<!ENTITY debugMotionEventDumping.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY debugCrossingEventDumping.label "Crossing Event Dumping"> +<!ENTITY debugCrossingEventDumping.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- Reflow Event Debugging --> +<!ENTITY debugReflowEvents.label "Reflow Events"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowShowFrameCounts.label "Show frame counts"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowShowFrameCounts.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameCounts.label "Dump frame counts"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameCounts.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameByFrameCounts.label "Dump frame by frame counts"> +<!ENTITY debugReflowDumpFrameByFrameCounts.accesskey "u"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a9e545dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.download.title "Downloads"> + +<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label "When starting a download"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.label "Don't open anything"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label "Open a progress dialog"> +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openDM.label "Open the download manager"> +<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.label "Just flash the download manager if it is already open"> +<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.accesskey "f"> + +<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label "When saving a file"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.label "Save files to"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label "Choose Folder…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label "Always ask me where to save files"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label "When a download completes"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY playButton.label "Play"> +<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey "l"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc55b6f0bb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.findAsYouType.title "Find As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeBehavior.label "Find As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTip.label "Tip: To manually start Find As You Type, type / to find text or ' to find links, followed by the text you want to find."> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.label "Clear the current search after a few seconds of inactivity"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.label "Play a sound when typed text isn't found"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.label "Find automatically when typing within a web page:"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.label "Any text in the page"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.label "Links only"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.label "Show the find toolbar during find as you type"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnableTip.label "Note: Find as you type without showing the findbar does not allow international text entry."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54559aa41c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Fonts' prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.fonts.title "Fonts"> + +<!ENTITY language.label "Fonts for:"> +<!ENTITY language.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY typefaces.label "Typeface"> +<!ENTITY sizes.label "Size (pixels)"> + +<!ENTITY proportional.label "Proportional:"> +<!ENTITY proportional.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY serif.label "Serif:"> +<!ENTITY serif.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.label "Sans-serif:"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY monospace.label "Monospace:"> +<!ENTITY monospace.accesskey "M"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fantasy.label): 'Fantasy' means 'Ornate' --> +<!ENTITY fantasy.label "Fantasy:"> +<!ENTITY fantasy.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY cursive.label "Cursive:"> +<!ENTITY cursive.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (font.langGroup.latin) : + Translate "Latin" as the name of Latin (Roman) script, not as the name of + the Latin language. --> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.latin "Latin"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.japanese "Japanese"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese "Traditional Chinese(Taiwan)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.simpl-chinese "Simplified Chinese"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk "Traditional Chinese(Hong Kong)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.korean "Korean"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.cyrillic "Cyrillic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.el "Greek"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.thai "Thai"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.hebrew "Hebrew"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.arabic "Arabic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.devanagari "Devanagari"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.tamil "Tamil"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.armenian "Armenian"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.bengali "Bengali"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.canadian "Unified Canadian Syllabary"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.ethiopic "Ethiopic"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.georgian "Georgian"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gujarati "Gujarati"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gurmukhi "Gurmukhi"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.khmer "Khmer"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.malayalam "Malayalam"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.math "Mathematics"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.odia "Odia"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.telugu "Telugu"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.kannada "Kannada"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.sinhala "Sinhala"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.tibetan "Tibetan"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.other "Other Writing Systems"> +<!-- Minimum font size --> +<!ENTITY minSize.label "Minimum font size:"> +<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY minSize.none "None"> + +<!-- default font type --> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSerif.label "Serif"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSansSerif.label "Sans Serif"> + +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.label "Allow documents to use other fonts"> +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.accesskey "o"> + +<!-- leaving this stuff in for now --> + +<!ENTITY header2 "When a webpage chooses its own fonts"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.label "Use my default fonts, ignoring the fonts the page has chosen"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f0a64adbf --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.title "History"> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.caption "Browsing History"> +<!ENTITY historyPages.label "History is a list of previously visited pages."> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.label "Remember visited pages"> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.label "Clear History"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY locationBarHistory.caption "Location Bar History"> +<!ENTITY urlBarHistoryEnabled.caption "Enable Location Bar history"> +<!ENTITY urlBarHistoryEnabled.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBar.label "Clear the list of websites stored in the location bar menu."> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.label "Clear Location Bar"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY formfillHistory.caption "Form and Search History"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.label "Enable form and search history"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.label "Remember form and search history for up to"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY formfillDays.label "days"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..530c81f913 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.http.title "HTTP Networking"> + +<!-- Network--> +<!ENTITY prefDirect.label "Direct Connection Options"> +<!ENTITY prefProxy.label "Proxy Connection Options"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label "Use HTTP 1.0"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label "Use HTTP 1.1"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY prefPara "HTTP connections may be fine-tuned using these options to enhance either performance or compatibility. Some proxy servers, for example, are known to require HTTP/1.0 (see the release notes for details)."> +<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label "User Agent String"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.label "Identify as Firefox"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.label "Identify as SeaMonkey"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.label "Identify as SeaMonkey and advertise Firefox compatibility"> +<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY prefCompatWarning2.desc "WARNING: changing this setting may result in websites or services not working properly."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26b9b15331 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.images.title "Images"> + +<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label "Image Acceptance Policy"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;". + Place "&brandShortName;" in the phrase where the name of the application should + appear +--> +<!ENTITY imageDetails "Specify how &brandShortName; handles images."> + +<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.label "Load all images"> +<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.label "Only load images that come from the originating server"> +<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.label "Do not load any images"> +<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label "Manage Permissions"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1989cdb69b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Keyboard Navigation"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Tab Key Navigation"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Links"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection lists"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "Note: text boxes and scrollable regions are always part of the tabbing order."> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "When Tab or Shift+Tab is pressed, move between:"> +<!ENTITY accessibilityBrowseWithCaret.label "Browse With Caret"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretDesc.label "Caret browsing enables you to navigate and select within pages using the cursor keys to move a visible caret."> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.label "Use caret browsing"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.label "Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.label "Warn me before turning on caret browsing"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY modifiers.label "Modifiers"> +<!ENTITY acceleratorKey.label "Accelerator key:"> +<!ENTITY acceleratorKey.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY menuAccessKey.label "Menu access key:"> +<!ENTITY menuAccessKey.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY modifiersDesc.label "Note: A value of zero disables a modifier key."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9e425c797 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog --> + +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript "Web pages are sometimes available in more than one language. Choose languages for displaying web pages, in order of preference."> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.title "Languages"> +<!ENTITY langtitle.label "Languages for Web Pages"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript "Select the language(s) you would like to add."> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label "Add Languages"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label "Languages:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label "Languages in order of preference:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label "Others:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.grouplabel "Text Encoding for Legacy Content"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.label "Fallback Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.desc "Used for legacy content that fails to declare its encoding."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE Character Encoding Preferences Dialog: Do NOT localize the terms "en-bz, ar-jo" --> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples "e.g.: en-bz, ar-jo"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a77e020f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +illegalOtherLanguage=The following entries were not valid language codes: +illegalOtherLanguageTitle=Invalid language code(s) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations with +# and without the region. +# e.g. languageRegionCodeFormat : "French/Canada [fr-ca]" languageCodeFormat : "French [fr]" +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name, %3$S = language-region code +languageRegionCodeFormat=%1$S/%2$S [%3$S] +# %1$S = language name, %2$S = language-region code +languageCodeFormat=%1$S [%2$S] diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97c3bc097d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Link Behavior"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Link open behavior"> +<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Open links meant to open a new window in:"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRestriction.label "When scripts want to open a new window:"> +<!ENTITY external.label "Links from other applications"> +<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Open links passed from other applications in:"> + +<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "The current tab/window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "u"> + +<!ENTITY openTab.label "A new tab in the current window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "a"> + +<!ENTITY openWindow.label "A new window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "o"> + +<!ENTITY divertAll.label "Always divert windows into tabs"> +<!ENTITY divertAll.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.label "Don't divert custom windows into tabs"> +<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY dontDivert.label "Always open new windows"> +<!ENTITY dontDivert.accesskey "n"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6049d17a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Location Bar prefs panel --> +<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title "Location Bar"> + +<!ENTITY autoComplete.label "Autocomplete"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.label "Automatically suggest websites from History"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.label "Automatically suggest websites from Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label "Automatically prefill the best match"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label "Show list of matching results"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label "Match only websites you've typed previously"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey "o"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoCompleteMatch.label): This is the common leading + part of the menulist items listed below, mainly to make the control available + via the accesskey +--> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label "Match"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere "Anywhere in the location or title"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst "Anywhere but preferring word boundaries"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords "Only on word boundaries"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart "Only at the beginning of the location or title"> +<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.label "Show default Internet search engine"> +<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY formatting.label "Formatting"> +<!ENTITY domainFormatting.label "Highlight the effective domain for websites and FTP servers"> +<!ENTITY domainFormatting.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY highlightSecure.label "Highlight web pages with a high level of connection security"> +<!ENTITY highlightSecure.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label "Unknown Locations"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label "Add "www." and ".com" to the location if a web page is not found"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY keywords.label "Perform a web search when entered text is not a web location"> +<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d2e30a3aca --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY changepassword.caption "Change Master Password"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.text "Your master password protects sensitive information such as web passwords and certificates."> +<!ENTITY changepassword.button "Change Password…"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY resetpassword.caption "Reset Master Password"> +<!ENTITY resetpassword.text "If you reset your master password, all of your stored web and e-mail passwords, form data, personal certificates, and private keys will be lost."> +<!ENTITY resetpassword2.button "Reset Password"> +<!ENTITY resetpassword2.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6099e951fe --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-media.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Media management prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.media.title "Media"> +<!ENTITY mediaHTML5Preferences.label "Audio/Video"> +<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.label "Enable Autoplay of HTML5 media content"> +<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY enableDrmMedia.label "Enable Digital Rights Management for"> +<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.label "Third-party Content Decryption Modules"> +<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY animLoopingTitle.label "Animated images should loop"> +<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.label "As many times as the image specifies"> +<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.label "Once"> +<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY animLoopNever.label "Never"> +<!ENTITY animLoopNever.accesskey "v"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0117a178bd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title "Mouse Wheel"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label "Specify mouse wheel behavior when used with this modifier key: "> +<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label "No modifier key"> +<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs --> +<!ENTITY usingWheelAndAlt.label2 "Alt"> +<!ENTITY usingWheelAndOption.label "Option"> +<!ENTITY usingWheelAndCtrl.label2 "Ctrl"> +<!ENTITY usingWheelAndShft.label2 "Shift"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelGroup.label "Vertical scrolling"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelHorizGroup.label "Horizontal scrolling"> +<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.label "Same as vertical scrolling"> +<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.label "Do nothing"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY doNothingHoriz.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocument.label "Scroll the document"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocument.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocumentHoriz.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY history.label "Move back and forward in the browsing history"> +<!ENTITY history.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY zoom.label "Zoom the page in or out"> +<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.label "Mouse wheel speed:"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeedHoriz.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirection.label "Reverse direction"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirection.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirectionHoriz.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3efd71cf55 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title "Browser"> + +<!ENTITY navRadio.label "Display on"> +<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label "Browser Startup"> +<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label "New Window"> +<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label "New Tab"> + +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label "Blank page"> +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label "Home page"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label "Last page visited"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label "Restore Previous Session"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY restoreSessionIntro.label "When restoring sessions and windows"> +<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.label "Restore all tabs immediately"> +<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.accesskey "e"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (restoreTabs.label): This will concatenate to + "Restore [___] tab(s) at a time", + using (restoreTabs.label) and a number (restoreTabsAtATime.label). --> +<!ENTITY restoreTabs.label "Restore"> +<!ENTITY restoreTabs.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY restoreTabsAtATime.label "tab(s) at a time"> +<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.label "Only restore tabs when I need them"> +<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY siteIcons.label "Website icons"> +<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.label "Show website icons"> +<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY useFavIcons.label "Try to use the server's favicon when the page doesn't define an icon"> +<!ENTITY useFavIcons.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label "Clicking the Home button takes you to this group of pages:"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.label "Use Current Page"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label "Use Current Group"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Restore Default"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca5b5e27e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!-- extracted from content/pref-offlineapps.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Offline Apps prefs dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.offlineapps.title "Offline Web Applications"> +<!ENTITY pref.offlineCache.caption "Offline Web Content and User Data"> + +<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.label "Clear"> +<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.label "Allow all websites to store data for offline use"> +<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.label "Only allow websites with explicit permissions"> +<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.label "Notify me when websites want to store data for offline use"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.label "Manage Permissions"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY offlineAppsUsage.label "The following websites are using offline storage:"> +<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.label "Clear Data…"> +<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9b2641f13 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.passwords.title "Passwords"> + +<!ENTITY signonHeader.caption "Password Manager"> +<!ENTITY signonDescription.label "Password Manager stores your login information for password-protected websites, mail servers, and news servers, and enters the information automatically when needed."> + +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.label "Remember passwords"> +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.label "Manage Stored Passwords"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0119de22e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.title "Popup Windows"> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption "Popup Windows"> + +<!ENTITY popupBlock.label "Block unrequested popup windows"> +<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label "Manage Permissions"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY whenBlock.description "When a popup window has been blocked:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.label "System beep"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY customSound.label "Custom sound file"> +<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY selectSound.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY playSoundButton.label "Play"> +<!ENTITY playSoundButton.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY displayIcon.label "Display an icon in the browser status bar"> +<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY displayNotification.label "Display a notification bar at the top of the content area"> +<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY popupNote.description "Note: Blocking all popups may prevent important features of some websites from working, such as login windows for banks and shopping websites. For details of how to allow specific websites to use popups while blocking all others, click Help. Even if blocked, websites may use other methods to show popups."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..326ba999ad --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Private Data' prefs settings + These entities go on top of the sanitize.dtd definitions +--> +<!ENTITY pref.privatedata.title "Private Data"> + +<!ENTITY clearPrivateData.label "Clear Private Data"> + +<!ENTITY alwaysClear.label "Always clear my private data when I close &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY alwaysClear.accesskey "w"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : The askBeforeClear label is + no longer used but we might bring it back later +--> +<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.label "Ask me before clearing private data"> + +<!ENTITY clearDataSettings.label "When I ask &brandShortName; to clear my private data, it should erase:"> + +<!ENTITY clearData.label "Clear these private data items:"> +<!ENTITY clearData.cpd.label "Manually"> +<!ENTITY clearData.onShutdown.label "When closing"> + + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (clearDataDialog.label, clearDataSilent.label, clearDataDialog.accesskey): + The only difference bettween the two labels is that one calls a dialog, the other doesn't. + The same accesskey is used for both labels. +--> +<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.label "Clear Now…"> +<!ENTITY clearDataSilent.label "Clear Now"> +<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.accesskey "N"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..319aacb255 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Advanced Proxy Preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.advanced.title "Advanced Proxy Preferences"> +<!ENTITY protocols.caption "Protocol-Specific Proxies"> +<!ENTITY protocols.description "Normally the same proxy can handle all protocols listed here."> +<!ENTITY http.label "HTTP Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY ssl.label "SSL Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY ssl.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY ftp.label "FTP Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY ftp.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.label "Use HTTP Proxy settings for all protocols"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY SSLPort.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY FTPPort.accesskey "r"> + +<!ENTITY socks.caption "Generic Proxy"> +<!ENTITY socks.description "A SOCKS proxy is a generic proxy sometimes used in corporate or similar environments."> +<!ENTITY socks.label "SOCKS Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY socks.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY socks4.label "SOCKS v4"> +<!ENTITY socks4.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY socks5.label "SOCKS v5"> +<!ENTITY socks5.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.label "Use for resolving hostnames (recommended for SOCKS v5)"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY SOCKSport.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01baaefd77 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Proxies preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.title "Proxies"> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.desc "A Proxy is a network service that can filter and speed up your Internet connection."> +<!ENTITY proxyTitle.label "Configure Proxies to Access the Internet"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.label "Direct connection to the Internet"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.label "Use system proxy settings"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.label "Manual proxy configuration:"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.label "Automatically discover the proxy configuration"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.label "Automatic proxy configuration URL:"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY reload.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reload.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY http.label "Proxy:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY advanced.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY advanced.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.label "No Proxy for:"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY noproxyExplain.label "Example: .mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0a4bfd4db --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Scripts' preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.scripts2.title "Scripts"> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey "B"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (enableJavaScript.label): 'JavaScript' should never be translated --> +<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label "Enable JavaScript for"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.label "Allow scripts to:"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label "Move or resize existing windows"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label "Raise or lower windows"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label "Change status bar text"> +<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label "Disable or replace context menus"> +<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label "Hide the status bar"> + +<!ENTITY debugging.label "JavaScript Debugging"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableDump.label "Enable JavaScript dump() output"> +<!ENTITY debugEnableDump.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY debugStrictJavascript.label "Show strict JavaScript warnings"> +<!ENTITY debugStrictJavascript.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY debugConsoleJavascript.label "Show chrome JavaScript errors and warnings"> +<!ENTITY debugConsoleJavascript.accesskey "c"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5376bb7425 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog --> + +<!ENTITY pref.search.title "Internet Search"> +<!ENTITY legendHeader "Default Search Engine"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label "Search using:"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY engineManager.label "Manage Search Engines…"> + +<!ENTITY searchResults.label "Search Results"> + +<!ENTITY openInTab.label "Open new tabs for sidebar search results"> +<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.label "Open a tab instead of a window for a context menu web search"> +<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54afc7df6d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Privacy and Security' prefs settings --> +<!ENTITY pref.security.title "Privacy & Security"> + +<!ENTITY tracking.label "User Tracking"> +<!ENTITY trackingIntro.label "Websites may track how you use them, thus affecting your privacy."> + +<!ENTITY doNotTrack.label "Tell websites that I do not want to be tracked"> +<!ENTITY doNotTrack.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY trackProtect.label "Prevent tracking activities by known sites"> +<!ENTITY trackProtect.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.label "Warn me when known tracking activities were detected"> +<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY geoLocation.label "Location Aware Browsing"> +<!ENTITY geoIntro.label "Websites may request more information about your current location."> + +<!ENTITY geoEnabled.label "Prompt me for permission if a request is made"> +<!ENTITY geoEnabled.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY geoDisabled.label "Disable this feature and deny all requests"> +<!ENTITY geoDisabled.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (safeBrowsing.label, blockWebForgeries.label, blockAttackSites.label): + The methods by which forged (phished) and attack sites will be detected by + phishing providers will vary from human review to machine-based heuristics + to a combination of both, so it's important that these strings convey the + meaning "reported" (and not something like "known"). +--> +<!ENTITY safeBrowsing.label "Safe Browsing"> +<!ENTITY safeBrowsingIntro.label "&brandShortName; can block websites reported to contain malicious content."> + +<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.label "Block reported attack sites (malware, viruses)"> +<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.label "Block reported web forgeries (Phishing)"> +<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.label "Warn me when websites try to redirect or reload the page"> +<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.accesskey "a"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22845003cb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE UI for Software Updates prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title "Software Installation"> +<!ENTITY addOnsTitle.label "Add-ons"> +<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.label "Allow websites to install add-ons and updates"> +<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY allowedSitesLink.label "Allowed Websites"> +<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.label "Automatically check for updates"> +<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY daily.label "daily"> +<!ENTITY addOnsDaily.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY weekly.label "weekly"> +<!ENTITY addOnsWeekly.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.label "Automatically download and install the updates"> +<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.label "Personalize add-on recommendations"> +<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY addonManagerLink.label "Manage Add-ons"> + +<!ENTITY appUpdates.caption "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.label "Automatically check for updates"> +<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.label "Automatically download and install the update"> +<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.label "Show Update History…"> +<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.accesskey "S"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b704cc025 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file, + - You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY prefSpelling.title "Spelling"> +<!ENTITY generalSpelling.label "General"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.label "When typing, check my spelling:"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY dontCheckSpelling.label "Never"> +<!ENTITY multilineCheckSpelling.label "In multiline boxes"> +<!ENTITY alwaysCheckSpelling.label "All boxes"> +<!ENTITY spellForMailAndNews.label "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.label "Check spelling before sending"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.label "Check spelling as you type"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "Language:"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "Download more dictionaries…"> +<!ENTITY noSpellCheckAvailable.label "No dictionaries available."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..86bcee2044 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY SSLTLSProtocolVersions.caption "SSL/TLS Protocol Versions"> +<!ENTITY SSLTLSWarnings.caption "SSL/TLS Warnings"> +<!ENTITY SSLMixedContent.caption "Mixed Content"> +<!ENTITY SSLClientAuthMethod.caption "Client Certificate Selection"> + +<!ENTITY pref.ssltls.title "Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS)"> +<!ENTITY limit.description "You can restrict which encryption protocols to use for secure connections. Choose a single version or a contiguous range of versions."> +<!ENTITY limit.enable.label "Enable:"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls10.label "TLS 1.0"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls10.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls11.label "TLS 1.1"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls11.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls12.label "TLS 1.2"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls12.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls13.label "TLS 1.3"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls13.accesskey "3"> + +<!ENTITY warn.description2 "&brandShortName; can alert you to the security status of the web page you are viewing. Set &brandShortName; to show a warning when:"> +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure "Loading a page that supports encryption"> +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost "Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted page"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure "Leaving a page that supports encryption"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey "a"> + +<!ENTITY mixed.description "Encrypted pages may contain unencrypted content that is vulnerable to eavesdropping or forgery. &brandShortName; can detect and block it:"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent "Warn me when encrypted pages contain insecure content"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY block.activecontent "Don't load insecure content on encrypted pages"> +<!ENTITY block.activecontent.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent "Warn me when encrypted pages contain other types of mixed content"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY block.displaycontent "Don't load other types of mixed content on encrypted pages"> +<!ENTITY block.displaycontent.accesskey "m"> + +<!ENTITY certselect.description "Decide how &brandShortName; selects a security certificate to present to websites that require one:"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto "Select Automatically"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask "Ask Every Time"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10605f1894 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- The page shown when not logged in... --> +<!ENTITY setupButton.label "Set Up &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> +<!ENTITY setupButton.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY weaveDesc.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; lets you access your history, bookmarks, passwords and open tabs across all your devices."> + +<!-- The page shown when logged in... --> +<!ENTITY accountGroupboxCaption.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; Account"> +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Account Name:"> + +<!-- Login error feedback --> +<!ENTITY updatePass.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY updatePass.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY resetPass.label "Reset"> +<!ENTITY resetPass.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- Manage Account --> +<!ENTITY manageAccount.label "Manage Account"> +<!ENTITY manageAccount.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY viewQuota.label "View Quota"> +<!ENTITY viewQuota.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY changePassword.label "Change Password"> +<!ENTITY changePassword.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.label "My Recovery Key"> +<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY resetSync.label "Reset Sync"> +<!ENTITY resetSync.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.label "Unlink This Device"> +<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.label "Add a Device"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- Sync Settings --> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label "Computer Name:"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY syncMy2.label "Sync My:"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.label "Add-ons"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label "Tabs"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.label "History"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey "P"> + +<!-- Footer stuff --> +<!ENTITY prefs.tosLink.label "Terms of Service"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ppLink.label "Privacy Policy"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..081b9fdd52 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Tabbed Browsing"> + +<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Tab Display"> +<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open"> +<!ENTITY autoHide.accesskey2 "e"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Switch to new tabs opened from links"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY diverted.label "Switch to new tabs opened from diverted links"> +<!ENTITY diverted.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY browserFocus.label "Focus browser window for links opened in tabs from other applications"> +<!ENTITY browserFocus.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Open related tabs after current tab"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Open tabs instead of windows for"> +<!ENTITY middleClick.label "Middle-click, Ctrl+click or Ctrl+Enter on links in a Web page"> +<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY middleClickMac.label "Middle-click, ⌘+click or ⌘+Return on links in a Web page"> +<!ENTITY middleClickMac.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY urlbar.label "Ctrl+Enter in the Location bar"> +<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY urlbarMac.label "⌘+Return in the Location bar"> +<!ENTITY urlbarMac.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY openManagers.label "Open in a new tab instead of a stand-alone window"> +<!ENTITY openDataManager.label "Data Manager"> +<!ENTITY openDataManager.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.label "Add-ons Manager"> +<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.accesskey "n"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a97c8a1b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowClose.key "w"> +<!ENTITY preferencesDefaultTitleMac.title "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY preferencesDefaultTitleWin.title "Options"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCloseButton.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCloseButton.accesskey "C"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (.label): Preferences categories that appear on the left of the preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY prefWindow.size "width: 102ch; height: 44em;"> +<!ENTITY prefWindowMac2.size "width: 70em; height: 41em;"> +<!ENTITY prefWindowWin2.size "width: 125ch; height: 44em;"> +<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Category"> + +<!ENTITY appear.label "Appearance"> +<!ENTITY content.label "Content"> +<!ENTITY fonts.label "Fonts"> +<!ENTITY colors.label "Colors"> +<!ENTITY media.label "Media"> +<!ENTITY spellingPane.label "Spelling"> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY history.label "History"> +<!ENTITY languages.label "Languages"> +<!ENTITY applications.label "Helper Applications"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Location Bar"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Internet Search"> +<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Tabbed Browsing"> +<!ENTITY links.label "Link Behavior"> +<!ENTITY download.label "Downloads"> + +<!ENTITY security.label "Privacy & Security"> +<!ENTITY privatedata.label "Private Data"> +<!ENTITY cookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY images.label "Images"> +<!ENTITY popups.label "Popup Windows"> +<!ENTITY passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY ssltls.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificates"> + +<!ENTITY sync.label "Sync"> + +<!ENTITY advance.label "Advanced"> +<!ENTITY scriptsAndWindows2.label "Scripts"> +<!ENTITY keynav.label "Keyboard Navigation"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouType.label "Find As You Type"> +<!ENTITY cache.label "Cache"> +<!ENTITY offlineApps.label "Offline Apps"> +<!ENTITY proxies.label "Proxies"> +<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "HTTP Networking"> +<!ENTITY smart.label "Software Installation"> +<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Mouse Wheel"> +<!ENTITY debugging.label "Debugging"> + +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..132bc21296 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.auto "Default for Current Locale"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.arabic): + Translate "Arabic" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.arabic "Arabic"> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.baltic "Baltic"> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.ceiso "Central European, ISO"> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cewindows "Central European, Microsoft"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.simplified): + Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.simplified "Chinese, Simplified"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.traditional): + Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.traditional "Chinese, Traditional"> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cyrillic "Cyrillic"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.greek): + Translate "Greek" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.greek "Greek"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.hebrew): + Translate "Hebrew" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.hebrew "Hebrew"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.japanese): + Translate "Japanese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.japanese "Japanese"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.korean): + Translate "Korean" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.korean "Korean"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.thai): + Translate "Thai" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.thai "Thai"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.turkish): + Translate "Turkish" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.turkish "Turkish"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.unicode): + Only used for mail and news default text encoding and not for browser locale fallback. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.unicode "Unicode (UTF-8)"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.vietnamese): + Translate "Vietnamese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. --> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.vietnamese "Vietnamese"> +<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.other "Other (including Western European)"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33db13337b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +cachefolder=Choose Cache Folder +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (%1$S) is the size and (%2$S) is the unit of disk space. +cacheSizeInfo=Your cache is currently using %1$S %2$S of disk space. + +# Offline apps +offlineAppSizeInfo=Your offline storage currently uses %1$S %2$S of disk space. +offlineAppRemoveTitle=Remove offline website data +offlineAppRemovePrompt=After removing this data, %S will not be available offline. Are you sure you want to remove this offline website? +offlineAppRemoveConfirm=Remove offline data + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the disk usage of the +# offline application +# e.g. offlineAppUsage : "50.23 MB" +# %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...) +# %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...) +offlineAppUsage=%1$S %2$S + +choosehomepage=Choose Home Page +downloadfolder=Choose a Download Folder +desktopFolderName=Desktop +downloadsFolderName=Downloads +choosesound=Choose a sound + +SoundFiles=Sounds + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (labelDefaultFont2): %S = font name +labelDefaultFont2=Default (%S) +labelDefaultFontUnnamed=Default + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (appLocale.label): %S = Name of the application locale, +# e.g. English (United States) +appLocale.label=Application locale: %S +appLocale.accesskey=n +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (rsLocale.label): %S = Name of the locale chosen in regional settings, +# e.g. German (Germany) +rsLocale.label=Regional settings locale: %S +rsLocale.accesskey=R + +syncUnlink.title=Do you want to unlink your device? +syncUnlink.label=This device will no longer be associated with your Sync account. All of your personal data, both on this device and in your Sync account, will remain intact. +syncUnlinkConfirm.label=Unlink diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea64d4147a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY print.label "Print…"> +<!ENTITY print.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.label "Page Setup…"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY page.label "Page:"> +<!ENTITY page.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY of.label "of"> +<!ENTITY scale.label "Scale:"> +<!ENTITY scale.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY portrait.label "Portrait"> +<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY landscape.label "Landscape"> +<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY close.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY close.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY p30.label "30%"> +<!ENTITY p40.label "40%"> +<!ENTITY p50.label "50%"> +<!ENTITY p60.label "60%"> +<!ENTITY p70.label "70%"> +<!ENTITY p80.label "80%"> +<!ENTITY p90.label "90%"> +<!ENTITY p100.label "100%"> +<!ENTITY p125.label "125%"> +<!ENTITY p150.label "150%"> +<!ENTITY p175.label "175%"> +<!ENTITY p200.label "200%"> +<!ENTITY Custom.label "Custom…"> +<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label "Shrink To Fit"> +<!ENTITY customPrompt.title "Custom Scale…"> + +<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip "First page"> +<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip "Last page"> +<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip "Next page"> +<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip "Previous page"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..147d8266a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- --> +<!-- + + This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Select User Profile"> +<!ENTITY profileManager.title "&brandShortName; Profile Manager"> + +<!ENTITY manage.label "Manage Profiles…"> +<!ENTITY manage.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY select.label "Use Profile"> + +<!ENTITY availableProfiles.label "Available Profiles"> + +<!ENTITY introStart.label "To access your personal profile, which contains your stored messages, settings and other personalized information, please choose your profile from the list, and click &start.label; to begin your session."> +<!ENTITY introSwitch.label "To switch to another profile, which contains stored messages, settings and other personalized information, please choose that profile from the list, and click &select.label; to begin using that profile."> +<!ENTITY profileManagerText.label "&brandShortName; stores information about your settings, preferences, bookmarks, stored messages and other user items in your user profile."> + +<!ENTITY autoSelect.label "Default to this profile"> +<!ENTITY autoSelect.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY start.label "Start &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY exit.label "Exit"> + +<!ENTITY newButton.label "Create Profile…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY renameButton.label "Rename Profile…"> +<!ENTITY renameButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete Profile…"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY offlineState.label "Work offline"> +<!ENTITY offlineState.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b5ad1a8a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +deleteLocked=%S cannot delete the profile "%S" because it is in use. +deleteProfile=Deleting a profile will remove the profile from the list of available profiles and cannot be undone.\n\nYou may also choose to delete the profile data files, including your saved mail, settings, and certificates. This option will delete the folder "%S" and cannot be undone.\n\nWould you like to delete the profile data files?\n\n + +manageTitle=Manage User Profiles +selectTitle=Select User Profile + +dirLocked=%S cannot use the profile "%S". It may be in use, unavailable or damaged.\n\nPlease choose another profile or create a new one. + +renameProfileTitle=Rename Profile +renameProfilePrompt=Rename the profile "%S" to: +profileNameInvalidTitle=Invalid profile name +profileNameEmpty=An empty profile name is not allowed. +invalidChar=The character "%S" is not allowed in profile names. Please choose a different name. +deleteTitle=Delete Profile +deleteFiles=Delete Files +dontDeleteFiles=Don't Delete Files +profileExists=A profile with this name already exists. Please choose another name. +profileExistsTitle=Profile Exists diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e91bb709cf --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs +# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: +# %S (also in the messages further down) +# is the application's short name (e.g. SeaMonkey) +# from the brand.properties file +quitDialogTitle=Quit %S +lastwindowDialogTitle=Close %S Browser +restartDialogTitle=Restart %S + +restartNowTitle=&Restart Now +restartLaterTitle=Restart &Later +quitTitle=&Quit +lastwindowTitle=Close &Browser +cancelTitle=&Cancel +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: +# The following two strings are labels for the same button, depending on +# whether we are quitting the whole Suite, or only the Browser +saveTitle=&Save and Quit +savelastwindowTitle=&Save and Close +neverAsk=&Do not ask next time +message=Do you want %S to save your tabs and windows for the next time it starts? +messageNoWindows=Do you want %S to save your tabs for the next time it starts? +messageRestart=%S will try to restore your tabs and windows when it restarts. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e2b37a27f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.accept.label "Get me out of here!"> +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.decline.label "Ignore this warning"> +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.reportPage.label "Why was this page blocked?"> + +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.title "Reported Attack Page!"> +<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="malware_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) --> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc "This web page at <span id='malware_sitename'/> has been reported as an attack page and has been blocked based on your security preferences."> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.longDesc "<p>Attack pages try to install programs that steal private information, use your computer to attack others, or damage your system.</p><p>Some attack pages intentionally distribute harmful software, but many are compromised without the knowledge or permission of their owners.</p>"> + +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.title "Reported Unwanted Software Page!"> +<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="unwanted_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) --> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc "This web page at <span id='unwanted_sitename'/> has been reported to contain unwanted software and has been blocked based on your security preferences."> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.longDesc "<p>Unwanted software pages try to install software that can be deceptive and affect your system in unexpected ways.</p>"> + +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.title2 "Deceptive Site!"> +<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="phishing_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) --> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2 "This web page at <span id='phishing_sitename'/> has been reported as a deceptive site and has been blocked based on your security preferences."> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.longDesc2 "<p>Deceptive sites are designed to trick you into doing something dangerous, like installing software, or revealing your personal information, like passwords, phone numbers or credit cards.</p><p>Entering any information on this web page may result in identity theft or other fraud.</p>"> + +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.title "The site ahead may contain malware"> +<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="harmful_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) --> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc "&brandShortName; blocked the web page at <span id='harmful_sitename'/> because it might try to install dangerous apps that steal or delete your information (for example, photos, passwords, messages and credit cards)."> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.longDesc ""> + +<!-- Localization note (reportDeceptiveSite, notADeceptiveSite) - The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so it's okay for them to have the same access key. --> +<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.label "Report deceptive site…"> +<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.label "This isn't a deceptive site…"> +<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.accesskey "d"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b881665be --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY safeModeDialog.title "&brandShortName; Safe Mode"> +<!ENTITY window.width "37em"> + +<!ENTITY safeModeDescription.label "&brandShortName; is now running in Safe Mode, which temporarily disables your custom settings, themes, and extensions."> +<!ENTITY safeModeDescription2.label "You can make some or all of these changes permanent:"> + +<!ENTITY disableAddons.label "Disable all add-ons"> +<!ENTITY disableAddons.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY resetToolbars.label "Reset toolbars and window sizes"> +<!ENTITY resetToolbars.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.label "Delete all bookmarks except for backups"> +<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.accesskey "b"> + +<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.label "Reset all user preferences to &brandShortName; defaults"> +<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.accesskey "p"> + +<!ENTITY restoreSearch.label "Restore default search engines"> +<!ENTITY restoreSearch.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY changeAndRestartButton.label "Make Changes and Restart"> +<!ENTITY continueButton.label "Continue in Safe Mode"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d3ed1cbae --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title "Clear Private Data"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sanitizeDialog.width): width of the Clear Recent + History dialog --> +<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.width "34em"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (clearTimeDuration.*): "Time range to clear" + dropdown. --> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.label "Time range to clear: "> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.lastHour "Last Hour"> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.last2Hours "Last Two Hours"> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.last4Hours "Last Four Hours"> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.today "Today"> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.everything "Everything"> +<!-- Localization note (clearTimeDuration.suffix) - trailing entity for + languages that require it. --> +<!ENTITY clearTimeDuration.suffix ""> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sanitizeSelectedWarning): Warning that appears + when not all items are selected in the in Clear Private data dialog. --> +<!ENTITY sanitizeSelectedWarning "All selected items will be cleared."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sanitizeUndoWarning): Second warning + paragraph that always appears. --> +<!ENTITY sanitizeUndoWarning "This action cannot be undone."> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label "Clear the following items now:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : Try to make sure to not have overlapped accesskeys + with pref-privatedata.dtd. These entities are also used in the private + data preferences dialog. --> +<!ENTITY itemHistory.label "Browsing History"> +<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY itemHistoryS.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label "Location Bar History"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBarS.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label "Download History"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloadsS.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label "Saved Form and Search History"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistoryS.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.label "Cache"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY itemCacheS.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.label "Cookies"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY itemCookiesS.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label "Offline Website Data"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineAppsS.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label "Saved Passwords"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswordsS.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.label "Authenticated Sessions"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY itemSessionsS.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY itemSitePreferences.label "Site Preferences"> +<!ENTITY itemSitePreferences.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY itemSitePreferencesS.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d555175ac --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sanitize.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +sanitizeButtonOK=Clear Now +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (sanitizeButtonClearing): The label for the default +# button between the user clicking it and the window closing. Indicates the +# items are being cleared. +sanitizeButtonClearing=Clearing diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ad9772057 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY engineManager.title "Manage Search Engine List"> +<!ENTITY engineManager.style "min-width: 35em;"> +<!ENTITY engineManager.intro "You have the following search engines installed:"> + +<!ENTITY columnLabel.name "Name"> +<!ENTITY columnLabel.keyword "Keyword"> + +<!-- Buttons --> +<!ENTITY up.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY up.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY dn.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY dn.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY edit.label "Edit Keyword…"> +<!ENTITY edit.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY addEngine.label "Get more search engines…"> +<!ENTITY addEngine.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY enableSuggest.label "Show search suggestions"> +<!ENTITY enableSuggest.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY restoreDefaults.label "Restore Defaults"> +<!ENTITY restoreDefaults.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..040a4caf3c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +editTitle=Edit Keyword +editMsg=Enter a new keyword for "%S": +duplicateTitle=Duplicate Keyword +duplicateEngineMsg=You have chosen a keyword that is currently in use by "%S". Please select another. +duplicateBookmarkMsg=You have chosen a keyword that is currently in use by a bookmark. Please select another. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5c58c824d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY search.button.label "Search"> +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Enter search text"> + +<!ENTITY search.engineManager.label "Manage Search Engines…"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c36c025f69 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/search.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +searchtip=Search using %S +cmd_addFoundEngine=Add "%S" diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5d18e4e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY cmd_engineManager.label "Manage Search Engines…"> +<!ENTITY searchEndCap.label "Search"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59d952fee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackground.title "Set Desktop Background"> + +<!ENTITY position.label "Position:"> +<!ENTITY position.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY position.tile.label "Tile"> +<!ENTITY position.stretch.label "Stretch"> +<!ENTITY position.center.label "Center"> +<!ENTITY position.fill.label "Fill"> +<!ENTITY position.fit.label "Fit"> +<!ENTITY picker.label "Color:"> +<!ENTITY picker.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY preview.caption "Preview"> +<!ENTITY apply.label "Apply"> +<!ENTITY apply.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY close.label "Close"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/shellservice.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..885ddf9ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/shellservice.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +preferencesLabel=%S &Preferences +safeModeLabel=%S &Safe Mode +desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin=Desktop Background.bmp diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..491fe98986 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.title "Customize Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.label "Tabs in Sidebar:"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label "Customize Tab…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label "Available Tabs:"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label "Preview…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label "Find More Tabs…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5947fa9400 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label "Tab Preview"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c389e66e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +addPanelConfirmTitle=Add Tab to Sidebar +addPanelConfirmMessage2=Add the tab '%title%' to the sidebar?##Source: %url% +persistentPanelWarning2=The sidebar tab you are adding can transfer data across the Internet and run JavaScript even while the sidebar is closed. + +dupePanelAlertTitle=Sidebar +dupePanelAlertMessage2=%url% already exists in the sidebar. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59271a84da --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label "Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label "Tabs"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label "Customize Sidebar…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label "Hide Tab"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label "Switch to Tab"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label "Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label "Loading…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label "Load stopped"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "S"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (showHideSidebarCmd.key): This is only used on the + mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. --> +<!ENTITY showHideSidebarCmd.key "S"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state "The sidebar is currently empty."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add 'You may add tabs by clicking on the "Tabs" button above.'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide 'If you would like to completely hide the Sidebar, click on the "View" menu above, and select "Sidebar" from the "Show/Hide" sub-menu.'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label "Sidebar Directory…"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label "This tab is not available right now."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip "Close Sidebar"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip "Open Sidebar"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.search.label "Search"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-bookmarks.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-history.label "History"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-addressbook.label "Address Book"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d5b40975a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.current.allowed, +# state.current.allowedForSession, +# state.current.allowedTemporarily, +# state.current.blockedTemporarily, +# state.current.blocked, +# state.current.hide): +# This label is used to display active permission states in the site +# identity popup (which does not have a lot of screen space). +state.current.allowed = Allowed +state.current.allowedForSession = Allowed for Session +state.current.allowedTemporarily = Allowed Temporarily +state.current.blockedTemporarily = Blocked Temporarily +state.current.blocked = Blocked +state.current.prompt = Always Ask + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.multichoice.alwaysAsk, +# state.multichoice.allow, +# state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain, +# state.multichoice.allowForSession, +# state.multichoice.block): +# Used to label permission state checkboxes in the page info dialog. +state.multichoice.alwaysAsk = Always Ask +state.multichoice.allow = Allow +state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain = Allow for Same Domain +state.multichoice.allowForSession = Allow for Session +state.multichoice.block = Block + +permission.cookie.label = Set Cookies +permission.desktop-notification2.label = Receive Notifications +permission.image.label = Load Images +permission.camera.label = Use the Camera +permission.microphone.label = Use the Microphone +permission.screen.label = Share the Screen +permission.install.label = Install Add-ons +permission.popup.label = Open Pop-up Windows +permission.geo.label = Access Your Location +permission.indexedDB.label = Maintain Offline Storage +permission.focus-tab-by-prompt.label = Switch to this Tab +permission.persistent-storage.label = Store Data in Persistent Storage diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71955e69ae --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync"> +<!ENTITY syncBrand.fullName.label "SeaMonkey Sync"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed91abae36 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (whole file) "Sync" should match &syncBrand.shortName.label; from syncBrand.dtd +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (change.password.title): This (and associated change.password/passphrase) are used when the user elects to change their password. +change.password.title = Change your Password +change.password.acceptButton = Change Password +change.password.status.active = Changing your password… +change.password.status.success = Your password has been changed. +change.password.status.error = There was an error changing your password. + +change.password3.introText = Your password must be at least 8 characters long. It cannot be the same as either your user name or your Recovery Key. +change.password.warningText = Note: All of your other devices will be unable to connect to your account once you change this password. + +change.recoverykey.title = Change your Recovery Key +change.recoverykey.acceptButton = Change Recovery Key +change.recoverykey.label = Changing Recovery Key and uploading local data, please wait… +change.recoverykey.error = There was an error while changing your Recovery Key! +change.recoverykey.success = Your Recovery Key was successfully changed! +change.recoverykey.introText2 = To ensure your total privacy, all of your data is encrypted prior to being uploaded. The key to decrypt your data is not uploaded. +change.recoverykey.warningText = Note: Changing this will erase all data stored on the Sync server and upload new data secured by this Recovery Key. Your other devices will not sync until the new Recovery Key is entered for that device. + +new.recoverykey.label = Your Recovery Key + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (new.password.title): This (and associated new.password/passphrase) are used on a second computer when it detects that your password or passphrase has been changed on a different device. +new.password.title = Update Password +new.password.introText = Your password was rejected by the server, please update your password. +new.password.label = Enter your new password +new.password.confirm = Confirm your new password +new.password.acceptButton = Update Password +new.password.status.incorrect = Password incorrect, please try again. + +new.recoverykey.title = Update Recovery Key +new.recoverykey.introText = You changed your Recovery Key from another device, please enter your updated Recovery Key. +new.recoverykey.acceptButton = Update Recovery Key +new.recoverykey.status.incorrect = Recovery Key incorrect, please try again. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3a56c74de --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY syncKey.page.title "Your &syncBrand.fullName.label; Key"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.page.description "This key is used to decode the data in your &syncBrand.fullName.label; account. You will need to enter the key each time you configure &syncBrand.fullName.label; on a new computer or device."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.heading "Keep it secret"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.description "Your &syncBrand.fullName.label; account is encrypted to protect your privacy. Without this key, it would take years for anyone to decode your personal information. You are the only person who holds this key. This means you're the only one who can access your &syncBrand.fullName.label; data."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe.heading "Keep it safe"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe1.description "Do not lose this key."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe2.description " We don't keep a copy of your key (that wouldn't be keeping it secret!) so "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe3.description "we can't help you recover it"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe4.description " if it's lost. You'll need to use this key any time you connect a new computer or device to &syncBrand.fullName.label;."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore1.label "Find out more about &syncBrand.fullName.label; and your privacy at "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore2.label "."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer1.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; Terms of Service are available at "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer2.label ". The Privacy Policy is available at "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer3.label "."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71174f087e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY quota.dialogTitle.label "Server Quota"> +<!ENTITY quota.retrievingInfo.label "Retrieving quota information…"> +<!ENTITY quota.typeColumn.label "Type"> +<!ENTITY quota.sizeColumn.label "Size"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bed9ca69e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +collection.addons.label = Add-ons +collection.bookmarks.label = Bookmarks +collection.history.label = History +collection.passwords.label = Passwords +collection.prefs.label = Preferences +collection.tabs.label = Tabs + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usageNoQuota.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value +# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space occupied +# on the server +quota.usageNoQuota.label = You are currently using %1$S %2$S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usagePercentage.label): +# %1$S is the percentage of space used, +# %2$S and %3$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager) +# of the amount of space used, +# %3$S and %4$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager) +# of the total space available. +quota.usagePercentage.label = You are using %1$S%% (%2$S %3$S) of your allowed %4$S %5$S. +quota.usageError.label = Could not retrieve quota information. +quota.retrieving.label = Retrieving… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.sizeValueUnit.label): %1$S is the amount of space +# occupied by the engine, %2$K the corresponding unit (e.g. kB) as defined in +# the download manager. +quota.sizeValueUnit.label = %1$S %2$S +quota.remove.label = Remove +quota.treeCaption.label = Uncheck items to stop syncing them and free up space on the server. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.removal.label): %S is a list of engines that will be +# disabled and whose data will be removed once the user confirms. +quota.removal.label = SeaMonkey Sync will remove the following data: %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.list.separator): This is the separator string used +# for the list of engines (incl. spaces where appropriate) +quota.list.separator = ,\u0020 +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.freeup.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value +# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space freed +# up by disabling the unchecked engines. If displayed this string is +# concatenated directly to quota.removal.label and may need to start off with +# whitespace. +quota.freeup.label = \u0020This will free up %1$S %2$S. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9ed5a48b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY accountSetupTitle.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; Setup"> + +<!-- First page of the wizard --> + +<!ENTITY setup.pickSetupType.description "Welcome, if you've never used &syncBrand.fullName.label; before, you will need to create a new account."> +<!ENTITY button.createNewAccount.label "Create a New Account"> +<!ENTITY setup.haveAccount.label "I already have a &syncBrand.fullName.label; account."> +<!ENTITY button.connect.label "Connect"> + +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.title.label "Have you used &syncBrand.fullName.label; before?"> +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.new.label "I've never used &syncBrand.shortName.label; before"> +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.existing.label "I'm already using &syncBrand.shortName.label; on another computer"> + +<!-- New Account AND Existing Account --> +<!ENTITY server.label "Server"> +<!ENTITY server.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY serverType.main.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; Server"> +<!ENTITY serverType.custom2.label "Use a custom server…"> +<!ENTITY signIn.account2.label "Account"> +<!ENTITY signIn.account2.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY signIn.password.label "Password"> +<!ENTITY signIn.password.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.label "Recovery Key"> +<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.accesskey "K"> + +<!-- New Account Page 1: Basic Account Info --> +<!ENTITY setup.newAccountDetailsPage.title.label "Account Details"> +<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.label "Confirm Password"> +<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.label "Email Address"> +<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.accesskey "E"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: tosAgree1, tosLink, tosAgree2, ppLink, tosAgree3 are + joined with implicit white space, so spaces in the strings aren't necessary --> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.label "I agree to the"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosLink.label "Terms of Service"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.label "and the"> +<!ENTITY setup.ppLink.label "Privacy Policy"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree3.label ""> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.accesskey ""> + +<!-- New Account Page 2: Recovery Key --> +<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.title.label "&brandShortName; Cares About Your Privacy"> +<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.description.label "To ensure your total privacy, all of your data is encrypted prior to being uploaded. The Recovery Key which is necessary to decrypt your data is not uploaded."> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.label "Your Recovery Key"> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY recoveryGenerateNewKey.label "Generate a new key"> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyBackup.description "Your Recovery Key is required to access &syncBrand.fullName.label; on other machines. Please create a backup copy. We cannot help you recover your Recovery Key."> + +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.label "Print…"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.label "Save…"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.accesskey "S"> + +<!-- New Account Page 3: Captcha --> +<!ENTITY setup.captchaPage2.title.label "Please Confirm You're Not a Robot"> + +<!-- Existing Account Page 1: Add Device (incl. Add a Device dialog strings) --> +<!ENTITY addDevice.title.label "Add a Device"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.showMeHow.label "Show me how."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dontHaveDevice.label "I don't have the device with me"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.description.label "To activate, go to &syncBrand.shortName.label; Preferences/Options on your other device and select "Add a Device"."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.enterCode.label "Then, enter this code:"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.description.label "To activate your new device, go to &syncBrand.shortName.label; Preferences/Options on the device and select "Connect.""> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.enterCode.label "Enter the code that the device provides:"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.tryAgain.label "Please try again."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.successful.label "The device has been successfully added. The initial synchronization can take several minutes and will finish in the background."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.recoveryKey.label "To activate your device you will need to enter your Recovery Key. Please print or save this key and take it with you."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.connected.label "Device Connected"> + +<!-- Existing Account Page 2: Manual Login --> +<!ENTITY setup.signInPage.title.label "Sign In"> +<!ENTITY existingRecoveryKey.description "You can get a copy of your Recovery Key by going to &syncBrand.shortName.label; Preferences/Options on your other device, and selecting "My Recovery Key" under "Manage Account"."> +<!ENTITY verifying.label "Verifying…"> +<!ENTITY resetPassword.label "Reset Password"> +<!ENTITY resetSyncKey.label "I have lost my other device."> + +<!-- Sync Options --> +<!ENTITY setup.optionsPage.title "Sync Options"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label "Computer Name:"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY syncMy.label "Sync My"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.label "Add-ons"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label "Bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label "Tabs"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.label "History"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label "Passwords"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label "Preferences"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY choice2.merge.main.label "Merge this computer's data with my &syncBrand.shortName.label; data"> +<!ENTITY choice2.merge.recommended.label "(recommended)"> +<!ENTITY choice2.client.main.label "Replace all data on this computer with my &syncBrand.shortName.label; data"> +<!ENTITY choice2.server.main.label "Replace all other devices with this computer's data"> + +<!-- Confirm Merge Options --> +<!ENTITY setup.optionsConfirmPage.title "Confirm"> +<!ENTITY confirm.merge.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; will now merge all this computer's browser data into your Sync account."> +<!ENTITY confirm.client2.label "Warning: The following &brandShortName; data on this computer will be deleted:"> +<!ENTITY confirm.client.moreinfo.label "&brandShortName; will then copy your &syncBrand.fullName.label; data to this computer."> +<!ENTITY confirm.server2.label "Warning: The following devices will be overwritten with your local data:"> + +<!-- New & Existing Account: Setup Complete --> +<!ENTITY setup.successPage.title "Setup Complete"> +<!ENTITY changeOptions.label "You can change this preference by selecting Sync Options below."> +<!ENTITY continueUsing.label "You may now continue using &brandShortName;."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f92cd37d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +button.syncOptions.label = Sync Options +button.syncOptionsDone.label = Done +button.syncOptionsCancel.label = Cancel + +invalidEmail.label = Invalid email address +serverInvalid.label = Please enter a valid server URL +usernameNotAvailable.label = Already in use + +verifying.label = Verifying… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (additionalClientCount.label): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the number of additional clients (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work) +additionalClientCount.label = and #1 additional device;and #1 additional devices +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (bookmarksCount.label): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the number of bookmarks (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work) +bookmarksCount.label = #1 bookmark;#1 bookmarks +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyDaysCount.label): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the number of days (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work) +historyDaysCount.label = #1 day of history;#1 days of history +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordsCount.label): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the number of passwords (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work) +passwordsCount.label = #1 password;#1 passwords +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsCount.label): +# #1 is the number of add-ons, see the link above for forms +addonsCount.label = #1 add-on;#1 add-ons + +save.recoverykey.title = Save Recovery Key +save.recoverykey.defaultfilename = SeaMonkey Recovery Key.xhtml + +newAccount.action.label = SeaMonkey Sync is now set up to automatically sync all of your browser data. +newAccount.change.label = You can choose exactly what to sync by selecting Sync Options below. +resetClient.change.label = SeaMonkey Sync will now merge all this computer's browser data into your Sync account. +wipeClient.change.label = SeaMonkey Sync will now replace all of the browser data on this computer with the data in your Sync account. +wipeRemote.change.label = SeaMonkey Sync will now replace all of the browser data in your Sync account with the data on this computer. +existingAccount.change.label = You can change this preference by selecting Sync Options below. + +# Several other strings are used (via Weave.Status.login), but they come from +# /services/sync diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18f0b5999d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from tasksOverlay.xul --> +<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.label "Minimize"> +<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.key "M"> +<!ENTITY zoomWindowCmd.label "Zoom"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Browser"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.label "Composer"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey "4"> + +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label "Error Console"> +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.commandkey2 "j"> + +<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip "Browser"> +<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip "Composer"> + +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Web Development"> +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Window"> +<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "W"> + +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Tools"> +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Data Manager"> +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Password Manager"> +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Manage Stored Passwords"> +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Log Out"> +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Download Manager"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j"> + +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.label "Add-ons Manager"> +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.commandkey "a"> + +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Switch Profile…"> +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "h"> + +<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (syncSetup.accesskey, syncSyncNowItem.accesskey): + Only one of these will show at a time (based on setup state), + so reusing accesskey is ok. --> +<!ENTITY syncSetup.label "Set Up Sync…"> +<!ENTITY syncSetup.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.label "Sync Now"> +<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.accesskey "S"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93c61e476f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +openparen = ( +closeparen = ) +textfound = Text found: " +textnotfound = Text not found: " +linkfound = Link found: " +linknotfound = Link not found: " +closequote = " +stopfind = Find stopped. +starttextfind = Starting -- find text as you type +startlinkfind = Starting -- find links as you type +repeated = repeated +nextmatch = - next match +prevmatch = - previous match diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49a192de96 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- these things need to move into utilityOverlay.xul --> +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.label "Work Offline"> +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items --> + +<!ENTITY fileMenu.label "File"> +<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.label "New"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label "Composer Page"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key "n"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Page Using Template"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Page Using Draft"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Browser Window"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "N"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.label "Private Window"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.key "B"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY closeCmd.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeCmd.key "W"> +<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Page Setup…"> +<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.label "Print Preview"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.label "Print…"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (.modifiers): The following entites are for the + application menu. Never change the modifiers unless you are 100% sure that + they are different on your locale (should be very rare). --> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.label "Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.key ","> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.modifiers "accel"> +<!ENTITY servicesMenu.label "Services"> +<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.label "Hide &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.key "H"> +<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.modifiers "accel"> +<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.label "Hide Others"> +<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.key "H"> +<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.modifiers "accel,alt"> +<!ENTITY showAllAppsCmd.label "Show All"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.label "&brandShortName; Help"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.key "?"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.modifiers "accel"> + +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label "Exit"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key "Q"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.label "Quit &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.label "Quit"> +<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.accesskey "Q"> + +<!ENTITY editMenu.label "Edit"> +<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.label "Undo"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.key "Z"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.label "Redo"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY redoCmdMac.key "Z"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.label "Cut"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.key "X"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Copy"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label "Paste"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key "V"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label "Paste & Go"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey "G"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (pasteSearchCmd): "Search" is a verb, this is the + search bar equivalent to the url bar's "Paste & Go" --> +<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.label "Paste & Search"> +<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "Select All"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.label "Clear Search History"> +<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.label "Show Suggestions"> +<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label "Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key "E"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.key "F"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (findBarCmd.accesskey): This accesskey should be within + findBarCmd.label found in editorOverlay.dtd, findCmd.label in messenger.dtd + and messengercompose.dtd and findOnCmd.label found in navigatorOverlay.dtd --> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY findCmd.key2 "VK_F19"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key "H"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmdMac.key "F"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.label "Find Again"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key "G"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key2 "VK_F3"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.label "Find Previous"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key "G"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key2 "VK_F3"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Find Text As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key "/"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Find Links As You Type"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key "'"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!ENTITY viewMenu.label "View"> +<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label "Show/Hide"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label "Status Bar"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY helpMenu.label "Help"> +<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey "H"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE some localizations of Windows use "?" + for the help button in the menubar. --> +<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.label "Help"> +<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label "Help Contents"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key "VK_F1"> + +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label "Troubleshooting Information"> +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label "Release Notes"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.label "Restart with Add-ons Disabled"> +<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.label "Check for Updates…"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label "About &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY aboutBuildConfigCmd.label "Show Build Configuration"> +<!ENTITY aboutBuildConfigCmd.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY direct.label "Online (Proxy: None)"> +<!ENTITY direct.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY manual.label "Online (Proxy: Manual)"> +<!ENTITY manual.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY pac.label "Online (Proxy: Auto URL)"> +<!ENTITY pac.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY wpad.label "Online (Proxy: Auto Discover)"> +<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY system.label "Online (Proxy: System Proxy)"> +<!ENTITY system.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY proxy.label "Proxy Configuration…"> +<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Switch Text Direction"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey "X"> + +<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label "Customize…"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label "Settings for this toolbar"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label "Icons and Text"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label "Icons"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label "Text"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label "Use small icons"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label "Show text beside icon"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label "Use default settings"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey "U"> + +<!-- Popup Blocked notification menu --> +<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label "Manage Popups"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label "Don't show this message when popups are blocked"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY throbber.title "Throbber"> +<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2 "Go to the &brandShortName; home page"> + +<!ENTITY syncToolbarButton.label "Sync"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0e1386bf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Online/offline tooltips +onlineTooltip0=You are online (proxy: none). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip1=You are online (proxy: manual). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip2=You are online (proxy: auto URL). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip4=You are online (proxy: auto discover). Click the icon to go offline. +onlineTooltip5=You are online (proxy: use system proxy). Click the icon to go offline. +offlineTooltip=You are offline. Click the icon to go online. + +# Popup menus +popupMenuShow=Show %S +popupAllow=Allow popups from %S + +# Check for Updates +updatesItem_default=Check for Updates… +updatesItem_defaultFallback=Check for Updates… +updatesItem_defaultAccessKey=C +updatesItem_downloading=Downloading %S… +updatesItem_downloadingFallback=Downloading Update… +updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey=D +updatesItem_resume=Resume Downloading %S… +updatesItem_resumeFallback=Resume Downloading Update… +updatesItem_resumeAccessKey=D +updatesItem_pending=Apply Downloaded Update Now… +updatesItem_pendingFallback=Apply Downloaded Update Now… +updatesItem_pendingAccessKey=U + +# safeModeRestart +safeModeRestartPromptTitle=Restart with Add-ons Disabled +safeModeRestartPromptMessage=Are you sure you want to disable all add-ons and restart? +safeModeRestartButton=Restart +safeModeRestartCheckbox=Restart with Add-ons Disabled diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47958fb417 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY applyTheme.label "Apply Theme"> +<!ENTITY applyTheme.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.label "Get More Themes"> +<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.label "Get Backgrounds"> +<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.accesskey "B"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbd657b07c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +switchskins=Theme changes will take effect when you restart %S. +switchskinstitle=Apply Theme +switchskinsnow=Restart Now +switchskinslater=Restart Later diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c111107943 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not use digits "0"-"9" as accesskeys --> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label "Larger"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> + +<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6090937cd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# zoom submenu +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: don't translate %zoom% in any property +# don't use digits "0"-"9" for accesskeys + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullZoom,textZoom): are never available at the same time +fullZoom.label=Zoom (%zoom% %) +fullZoom.accesskey=Z +textZoom.label=Text Zoom (%zoom% %) +textZoom.accesskey=Z + +# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the 100 % and 200 % entries +zoom.100.label=100 % (Original Size) +zoom.100.accesskey=z +zoom.200.label=200 % (Double Size) +zoom.200.accesskey=D + +# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the minimum and maximum boundaries +zoom.min.label=%zoom% % (Minimum) +zoom.min.accesskey=n +zoom.max.label=%zoom% % (Maximum) +zoom.max.accesskey=x + +# label pattern for remaining values, accesskeys are assigned dynamically +zoom.value.label=%zoom% % + +zoom.other.label=Other (%zoom% %) … +zoom.other.accesskey=O diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83fcbd7416 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY WindowTitle.label "Advanced Property Editor"> +<!ENTITY AttName.label "Attribute: "> +<!ENTITY AttValue.label "Value: "> +<!ENTITY PropertyName.label "Property: "> +<!ENTITY currentattributesfor.label "Current attributes for: "> +<!ENTITY tree.attributeHeader.label "Attribute"> +<!ENTITY tree.propertyHeader.label "Property"> +<!ENTITY tree.valueHeader.label "Value"> +<!ENTITY tabHTML.label "HTML Attributes"> +<!ENTITY tabCSS.label "Inline Style"> +<!ENTITY tabJSE.label "JavaScript Events"> + +<!ENTITY editAttribute.label "Click on an item above to edit its value"> +<!ENTITY removeAttribute.label "Remove"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c00d24f298 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Color"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.label "Last-picked color"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY chooseColor1.label "Choose a color:"> +<!ENTITY chooseColor2.label "Enter an HTML color string"> +<!ENTITY chooseColor2.accessKey "H"> +<!ENTITY setColorExample.label "(e.g.: "#0000ff" or "blue"):"> +<!ENTITY default.label "Default"> +<!ENTITY default.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY palette.label "Palette:"> +<!ENTITY standardPalette.label "Standard"> +<!ENTITY webPalette.label "All web colors"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Background for:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY table.label "Table"> +<!ENTITY table.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY cell.label "Cell(s)"> +<!ENTITY cell.accessKey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..044f60e496 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Convert To Table"> +<!ENTITY instructions1.label "Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection."> +<!ENTITY instructions2.label "Choose the character used to separate the selection into columns:"> +<!ENTITY commaRadio.label "Comma"> +<!ENTITY spaceRadio.label "Space"> +<!ENTITY otherRadio.label "Other Character:"> +<!ENTITY deleteCharCheck.label "Delete separator character"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.label "Ignore extra spaces"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.tooltip "Convert adjacent spaces to one separator"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..527e723a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.label "Advanced Edit…"> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.accessKey "E"> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Add or modify HTML attributes, style attributes, and JavaScript"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.label "Choose File..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.accessKey "F"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.label "Choose File..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.accessKey "o"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.label "URL is relative to page location"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.accessKey "r"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.tooltip "Change between relative and absolute URL. You must first save the page to change this."> + +<!-- Shared by Link and Image dialogs --> +<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.label "Enter a web page location, a local file, or select a Named Anchor or Heading from the field's context menu:"> +<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.accessKey "w"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d418ed14b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Named Anchor Properties"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.label "Anchor Name:"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY nameInput.tooltip "Enter a unique name for this named anchor (target)"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d874ff06b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Select Edit Changes"> +<!ENTITY conflictWarning.label "This page has been modified by another program, but you also have unsaved changes in Composer."> +<!ENTITY conflictResolve.label "Select which version to keep:"> +<!ENTITY keepCurrentPageButton.label "Keep current page changes"> +<!ENTITY useOtherPageButton.label "Replace current page with other changes"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efc6b400dc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Button Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Settings"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonType.label "Type"> +<!ENTITY ButtonType.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Submit"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Reset"> +<!ENTITY button.value "Button"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonName.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.label "Value:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Tab Index:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Access Key:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Remove Button"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e3bf76925 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Page Colors and Background"> +<!ENTITY pageColors.label "Page Colors"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.label "Reader's default colors (Don't set colors in page)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.tooltip "Use the color settings from the viewer (reader's) browser only"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.label "Use custom colors:"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.tooltip "These color settings override the viewer's browser settings"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "Normal text"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "Link text"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "Active link text"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "Visited link text"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accessKey "V"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "Background Image:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accessKey "m"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.tooltip "Use an image file as the background for your page"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.shortenedDataURI "Shortened data URI (copy will place the full URI onto the clipboard)"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2db9d4e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Field Set Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Legend.label "Legend"> +<!ENTITY Legend.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.label "Edit Legend:"> +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.label "Align Legend:"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY AlignDefault.label "Default"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "Left"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "Center"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "Right"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.label "Remove Field Set"> +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2389adff22 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Form Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Settings"> + +<!ENTITY FormName.label "Form Name:"> +<!ENTITY FormName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.label "Action URL:"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.label "Method:"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.label "Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.label "Target Frame:"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.label "Remove Form"> +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ad023dee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Horizontal Line Properties"> + +<!ENTITY dimensionsBox.label "Dimensions"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Height:"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Width:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "pixels"> +<!ENTITY alignmentBox.label "Alignment"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.label "Left"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.label "Center"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.label "Right"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.accessKey "R"> + +<!ENTITY threeDShading.label "3-D Shading"> +<!ENTITY threeDShading.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.label "Use as Default"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.tooltip "Save these settings to use when inserting new horizontal lines"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..280af6df2a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's image and form image dialogs. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Image Properties"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "pixels"> + +<!-- These are in the Location tab panel --> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.label "Image Location:"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.tooltip "Type the image's filename or location"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.shortenedDataURI "Shortened data URI (copy will place the full URI onto the clipboard)"> +<!ENTITY title.label "Tooltip:"> +<!ENTITY title.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY title.tooltip "The html 'title' attribute that displays as a tooltip"> +<!ENTITY altText.label "Alternate text:"> +<!ENTITY altText.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY altTextEditField.tooltip "Type text to display in place of the image"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.label "Don't use alternate text"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.accessKey "D"> + +<!ENTITY previewBox.label "Image Preview"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Dimensions tab panel --> +<!-- actualSize.label should be same as actualSizeRadio.label + ":" --> +<!ENTITY actualSize.label "Actual Size:"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.label "Actual Size"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.tooltip "Revert to the image's actual size"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.label "Custom Size"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.tooltip "Change the image's size as displayed in the page"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Height:"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Width:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.label "Constrain"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.tooltip "Maintain the image's aspect ratio"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Image Map box of the expanded area --> +<!ENTITY imagemapBox.label "Image Map"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.accessKey "R"> + +<!-- These are the options for image alignment --> +<!ENTITY alignment.label "Align Text to Image"> +<!ENTITY bottomPopup.value "At the bottom"> +<!ENTITY topPopup.value "At the top"> +<!ENTITY centerPopup.value "In the center"> +<!ENTITY wrapRightPopup.value "Wrap to the right"> +<!ENTITY wrapLeftPopup.value "Wrap to the left"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Spacing Box --> +<!ENTITY spacingBox.label "Spacing"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.label "Left and Right:"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.label "Top and Bottom:"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Solid Border:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "B"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Link Box --> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.label "Show border around linked image"> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.label "Link Advanced Edit…"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Add or modify HTML attributes, style attributes, and JavaScript"> + +<!-- These tabs are currently used in the image input dialog --> +<!ENTITY imageInputTab.label "Form"> +<!ENTITY imageLocationTab.label "Location"> +<!ENTITY imageDimensionsTab.label "Dimensions"> +<!ENTITY imageAppearanceTab.label "Appearance"> +<!ENTITY imageLinkTab.label "Link"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea7d09c75e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Form Field Properties"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleImage.label "Form Image Properties"> + +<!ENTITY InputType.label "Field Type"> +<!ENTITY InputType.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY text.value "Text"> +<!ENTITY password.value "Password"> +<!ENTITY checkbox.value "Check Box"> +<!ENTITY radio.value "Radio Button"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Submit Button"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Reset Button"> +<!ENTITY file.value "File"> +<!ENTITY hidden.value "Hidden"> +<!ENTITY image.value "Image"> +<!ENTITY button.value "Button"> + +<!ENTITY InputSettings.label "Field Settings"> +<!ENTITY InputName.label "Field Name:"> +<!ENTITY InputName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.label "Group Name:"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.label "Field Value:"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.label "Initial Value:"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.label "Initially Checked"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.label "Initially Selected"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.label "Read Only"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Tab Index:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.label "Field Size:"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.label "Maximum Length:"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Access Key:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY Accept.label "Accept Types:"> +<!ENTITY Accept.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.label "Image Properties…"> +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1755e499ca --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Insert Character"> +<!ENTITY category.label "Category"> +<!ENTITY letter.label "Letter:"> +<!ENTITY letter.accessKey "L"> +<!ENTITY character.label "Character:"> +<!ENTITY character.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY accentUpper.label "Accent Uppercase"> +<!ENTITY accentLower.label "Accent Lowercase"> +<!ENTITY otherUpper.label "Other Uppercase"> +<!ENTITY otherLower.label "Other Lowercase"> +<!ENTITY commonSymbols.label "Common Symbols"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Close"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..357ed0b20d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Insert Math"> + +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Enter LaTeX source code:"> + +<!ENTITY options.label "Options"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.label "Inline mode"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.label "Display mode"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.label "Left-to-right direction"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.label "Right-to-left direction"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b51a86c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Insert HTML"> +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Enter HTML tags and text:"> +<!ENTITY example.label "Example: "> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleOpenTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" --> +<!ENTITY exampleOpenTag.label "<i>"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleCloseTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" --> +<!ENTITY exampleCloseTag.label "</i>"> +<!ENTITY exampleText.label "Hello World!"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3285a357a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Window.title "Table of Contents"> +<!ENTITY buildToc.label "Build table of contents from:"> +<!ENTITY tag.label "Tag:"> +<!ENTITY class.label "Class:"> +<!ENTITY header1.label "Level 1"> +<!ENTITY header2.label "Level 2"> +<!ENTITY header3.label "Level 3"> +<!ENTITY header4.label "Level 4"> +<!ENTITY header5.label "Level 5"> +<!ENTITY header6.label "Level 6"> +<!ENTITY makeReadOnly.label "Make the table of contents read-only"> +<!ENTITY orderedList.label "Number all entries in the table of contents"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00b5d2d131 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Insert Table"> + +<!ENTITY size.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.label "Rows:"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.label "Columns:"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Width:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Border:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.tooltip "Type a number for the table's border, or type zero (0) for no border"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "pixels"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ed05aa63d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Label Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY Settings.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.label "Edit Text:"> +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.label "For Control:"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Access Key:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "K"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.label "Remove Label"> +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09b3b01550 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Link Properties"> +<!ENTITY LinkURLBox.label "Link Location"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2494330000 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "List Properties"> + +<!ENTITY ListType.label "List Type"> +<!ENTITY bulletStyle.label "Bullet Style:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.label "Start at:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY none.value "None"> +<!ENTITY bulletList.value "Bullet (Unnumbered) List"> +<!ENTITY numberList.value "Numbered List"> +<!ENTITY definitionList.value "Definition List"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.label "Change entire list"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.label "Change just selected items"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.accessKey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f36bad9a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Page Properties"> +<!ENTITY location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY lastModified.label "Last Modified:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.label "Title:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.label "Author:"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.label "Description:"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY locationNewPage.label "[New page, not saved yet]"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource1.label "Advanced users:"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource2.label "To edit other contents of the <head> region, use "HTML Source" in the View Menu or Edit Mode Toolbar."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a8cf9b729 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Personal Dictionary"> + +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "New word:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.label "Words in dictionary:"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.label "Replace"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accessKey "e"> + +<!ENTITY CloseButton.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY CloseButton.accessKey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60437b4318 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Publish Page"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleSettings.label "Publish Settings"> +<!ENTITY publishTab.label "Publish"> +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY publishButton.label "Publish"> + +<!-- Publish Tab Panel --> +<!ENTITY siteList.label "Site Name:"> +<!ENTITY siteList.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY siteList.tooltip "Choose the site that you want to publish to"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.label "New Site"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.label "Site subdirectory for this page:"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.tooltip "Choose or enter the name of the remote subdirectory for this page"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.label "Include images and other files"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.tooltip "Publish images and other files referenced by this page"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.label "Use same location as page"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.tooltip "Publish files to the same location as the page"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.label "Use this site subdirectory:"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.tooltip "Publish files to the selected remote subdirectory"> +<!ENTITY otherDirList.tooltip "Choose or enter name of remote subdirectory where files will be published"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.label "Page Title:"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.tooltip "Enter a title to identify the page in the window and in bookmarks"> +<!ENTITY pageTitleExample.label "e.g.: "My Web Page""> +<!ENTITY filename.label "Filename:"> +<!ENTITY filename.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY filename.tooltip "Enter a name for this file, including '.html' for a web page"> +<!ENTITY filenameExample.label "e.g,: "mypage.html""> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Set as Default"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove Site"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- Settings Tab Panel --> +<!ENTITY publishSites.label "Publishing Sites"> +<!ENTITY serverInfo.label "Server Information"> +<!ENTITY loginInfo.label "Login Information"> +<!ENTITY siteName.label "Site Name:"> +<!ENTITY siteName.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY siteName.tooltip "A nickname that identifies this publishing site (e.g.: 'MySite')"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "Publishing address (e.g.: 'ftp://ftp.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.tooltip "The FTP:// or HTTP:// address provided by your ISP or web hosting service"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.label "HTTP address of your homepage (e.g.: 'http://www.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.tooltip "The HTTP:// address of your home directory (don't include filename)"> +<!ENTITY username.label "User name:"> +<!ENTITY username.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY username.tooltip "The user name you use to log in to your ISP or web hosting service"> +<!ENTITY password.label "Password:"> +<!ENTITY password.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY password.tooltip "The password associated with your user name"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.label "Save Password"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.tooltip "Select this to save your password securely using Password Manager"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef4927c680 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "Site URL:"> +<!ENTITY docSubdir.label "Page subdirectory:"> +<!ENTITY otherSubdir.label "Image subdirectory:"> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Publishing…"> +<!ENTITY fileList.label "Publishing Status"> +<!ENTITY succeeded.label "Succeeded"> +<!ENTITY failed.label "Failed"> + +<!ENTITY keepOpen "Keep this window open after publishing is complete."> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Close"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74d907a012 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xhtml --> + +<!ENTITY replaceDialog.title "Find and Replace"> +<!ENTITY findField.label "Find text:"> +<!ENTITY findField.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.label "Replace with:"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.label "Match exact case"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.label "Wrap around"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.label "Search backwards"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.label "Find Next"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Replace"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.label "Replace and Find"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Replace All"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0fe33491c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are generic to all or most of the editor's dialogs. --> + +<!-- This button is for the progressive disclosure of additional editing functionality --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's link dialog. --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle2.label "Save And Change Text Encoding"> +<!ENTITY documentTitleTitle.label "Page Title"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetTitle2.label "Text Encoding"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetDesc2.label "Select the text encoding you want to save a document in:"> +<!ENTITY documentExportToText.label "Export to Text"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2eb20e698 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Selection List Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Select.label "Selection List"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.label "List Name:"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.label "Height:"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.label "Multiple Selection"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.label "Tab Index:"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.accesskey "I"> + +<!ENTITY OptGroup.label "Option Group"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.label "Label:"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY Option.label "Option"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.label "Text:"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.label "Value:"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.label "Initially Selected"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY TextHeader.label "Text"> +<!ENTITY ValueHeader.label "Value"> +<!ENTITY SelectedHeader.label "Selected"> + +<!ENTITY AddOption.label "Add Option"> +<!ENTITY AddOption.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.label "Add Group"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.accesskey "D"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb37918eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Snap to Grid"> + +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.label "enable Snap to Grid"> +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.accessKey "e"> + +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.label "Size:"> +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.accessKey "S"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsLabel.value "pixels"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d29154831 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Check Spelling"> + +<!ENTITY misspelledWord.label "Misspelled word:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Replace with:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "w"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.label "Check Word"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.accessKey "k"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.label "Suggestions:"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.accessKey "u"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.label "Ignore"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.accessKey "I"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.label "Ignore All"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.accessKey "n"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Replace"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Replace All"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accessKey "A"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accessKey "o"> +<!ENTITY userDictionary.label "Personal Dictionary:"> +<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "Download more dictionaries…"> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.label "Add Word"> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "d"> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "E"> +<!ENTITY recheckButton2.label "Recheck Text"> +<!ENTITY recheckButton2.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Send"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "Language:"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "L"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..512734d7a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tableWindow.title "Table Properties"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.label "Apply"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY tableTab.label "Table"> +<!ENTITY cellTab.label "Cells"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "Rows:"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "Columns:"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.label "Height:"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.accessKey "G"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.label "Width:"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderSpacing.label "Borders and Spacing"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.label "Border:"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.label "Spacing:"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.accessKey "S"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.label "Padding:"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.accessKey "P"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwCells.label "pixels between cells"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwBrdrCellContent.label "pixels between cell border and content"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.label "Table Alignment:"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.label "Caption:"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionAbove.label "Above Table"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionBelow.label "Below Table"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionLeft.label "Left of Table"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionRight.label "Right of table"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionNone.label "None"> +<!ENTITY tableInheritColor.label "(Let page color show through)"> + +<!ENTITY cellSelection.label "Selection"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectCell.label "Cell"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectRow.label "Row"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectColumn.label "Column"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.accessKey "P"> +<!ENTITY applyBeforeChange.label "Current changes will be applied before changing the selection."> +<!ENTITY cellContentAlignment.label "Content Alignment"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.label "Horizontal:"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.accessKey "Z"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.label "Vertical:"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.accessKey "V"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.label "Cell Style:"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY cellNormal.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY cellHeader.label "Header"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.label "Text Wrap:"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.accessKey "T"> +<!ENTITY cellWrap.label "Wrap"> +<!ENTITY cellNoWrap.label "Don't wrap"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignTop.label "Top"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignMiddle.label "Middle"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignBottom.label "Bottom"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignJustify.label "Justify"> +<!ENTITY cellInheritColor.label "(Let table color show through)"> +<!ENTITY cellUseCheckboxHelp.label "Use checkboxes to determine which properties are applied to all selected cells"> + +<!-- Used in both Table and Cell panels --> +<!ENTITY size.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "pixels"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "Background Color:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "Left"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "Center"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "Right"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1e8bbd035 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Text Area Properties"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Settings"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.label "Field Name:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.accessKey "N"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.label "Rows:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.accessKey "R"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.label "Columns:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.accessKey "C"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.label "Read Only"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.accessKey "O"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.label "Disabled"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.accessKey "D"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.label "Tab Index:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.accessKey "I"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.label "Access Key:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.accessKey "K"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.label "Initial Text:"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.accessKey "T"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.label "Wrap Mode:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.accessKey "W"> +<!ENTITY WrapDefault.value "Default"> +<!ENTITY WrapOff.value "Off"> +<!ENTITY WrapHard.value "Hard"> +<!ENTITY WrapSoft.value "Soft"> +<!ENTITY WrapPhysical.value "Physical"> +<!ENTITY WrapVirtual.value "Virtual"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..141d8c5cce --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Open File…"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.key "O"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.label "Open Web Location…"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.key "L"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.label "Recent Pages"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Save"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.label "Save And Change Text Encoding"> +<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.label "Publish"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.key "S"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.label "Publish As…"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.label "Revert"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.accesskey "t"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.label "Publishing Site Settings…"> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.accesskey "b"> + +<!-- Insert menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertFormMenu.label "Form"> +<!ENTITY insertFormMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY insertFormCmd.label "Define Form…"> +<!ENTITY insertFormCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY insertInputTagCmd.label "Form Field…"> +<!ENTITY insertInputTagCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY insertInputImageCmd.label "Form Image…"> +<!ENTITY insertInputImageCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY insertTextAreaCmd.label "Text Area…"> +<!ENTITY insertTextAreaCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY insertSelectCmd.label "Selection List…"> +<!ENTITY insertSelectCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY insertButtonCmd.label "Define Button…"> +<!ENTITY insertButtonCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY insertLabelCmd.label "Define Label"> +<!ENTITY insertLabelCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY insertFieldSetCmd.label "Define Field Set…"> +<!ENTITY insertFieldSetCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!-- Toolbar buttons/items --> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.label "New"> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.tooltip "Create a new Composer page"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.tooltip "Open a local file"> +<!ENTITY saveToolbarCmd.tooltip "Save file to a local location"> +<!ENTITY publishToolbarCmd.tooltip "Upload file to a remote location"> +<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.tooltip "Print this page"> +<!ENTITY formToolbarCmd.label "Form"> +<!ENTITY formToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert new form or edit selected form's properties"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c73dc919f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorWindow.titlemodifier): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifier "Composer"> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!-- Menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!-- Toolbar-only items --> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbar.tooltip "Composition Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.label "Browse"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.tooltip "Load this page in the browser"> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.label "Export to Text…"> +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.label "Browse Page"> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.label "Send Page…"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.accesskey "d"> + +<!-- View menu items --> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.label "Composition Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.label "Format Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.label "Edit Mode Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Format menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Format"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY grid.label "Positioning grid"> +<!ENTITY grid.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.label "Page Title and Properties…"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.accesskey "g"> + +<!-- Tools menu items --> +<!ENTITY validateCmd.label "Validate HTML"> +<!ENTITY validateCmd.accesskey "V"> + +<!-- Display Mode toolbar and View menu items --> +<!ENTITY NormalModeTab.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.label "Normal Edit Mode"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.tooltip "Show table borders and named anchors"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsModeTab.label "HTML Tags"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.label "HTML Tags"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.tooltip "Display icons for all HTML tags"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (HTMLSourceModeTab.dir, HTMLSourceModeTab.label) + Do NOT translate text for 'HTMLSourceModeTab.dir', use latin "ltr" if + you want the <html> image to left of the 'HTMLSourceModeTab.label' text, + or use latin "rtl" if you want this image to the right of text. You do + not need to include HTML in the label 'HTMLSourceModeTab.label' --> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.dir "ltr"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.label "Source"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.label "HTML Source"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.tooltip "Edit HTML source"> +<!ENTITY PreviewModeTab.label "Preview"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.label "Preview"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.tooltip "Display as WYSIWYG (as in the browser)"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de9f688ed8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editor.properties @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE FILE: embedded "\n" represent HTML breaks (<br>) +# Don't translate embedded "\n". +# Don't translate strings like this: %variable% +# as they will be replaced using JavaScript +# +No=No +Save=Save +More=More +Less=Less +MoreProperties=More Properties +FewerProperties=Fewer Properties +PropertiesAccessKey=P +None=None +none=none +OpenHTMLFile=Open HTML File +OpenTextFile=Open Text File +SelectImageFile=Select Image File +SaveDocument=Save Page +SaveDocumentAs=Save Page As +SaveTextAs=Save Text As +EditMode=Edit Mode +Preview=Preview +Publish=Publish +PublishPage=Publish Page +DontPublish=Don't Publish +SavePassword=Use Password Manager to save this password +CorrectSpelling=(correct spelling) +NoSuggestedWords=(no suggested words) +NoMisspelledWord=No misspelled words +CheckSpellingDone=Completed spell checking. +CheckSpelling=Check Spelling +InputError=Error +Alert=Alert +CantEditFramesetMsg=Composer cannot edit HTML framesets, or pages with inline frames. For framesets, try editing the page for each frame separately. For pages with iframes, save a copy of the page and remove the <iframe> tag. +CantEditMimeTypeMsg=This type of page can't be edited. +CantEditDocumentMsg=This page can't be edited for an unknown reason. +BeforeClosing=before closing +BeforePreview=before viewing in the browser +BeforeValidate=before validating the document +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveFilePrompt, PublishPrompt): Don't translate %title% and %reason% (this is the reason for asking user to close, such as "before closing") +SaveFilePrompt=Save changes to "%title%" %reason%? +PublishPrompt=Save changes to "%title%" %reason%? +SaveFileFailed=Saving file failed! + +# Publishing error strings: +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %dir% or %file% in the Publishing error strings: +FileNotFound=%file% not found. +SubdirDoesNotExist=The subdirectory "%dir%" doesn't exist on this site or the filename "%file%" is already in use by another subdirectory. +FilenameIsSubdir=The filename "%file%" is already in use by another subdirectory. +ServerNotAvailable=The server is not available. Check your connection and try again later. +Offline=You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner of any window to go online. +DiskFull=There is not enough disk space available to save the file "%file%." +NameTooLong=The filename or subdirectory name is too long. +AccessDenied=You do not have permission to publish to this location. +UnknownPublishError=Unknown publishing error occurred. +PublishFailed=Publishing failed. +PublishCompleted=Publishing completed. +AllFilesPublished=All files published +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %x% or %total% +FailedFileMsg=%x% of %total% files failed to publish. +# End-Publishing error strings +Prompt=Prompt +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (PromptFTPUsernamePassword): Don't translate %host% +PromptFTPUsernamePassword=Enter username and password for FTP server at %host% +RevertCaption=Revert To Last Saved +Revert=Revert +SendPageReason=before sending this page +Send=Send +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (PublishProgressCaption, PublishToSite, AbandonChanges): Don't translate %title% +PublishProgressCaption=Publishing: %title% +PublishToSite=Publishing to Site: %title% +AbandonChanges=Abandon unsaved changes to "%title%" and reload page? +DocumentTitle=Page Title +NeedDocTitle=Please enter a title for the current page. +DocTitleHelp=This identifies the page in the window title and bookmarks. +CancelPublishTitle=Cancel publishing? +## LOCALIZATION NOTE: "Continue" in this sentence must match the text for +## the CancelPublishContinue key below +CancelPublishMessage=Cancelling while publishing is in progress may result in your file(s) being incompletely transferred. Would you like to Continue or Cancel? +CancelPublishContinue=Continue +MissingImageError=Please enter or choose an image of type gif, jpg, or png. +EmptyHREFError=Please choose a location to create a new link. +LinkText=Link Text +LinkImage=Link Image +MixedSelection=[Mixed selection] +Mixed=(mixed) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (NotInstalled): %S is the name of the font +NotInstalled=%S (not installed) +EnterLinkText=Enter text to display for the link: +EnterLinkTextAccessKey=T +EmptyLinkTextError=Please enter some text for this link. +EditTextWarning=This will replace existing content. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (ValidateNumber):Don't translate: %n% %min% %max% +ValidateRangeMsg=The number you entered (%n%) is outside of the allowed range. +ValidateNumberMsg=Please enter a number between %min% and %max%. +MissingAnchorNameError=Please enter a name for this anchor. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateAnchorNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateAnchorNameError="%name%" already exists in this page. Please enter a different name. +BulletStyle=Bullet Style +SolidCircle=Solid circle +OpenCircle=Open circle +SolidSquare=Solid square +NumberStyle=Number Style +Automatic=Automatic +Style_1=1, 2, 3… +Style_I=I, II, III… +Style_i=i, ii, iii… +Style_A=A, B, C… +Style_a=a, b, c… +Pixels=pixels +Percent=percent +PercentOfCell=% of cell +PercentOfWindow=% of window +PercentOfTable=% of table +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (untitledTitle): %S is the window #. No plural handling needed. +untitledTitle=untitled-%S +untitledDefaultFilename=untitled +ShowToolbar=Show Toolbar +HideToolbar=Hide Toolbar +ImapError=Unable to load image +ImapCheck=\nPlease select a new location (URL) and try again. +SaveToUseRelativeUrl=Relative URLs can only be used on pages which have been saved +NoNamedAnchorsOrHeadings=(No named anchors or headings in this page) +TextColor=Text Color +HighlightColor=Highlight Color +PageColor=Page Background Color +BlockColor=Block Background Color +TableColor=Table Background Color +CellColor=Cell Background Color +TableOrCellColor=Table or Cell Color +LinkColor=Link Text Color +ActiveLinkColor=Active Link Color +VisitedLinkColor=Visited Link Color +NoColorError=Click on a color or enter a valid HTML color string +Table=Table +TableCell=Table Cell +NestedTable=Nested Table +HLine=Horizontal Line +Link=Link +Image=Image +ImageAndLink=Image and Link +NamedAnchor=Named Anchor +List=List +ListItem=List Item +Form=Form +InputTag=Form Field +InputImage=Form Image +TextArea=Text Area +Select=Selection List +Button=Button +Label=Label +FieldSet=Field Set +Tag=Tag +MissingSiteNameError=Please enter a name for this publishing site. +MissingPublishUrlError=Please enter a location for publishing this page. +MissingPublishFilename=Please enter a filename for the current page. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateSiteNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateSiteNameError="%name%" already exists. Please enter a different site name. +AdvancedProperties=Advanced Properties… +AdvancedEditForCellMsg=Advanced Edit is unavailable when multiple cells are selected +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ObjectProperties):Don't translate "%obj%" it will be replaced with one of above object nouns +ObjectProperties=%obj% Properties… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE This character must be in the above string and not conflict with other accesskeys in Format menu +ObjectPropertiesAccessKey=o +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinSelectedCells): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinSelectedCells=Join Selected Cells +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinCellToRight): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinCellToRight=Join with Cell to the Right +JoinCellAccesskey=j +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (TableSelectKey): Ctrl key on a keyboard +TableSelectKey=Ctrl+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (XulKeyMac): Command key on a Mac keyboard +XulKeyMac=Cmd+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Del): Del key on a keyboard +Del=Del +Delete=Delete +DeleteCells=Delete Cells +DeleteTableTitle=Delete Rows or Columns +DeleteTableMsg=Reducing the number of rows or columns will delete table cells and their contents. Do you really want to do this? +Clear=Clear +#Mouse actions +Click=Click +Drag=Drag +Unknown=Unknown +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveTextStylesAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveTextStyles" and "StopTextStyles" +RemoveTextStylesAccesskey=x +RemoveTextStyles=Remove All Text Styles +StopTextStyles=Discontinue Text Styles +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveLinksAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveLinks" and "StopLinks" +RemoveLinksAccesskey=n +RemoveLinks=Remove Links +StopLinks=Discontinue Link +# +NoFormAction=It is recommended that you enter an action for this form. Self-posting forms are an advanced technique that may not work consistently in all browsers. +NoAltText=If the image is relevant to the content of the document, you must supply alternate text that will appear in text-only browsers, and that will appear in other browsers when an image is loading or when image loading is disabled. +# +Malformed=The source could not be converted back into the document because it is not valid XHTML. +NoLinksToCheck=There are no elements with links to check diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41b1768602 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Attn: Localization - some of the menus in this dialog directly affect mail also. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.key "S"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.label "Paste Without Formatting"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.key "V"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.label "Paste As Quotation"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.key "o"> +<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.label "Rewrap"> +<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.key "R"> +<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.label "Find…"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.label "Find and Replace…"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.label "Spellcheck As You Type"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.label "Check Spelling…"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.key "p"> + +<!-- Insert menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.label "Link…"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.key "K"> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.label "Named Anchor…"> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.label "Image…"> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.label "Horizontal Line"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.label "Table…"> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.label "HTML…"> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.label "Math…"> +<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.label "Characters and Symbols…"> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.label "Break Below Image(s)"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.accesskey "k"> + +<!-- Used just in context popup. --> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.label "Create Link…"> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.label "Edit Link in New Composer"> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.accesskey "i"> + +<!-- Font Face SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.title "Font"> +<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.tooltip "Choose a font"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.label "Font"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.label "Variable Width"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.label "Fixed Width"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.key "T"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.label "Helvetica, Arial"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.label "Times"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.label "Courier"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- Font Size SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.title "Font Size"> +<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.tooltip "Choose a font size"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key "<"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key2 ","> <!-- < is above this key on many keyboards --> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.label "Larger"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key ">"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key2 "."> <!-- > is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.label "Tiny"> +<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.label "Small"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.label "Medium"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.label "Large"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.label "Extra Large"> +<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.label "Huge"> +<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.accesskey "H"> + +<!-- Font Style SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.label "Text Style"> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.label "Bold"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.key "B"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.label "Italic"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.key "I"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.label "Underline"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.key "U"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.label "Strikethrough"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.label "Superscript"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.label "Subscript"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.label "Nonbreaking"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.label "Emphasis"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.label "Stronger Emphasis"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.label "Citation"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.label "Abbreviation"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.label "Acronym"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.label "Code"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.label "Sample Output"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.label "Variable"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.accesskey "V"> + +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.label "Text Color…"> +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.label "Table or Cell Background Color…"> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.accesskey "B"> + +<!ENTITY formatRemoveStyles.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveLinks.key "K"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.label "Remove Named Anchors"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors2.key "R"> + +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.label "Paragraph"> +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.label "Paragraph"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.label "Heading 1"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.label "Heading 2"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.label "Heading 3"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.label "Heading 4"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.label "Heading 5"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.accesskey "5"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.label "Heading 6"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.accesskey "6"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.label "Address"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.label "Preformat"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.accesskey "f"> + +<!-- List menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.label "List"> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.label "None"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.label "Bulleted"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.label "Numbered"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.label "Term"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.label "Definition"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.label "List Properties…"> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.title "Paragraph"> +<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.tooltip "Choose a paragraph format"> +<!-- Shared in Paragraph, and Toolbar menulist --> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.label "Body Text"> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!-- isn't used in menu now, but may be added in future --> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.label "Advanced Properties"> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- Align menu items --> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.label "Align"> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.label "Left"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.tooltip "Align Left"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.label "Center"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.tooltip "Align Center"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.label "Right"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.tooltip "Align Right"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.label "Justify"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.tooltip "Align Justified"> + +<!-- Layer toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY absolutePosition.label "Positioning"> +<!ENTITY layer.tooltip "Layer"> +<!ENTITY decreaseZIndex.label "Send to Back"> +<!ENTITY layerSendToBack.tooltip "Send to Back"> +<!ENTITY increaseZIndex.label "Bring to Front"> +<!ENTITY layerBringToFront.tooltip "Bring to Front"> + +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.label "Increase Indent"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.key "]"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.label "Decrease Indent"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.key "["> + +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.label "Page Colors and Background…"> +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.accesskey "u"> + +<!-- Table Menu --> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.label "Table"> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.accesskey "b"> + +<!-- Select Submenu --> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.label "Select"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.label "Table Select"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.label "Table Insert"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.label "Table Delete"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- Insert SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.label "Table"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.label "Row"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "Row(s)"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.label "Row Above"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.label "Row Below"> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.label "Column"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "Column(s)"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.label "Column Before"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.label "Column After"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.label "Cell"> +<!ENTITY tableCells.label "Cell(s)"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.label "Cell Contents"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.label "All Cells"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.label "Cell Before"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.label "Cell After"> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.accesskey "f"> +<!-- Delete SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- text for "Join Cells" is in editor.properties + ("JoinSelectedCells" and "JoinCellToRight") + the access key must exist in both of those strings + But value must be set here for accesskey to draw properly +--> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.label "j"> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.accesskey "j"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.label "Split Cell"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.label "Create Table from Selection"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.label "Table Properties…"> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.accesskey "o"> + +<!-- Toolbar-only items --> +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Formatting Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY cutToolbarCmd.tooltip "Cut"> +<!ENTITY copyToolbarCmd.tooltip "Copy"> +<!ENTITY pasteToolbarCmd.tooltip "Paste"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.label "Find"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.tooltip "Find text in page"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.label "Spell"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.tooltip "Check spelling of selection or entire page"> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.label "Image"> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert new image or edit selected image's properties"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.label "H.Line"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert horizontal line or edit selected line's properties"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.label "Table"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert new table or edit selected table's properties"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.label "Link"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert new link or edit selected link's properties"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.label "Anchor"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.tooltip "Insert new named anchor or edit selected anchor's properties"> +<!ENTITY colorButtons.title "Colors"> +<!ENTITY TextColorButton.tooltip "Choose color for text"> +<!ENTITY BackgroundColorButton.tooltip "Choose color for background"> +<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.label "Highlighter"> +<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.tooltip "Choose highlight color for text"> + +<!-- Editor toolbar --> +<!ENTITY absoluteFontSize.label "Font Size"> +<!ENTITY absoluteFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Set font size"> +<!ENTITY smaller.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Smaller font size"> +<!ENTITY larger.label "Larger"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Larger font size"> +<!ENTITY bold.label "Bold"> +<!ENTITY boldToolbarCmd.tooltip "Bold"> +<!ENTITY italic.label "Italic"> +<!ENTITY italicToolbarCmd.tooltip "Italic"> +<!ENTITY underline.label "Underline"> +<!ENTITY underlineToolbarCmd.tooltip "Underline"> +<!ENTITY bullets.label "Bullets"> +<!ENTITY bulletListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Apply or remove bulleted list"> +<!ENTITY numbers.label "Numbers"> +<!ENTITY numberListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Apply or remove numbered list"> +<!ENTITY outdent.label "Outdent"> +<!ENTITY outdentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Outdent text (move left)"> +<!ENTITY indent.label "Indent"> +<!ENTITY indentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Indent text (move right)"> +<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.label "Alignment"> +<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.tooltip "Choose text alignment"> +<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.tooltip "Insert a Link, Anchor, Image, Horizontal Line, or Table"> +<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.label "Align Left"> +<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.tooltip "Align text along left margin"> +<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.label "Align Center"> +<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.tooltip "Align text centered"> +<!ENTITY alignRightButton.label "Align Right"> +<!ENTITY alignRightButton.tooltip "Align text along right margin"> +<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.label "Align Justify"> +<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.tooltip "Align text along left and right margins"> + +<!-- Structure Toolbar Context Menu items --> +<!ENTITY structSelect.label "Select"> +<!ENTITY structSelect.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.label "Remove tag"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.label "Change tag"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.accesskey "c"> + +<!-- TOC manipulation --> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.label "Insert"> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.label "Table of Contents…"> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.accesskey "b"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0f0b5847e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Smiley Menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.label "Smiley"> +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.label "Smile"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.tooltip "Insert a smiley face"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.label "Frown"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.tooltip "Insert a frown face"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.label "Wink"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.tooltip "Insert a wink face"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.label "Tongue-out"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.tooltip "Insert a tongue-out face"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.label "Laughing"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.tooltip "Insert a laughing face"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.label "Embarrassed"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.tooltip "Insert an embarrassed face"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.label "Undecided"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.tooltip "Insert an undecided face"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.label "Surprise"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.tooltip "Insert a surprised face"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.label "Kiss"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.tooltip "Insert a kiss face"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.label "Yell"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.tooltip "Insert a yelling face"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.label "Cool"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.tooltip "Insert a cool face"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.label "Money-Mouth"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.tooltip "Insert a money-mouth face"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.label "Foot-in-Mouth"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.tooltip "Insert a foot-in-mouth face"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.label "Innocent"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.tooltip "Insert an innocent face"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.label "Cry"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.tooltip "Insert a crying face"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.label "Lips-are-Sealed"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.tooltip "Insert a lips-are-sealed face"> +<!ENTITY SmileButton.label "Insert Smiley"> +<!ENTITY SmileButton.tooltip "Insert a smiley face"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e9775cee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCheck.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY editorCheck.label "Composer"> +<!ENTITY editorCheck.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY compose.label "Composer"> +<!ENTITY editing.label "New Page Settings"> +<!ENTITY publish.label "Publishing"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d60456dca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-composer.xhtml --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Composer' prefs dialog. Similar to Communcator 4.x Document Properties/Colors and Background --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (pref.composer.title): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY pref.composer.title "Composer"> +<!ENTITY recentFiles.title "Recent Pages Menu"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.label "Maximum number of pages listed:"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY savingFiles.title "When Saving or Publishing Pages"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.label "Preserve original source formatting"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.tooltip "Preserves line breaks and page's original formatting"> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.label "Save images and other associated files when saving pages"> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.label "Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY composerEditing.label "Editing"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.label "Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.tooltip "Preserves table's rectangular shape by automatically adding cells after inserting or deleting cells"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY useCSS.label "Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes"> +<!ENTITY useCSS.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.label "Return in a paragraph always creates a new paragraph"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ff0bcb927 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.editing.title "New Page Settings"> + +<!ENTITY authorName.label "Author:"> +<!ENTITY authorName.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY pageColorHeader "Default Page Appearance"> + +<!ENTITY defaultColors.label "Reader's default colors (Don't set colors in page)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColors.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY customColors.label "Use custom colors:"> +<!ENTITY customColors.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "Normal text"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "Link text"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "Active link text"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "Visited link text"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> + +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "Background image:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Choose File…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f0858c0ae --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Customize Headers"> +<!ENTITY addButton.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.label "New message header:"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.accesskey "N"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa672f0180 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Filter Rules"> +<!ENTITY filterName.label "Filter name:"> +<!ENTITY filterName.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY recentFolders.label "Recent"> + +<!ENTITY junk.label "Junk"> +<!ENTITY notJunk.label "Not Junk"> + +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Lowest"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Low"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "High"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Highest"> + +<!ENTITY contextDesc.label "Apply filter when:"> +<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.label "Getting New Mail:"> +<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY contextManual.label "Manually Run"> +<!ENTITY contextManual.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY contextBeforeCls.label "Filter before Junk Classification"> +<!ENTITY contextAfterCls.label "Filter after Junk Classification"> +<!ENTITY contextOutgoing.label "After Sending"> +<!ENTITY contextOutgoing.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Archiving"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY contextPeriodic.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.label "Perform these actions:"> +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY filterActionOrderWarning.label "Note: Filter actions will be run in a different order."> +<!ENTITY filterActionOrder.label "See execution order"> + +<!-- New Style Filter Rule Actions --> +<!ENTITY moveMessage.label "Move Message to"> +<!ENTITY copyMessage.label "Copy Message to"> +<!ENTITY forwardTo.label "Forward Message to"> +<!ENTITY replyWithTemplate.label "Reply with Template"> +<!ENTITY markMessageRead.label "Mark As Read"> +<!ENTITY markMessageUnread.label "Mark As Unread"> +<!ENTITY markMessageStarred.label "Mark As Flagged"> +<!ENTITY setPriority.label "Set Priority to"> +<!ENTITY addTag.label "Tag Message"> +<!ENTITY setJunkScore.label "Set Junk Status to"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessage.label "Delete Message"> +<!ENTITY deleteFromPOP.label "Delete From POP Server"> +<!ENTITY fetchFromPOP.label "Fetch From POP Server"> +<!ENTITY ignoreThread.label "Ignore Thread"> +<!ENTITY ignoreSubthread.label "Ignore Subthread"> +<!ENTITY watchThread.label "Watch Thread"> +<!ENTITY stopExecution.label "Stop Filter Execution"> + +<!ENTITY addAction.tooltip "Add a new action"> +<!ENTITY removeAction.tooltip "Remove this action"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the filter action widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> +<!-- Flex Attribute: https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/XUL/Attribute/flex --> +<!ENTITY filterActionTypeFlexValue "1"> +<!ENTITY filterActionTargetFlexValue "4"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6b884de15 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY filterListDialog.title "Message Filters"> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Filter Name"> +<!ENTITY activeColumn.label "Enabled"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "New…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY copyButton.label "Copy…"> +<!ENTITY copyButton.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY reorderTopButton "Move to Top"> +<!ENTITY reorderTopButton.accessKey "o"> +<!ENTITY reorderTopButton.toolTip "Rearrange filter so it executes before all others"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY reorderBottomButton "Move to Bottom"> +<!ENTITY reorderBottomButton.accessKey "B"> +<!ENTITY reorderBottomButton.toolTip "Rearrange filter so it executes after all others"> +<!ENTITY filterHeader.label "Enabled filters are run automatically in the order shown below."> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.label "Filters for:"> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.label "Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.label "Run Now"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.label "Run selected filter(s) on:"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY searchBox.emptyText "Search filters by name…"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23033924dd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- for SearchDialog.xul --> +<!ENTITY searchHeading.label "Search for messages in:"> +<!ENTITY searchHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.label "Search subfolders"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.label "Perform search operations on:"> +<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY searchOnRemote.label "Remote server"> +<!ENTITY searchOnLocal.label "Local system"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.label "Clear"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY openButton.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openButton.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY searchDialogTitle.label "Search Messages"> +<!ENTITY results.label "Results"> +<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.label "Move Here"> +<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY moveButton.label "Move To"> +<!ENTITY moveButton.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.label "Open Message Folder"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.label "Save as Search Folder"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- for ABSearchDialog.xul --> +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.label "Search in:"> +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.label "Compose"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY abSearchDialogTitle.label "Advanced Address Book Search"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f73630a8f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!ENTITY name.label "Address Book Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e08050af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Contact.tab "Contact"> +<!ENTITY Contact.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY Name.box "Name"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: + NameField1, NameField2, PhoneticField1, PhoneticField2 + those fields are either LN or FN depends on the target country. + "FirstName" and "LastName" can be swapped for id to change the order + but they should not be translated (same applied to phonetic id). + Make sure the translation of label corresponds to the order of id. +--> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY NameField1.id "FirstName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY NameField2.id "LastName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.id "PhoneticFirstName"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.id "PhoneticLastName"> + +<!ENTITY NameField1.label "First:"> +<!ENTITY NameField1.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.label "Last:"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.label "Phonetic:"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.label "Phonetic:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.label "Display:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY preferDisplayName.label "Always prefer display name over message header"> +<!ENTITY preferDisplayName2.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Nickname:"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Email:"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Additional Email:"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.label "Prefers to receive messages formatted as:"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY PlainText.label "Plain Text"> +<!ENTITY HTML.label "HTML"> +<!ENTITY Unknown.label "Unknown"> +<!ENTITY chatName.label "Chat Name:"> + +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Work:"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Home:"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Fax:"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Pager:"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Mobile:"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "b"> + +<!ENTITY Home.tab "Private"> +<!ENTITY Home.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.label "Address:"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.label "City:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.label "State/Province:"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.label "ZIP/Postal Code:"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.label "Country:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.label "Web Page:"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.label "Birthday:"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY In.label ""> +<!ENTITY Year.placeholder "Year"> +<!ENTITY Or.value "or"> +<!ENTITY Age.placeholder "Age"> +<!ENTITY YearsOld.label ""> + +<!ENTITY Work.tab "Work"> +<!ENTITY Work.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Title:"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Department:"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Organization:"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.label "Address:"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.label "City:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.label "State/Province:"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.label "ZIP/Postal Code:"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.accesskey "Z"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.label "Country:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.label "Web Page:"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY Other.tab "Other"> +<!ENTITY Other.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.label "Custom 1:"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.label "Custom 2:"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.label "Custom 3:"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.label "Custom 4:"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY Notes.label "Notes:"> +<!ENTITY Notes.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY Chat.tab "Chat"> +<!ENTITY Chat.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY Yahoo.label "Yahoo!:"> +<!ENTITY Yahoo.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY Skype.label "Skype:"> +<!ENTITY Skype.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY QQ.label "QQ:"> +<!ENTITY QQ.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY MSN.label "MSN:"> +<!ENTITY MSN.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY ICQ.label "ICQ:"> +<!ENTITY ICQ.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY XMPP.label "Jabber ID:"> +<!ENTITY XMPP.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY IRC.label "IRC Nick:"> +<!ENTITY IRC.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY Photo.tab "Photo"> +<!ENTITY Photo.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.label "Generic Photo"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY DefaultPhoto.label "Default"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.label "On this Computer"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.label "Browse"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.label "On the Web"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.placeholder "Paste or type the web address of a photo"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY PhotoDropTarget.label "Drag new photo here"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d0401e6ae --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY mailListWindow.title "Mailing List"> + +<!-- Labels and Access Keys --> +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.label "Add to: "> +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY ListName.label "List Name: "> +<!ENTITY ListName.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.label "List Nickname: "> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.label "Description: "> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.accesskey "D"> +<!-- See bug 58485, when we implement drag and drop, add 'or drag addresses' back in --> +<!ENTITY AddressTitle.label "Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list:"> +<!ENTITY AddressTitle.accesskey "m"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7910e6fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY addressbookWindow.title "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY blankResultsPaneMessage.label "This address book shows contacts only after a search"> +<!ENTITY localResultsOnlyMessage.label "Contacts from remote address books are not shown until you search"> +<!-- File Menu --> +<!ENTITY newContact.label "Contact…"> +<!ENTITY newContact.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newContact.key "N"> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.label "Mailing List…"> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.label "Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.label "LDAP Directory…"> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.label "Print Contact…"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.key "P"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.label "Print Preview Contact"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.label "Print Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.label "Print Preview Address Book"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.accesskey "B"> + +<!-- Edit Menu --> +<!ENTITY deleteAbCmd.label "Delete Address Book"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactCmd.label "Delete Contact"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactsCmd.label "Delete Selected Contacts"> +<!ENTITY deleteListCmd.label "Delete List"> +<!ENTITY deleteListsCmd.label "Delete Selected Lists"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemsCmd.label "Delete Selected Items"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.label "Swap First/Last Name"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.label "Properties…"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.key "i"> + +<!-- View Menu --> +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.label "Address Book Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY layoutMenu.label "Layout"> +<!ENTITY layoutMenu.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.label "Directory Pane"> +<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY showContactPane2.label "Contact Pane"> +<!ENTITY showContactPane2.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.label "Show Name As"> +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.label "First Last"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.label "Last, First"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.label "Display Name"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key): This is only used on the + mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. --> +<!ENTITY toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key "S"> + +<!-- Tasks Menu --> +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Import…"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.label "Export…"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Toolbar and Popup items --> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.label "New Contact"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.label "New List"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.label "Compose"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY printButton.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY searchNameAndEmail.placeholder "Search Name and Email"> +<!ENTITY searchBox.title "Search"> + +<!-- Tooltips --> +<!ENTITY addressbookToolbar.tooltip "Address Book Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.tooltip "Create a new address book contact"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.tooltip "Create a new list"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.tooltip "Edit the selected item"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.tooltip "Send a mail message"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Print selected item"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.tooltip "Delete selected item"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Advanced address search"> + +<!-- Dir Tree header --> +<!ENTITY dirTreeHeader.label "Address Books"> + +<!-- Card Summary Pane --> +<!-- Box Headings --> +<!ENTITY contact.heading "Contact"> +<!ENTITY home.heading "Home"> +<!ENTITY other.heading "Other"> +<!ENTITY chat.heading "Chat"> +<!ENTITY phone.heading "Phone"> +<!ENTITY work.heading "Work"> +<!-- Special Box Headings, for mailing lists --> +<!ENTITY description.heading "Description"> +<!ENTITY addresses.heading "Addresses"> +<!-- For Map It! --> +<!ENTITY mapItButton.label "Get Map"> +<!ENTITY mapIt.tooltip "Display a map of this address from the Web"> + +<!-- Status Bar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label ""> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (hideSwapFnLnUI) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!-- Swap FN/LN UI Set to "false" to show swap fn/ln UI --> +<!ENTITY hideSwapFnLnUI "true"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..709f2b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Labels --> +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.label "Add to: "> +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.accesskey "t"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03659a690e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Addrbook.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY Addrbook.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Email"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Organization"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.label "Phonetic Name"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Nickname"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Additional Email"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Department"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Title"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Mobile"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Pager"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Fax"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Home Phone"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Work Phone"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY ChatName.label "Chat Name"> +<!ENTITY ChatName.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Ascending"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Descending"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "D"> + +<!-- context menu --> +<!ENTITY composeEmail.label "Compose Email To"> +<!ENTITY composeEmail.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.label "New Card…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.label "New Mailing List…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.label "Properties"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7922186689 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Title --> +<!ENTITY selectAddressWindow.title "Select Addresses"> + +<!-- Buttons --> +<!ENTITY toButton.label "To->"> +<!ENTITY toButton.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.label "Cc->"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.label "Bcc->"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "New…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.label "Look in:"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY for.label "for:"> +<!ENTITY for.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY for.placeholder "Name or Email"> +<!ENTITY addressMessageTo.label "Address message to:"> + +<!-- Tooltips items --> +<!ENTITY addressPickerNewButton.tooltip "Create a new address book card"> +<!ENTITY addressPickerEditButton.tooltip "Edit the selected card"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3dcab827aa --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following are used by the Mailing list dialog. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailingListTitleEdit): %S will be replaced by the Mailing List's display name. +mailingListTitleEdit=Edit %S +emptyListName=You must enter a list name. +lastFirstFormat=%S, %S +firstLastFormat=%S %S + +allAddressBooks=All Address Books + +newContactTitle=New Contact +# %S will be the card's display name +newContactTitleWithDisplayName=New Contact for %S +editContactTitle=Edit Contact +# %S will be the card's display name +editContactTitleWithDisplayName=Edit Contact for %S +# don't translate vCard +editVCardTitle=Edit vCard +# %S will be the card's display name, don't translate vCard +editVCardTitleWithDisplayName=Edit vCard for %S + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cardRequiredDataMissingMessage): do not localize \n +cardRequiredDataMissingMessage=You must enter at least one of the following items:\nEmail Address, First Name, Last Name, Display Name, Organization. +cardRequiredDataMissingTitle=Required Information Missing +incorrectEmailAddressFormatMessage=The primary e-mail address must be of the form user@host. +incorrectEmailAddressFormatTitle=Incorrect Email Address Format + +viewListTitle=Mailing List: %S +mailListNameExistsTitle=Mailing List Already Exists +mailListNameExistsMessage=A Mailing List with that name already exists. Please choose a different name. + +confirmDeleteThisContactTitle=Delete Contact +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisContact): +# #1 The name of the selected contact +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this contact? +# • John Doe +confirmDeleteThisContact=Are you sure you want to delete this contact?\n• #1 + +confirmDelete2orMoreContactsTitle=Delete Multiple Contacts +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreContacts): +# Semicolon list of plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 The number of selected contacts, always more than 1. +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 contacts? +confirmDelete2orMoreContacts=Are you sure you want to delete this #1 contact?;Are you sure you want to delete these #1 contacts? + +confirmRemoveThisContactTitle=Remove Contact +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmRemoveThisContact): +# #1 The name of the selected contact +# #2 The name of the containing mailing list +# This title is about a contact in a mailing list, so it will not be deleted, +# but only removed from the list. +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: Are you sure you want to remove this contact from the mailing list 'Customers List'? +# • John Doe +confirmRemoveThisContact=Are you sure you want to remove this contact from the mailing list '#2'?\n• #1 + +confirmRemove2orMoreContactsTitle=Remove Multiple Contacts +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmRemove2orMoreContacts): +# Semicolon list of singular and plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 The number of selected contacts, always more than 1. +# #2 The name of the containing mailing list +# Example: Are you sure you want to remove these 3 contacts from the mailing list 'Customers List'? +confirmRemove2orMoreContacts=Are you sure you want to remove this #1 contact from the mailing list '#2'?;Are you sure you want to remove these #1 contacts from the mailing list '#2'? + +confirmDeleteThisMailingListTitle=Delete Mailing List +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisMailingList): +# #1 The name of the selected mailing list +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this mailing list? +# • Customers List +confirmDeleteThisMailingList=Are you sure you want to delete this mailing list?\n• #1 + +confirmDelete2orMoreMailingListsTitle=Delete Multiple Mailing Lists +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreMailingLists): +# Semicolon list of plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 The number of selected mailing lists, always more than 1 +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 mailing lists? +confirmDelete2orMoreMailingLists=Are you sure you want to delete this #1 mailing list?;Are you sure you want to delete these #1 mailing lists? + +confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndListsTitle=Delete Contacts and Mailing Lists +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndLists): +# Semicolon list of and plural forms. +# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 The number of selected contacts and mailing lists, always more than 1 +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 contacts and mailing lists? +confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndLists=Are you sure you want to delete these #1 contacts and mailing lists?;Are you sure you want to delete these #1 contacts and mailing lists? + +confirmDeleteThisAddressbookTitle=Delete Address Book +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisAddressbookTitle): +# #1 The name of the selected address book +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts? +# • Friends and Family Address Book +confirmDeleteThisAddressbook=Are you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts?\n• #1 + +confirmDeleteThisLDAPDirTitle=Delete Local LDAP Directory +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisLDAPDir): +# #1 The name of the selected LDAP directory +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: Are you sure you want to delete the local copy of this LDAP directory and all of its offline contacts? +# • Mozilla LDAP Directory +confirmDeleteThisLDAPDir=Are you sure you want to delete the local copy of this LDAP directory and all of its offline contacts?\n• #1 + +confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbookTitle=Delete Collection Address Book +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbook): +# #1 The name of the selected collection address book +# #2 The name of the application (Thunderbird) +# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# Example: If this address book is deleted, Thunderbird will no longer collect addresses. +# Are you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts? +# • My Collecting Addressbook +confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbook=If this address book is deleted, #2 will no longer collect addresses.\nAre you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts?\n• #1 + +propertyPrimaryEmail=Email +propertyListName=List Name +propertySecondaryEmail=Additional Email +propertyNickname=Nickname +propertyDisplayName=Display Name +propertyWork=Work +propertyHome=Home +propertyFax=Fax +propertyCellular=Mobile +propertyPager=Pager +propertyBirthday=Birthday +propertyCustom1=Custom 1 +propertyCustom2=Custom 2 +propertyCustom3=Custom 3 +propertyCustom4=Custom 4 + +# Google Talk and AIM need to stay for now because of shared mailnews code. +propertyGtalk=Google Talk +propertyAIM=AIM +propertyYahoo=Yahoo! +propertySkype=Skype +propertyQQ=QQ +propertyMSN=MSN +propertyICQ=ICQ +propertyXMPP=Jabber ID +propertyIRC=IRC Nick + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateAndZip): +## %1$S is city, %2$S is state, %3$S is zip +cityAndStateAndZip=%1$S, %2$S %3$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateNoZip): +## %1$S is city, %2$S is state +cityAndStateNoZip=%1$S, %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityOrStateAndZip): +## %1$S is city or state, %2$S is zip +cityOrStateAndZip=%1$S %2$S + +stateZipSeparator= + +prefixTo=To +prefixCc=Cc +prefixBcc=Bcc +emptyEmailAddCard=You cannot add a card that has no primary email address +emptyEmailAddCardTitle=Cannot Add Card +addressBook=Address Book + +# Contact photo management +browsePhoto=Contact Photo +stateImageSave=Saving the image… +errorInvalidUri=Error: Invalid source image. +errorNotAvailable=Error: The file is not accessible. +errorInvalidImage=Error: Only JPG, PNG and GIF image types are supported. +errorSaveOperation=Error: Could not save the image. + +# mailnews.js +ldap_2.servers.pab.description=Personal Address Book +ldap_2.servers.history.description=Collected Addresses +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.oe.description is only used on Windows) +ldap_2.servers.oe.description=OE Contacts +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.osx.description is only used on macOS) +ldap_2.servers.osx.description=macOS Address Book + +# status bar stuff +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (totalContactStatus): +## %1$S is address book name, %2$S is card count +totalContactStatus=Total contacts in %1$S: %2$S +noMatchFound=No matches found +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (matchesFound1): +## Semicolon-separated list of singular and plural forms. +## See: https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Mozilla/Localization/Localization_and_Plurals +## #1 is the number of matching contacts found +matchesFound1=#1 match found;#1 matches found + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsCopied): Semi-colon list of plural forms +## %1$S is the number of contacts that were copied. This should be used multiple +## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S. +contactsCopied=%1$S contact copied;%1$S contacts copied + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsMoved): Semi-colon list of plural forms +## %1$S is the number of contacts that were moved. This should be used multiple +## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S. +contactsMoved=%1$S contact moved;%1$S contacts moved + +# LDAP directory stuff +invalidName=Please enter a valid Name. +invalidHostname=Please enter a valid Hostname. +invalidPortNumber=Please enter a valid Port Number. +invalidResults=Please enter a valid number in the results field. +abReplicationOfflineWarning=You must be online to perform LDAP replication. +abReplicationSaveSettings=Settings must be saved before a directory may be downloaded. + +# For importing / exporting +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ExportAddressBookNameTitle): %S is the name of exported addressbook +ExportAddressBookNameTitle=Export Address Book - %S +LDIFFiles=LDIF +CSVFiles=Comma Separated +CSVFilesSysCharset=Comma Separated (System Charset) +CSVFilesUTF8=Comma Separated (UTF-8) +TABFiles=Tab Delimited +TABFilesSysCharset=Tab Delimited (System Charset) +TABFilesUTF8=Tab Delimited (UTF-8) +VCFFiles=vCard +failedToExportTitle=Export Failed +failedToExportMessageNoDeviceSpace=Failed to export addressbook, no space left on device. +failedToExportMessageFileAccessDenied=Failed to export addressbook, file access denied. + +# For getting authDN for replication using dlg box +AuthDlgTitle=Address Book LDAP Replication +AuthDlgDesc=To access the directory server, enter your user name and password. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(joinMeInThisChat) +# use + for spaces +joinMeInThisChat=Join+me+in+this+Chat. + +# For printing +headingHome=Home +headingWork=Work +headingOther=Other +headingChat=Chat +headingPhone=Phone +headingDescription=Description +headingAddresses=Addresses + +## For address books +addressBookTitleNew=New Address Book +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addressBookTitleEdit): +# %S is the current name of the address book. +# Example: My Custom AB Properties +addressBookTitleEdit=%S Properties +duplicateNameTitle=Duplicate Address Book Name +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (duplicateNameText): +# Don't localize "\n• %S" unless your local layout comes out wrong. +# %S is the name of the existing address book. +# Example: An address book with this name already exists: +# • My Custom AB +duplicateNameText=An address book with this name already exists:\n• %S + +# For corrupt .mab files +corruptMabFileTitle=Corrupt Address Book File +corruptMabFileAlert=One of your address book files (%1$S file) could not be read. A new %2$S file will be created and a backup of the old file, called %3$S, will be created in the same directory. + +# For locked .mab files +lockedMabFileTitle=Unable to Load Address Book File +lockedMabFileAlert=Unable to load address book file %S. It may be read-only, or locked by another application. Please try again later. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d70b0da538 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# These are error strings for problems that happen while in the +# various states declared in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. Note that +# the number that indexes each error state is the same as the number +# corresponding to that state in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. + +## @name ERR_STATE_UNBOUND +## @loc none +0=LDAP initialization problem + +## @name ERR_STATE_INITIALIZING +## @loc none +1=LDAP server connection failed + +## @name ERR_STATE_BINDING +## @loc none +2=LDAP server connection failed + +## @name ERR_STATE_BOUND +## @loc none +3=LDAP server communications problem + +## @name ERR_STATE_SEARCHING +## @loc none +4=LDAP server search problem + + +# The format of the alert dialog itself +# +## @name ALERT_FORMAT +## @loc None of %1$S, %2$S and %3$S should be localized. +## %1$S is the error code itself, %2$S is an LDAP SDK error message from +## chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties, and %3$S is a hint relating +## to that specific error, found in this file. +errorAlertFormat=Error code %1$S: %2$S\n\n %3$S + +## The following errors are for error codes other than LDAP-specific ones. +## Someday mozilla will actually have a system for mapping nsresults to +## error strings that's actually widely used, unlike nsIErrorService. But +## until it does, these strings live here… + +## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND +## @loc none +5000=Host not found + +## @name GENERIC_ERROR +## @loc none +9999=Unknown error + + +# Hints to for the user, associated with specific error codes (ie error code +# + 10000) + + +## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED_HINT +## @loc none +10003=Please try again later, or else contact your System Administrator. + +## @name STRONGAUTH_REQUIRED_HINT +## @loc none +10008=Strong authentication is not currently supported. + +## @name INVALID_SYNTAX_HINT +## @loc none +10021=Verify that the search filter is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the search filter is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit, and then click Advanced to display the Search Filter. + +## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT_HINT +## @loc none +10032=Verify that the Base DN is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Base DN is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Base DN. + +## @name BUSY_HINT +## @loc none +10051=Please try again later. + +## @name SERVER_DOWN_HINT +## @loc none +10081=Verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. Click Advanced to display the Port Number. + +## @name TIMEOUT_HINT +## @loc none +10085=Please try again later. + +## @name FILTER_ERROR_HINT +## @loc none +10087=Verify that the search filter is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the search filter is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit, and then click Advanced to display the Search Filter. + +## @name NO_MEMORY_HINT +## @loc none +10090=Please close some other windows and/or applications and try again. + +## @name CONNECT_ERROR_HINT +## @loc none +10091=Verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname and Port Number are correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. Click Advanced to display the Port Number. + +## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND_HINT +## @loc none +15000=Verify that the Hostname is correct, and then try again, or else contact your System Administrator. To verify that the Hostname is correct, from the Edit menu, choose Preferences, then choose Mail & Newsgroups, and then choose Addressing. Click Edit Directories, and select the LDAP server being used. Click Edit to display the Hostname. + +## @name GENERIC_HINT +## @loc none +19999=Please contact your System Administrator. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbf8c02d69 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Short name of import module +ApplemailImportName=Apple Mail + +# Description of import module +ApplemailImportDescription=Import Local Mail from Apple Mail + +# Success Message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess=Local messages were successfully imported from %S + +# Error Message +ApplemailImportMailboxBadparam=An internal error occurred. Importing failed. Try importing again. + +# Error message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror=An error occurred while importing messages from %S. Messages were not imported. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97aa769651 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +# +# The following are used by the becky import code to display status/error +# and informational messages + +# Short name of import module +BeckyImportName=Becky! Internet Mail + +# Description of import module +BeckyImportDescription=Import Local Mail from Becky! Internet Mail + +# Success Message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox +BeckyImportMailboxSuccess=Local messages were successfully imported from %S. + +BeckyImportAddressSuccess=Address book imported diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91fb080bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## Rule of this file: +## 1. key should always be in lower case ascii so we can do case insensitive +## comparison in the code faster. + +## Format of this file: +## charset_name.title = a_title - specifies the human readable title for +## this charset + +iso-8859-1.title = Western (ISO-8859-1) +iso-8859-2.title = Central European (ISO-8859-2) +iso-8859-3.title = South European (ISO-8859-3) +iso-8859-4.title = Baltic (ISO-8859-4) +iso-8859-10.title = Nordic (ISO-8859-10) +iso-8859-13.title = Baltic (ISO-8859-13) +iso-8859-14.title = Celtic (ISO-8859-14) +iso-8859-15.title = Western (ISO-8859-15) +iso-8859-16.title = Romanian (ISO-8859-16) +windows-1250.title = Central European (Windows-1250) +windows-1252.title = Western (Windows-1252) +windows-1254.title = Turkish (Windows-1254) +windows-1257.title = Baltic (Windows-1257) +macintosh.title = Western (MacRoman) +x-mac-ce.title = Central European (MacCE) +x-mac-turkish.title = Turkish (MacTurkish) +x-mac-croatian.title = Croatian (MacCroatian) +x-mac-romanian.title = Romanian (MacRomanian) +x-mac-icelandic.title = Icelandic (MacIcelandic) +iso-2022-jp.title = Japanese (ISO-2022-JP) +shift_jis.title = Japanese (Shift_JIS) +euc-jp.title = Japanese (EUC-JP) +big5.title = Chinese Traditional (Big5) +big5-hkscs.title = Chinese Traditional (Big5-HKSCS) +gb2312.title = Chinese Simplified (GB2312) +gbk.title = Chinese Simplified (GBK) +euc-kr.title = Korean (EUC-KR) +utf-7.title = Unicode (UTF-7) +utf-8.title = Unicode (UTF-8) +utf-16.title = Unicode (UTF-16) +utf-16le.title = Unicode (UTF-16LE) +utf-16be.title = Unicode (UTF-16BE) +iso-8859-5.title = Cyrillic (ISO-8859-5) +windows-1251.title = Cyrillic (Windows-1251) +x-mac-cyrillic.title = Cyrillic (MacCyrillic) +x-mac-ukrainian.title = Cyrillic/Ukrainian (MacUkrainian) +koi8-r.title = Cyrillic (KOI8-R) +koi8-u.title = Cyrillic/Ukrainian (KOI8-U) +iso-8859-7.title = Greek (ISO-8859-7) +windows-1253.title = Greek (Windows-1253) +x-mac-greek.title = Greek (MacGreek) +windows-1258.title = Vietnamese (Windows-1258) +windows-874.title = Thai (Windows-874) +iso-8859-6.title = Arabic (ISO-8859-6) +iso-8859-8.title = Hebrew Visual (ISO-8859-8) +iso-8859-8-i.title = Hebrew (ISO-8859-8-I) +windows-1255.title = Hebrew (Windows-1255) +windows-1256.title = Arabic (Windows-1256) +x-user-defined.title = User Defined +ibm866.title = Cyrillic/Russian (CP-866) +gb18030.title = Chinese Simplified (GB18030) +x-mac-arabic.title = Arabic (MacArabic) +x-mac-farsi.title = Farsi (MacFarsi) +x-mac-hebrew.title = Hebrew (MacHebrew) +x-mac-devanagari.title = Hindi (MacDevanagari) +x-mac-gujarati.title = Gujarati (MacGujarati) +x-mac-gurmukhi.title = Gurmukhi (MacGurmukhi) + +chardet.off.title = (Off) +chardet.universal_charset_detector.title = Universal +chardet.ja_parallel_state_machine.title = Japanese +chardet.ko_parallel_state_machine.title = Korean +chardet.zhtw_parallel_state_machine.title = Traditional Chinese +chardet.zhcn_parallel_state_machine.title = Simplified Chinese +chardet.zh_parallel_state_machine.title = Chinese +chardet.cjk_parallel_state_machine.title = East Asian +chardet.ruprob.title = Russian +chardet.ukprob.title = Ukrainian diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbad90663e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- address labels --> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd The basic mail/news composition headers as they are seen in UI --> +<!ENTITY toAddr.label "To:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddr.label "Cc:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddr.label "Bcc:"> +<!ENTITY replyAddr.label "Reply-To:"> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label "Newsgroup:"> +<!ENTITY followupAddr.label "Followup-To:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11e06a452b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE askSendFormat.dtd UI for dialog that asks the user, which format to use for sending a message --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "HTML Mail Question"> + +<!ENTITY recipient.label "Some of the recipients are not listed as being able to receive HTML mail."> + +<!ENTITY question.label "Would you like to convert the message to plain text or send it in HTML anyway?"> + +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.label "Send in Plain Text and HTML"> +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.label "Send in Plain Text Only"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.label "Send in HTML Only"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.accesskey "H"> + +<!ENTITY send.label "Send"> +<!ENTITY send.accesskey "S"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b594a444fd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +convertibleYes=Your message can be converted to plain text without losing information. +convertibleAltering=Your message can be converted to plain text without losing important information. However, the plain text version might look different from what you saw in the composer. +convertibleNo=However, you used formatting (e.g. colors) that will not be converted to plain text. +recommended=(recommended) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61358d9ae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the compose back end +# +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (unableToOpenFile, unableToOpenTmpFile): +## %S will be replaced with the name of file that could not be opened +unableToOpenFile=Unable to open the file %S. +unableToOpenTmpFile=Unable to open the temporary file %S. Check your 'Temporary Directory' setting. +unableToSaveTemplate=Unable to save your message as a template. +unableToSaveDraft=Unable to save your message as a draft. +couldntOpenFccFolder=Couldn't open the Sent mail folder. Please verify that your Mail preferences are correct. +noSender=No sender was specified. Please add your email address in the Mail & Newsgroups account settings. +noRecipients=No recipients were specified. Please enter a recipient or newsgroup in the addressing area. +errorWritingFile=Error writing temporary file. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingFromCommand): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +errorSendingFromCommand=An error occurred while sending mail. The mail server responded: %s. Please verify that your email address is correct in your Mail preferences and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingDataCommand): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +errorSendingDataCommand=An Outgoing server (SMTP) error occurred while sending mail. The server responded: %s. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingMessage): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +errorSendingMessage=An error occurred while sending mail. The mail server responded: %s. Please check the message and try again. +postFailed=The message could not be posted because connecting to the news server failed. The server may be unavailable or is refusing connections. Please verify that your news server settings are correct and try again. +errorQueuedDeliveryFailed=An error occurred while delivering unsent messages. +sendFailed=Sending of the message failed. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (sendFailedUnexpected): argument %X is a hex error code value +sendFailedUnexpected=Failed due to unexpected error %X. No description is available. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSecurityIssue): argument %S is the Outgoing smtp server name +smtpSecurityIssue=The configuration related to %S must be corrected. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpServerError): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +smtpServerError=An error occurred while sending mail: Outgoing server (SMTP) error. The server responded: %s. +unableToSendLater=Sorry, we were unable to save your message for sending later. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (communicationsError): argument %d is the error code +communicationsError=A communications error occurred: %d. Please try again. +dontShowAlert=THIS IS JUST A PLACEHOLDER. YOU SHOULD NEVER SEE THIS STRING. + +couldNotGetUsersMailAddress2=An error occurred while sending mail: the sender's address (From:) was invalid. Please verify that this email address is correct and try again. +couldNotGetSendersIdentity=An error occurred while sending mail: the sender identity was invalid. Please verify the configuration of your identity and try again. +mimeMpartAttachmentError=Attachment error. +failedCopyOperation=The message was sent successfully, but could not be copied to your Sent folder. +nntpNoCrossPosting=You can only send a message to one news server at a time. +msgCancelling=Cancelling… +sendFailedButNntpOk=Your message has been posted to the newsgroup but has not been sent to the other recipient. +errorReadingFile=Error reading file. +followupToSenderMessage=The author of this message has requested that responses be sent only to the author. If you also want to reply to the newsgroup, add a new row to the addressing area, choose Newsgroup from the recipients list, and enter the name of the newsgroup. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorAttachingFile): argument %S is the file name/URI of object to be attached +errorAttachingFile=There was an error attaching %S. Please check that you have access to the file. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (incorrectSmtpGreeting): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) greeting +incorrectSmtpGreeting=An error occurred while sending mail: The mail server sent an incorrect greeting: %s. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingRcptCommand): argument %1$S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response, argument %2$S is the intended message recipient. +errorSendingRcptCommand=An error occurred while sending mail. The mail server responded:\n%1$S.\nPlease check the message recipient "%2$S" and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (startTlsFailed): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +startTlsFailed=An error occurred while sending mail: Unable to establish a secure link with Outgoing server (SMTP) %S using STARTTLS since it doesn't advertise that feature. Switch off STARTTLS for this server or contact your service provider. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPasswordUndefined): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) account +smtpPasswordUndefined=An error occurred while sending mail: Could not get password for %S. The message was not sent. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendNotAllowed): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +smtpSendNotAllowed=An error occurred while sending mail. The mail server responded:\n%s.\nPlease ensure that you are using the correct identity to send and that the used authentication method is correct. Verify that you are allowed to send via this SMTP server with your current credentials from your current network. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpTempSizeExceeded): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +smtpTempSizeExceeded=The size of the message you are trying to send exceeds a temporary size limit of the server. The message was not sent; try to reduce the message size or wait some time and try again. The server responded: %s. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpClientid): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +smtpClientid=The outgoing server (SMTP) detected an error in the CLIENTID command. The message was not sent. The server responded: %s + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpClientidPermission): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response +smtpClientidPermission=The outgoing server (SMTP) response to the CLIENTID command indicates that your device is not permitted to send mail. The server responded: %s + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPermSizeExceeded1): argument %d is the Outgoing server (SMTP) size limit +smtpPermSizeExceeded1=The size of the message you are trying to send exceeds the global size limit (%d bytes) of the server. The message was not sent; reduce the message size and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPermSizeExceeded2): argument %s is the server's response +smtpPermSizeExceeded2=The size of the message you are trying to send exceeds the global size limit of the server. The message was not sent; reduce the message size and try again. The server responded: %s. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendFailedUnknownServer): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +smtpSendFailedUnknownServer=An error occurred while sending mail: Outgoing server (SMTP) %S is unknown. The server may be incorrectly configured. Please verify that your Outgoing server (SMTP) settings are correct and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendRequestRefused): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +smtpSendRequestRefused=The message could not be sent because connecting to Outgoing server (SMTP) %S failed. The server may be unavailable or is refusing SMTP connections. Please verify that your Outgoing server (SMTP) settings are correct and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendInterrupted): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +smtpSendInterrupted=The message could not be sent because the connection to Outgoing server (SMTP) %S was lost in the middle of the transaction. Try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendTimeout): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +smtpSendTimeout=The message could not be sent because the connection to Outgoing server (SMTP) %S timed out. Try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendFailedUnknownReason): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) +smtpSendFailedUnknownReason=The message could not be sent using Outgoing server (SMTP) %S for an unknown reason. Please verify that your Outgoing server (SMTP) settings are correct and try again. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainNoSsl): %S is the server hostname +smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainNoSsl=The Outgoing server (SMTP) %S does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up the account, try changing the 'Authentication method' in 'Account Settings | Outgoing server (SMTP)' to 'Password, transmitted insecurely'. If it used to work but now doesn't, you may be susceptible to getting your password stolen. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainSsl): %S is the server hostname +smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainSsl=The Outgoing server (SMTP) %S does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up the account, try changing the 'Authentication method' in 'Account settings | Outgoing server (SMTP)' to 'Normal password'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthPlainToEncrypt): %S is the server hostname +smtpHintAuthPlainToEncrypt=The Outgoing server (SMTP) %S does not allow plaintext passwords. Please try changing the 'Authentication method' in 'Account Settings | Outgoing server (SMTP)' to 'Encrypted password'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthFailure): %S is the server hostname +smtpAuthFailure=Unable to authenticate to Outgoing server (SMTP) %S. Please check the password, and verify the 'Authentication method' in 'Account Settings | Outgoing server (SMTP)'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthGssapi): %S is the server hostname +smtpAuthGssapi=The Kerberos/GSSAPI ticket was not accepted by the Outgoing server (SMTP) %S. Please check that you are logged in to the Kerberos/GSSAPI realm. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthMechNotSupported): %S is the server hostname +smtpAuthMechNotSupported=The Outgoing server (SMTP) %S does not support the selected authentication method. Please change the 'Authentication method' in 'Account Settings | Outgoing server (SMTP)'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorIllegalLocalPart2): %s is an email address with an illegal localpart +errorIllegalLocalPart2=There are non-ASCII characters in the local part of the recipient address %s and your server does not support SMTPUTF8. Please change this address and try again. + +## Strings used for the save message dialog shown when the user closes a message compose window +saveDlogTitle=Save Message + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (saveDlogMessages3): Do not translate the words %1$S and \n. +## %1$S is replaced by the folder name configured for saving drafts (typically the "Drafts" folder). +## Translate "Compose" to match the translation of item "windowTitlePrefix" below. +saveDlogMessages3=Save this message to your drafts folder (%1$S) and close the Compose window? +discardButtonLabel=&Discard changes + +## generics string +defaultSubject=(no subject) +chooseFileToAttach=Attach File(s) + +## +windowTitlePrefix=Compose: + +## Strings used by the empty subject dialog. +subjectEmptyTitle=Subject Reminder +subjectEmptyMessage=Your message doesn't have a subject. +sendWithEmptySubjectButton=&Send Without Subject +cancelSendingButton=&Cancel Sending + +## Strings used by the dialog that informs about lack of newsgroup support. +noNewsgroupSupportTitle=Newsgroups Not Supported +recipientDlogMessage=This account only supports email recipients. Continuing will ignore newsgroups. + +## Strings used by the alert that tells the user an e-mail address is invalid. +addressInvalidTitle=Invalid Recipient Address +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (addressInvalid): %1$S is the email address +addressInvalid=%1$S is not a valid e-mail address because it is not of the form user@host. You must correct it before sending the e-mail. + +genericFailureExplanation=Please verify that your Mail & Newsgroups account settings are correct and try again. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (undisclosedRecipients): this string must use only US_ASCII characters +undisclosedRecipients=undisclosed-recipients + +## String used for attachment pretty name, when the attachment is a message +messageAttachmentSafeName=Attached Message +## String used for attachment pretty name, when the attachment is a message part +partAttachmentSafeName=Attached Message Part + +## String used by the Initialization Error dialog +initErrorDlogTitle=Message Compose +initErrorDlgMessage=An error occurred while creating a message compose window. Please try again. + +## String used if the file to attach does not exist when passed as +## a command line argument +errorFileAttachTitle=File Attach + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorFileAttachMessage): %1$S will be replaced by the non-existent file name. +errorFileAttachMessage=The file %1$S does not exist so could not be attached to the message. + +## String used if a file to serve as message body does not exist or cannot be +## loaded when passed as a command line argument +errorFileMessageTitle=Message File + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorFileMessageMessage): %1$S will be replaced by the non-existent file name. +errorFileMessageMessage=The file %1$S does not exist and could not be used as message body. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorLoadFileMessageMessage): %1$S will be replaced by the name of the file that can't be loaded. +errorLoadFileMessageMessage=The file %1$S could not be loaded as message body. + +## Strings used by the Save as Draft/Template dialog +SaveDialogTitle=Save Message + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveDialogMsg): %1$S is the folder name, %2$S is the host name +SaveDialogMsg=Your message has been saved to the folder %1$S under %2$S. +CheckMsg=Do not show me this dialog box again. + +## Strings used by the prompt when Quitting while in progress +quitComposeWindowTitle=Sending Message + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (quitComposeWindowMessage): don't translate \n +quitComposeWindowMessage2=%1$S is currently in the process of sending a message.\nWould you like to wait until the message has been sent before quitting or quit now? +quitComposeWindowQuitButtonLabel2=&Quit +quitComposeWindowWaitButtonLabel2=&Wait + +## Strings used by the prompt for Ctrl-Enter check before sending message +sendMessageCheckWindowTitle=Send Message +sendMessageCheckLabel=Are you sure you are ready to send this message? +sendMessageCheckSendButtonLabel=Send +assemblingMessageDone=Assembling message…Done +assemblingMessage=Assembling message… +smtpDeliveringMail=Delivering mail… +smtpMailSent=Mail sent successfully +assemblingMailInformation=Assembling mail information… + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (gatheringAttachment): argument %S is the file name/URI of attachment +gatheringAttachment=Attaching %S… +creatingMailMessage=Creating mail message… + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (copyMessageStart): argument %S is the folder name +copyMessageStart=Copying message to %S folder… +copyMessageComplete=Copy complete. +copyMessageFailed=Copy failed. +filterMessageComplete=Filter complete. +filterMessageFailed=Filter failed. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (largeMessageSendWarning): +## %S is the message size in user-friendly notation. Do not translate. +largeMessageSendWarning=Warning! You are about to send a message of size %S which may exceed the allowed limit on the mail server. Are you sure that you want to do this? +sendingMessage=Sending message… +sendMessageErrorTitle=Send Message Error +postingMessage=Posting message… +sendLaterErrorTitle=Send Later Error +saveDraftErrorTitle=Save Draft Error +saveTemplateErrorTitle=Save Template Error + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving): argument %.200S is the file name/URI of object to be embedded +failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving=There was a problem including the file %.200S in the message. Would you like to continue saving the message without this file? + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending): argument %.200S is the file name/URI of object to be embedded +failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending=There was a problem including the file %.200S in the message. Would you like to continue sending the message without this file? +returnToComposeWindowQuestion=Would you like to return to the compose window? + +## reply header in composeMsg +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle): #1 is the author (name of person replying to) +mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle=#1 wrote: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote): #1 is the author, #2 is the date, #3 is the time +mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote=On #2 #3, #1 wrote: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate): #1 is the author, #2 is the date, #3 is the time +mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate=#1 wrote on #2 #3: + +## reply header in composeMsg +## user specified +mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage=-------- Original Message -------- + +## forwarded header in composeMsg +## user specified +mailnews.forward_header_originalmessage=-------- Forwarded Message -------- + +## Strings used by the rename attachment dialog +renameAttachmentTitle=Rename Attachment +renameAttachmentMessage=New attachment name: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the +## word %S. Place the word %S where the host name should appear. +smtpEnterPasswordPrompt=Enter your password for %S: + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername): Do not translate the +## words %1$S and %2$S. Place the word %1$S where the host name should appear, +## and %2$S where the user name should appear. +smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername=Enter your password for %2$S on %1$S: +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithHostname): Do not translate the +## word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the server host name should appear. +smtpEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithHostname=Password Required for Outgoing (SMTP) Server %1$S + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveSentLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n. +## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name +## configured to contain saved sent messages (typically the "Sent" folder). +## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders"). +promptToSaveSentLocally2=Your message was sent but a copy was not placed in your sent folder (%1$S) due to network or file access errors.\nYou can retry or save the message locally to %3$S/%1$S-%2$S. +errorFilteringMsg=Your message has been sent and saved, but there was an error while running message filters on it. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveDraftLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n. +## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name +## configured to contain saved draft messages (typically the "Drafts" folder). +## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders"). +promptToSaveDraftLocally2=Your draft message was not copied to your drafts folder (%1$S) due to network or file access errors.\nYou can retry or save the draft locally to %3$S/%1$S-%2$S. +buttonLabelRetry2=&Retry + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveTemplateLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n. +## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name +## configured to contain saved templates (typically the "Templates" folder). +## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders"). +promptToSaveTemplateLocally2=Your template was not copied to your templates folder (%1$S) due to network or file access errors.\nYou can retry or save the template locally to %3$S/%1$S-%2$S. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(saveToLocalFoldersFailed): Message appears after normal +## save fails (e.g., to Sent) and save to Local Folders also fails. This could +## occur if network is down and filesystem problems are present such as disk +## full, permission issues or hardware failure. +saveToLocalFoldersFailed=Unable to save your message to local folders. Possibly out of file storage space. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(blockedAllowResource): %S is the URL to load. +blockedAllowResource=Unblock %S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedContentMessage): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +## See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +## %S will be replaced by brandShortName. +## Files must be unblocked individually, therefore the plural form reads: +## Unblocking a file (one of several) will include it (that one file) in your sent message. +## In other words: +## Unblocking one/several file(s) will include it/them in your message. +blockedContentMessage=%S has blocked a file from loading into this message. Unblocking the file will include it in your sent message.;%S has blocked some files from loading into this message. Unblocking a file will include it in your sent message. + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedContentPrefLabel, blockedContentPrefAccesskey): +## Same content as (blockedContentPrefLabel, blockedContentPrefAccesskey) +## in mail directory. SeaMonkey does only use Options and not Preferences. +blockedContentPrefLabel=Options +blockedContentPrefAccesskey=O + +## Identity matching warning notification bar. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(identityWarning): %S will be replaced with the identity name. +identityWarning=A unique identity matching the From address was not found. The message will be sent using the current From field and settings from identity %S. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e367a329b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.label "Attach this image to the message"> +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.accesskey "s"> + +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.label "Attach the source of this link to the message"> +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.accesskey "s"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88fa068d04 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE messengercompose.dtd Main UI for message composition --> +<!ENTITY msgComposeWindow.title "Compose: (no subject)"> + +<!ENTITY fromAddr.label "From:"> +<!ENTITY fromAddr.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY toAddr.label "To:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddr.label "Cc:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddr.label "Bcc:"> +<!ENTITY replyAddr.label "Reply-To:"> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label "Newsgroup:"> +<!ENTITY followupAddr.label "Followup-To:"> +<!ENTITY subject.label "Subject:"> +<!ENTITY subject.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY attachments.label "Attachments:"> +<!ENTITY attachments.accesskey "c"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Save"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Save As"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "File…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.label "Draft"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Template"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.label "Attach"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.label "File(s)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.label "Web Page…"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE attachVCardCmd.label Don't translate the term 'vCard' --> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.label "Personal Card (vCard)"> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.label "Send Now"> +<!ENTITY sendCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.label "Send Later"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.accesskey "L"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings…"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "m"> + +<!-- View menu items --> +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.label "Mail Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.label "Formatting Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.accesskey "F"> + +<!-- Format menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Format"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "o"> + +<!-- Options menu items --> +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.label "Options"> +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.accesskey "p"> + +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.label "Quote Message"> +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.label "Select Addresses…"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.key ""> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.label "Priority"> +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Lowest"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Low"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "High"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Highest"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.accesskey "H"> + +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.label "Return Receipt"> +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY dsnMenu.label "Delivery Status Notification"> +<!ENTITY dsnMenu.accesskey "N"> + +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.label "Format"> +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.label "Auto-Detect"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.label "Plain Text Only"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.label "Rich Text (HTML) Only"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.label "Plain and Rich (HTML) Text"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.accesskey "l"> + +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.label "Send a Copy To"> +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "File Here"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE Toolbar items Don't change any "chrome://" URLs --> +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Send"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.label "Address"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.label "Attach"> +<!ENTITY spellingButton.label "Spelling"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.label "Save"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> + +<!--tooltips--> +<!-- We already inherit &menuBar.tooltip and &mailToolbar.tooltip from messenger.dtd --> +<!ENTITY addressBar.tooltip "Address Bar"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Formatting Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.tooltip "Send this message now"> +<!ENTITY sendlaterButton.tooltip "Send this message later"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.tooltip "Select a recipient from an Address Book"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.tooltip "Include an attachment"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.tooltip "Save this message"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Stop the current transfer"> + +<!-- context menu items --> +<!ENTITY openAttachment.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openAttachment.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.label "Rename…"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachment.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY selectAllAttachments.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.label "Attach File(s)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.label "Attach Web Page…"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.accesskey "W"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6e3939055 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE sendprogress.dtd Main UI for Send Message Progress Dialog --> +<!ENTITY sendDialog.title "Processing Message"> +<!ENTITY status.label "Status:"> +<!ENTITY progress.label "Progress:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61799efb37 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (titleSendMsgSubject): +# %S will be replaced by the message subject. +titleSendMsgSubject=Sending Message - %S +titleSendMsg=Sending Message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (titleSaveMsgSubject): +# %S will be replaced by the message subject. +titleSaveMsgSubject=Saving Message - %S +titleSaveMsg=Saving Message + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentMsg): +# This string is used to format the text to the right of the progress meter. +# %S will be replaced by the percentage of the file that has been saved. +# %% will be replaced a single % sign. +percentMsg=%S%% + +messageSent=Your message has been sent. +messageSaved=Your message has been saved. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f51faa3a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +colonInHeaderName=The header you entered contains an invalid character, such as ':', a non-printable character, a non-ascii character, or an eight bit ascii character. Please remove the invalid character and try again. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..405c2950bb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY all.label "Download all headers"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "D"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (download.label): + consider the download.label and headers.label as a single sentence + with the number of headers to be downloaded inserted between them: + EXAMPLE: "Download" <some number> "headers" + Either label could be set to null ("") if required grammatically. +--> + +<!ENTITY download.label "Download"> +<!ENTITY download.accesskey "o"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (headers.label): see note for download.label --> +<!ENTITY headers.label "headers"> +<!ENTITY headers.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY mark.label "Mark remaining headers as read"> +<!ENTITY mark.accesskey "M"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..561d7bb0cc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.title "Import Address Book"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.recordNumber "Imported data for Record: "> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.text "Use Move Up and Move Down to match the address book fields on the left to the correct data for import on the right. Uncheck items you do not want to import."> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.label "Move Up"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.label "Move Down"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.fieldListTitle "Address Book fields"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.dataTitle "Record data to import"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.label "First record contains field names"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.accessKey "F"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1dd387d92 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +mustSelectFolder=You must select a target folder. +enterValidEmailAddress=Enter a valid e-mail address to forward to. +pickTemplateToReplyWith=Choose a template to reply with. +mustEnterName=You must give this filter a name. +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterTitle=Duplicate Filter Name +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterMessage=The filter name you entered already exists. Please enter a different filter name. +mustHaveFilterTypeTitle=No filter event selected +mustHaveFilterTypeMessage=You must select at least one event when this filter is applied. If you temporarily do not wish the filter to run at any event, uncheck its enabled state from the Message Filters dialog. +deleteFilterConfirmation=Are you sure you want to delete the selected filter(s)? +untitledFilterName=Untitled Filter +matchAllFilterName=Match All Messages +filterListBackUpMsg=Your filters do not work because the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, could not be read. A new msgFilterRules.dat file will be created and a backup of the old file, called rulesbackup.dat, will be created in the same directory. +customHeaderOverflow=You've exceeded the limit of 50 custom headers. Please remove one or more custom headers and try again. +filterCustomHeaderOverflow=Your filters have exceeded the limit of 50 custom headers. Please edit the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, to use fewer custom headers. +invalidCustomHeader=One of your filters uses a custom header that contains an invalid character, such as ':', a non-printable character, a non-ascii character, or an eight-bit ascii character. Please edit the msgFilterRules.dat file, which contains your filters, to remove invalid characters from your custom headers. +continueFilterExecution=Applying filter %S failed. Would you like to continue applying filters? +promptTitle=Running Filters +promptMsg=You are currently in the process of filtering messages.\nWould you like to continue applying filters? +stopButtonLabel=Stop +continueButtonLabel=Continue +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(cannotEnableIncompatFilter) +# %S=the name of the application +cannotEnableIncompatFilter=This filter was probably created by a newer or incompatible version of %S. You cannot enable this filter because we don't know how to apply it. +dontWarnAboutDeleteCheckbox=&Don't ask me again + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(copyToNewFilterName) +# %S=the name of the filter that is being copied +copyToNewFilterName=Copy of %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(contextPeriodic.label): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +# #1=the number of minutes +contextPeriodic.label=Periodically, every minute;Periodically, every #1 minutes +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterFailureWarningPrefix) +# %1$S=filter error action +# %2$S=error code as hexadecimal string. +filterFailureWarningPrefix=Filter action failed: "%1$S" with error code=%2$S while attempting: +filterFailureSendingReplyError=Error sending reply +filterFailureSendingReplyAborted=Sending reply aborted +filterFailureMoveFailed=Move failed +filterFailureCopyFailed=Copy failed +filterFailureAction=Failed applying the filter action + +searchTermsInvalidTitle=Search Terms Invalid +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(searchTermsInvalidRule) +# %1$S=search attribute name from the invalid rule +# %2$S=search operator from the bad rule +searchTermsInvalidRule=This filter cannot be saved because the search term "%1$S %2$S" is invalid in the current context. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterActionOrderExplanation) +# Keep the \n\n that mean 2 linebreaks. +filterActionOrderExplanation=When a message matches this filter the actions will be run in this order:\n\n +filterActionOrderTitle=Real action order +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterActionItem): +# %1$S=sequence number of the action, %2$S=action text, %3$S=action argument +filterActionItem=%1$S. %2$S %3$S\n + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterCountVisibleOfTotal): +# %1$S=number of matching filters, %2$S=total number of filters +filterCountVisibleOfTotal=%1$S of %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterCountItems): +## Semicolon-separated list of singular and plural forms. +## See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +## #1 is the count of items in the list. +filterCountItems=#1 item; #1 items + +# for junk mail logging / mail filter logging +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(junkLogDetectStr) +# %1$S=author, %2$S=subject, %3$S=date +junkLogDetectStr=Detected junk message from %1$S - %2$S at %3$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logMoveStr) +# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI +logMoveStr=moved message id = %1$S to %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logCopyStr) +# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI +logCopyStr=copied message id = %1$S to %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterLogLine): +# %1$S=timestamp %2$S=log message +filterLogLine=[%1$S] %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterMessage): +# %1$S=filter name, %1$S=log message +filterMessage=Message from filter "%1$S": %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterLogDetectStr) +# %1$S=filter name %2$S=author, %3$S=subject, %4$S=date +filterLogDetectStr=Applied filter "%1$S" to message from %2$S - %3$S at %4$S +filterMissingCustomAction=Missing Custom Action +filterAction2=priority changed +filterAction3=deleted +filterAction4=marked as read +filterAction5=thread killed +filterAction6=thread watched +filterAction7=flagged +filterAction8=tagged +filterAction9=replied +filterAction10=forwarded +filterAction11=execution stopped +filterAction12=deleted from POP3 server +filterAction13=left on POP3 server +filterAction14=junk score +filterAction15=body fetched from POP3 server +filterAction16=copied to folder +filterAction17=tagged +filterAction18=ignored subthread +filterAction19=marked as unread +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterAutoNameStr) +# %1$S=Header or item to match, e.g. "From", "Tag", "Age in days", etc. +# %2$S=Operator, e.g. "Contains", "is", "is greater than", etc. +# %3$S=Value, e.g. "Steve Jobs", "Important", "42", etc. +filterAutoNameStr=%1$S %2$S: %3$S diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7df4d0c5c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.windowtitle.label "Properties"> + +<!ENTITY generalInfo.label "General Information"> +<!ENTITY folderCharsetFallback2.label "Fallback Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY folderCharsetFallback2.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY folderCharsetEnforce2.label "Apply encoding to all messages in the folder (individual message text encoding settings and auto-detection will be ignored)"> +<!ENTITY folderCharsetEnforce2.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFileTip2.label "Rebuild Summary File Index"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.label "Repair Folder"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile.explanation "Sometimes the folder index (.msf) file becomes damaged and messages may appear missing or deleted messages continue showing; repairing the folder may fix these issues."> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.label "Include messages in this folder in Global Search results"> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY retention.label "Retention Policy"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.label "Use my account settings"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "days old"> +<!ENTITY message.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Keep messages:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Keep messages, both the local copies and their originals on the server:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Keep messages, including their originals on the server:"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.label "Delete messages more than"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "All messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "The newest"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Always keep flagged messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY folderSynchronizationTab.label "Synchronization"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.label "When getting new messages for this account, always check this folder"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.accesskey "c"> + +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.label "Select this folder for offline use"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.label "Download Now"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.label "Select this newsgroup for offline use"> +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.label "Download Now"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.accesskey "L"> + +<!ENTITY folderSharingTab.label "Sharing"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.label "Privileges…"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY permissionsDesc.label "You have the following permissions:"> +<!ENTITY folderType.label "Folder Type:"> + +<!ENTITY folderQuotaTab.label "Quota"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaUsage.label "Usage:"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaStatus.label "Status:"> + +<!ENTITY numberOfMessages.label "Number of messages:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: When the number of messages can't be determined, this string is displayed as the number --> +<!ENTITY numberUnknown.label "unknown"> +<!ENTITY sizeOnDisk.label "Size on disk:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: When the size can't be determined, this string is displayed as the size --> +<!ENTITY sizeUnknown.label "unknown"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82465951dd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(globalInbox) +# %S=name of the Local folders account +globalInbox=Global Inbox (%S) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(verboseFolderFormat): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is server name +verboseFolderFormat=%1$S on %2$S +chooseFolder=Choose Folder… +chooseAccount=Choose Account… +noFolders=No available folders diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20d6bb2527 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total"> +<!ENTITY folderSizeColumn.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY folderLocationToolbarItem.title "Folder Location"> +<!ENTITY mailViewsToolbarItem.title "Mail Views"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbarItem.title "Search"> +<!ENTITY searchSubjectOrAddress.placeholder "Search Subject or Address"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5ff7a34bb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.facetLabel): These are the labels used to label the facet +# displays in the global search facet display mechanism. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.includeLabel): The label to use for the included group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.included.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.excludeLabel): The label to use for the excluded group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.excluded.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.remainderLabel): The label to use for the remaining items +# that are neither part of the included group or the excluded group in the +# facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.remainder.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.folder.*): Stores the message folder in +# which the message is stored. +gloda.message.attr.folder.facetLabel=Mail Folder + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.fromMe.*): Stores everyone involved +# with the message. This means from/to/cc/bcc. +gloda.message.attr.fromMe.facetLabel=From Me + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.toMe.*): Stores everyone involved +# with the message. This means from/to/cc/bcc. +gloda.message.attr.toMe.facetLabel=To Me + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.involves.*): Stores everyone involved +# with the message. This means from/to/cc/bcc. +gloda.message.attr.involves.facetLabel=People +gloda.message.attr.involves.includeLabel=involving any of: +gloda.message.attr.involves.excludeLabel=not involving: +gloda.message.attr.involves.remainderLabel=other participants: + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.date.*): Stores the date of the message. +# SeaMonkey normally stores the date the message claims it was composed +# according to the "Date" header. This is not the same as when the message +# was sent or when it was eventually received by the user. In the future we +# may change this to be one of the other dates, but not anytime soon. +gloda.message.attr.date.facetLabel=Date + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.*): Stores the list of +# MIME types (ex: image/png, text/plain) of real attachments (not just part of +# the message content but explicitly named attachments) on the message. +# Although we hope to be able to provide localized human-readable explanations +# of the MIME type (ex: "PowerPoint document"), I don't know if that is going +# to happen. +gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.facetLabel=Attachments + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.*): Stores the mailing +# lists detected in the message. This will normally be the e-mail address of +# the mailing list and only be detected in messages received from the mailing +# list. Extensions may contribute additional detected mailing-list-like +# things. +gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.facetLabel=Mail List Involved + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.tag.*): Stores the tags applied to the +# message. Notably, gmail's labels are not currently exposed via IMAP and we +# do not do anything clever with gmail, so this is indepdendent of gmail +# labels. This may change in the future, but it's a safe bet it's not +# happening on SeaMonkey's side prior to 2.0. +gloda.message.attr.tag.facetLabel=Tags + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.star.*): Stores whether the message is +# flagged or not, as indicated by a pretty flag icon. +# Thunderbird uses a star. +gloda.message.attr.star.facetLabel=Flagged + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.read.*): Stores whether the user has +# read the message or not. +gloda.message.attr.read.facetLabel=Read + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.*): Stores whether we believe +# the user has ever replied to the message. We normally show a little icon in +# the thread pane when this is the case. +gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.facetLabel=Replied + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.forwarded.*): Stores whether we believe +# the user has ever forwarded the message. We normally show a little icon in +# the thread pane when this is the case. +gloda.message.attr.forwarded.facetLabel=Forwarded + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.*.label): Map categories of MIME +# types defined in mimeTypeCategories.js to labels. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label): Archive is +# referring to things like zip files, tar files, tar.gz files, etc. +gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label=Archives +gloda.mimetype.category.documents.label=Documents +gloda.mimetype.category.images.label=Images +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.media.label): Media is meant to +# encompass both audio and video. This is because video and audio streams are +# frequently stored in the same type of container and we cannot rely on the +# sending e-mail client to have been clever enough to figure out what was +# really in the file. So we group them together. +gloda.mimetype.category.media.label=Media (Audio, Video) +gloda.mimetype.category.pdf.label=PDF Files +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.other.label): Other is the category +# for MIME types that we don't really know what it is. +gloda.mimetype.category.other.label=Other diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec365e6567 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the imap code to display progress/status/error messages +# + +#LOCALIZATION NOTE(imapAlertDialogTile): Do not translate the word "%S" +# below. Place the word %S where the account name should appear. +imapAlertDialogTitle=Alert for account %S + +# Status - opening folder +imapStatusSelectingMailbox=Opening folder %S… + +# Status - create folder +imapStatusCreatingMailbox=Creating folder… + +# Status - deleting a folder +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusDeletingMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated. +# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name +# of the folder being deleted. +imapStatusDeletingMailbox=Deleting folder %S… + +# Status - renaming mailbox +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusRenamingMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated. +# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name +# of the folder being renamed. +imapStatusRenamingMailbox=Renaming folder %S… + +# Status - looking for mailboxes +imapStatusLookingForMailbox=Looking for folders… + +# Status - subscribing to mailbox +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated. +# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name +# of the folder being subscribed to. +imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox=Subscribing to folder %S… + +# Status - unsubscribing from mailbox +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated. +# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name +# of the folder being unsubscribed from. +imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox=Unsubscribing from folder %S… + +# Status - searching imap folder +imapStatusSearchMailbox=Searching folder… + +# Status - closing a folder +imapStatusCloseMailbox=Closing folder… + +# Status - compacting a folder +imapStatusExpungingMailbox=Compacting folder… + +# Status - logging out +imapStatusLoggingOut=Logging out… + +# Status - checking server capabilities +imapStatusCheckCompat=Checking mail server capabilities… + +# Status - logging on +imapStatusSendingLogin=Sending login information… + +# Status - auth logon +imapStatusSendingAuthLogin=Sending login information… + +# Status - downloading message +imapDownloadingMessage=Downloading message… + +# Status - getting acl for folder +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapGettingACLForFolder): Do not translate the word "ACL" below. +imapGettingACLForFolder=Getting folder ACL… + +# Status - getting server info +imapGettingServerInfo=Getting Server Configuration Info… + +# Status - getting mailbox info +imapGettingMailboxInfo=Getting Mailbox Configuration Info… + +# Status - empty mime part +imapEmptyMimePart=This body part will be downloaded on demand. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapReceivingMessageHeaders3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below. +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the header being downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of headers to be downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear. +# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message. +# Example: "Joe's Account: Downloading message header 100 of 1000 in Drafts…" +imapReceivingMessageHeaders3=Downloading message header %1$S of %2$S in %3$S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapReceivingMessageFlags3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below. +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the flag being downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of flags to be downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear. +# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message. +# Example: "Jim's Account: Downloading message flag 100 of 1000 in INBOX…" +imapReceivingMessageFlags3=Downloading message flag %1$S of %2$S in %3$S… + +imapDeletingMessages=Deleting messages… + +imapDeletingMessage=Deleting message… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMovingMessages): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +imapMovingMessages=Moving messages to %S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMovingMessage): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +imapMovingMessage=Moving message to %S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessages): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +imapCopyingMessages=Copying messages to %S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessage): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +imapCopyingMessage=Copying message to %S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapFolderReceivingMessageOf3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below. +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the message being downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of messages to be downloaded should appear. +# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear. +# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message. +# Example: "Juan's Account: Downloading message 100 of 1000 in Sent…" +imapFolderReceivingMessageOf3=Downloading message %1$S of %2$S in %3$S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapDiscoveringMailbox): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +imapDiscoveringMailbox=Found folder: %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapEnterServerPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the words %1$S and %2$S below. +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the username should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the servername should appear. +imapEnterServerPasswordPrompt=Enter your password for %1$S on %2$S: + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerNotImap4): Do not translate the word "IMAP4" below. +imapServerNotImap4=Mail server %S is not an IMAP4 mail server. + +# This is intentionally left blank. +imapDone= + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername): Do not translate the +# word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear. +imapEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername=Enter your password for %1$S + +imapUnknownHostError=Failed to connect to server %S. +imapOAuth2Error=Authentication failure while connecting to server %S. + +imapConnectionRefusedError=Could not connect to mail server %S; the connection was refused. + +imapNetTimeoutError=Connection to server %S timed out. + +# Status - no messages to download +imapNoNewMessages=There are no new messages on the server. + +imapDefaultAccountName=Mail for %S + +imapSpecialChar2=The %S character is reserved on this imap server. Please choose another name. + +imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeName=Personal Folder + +imapPublicFolderTypeName=Public Folder + +imapOtherUsersFolderTypeName=Other User's Folder + +imapPersonalFolderTypeDescription=This is a personal mail folder. It is not shared. + +imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeDescription=This is a personal mail folder. It has been shared. + +imapPublicFolderTypeDescription=This is a public folder. + +imapOtherUsersFolderTypeDescription=This is a mail folder shared by the user '%S'. + +imapAclFullRights=Full Control + +imapAclLookupRight=Lookup + +imapAclReadRight=Read + +imapAclSeenRight=Set Read/Unread State + +imapAclWriteRight=Write + +imapAclInsertRight=Insert (Copy Into) + +imapAclPostRight=Post + +imapAclCreateRight=Create Subfolder + +imapAclDeleteRight=Delete Messages + +imapAclAdministerRight=Administer Folder + +imapServerDoesntSupportAcl=This server does not support shared folders. + +imapAclExpungeRight=Expunge + +imapServerDisconnected= Server %S has disconnected. The server may have gone down or there may be a network problem. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSubscribeText): %1$S is the imap folder. +imapSubscribePrompt=Would you like to subscribe to %1$S? + +imapServerDroppedConnection=Unable to connect to your IMAP server. You may have exceeded the maximum number \ +of connections to this server. If so, use the Advanced IMAP Server Settings dialog to \ +reduce the number of cached connections. + +# This will occur when a folder that has never been imap selected or opened +# (left-clicked) is first right-clicked to access quota properties. +imapQuotaStatusFolderNotOpen=Quota information is not available because the folder is not open. + +# The imap capability response reports that QUOTA is not supported. +imapQuotaStatusNotSupported=This server does not support quotas. + +# The getqutaroot command succeeded but reported no quota information. +imapQuotaStatusNoQuota2=This folder reports no quota information. + +# Folder properties were requested by the user (right-click) before the getquotaroot +# command was sent. +imapQuotaStatusInProgress=Quota information not yet available. + +# Out of memory +imapOutOfMemory=Application is out of memory. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessageOf2): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the destination folder should appear. +# Place the word %1$S where the currently copying message should appear. +# Place the word %2$S where the total number of messages should appear. +imapCopyingMessageOf2=Copying message %1$S of %2$S to %3$S… + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMoveFolderToTrash): Do not translate the word %S below. +# "%S" is the name of the folder. +imapMoveFolderToTrash=Are you sure you want to delete the folder '%S'? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapDeleteNoTrash): Do not translate the word %S below. +# "%S" is the name of the folder. +imapDeleteNoTrash=Deleting this folder is not undoable and will delete all of the messages it contains, and its sub-folders. Are you sure you still want to delete the folder '%S'? + +imapDeleteFolderDialogTitle=Delete Folder + +imapDeleteFolderButtonLabel=&Delete Folder + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL): %S is the server hostname +imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL=The IMAP server %S does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up this account, please try changing to 'Normal password' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. If it used to work and now suddenly fails, please contact your email administrator or provider. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt): %S is the server hostname +imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt=The IMAP server %S does not allow plaintext passwords. Please try changing to 'Encrypted password' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL): %S is the server hostname +imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL=The IMAP server %S does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up the account, please try changing to 'Password, transmitted insecurely' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. If it used to work and now suddenly fails, this is a common scenario how someone could steal your password. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthMechNotSupported): %S is the server hostname +imapAuthMechNotSupported=The IMAP server %S does not support the selected authentication method. Please change the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthGssapiFailed): %S is the server hostname +imapAuthGssapiFailed=The Kerberos/GSSAPI ticket was not accepted by the IMAP server %S. Please check that you are logged in to the Kerberos/GSSAPI realm. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerCommandFailed): +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account name should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the server response should appear. +imapServerCommandFailed=The current command did not succeed. The mail server for account %1$S responded: %2$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapFolderCommandFailed): Do not translate the word %S below. +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear. +# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the server response should appear. +imapFolderCommandFailed=The current operation on '%2$S' did not succeed. The mail server for account %1$S responded: %3$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerAlert): +# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account should appear. +# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the alert from the server should appear. +imapServerAlert=Alert from account %1$S: %2$S diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..baeb7885a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY importDialog.windowTitle "Import"> +<!ENTITY importAll.label "Import Everything"> +<!ENTITY importAll.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY importMail.label "Mail"> +<!ENTITY importMail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY importFeeds.label "Feed Subscriptions"> +<!ENTITY importFeeds.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.label "Address Books"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.label "Filters"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.accesskey "F"> + +<!ENTITY window.width "40em"> +<!ENTITY window.macWidth "45em"> + +<!ENTITY importTitle.label "&brandShortName; Import Wizard"> +<!ENTITY importShortDesc.label "Import Mail, Address Books, Settings, and Filters from other programs"> + +<!ENTITY importDescription1.label "This wizard will import mail messages, address book entries, feed subscriptions, preferences, and/or filters from other mail programs and common address book formats into &brandShortName;."> +<!ENTITY importDescription2.label "Once they have been imported, you will be able to access them from within &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY selectDescription.label "Please select the type of file that you would like to import:"> +<!ENTITY selectDescriptionB.label "Please select an existing account or create a new account:"> +<!ENTITY selectDescription.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY acctName.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY acctName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY noModulesFound.label "No application or file to import data from found."> + +<!ENTITY back.label "< Back"> +<!ENTITY forward.label "Next >"> +<!ENTITY finish.label "Finish"> +<!ENTITY cancel.label "Cancel"> + +<!ENTITY select.label "or select the type of material to import:"> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Title"> +<!ENTITY processing.label "Importing…"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e90cefb086 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Success message when no address books are found to import +## @name IMPORT_NO_ADDRBOOKS +## @loc None +2000=No address books were found to import. + +# Error: Address book import not intialized +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED +## @loc None +2001=Unable to import address books: initialization error. + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTHREAD +## @loc None +2002=Unable to import address books: cannot create import thread. + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_GETABOOK +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2003): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +2003=Error importing %S: unable to create address book. + +# Success message when no mailboxes are found to import +## @name IMPORT_NO_MAILBOXES +## @loc None +2004=No mailboxes were found to import + +# Error: Mailbox import not intialized +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTINITIALIZED +## @loc None +2005=Unable to import mailboxes, initialization error + +# Error: Unable to create the import thread +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTHREAD +## @loc None +2006=Unable to import mailboxes, cannot create import thread + +# Error: Unable to create the proxy object for importing mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOPROXY +## @loc None +2007=Unable to import mailboxes, cannot create proxy object for destination mailboxes + +# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2008): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear. +2008=Error creating destination mailboxes, cannot find mailbox %S + +# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_CREATE +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2009): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear. +2009=Error importing mailbox %S, unable to create destination mailbox + +# Error: No destination folder to import mailboxes +## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NODESTFOLDER +## @loc None +2010=Unable to create folder to import mail into + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_START +## @loc None +2100=First Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2101=Last Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2102=Display Name + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2103=Nickname + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2104=Primary Email + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2105=Secondary Email + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2106=Work Phone + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2107=Home Phone + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2108=Fax Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2109=Pager Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2110=Mobile Number + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2111=Home Address + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2112=Home Address 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2113=Home City + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2114=Home State + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2115=Home ZipCode + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2116=Home Country + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2117=Work Address + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2118=Work Address 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2119=Work City + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2120=Work State + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2121=Work ZipCode + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2122=Work Country + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2123=Job Title + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2124=Department + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2125=Organization + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2126=Web Page 1 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2127=Web Page 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2128=Birth Year + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2129=Birth Month + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2130=Birth Day + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2131=Custom 1 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2132=Custom 2 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2133=Custom 3 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2134=Custom 4 + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC +## @loc None +2135=Notes + +# Description: Address book field name +## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_END +## @loc None +2136=Screen Name + +#Error strings +ImportAlreadyInProgress=An import operation is currently in progress. Try again when the current import has finished. + +#Error strings for settings import +ImportSettingsBadModule=Unable to load settings module +ImportSettingsNotFound=Unable to find settings. Check to make sure the application is installed on this machine. +ImportSettingsFailed=An error occurred while importing settings. Some, or all, of the settings may not have been imported. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportSettingsSuccess=Settings were imported from %S + +#Error string for mail import +ImportMailBadModule=Unable to load mail import module +ImportMailNotFound=Unable to find mail to import. Check to make sure the mail application is correctly installed on this machine. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportMailFailed=An error occurred importing mail from %S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportMailSuccess=Mail was successfully imported from %S + +# Error string for address import +ImportAddressBadModule=Unable to load address book import module. +ImportAddressNotFound=Unable to find any address books to import. Check to make sure the selected application or format is correctly installed on this machine. +ImportEmptyAddressBook=Can't import empty address book %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportAddressFailed=An error occurred importing addresses from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportAddressSuccess=Addresses successfully imported from %S. + +# Error string for filters import +ImportFiltersBadModule=Unable to load filters import module. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersFailed=An error occurred importing filters from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersSuccess=Filters successfully imported from %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module. +ImportFiltersPartial=Filters partially imported from %S. Warnings below: + +#Progress strings +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +MailProgressMeterText=Converting mailboxes from %S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +AddrProgressMeterText=Converting address books from %S + +#Import file dialog strings +ImportSelectSettings=Select Settings File +ImportSelectMailDir=Select Mail Directory +ImportSelectAddrDir=Select Address Book Directory +ImportSelectAddrFile=Select Address Book File + +# Folder Names for imported Mail +DefaultFolderName=Imported Mail +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Do not translate the word "%S" below. +ImportModuleFolderName=%S Import diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dba7e67dbc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLog.title "Adaptive Junk Mail Log"> +<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLogInfo.label "Log of adaptive junk mail control activity."> +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Clear Log"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..900d9d66d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "About Junk Mail"> +<!ENTITY window.width "450"> +<!ENTITY info1a.label "Mail automatically detects incoming messages that appear to be junk mail (also known as spam). Messages that Mail thinks are junk will display a junk icon"> +<!ENTITY info1b.label "."> +<!ENTITY info2.label "At first, you must train Mail to identify junk mail by using the Junk toolbar button to mark messages as junk or not junk."> +<!ENTITY info3.label "Once Mail is correctly identifying junk mail, you can use the Junk Mail Controls to automatically move incoming junk mail to the Junk folder."> +<!ENTITY info4.label "For more information, click Help."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33b93dc2e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the local mail code to display progress/status/error messages +# + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ErrorDialogTitle): Do not translate the word "%S" +# below. Place the word %S where the account name should appear. +pop3ErrorDialogTitle=Error with account %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername): Do not translate the +# word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear. +pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername=Enter your password for %1$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3EnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the words "%1$S" +# and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear, and +# %2$S where the host name should appear. +pop3EnterPasswordPrompt=Enter your password for %1$S on %2$S: + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt): Do not +# translate the words "%1$S" and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the +# user name should appear, and %2$S where the host name should appear. +pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt=Please enter a new password for user %1$S on %2$S: + +# Status - Downloading message n of m +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (receivingMessages): Do not translate %1$S or %2$S in the following lines. +# Place the word %1$S where the number of messages downloaded so far should appear. +# Place the word %2$S where the total number of messages to receive should appear; +receivingMessages=Downloading message %1$S of %2$S… + +# Status - connecting to host +hostContact=Host contacted, sending login information… + +# Status - no messages to download +noNewMessages=There are no new messages. + +# Status - messages received after the download +#LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate %1$S or %2$S in the following line. +# %1$S will receive the number of messages received +# %2$S will receive the total number of messages +receivedMsgs=Received %1$S of %2$S messages + +# Status - parsing folder +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (buildingSummary): Do not translate %S in the following line. +# Place the word %S where the name of the mailbox should appear +buildingSummary=Building summary file for %S… + +# Status - parsing folder +localStatusDocumentDone=Done + +# Status - pop3 server error +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerError): Do not translate POP3 in the following line. +pop3ServerError=An error occurred with the POP3 mail server. + +# Status - pop3 user name failed +pop3UsernameFailure=Sending of username did not succeed. + +# Status - password failed +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3PasswordFailed): Do not translate "%1$S" below. +# Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear. +pop3PasswordFailed=Sending of password for user %1$S did not succeed. + +# Status - write error occurred +pop3MessageWriteError=Unable to write the email to the mailbox. Make sure the file system allows you write privileges, and you have enough disk space to copy the mailbox. + +# Status - pop3 server or folder busy +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerBusy): Do not translate the word "%S" below. +# Place %S where the account name should appear. +pop3ServerBusy=The account %S is being processed. Please wait until processing is complete to get messages. + +# Status - retr failure from the server +pop3RetrFailure=The RETR command did not succeed. Error retrieving a message. + +# Status - password undefined +pop3PasswordUndefined=Error getting mail password. + +# Status - username undefined +pop3UsernameUndefined=You have not supplied a username for this server. Please provide one in the account setup menu and try again. + +# Status - list failure +pop3ListFailure=The LIST command did not succeed. Error getting the ID and size of a message. + +# Status - delete error +pop3DeleFailure=The DELE command did not succeed. Error marking a message as deleted. + +# Status - stat failed +pop3StatFail=The STAT command did not succeed. Error getting message number and sizes. + +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerSaid): Do not remove the leading space during translation. +pop3ServerSaid= Mail server %S responded: + +copyingMessagesStatus=Copying %S of %S messages to %S + +movingMessagesStatus=Moving %S of %S messages to %S + +pop3TmpDownloadError=There was an error downloading the following message: \nFrom: %S\n Subject: %S\n This message may contain a virus or there is not enough disk space. Skip this message? + +# Status - the server doesn't support UIDL… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc): The following sentence should be translated in this way: +# Do not translate "POP3" +# Do not translate "%S". Place %S in your translation where the name of the server should appear. +# Do not translate "UIDL" +pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc=The POP3 mail server (%S) does not support UIDL or XTND XLST, which are required to implement the ``Leave on Server'', ``Maximum Message Size'' or ``Fetch Headers Only'' options. To download your mail, turn off these options in the Server Settings for your mail server in the Account Settings window. + +# Status - the server doesn't support the top command +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand): The following sentence should be translated in this way: +# Do not translate "POP3" +# Do not translate "%S". Place %S in your translation where the name of the server should appear. +# Do not translate "TOP" +pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand=The POP3 mail server (%S) does not support the TOP command. Without server support for this, we cannot implement the ``Maximum Message Size'' or ``Fetch Headers Only'' preference. This option has been disabled, and messages will be downloaded regardless of their size. + +nsErrorCouldNotConnectViaTls=Unable to establish TLS connection to POP3 server. The server may be down or may be incorrectly configured. Please verify the correct configuration in the Server Settings for your mail server in the Account Settings window and try again. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3MoveFolderToTrash): Do not translate the word %S below. +# "%S" is the name of the folder. +pop3MoveFolderToTrash=Are you sure you want to delete the folder '%S'? + +pop3DeleteFolderDialogTitle=Delete Folder + +pop3DeleteFolderButtonLabel=&Delete Folder + +pop3AuthInternalError=Internal state error during POP3 server authentication. This is an internal, unexpected error in the application, please report it as bug. + +pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL=This POP3 server does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up the account, please try changing to 'Password, transmitted insecurely' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. If it used to work and now suddenly fails, this is a common scenario how someone could steal your password. + +pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL=This POP3 server does not seem to support encrypted passwords. If you just set up this account, please try changing to 'Normal password' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. If it used to work and now suddenly fails, please contact your email administrator or provider. + +pop3AuthChangePlainToEncrypt=This POP3 server does not allow plaintext passwords. Please try changing to 'Encrypted password' as the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. + +# Authentication server caps and pref don't match +pop3AuthMechNotSupported=The server does not support the selected authentication method. Please change the 'Authentication method' in the 'Account Settings | Server settings'. + +# Status - Could not log in to GSSAPI, and it was the only method +pop3GssapiFailure=The Kerberos/GSSAPI ticket was not accepted by the POP server. Please check that you are logged in to the Kerberos/GSSAPI realm. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be8fca049d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Send Page…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "g"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6df2b60417 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.label "As Read"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.key "m"> + +<!ENTITY markAsUnreadCmd.label "As Unread"> +<!ENTITY markAsUnreadCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY markAsUnreadCmd2.key "u"> + +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.label "Flag"> +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.key "i"> + +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.label "Open Message"> +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.key "o"> + +<!ENTITY tagCmd0.key "0"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd1.key "1"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd2.key "2"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd3.key "3"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd4.key "4"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd5.key "5"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd6.key "6"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd7.key "7"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd8.key "8"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd9.key "9"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..adf5b57ecd --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "m"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Contact…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03002d5d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (messengerCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.label "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.commandkey "2"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.commandkey "5"> + +<!ENTITY taskMessenger.tooltip "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY taskAddressBook.tooltip "Address Book"> + +<!-- searchAddressesCmd is also used by addressbook --> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Search Addresses…"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "f"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f83b7e6658 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewListTitle.label "Customize Message Views"> +<!ENTITY viewName.label "View Name"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ebe7246b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewSetupTitle.label "Message View Setup"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.label "Message view name:"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "When this view is selected, display only messages that:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0257ac6d5d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# Mail Views +# + +mailViewPeopleIKnow=People I Know +mailViewRecentMail=Recent Mail +mailViewLastFiveDays=Last 5 Days +mailViewNotJunk=Not Junk +mailViewHasAttachments=Has Attachments diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c687dda694 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# MAPI Messages +loginText=Please enter your password for %S: +loginTextwithName=Please enter your username and password +loginTitle=%S Mail +PasswordTitle=%S Mail + +# MAPI Security Messages +mapiBlindSendWarning=Another application is attempting to send mail using your user profile. Are you sure you want to send mail? +mapiBlindSendDontShowAgain=Warn me whenever other applications try to send mail from me diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c34c23d9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageMarkByDate.label "Mark Messages as Read by Date"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.label "Mark messages as read from:"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.label "To:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d709078bc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messengerWindow.title "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY titleModifier.label "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY titleSeparator.label " - "> + +<!-- tabmail --> +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.label "Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.tooltip "Close tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailNewButton.tooltip "Duplicate current tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailCloseButton.tooltip "Close current tab"> +<!ENTITY tabmailAllTabs.tooltip "List all tabs"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY newMessage.label "New Message"> +<!ENTITY newMessage.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.label "Folder…"> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.label "Saved Search…"> +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.label "Duplicate Tab"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.key "t"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.label "Close Tab"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.label "Account…"> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.label "Open File…"> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Attachments"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.label "Save As"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "File"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.key "s"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Template"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.label "Get New Messages"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.label "Get New Messages for"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.label "All Accounts"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.label "Get Next 500 News Messages"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.label "Send Unsent Messages"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.label "Subscribe…"> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY renameFolder.label "Rename Folder…"> +<!ENTITY renameFolder.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.label "Compact Folders"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.label "Empty Trash"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.label "Offline"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.label "Download/Sync Now…"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.label "Offline Settings…"> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.label "Get Selected Messages"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.label "Get Flagged Messages"> +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.accesskey "G"> + +<!-- Edit Menu --> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.label "Delete Message"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.label "Undelete Message"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.label "Cancel Message"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.label "Delete Selected Messages"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.label "Undelete Selected Messages"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.label "Delete Folder"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.label "Unsubscribe"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.label "Select"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.label "Thread"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.label "Flagged Messages"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY menuFavoriteFolder.label "Favorite Folder"> +<!ENTITY menuFavoriteFolder.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.label "Properties…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsFolderCmd.label "Folder Properties…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsNewsgroupCmd.label "Newsgroup Properties…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings…"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY undoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Undo Delete Message"> +<!ENTITY redoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Redo Delete Message"> +<!ENTITY undoMoveMsgCmd.label "Undo Move Message"> +<!ENTITY redoMoveMsgCmd.label "Redo Move Message"> +<!ENTITY undoCopyMsgCmd.label "Undo Copy Message"> +<!ENTITY redoCopyMsgCmd.label "Redo Copy Message"> +<!ENTITY undoMarkAllCmd.label "Undo Mark All Read"> +<!ENTITY redoMarkAllCmd.label "Redo Mark All Read"> +<!ENTITY undoDefaultCmd.label "Undo"> +<!ENTITY redoDefaultCmd.label "Redo"> + +<!-- View Menu --> +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.label "Mail Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.label "Search Bar"> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.label "Tabs Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.label "Layout"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.label "Classic View"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.label "Wide View"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.label "Vertical View"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.label "Message Pane"> +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.label "Thread Pane"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.label "Folder Pane"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (toggleFolderPaneCmd.key): This is only used on the + mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. --> +<!ENTITY toggleFolderPaneCmd.key "S"> + +<!-- sortMenu is also used by addressbook --> +<!ENTITY sortMenu.label "Sort by"> +<!ENTITY sortMenu.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.label "Date"> +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.label "Received"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.label "Flag"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.label "Priority"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.label "Junk Status"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.label "Subject"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.label "From"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.label "Recipient"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.label "Read"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.label "Order Received"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.label "Attachments"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Ascending"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Descending"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.label "Threaded"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.label "Unthreaded"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.label "Grouped By Sort"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.label "Messages"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY threads.label "Threads"> +<!ENTITY threads.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.label "All"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.label "Expand All Threads"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.key "*"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.label "Collapse All Threads"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.key "\"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Threads with Unread"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Watched Threads with Unread"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.label "Ignored Threads"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.accesskey "i"> + +<!ENTITY headersMenu.label "Headers"> +<!ENTITY headersMenu.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.label "All"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.label "Normal"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.label "Message Body As"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.label "Original HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.label "Simple HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.label "Plain Text"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.label "All Body Parts"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.label "Feed Message Body As"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.label "Web Page"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.label "Summary"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.label "Default Format"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.label "Display Attachments Inline"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Reload"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Message Source"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.key "u"> + +<!ENTITY findCmd.label "Find in This Message…"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (quickFilterBar.show.key2): + This is the key used to show the Lightning quick filter bar. --> +<!ENTITY quickFilterBar.show.key2 "K"> + +<!-- Go Menu --> + +<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Go"> +<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.key "f"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.label "Unread Message"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.key "n"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Flagged Message"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.label "Unread Thread"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.key "t"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.label "Previous"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.key "b"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.label "Unread Message"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Back"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Flagged Message"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY folderMenu.label "Folder"> +<!ENTITY folderMenu.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.label "Mail Start Page"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.accesskey "S"> + +<!-- Message Menu --> +<!ENTITY msgMenu.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY msgMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.label "New Message"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.label "Message"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.label "Reply"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyListCmd.label "Reply to List"> +<!ENTITY replyListCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.label "Reply to Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.label "Reply to Sender Only"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.label "Reply to All"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.label "Reply to Sender and Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.label "Reply to All Recipients"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.key "l"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.label "Forward As"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.label "Inline"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.label "Attachment"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY editAsNewMsgCmd.label "Edit As New Message"> +<!ENTITY editAsNewMsgCmd.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY editAsNewMsgCmd.key "e"> +<!ENTITY editDraftMsgCmd.label "Edit Draft Message"> +<!ENTITY editDraftMsgCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY editTemplateMsgCmd.label "Edit Template"> +<!ENTITY editTemplateMsgCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY newMsgFromTemplateCmd.label "New Message from Template"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newMsgFromTemplateCmd.keycode): + Do not localize VK_RETURN. --> +<!ENTITY newMsgFromTemplateCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY createFilter.label "Create Filter From Message…"> +<!ENTITY createFilter.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.label "Archive"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.label "Move To"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.label "Copy Message Location"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.label "Copy To"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Recent"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.label "Ignore Thread"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.label "Ignore Subthread"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.label "Watch Thread"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.key "w"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "File Here"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.label "Copy Here"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.label "Tag"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.label "Customize…"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.label "Mark"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.label "Thread As Read"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.label "As Read by Date…"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.label "All Read"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.label "As Junk"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.label "As Not Junk"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.label "Run Junk Mail Controls"> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.label "Show Remote Content"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.label "As Not Scam"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.label "Open Feed Message"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.label "Web Page in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.label "Summary in New Window"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.label "Toggle Web Page and Summary in Message Pane"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.accesskey "T"> + +<!-- Tools Menu --> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "s"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Search Addresses…"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.label "Message Filters…"> +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.label "Run Filters on Folder"> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.label "Run Filters on Selected Messages"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.label "Run Filters on Message"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.label "Run Junk Mail Controls on Folder"> +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.label "Delete Mail Marked as Junk in Folder"> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Import…"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "I"> + +<!-- Folder Pane --> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Name"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total"> + +<!-- Toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.label "Get Msgs"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.label "Get All New Messages"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.label "Compose"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.label "Compose in HTML"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.label "Compose in Plain Text"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.label "Reply"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.label "Reply All"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.label "File"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Next"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.label "Go Back"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.label "Go Forward"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.label "Undelete"> +<!ENTITY markButton.label "Mark"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Print"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY junkButton.label "Junk"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.label "Not Junk"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.title "Advanced Search"> + +<!-- Tooltips --> +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Menu Bar"> +<!ENTITY mailToolbar.tooltip "Mail Toolbar"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbar.tooltip "Search Bar"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Advanced message search"> +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.tooltip "Get new messages"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.tooltip "Create a new message"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.tooltip "Reply to the message"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.tooltip "Reply to sender and all recipients"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButtonNews.tooltip "Reply to sender and newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Forward selected message"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.tooltip "File selected message"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.tooltip "Move to the next unread message"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.tooltip "Go back one message"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.tooltip "Go forward one message"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.tooltip "Delete selected message or folder"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.tooltip "Undelete selected message"> +<!ENTITY markButton.tooltip "Mark messages"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Print this message"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Stop the current transfer"> +<!ENTITY junkButton.tooltip "Mark the selected messages as junk"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.tooltip "Mark the selected messages as not junk"> + +<!-- Remote Content Button Popup --> +<!ENTITY remoteContentOptionsAllowForMsg.label "Show remote content in this message"> +<!ENTITY remoteContentOptionsAllowForMsg.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY editRemoteContentSettings.label "Edit permissions for remote content…"> +<!ENTITY editRemoteContentSettings.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Statusbar --> +<!ENTITY statusText.label "Done"> + +<!-- Thread Pane Context Menu --> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.label "Open Message in New Window"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.label "Open Message in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY contextEditMsgAsNew.label "Edit As New Message"> +<!ENTITY contextEditMsgAsNew.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY contextEditDraftMsg.label "Edit Draft Message"> +<!ENTITY contextEditTemplate.label "Edit Template"> +<!ENTITY contextEditTemplate.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY contextNewMsgFromTemplate.label "New Message from Template"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.label "Reply to Sender Only"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyList.label "Reply to List"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyList.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.label "Reply to Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.label "Reply to All"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.label "Reply to Sender and Newsgroup"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.label "Forward"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.label "Forward as Attachments"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Archive"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.label "Move To"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.label "Copy To"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Recent"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgFavoritesMenu.label "Favorites"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgFavoritesMenu.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.label "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.label "Print…"> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.label "Print Preview"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.accesskey "v"> + +<!-- Folder Pane Context Menu --> +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.label "Get Messages for Account"> +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkAllFoldersRead.label "Mark All Folders Read"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkAllFoldersRead.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.label "Open in New Mail Window"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.label "Open in New Tab"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.label "Rename"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.label "Compact This Folder"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.label "Empty Trash"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.label "Empty Junk"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.label "Send Unsent Messages"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.label "Unsubscribe"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.label "Mark Newsgroup Read"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.label "Mark Folder Read"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.label "New Subfolder…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.label "Subscribe…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.label "Properties…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY folderContextFavoriteFolder.label "Favorite Folder"> +<!ENTITY folderContextFavoriteFolder.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.label "Settings…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.accesskey "e"> + +<!-- focusSearchInput.key also used by addressbook --> +<!ENTITY focusSearchInput.key "k"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Search Messages…"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.accesskey "S"> + +<!ENTITY all.label "All"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2553178013 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties @@ -0,0 +1,521 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following are used by the messenger application + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(statusMessage): +# Do not translate the words %1$S and %2$S below. Place the word %1$S where the +# account name should appear and %2$S where the status message should appear. +# EXAMPLE: Jim's Account: Downloading messages... +statusMessage=%1$S: %2$S + +renameFolder=Rename Folder… +compactFolders=Compact This Folder;Compact These Folders +removeAccount=Delete Account… +removeFolder=Delete Folder +newFolderMenuItem=Folder… +newSubfolderMenuItem=Subfolder… +newFolder=New Folder… +newSubfolder=New Subfolder… +markFolderRead=Mark Folder Read;Mark Folders Read +markNewsgroupRead=Mark Newsgroup Read;Mark Newsgroups Read +folderProperties=Folder Properties +getMessages=Get Messages +getMessagesFor=Get Messages For Account +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (getNextNewsMessages): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +# #1 is the number of news messages to get. +getNextNewsMessages=Get Next #1 News Message;Get Next #1 News Messages +advanceNextPrompt=Advance to next unread message in %S? +titleNewsPreHost=on +titleMailPreHost=for +replyToSender=Reply to Sender +reply=Reply +EMLFiles=Mail Files +OpenEMLFiles=Open Message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(defaultSaveMessageAsFileName): Do not translate ".eml" +# in the line below. Also, the complete file name should be 8.3. +defaultSaveMessageAsFileName=message.eml +SaveMailAs=Save Message As +SaveAttachment=Save Attachment +SaveAllAttachments=Save All Attachments +DetachAttachment=Detach Attachment +DetachAllAttachments=Detach All Attachments +ChooseFolder=Choose Folder +LoadingMessageToPrint=Loading message to print… +MessageLoaded=Message loaded… +PrintingMessage=Printing message… +PrintPreviewMessage=Print Previewing message… +PrintingContact=Printing contact… +PrintPreviewContact=Print Previewing contact… +PrintingAddrBook=Printing AddressBook… +PrintPreviewAddrBook=Print Previewing AddressBook… +PrintingComplete=Done. +PreviewTitle=%S - %S +LoadingMailMsgForPrint=(Loading content for Printing) +LoadingMailMsgForPrintPreview=(Loading content for Print Preview) +saveAttachmentFailed=Unable to save the attachment. Please check your file name and try again later. +saveMessageFailed=Unable to save the message. Please check your file name and try again later. +fileExists=%S already exists. Do you want to replace it? +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(failedToReadFile): %1$S is replaced by the file name, %2$S is replaced by the reason the file load failed. +failedToReadFile=Failed to read file: %1$S reason: %2$S + +downloadingNewsgroups=Downloading Newsgroups for Offline Use +downloadingMail=Downloading Mail for Offline Use +sendingUnsent=Sending Unsent Messages + +folderExists=A folder with that name already exists. Please enter a different name. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(confirmDuplicateFolderRename): %1$S is name of folder being moved, %2$S is parent folder name, %3$S is proposed new folder name +confirmDuplicateFolderRename=A subfolder with the name '%1$S' already exists in the folder '%2$S'. Would you like to move this folder using the new name '%3$S'? +folderCreationFailed=The folder could not be created because the folder name you specified contains an unrecognized character. Please enter a different name and try again. + +compactingFolder=Compacting folder %S… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(compactingDone): %1$S is the compaction gain. +compactingDone=Done compacting (approx. %1$S saved). +autoCompactAllFoldersTitle=Compact Folders +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(autoCompactAllFoldersMsg): %1$S will be replaced by size gain of the compaction (including the unit), %2$S will be replaced by application name +autoCompactAllFoldersMsg=The messages you have deleted can be purged from disk. This operation will save about %1$S of disk space. Select the option below to let %2$S do this automatically without asking you. +autoCompactNeverAskCheckbox=Remove message deletions automatically and do not ask me. +proceedButton=&Proceed + +confirmFolderDeletionForFilter=Deleting the folder '%S' will disable its associated filter(s). Are you sure you want to delete the folder? +alertFilterChanged=Filters associated with this folder will be updated. +filterDisabled=The folder '%S' could not be found, so filter(s) associated with this folder will be disabled. Verify that the folder exists, and that filters point to a valid destination folder. +filterFolderDeniedLocked=The messages could not be filtered to folder '%S' because another operation is in progress. +parsingFolderFailed=Unable to open the folder %S because it is in use by some other operation. Please wait for that operation to finish and then select the folder again. +deletingMsgsFailed=Unable to delete messages in folder %S because it is in use by some other operation. Please wait for that operation to finish and then try again. +alertFilterCheckbox=Do not warn me again. +compactFolderDeniedLock=The folder '%S' cannot be compacted because another operation is in progress. Please try again later. +compactFolderWriteFailed=The folder '%S' could not be compacted because writing to folder failed. Verify that you have enough disk space, and that you have write privileges to the file system, then try again. +compactFolderInsufficientSpace=Some folders (e.g. '%S') cannot be compacted because there is not enough free disk space. Please delete some files and try again. +filterFolderHdrAddFailed=The messages could not be filtered to folder '%S' because adding a message to it failed. Verify that the folder is displaying properly or try to repair it from the folder properties. +filterFolderWriteFailed=The messages could not be filtered to folder '%S' because writing to folder failed. Verify that you have enough disk space, and that you have write privileges to the file system, then try again. +copyMsgWriteFailed=The messages could not be moved or copied to folder '%S' because writing to folder failed. To gain disk space, from the File menu, first choose Empty Trash, and then choose Compact Folders, and then try again. +cantMoveMsgWOBodyOffline=While working offline, you cannot move or copy messages that were not downloaded for offline use. From the Mail window, open the File menu, choose Offline, then uncheck Work Offline, and then try again. +operationFailedFolderBusy=The operation failed because another operation is using the folder. Please wait for that operation to finish and then try again. +folderRenameFailed=The folder could not be renamed. Perhaps the folder is being reparsed, or the new name is not a valid folder name. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(verboseFolderFormat): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is server name +verboseFolderFormat=%1$S on %2$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterFolderTruncateFailed): %1$S is replaced by the folder name, %2$S is replaced by the brandShortName +filterFolderTruncateFailed=There was an error truncating the Inbox after filtering a message to folder '%1$S'. You may need to shutdown %2$S and delete INBOX.msf. + +mailboxTooLarge=The folder %S is full, and can't hold any more messages. To make room for more messages, delete any old or unwanted mail and compact the folder. +outOfDiskSpace=There is not enough disk space to download new messages. Try deleting old mail, emptying the Trash folder, and compacting your mail folders, and then try again. +errorGettingDB=Unable to open the summary file for '%S'. Perhaps there was an error on disk, or the full path is too long. + +defaultServerTag=(Default) + +# Used in message database list view to provide a text value for graphic based cells. +messageUnread=Unread +messageHasFlag=Flagged +messageHasAttachment=Has Attachment +messageJunk=Junk +messageExpanded=Expanded +messageCollapsed=Collapsed + +# Used in the SMTP Account Settings panel when a server value has no properties +smtpServerList-NotSpecified=<not specified> +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-0=None +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-1=STARTTLS, if available +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-2=STARTTLS +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-3=SSL/TLS +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletionTitle=Delete Server +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletion=Are you sure you want to delete the server: \n %S? + +# Account Settings - Both Incoming and SMTP server +authNo=No authentication +authOld=Password, original method (insecure) +authPasswordCleartextInsecurely=Password, transmitted insecurely +authPasswordCleartextViaSSL=Normal password +authPasswordEncrypted=Encrypted password +authKerberos=Kerberos / GSSAPI +authExternal=TLS Certificate +authNTLM=NTLM +authOAuth2=OAuth2 +authAnySecure=Any secure method (deprecated) +authAny=Any method (insecure) + +# OAuth2 window title +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(oauth2WindowTitle): +# %1$S is the username (or full email address) used for authentication. +# %2$S is the hostname of the account being authenticated. +oauth2WindowTitle=Enter credentials for %1$S on %2$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-nntp): Do not translate "NNTP" in the line below +serverType-nntp=News Server (NNTP) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-pop3): Do not translate "POP" in the line below +serverType-pop3=POP Mail Server +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-imap): Do not translate "IMAP" in the line below +serverType-imap=IMAP Mail Server +serverType-none=Local Mail Store + +sizeColumnTooltip2=Sort by size +sizeColumnHeader=Size +linesColumnTooltip2=Sort by lines +linesColumnHeader=Lines + +# status feedback stuff +documentDone= +documentLoading=Loading Message… + +unreadMsgStatus=Unread: %S +selectedMsgStatus=Selected: %S +totalMsgStatus=Total: %S + +# localized folder names + +localFolders=Local Folders + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (inboxFolderName): OK to translate all foldernames, bugzilla #57440 & bugzilla #23625 fixed +inboxFolderName=Inbox +trashFolderName=Trash +sentFolderName=Sent +draftsFolderName=Drafts +templatesFolderName=Templates +outboxFolderName=Outbox +junkFolderName=Junk +archivesFolderName=Archives + +# "Normal" priority is often blank, +# depending on the consumers of these strings +priorityLowest=Lowest +priorityLow=Low +priorityNormal=Normal +priorityHigh=High +priorityHighest=Highest + +#Group by date thread pane titles +today=Today +yesterday=Yesterday +lastWeek=Last Week +last7Days=Last 7 Days +twoWeeksAgo=Two Weeks Ago +last14Days=Last 14 Days +older=Old Mail +futureDate=Future + +#Grouped By Tags +untaggedMessages=Untagged Messages + +# Grouped by status +messagesWithNoStatus=No Status + +#Grouped by priority +noPriority=No Priority + +#Grouped by has attachments +noAttachments=No Attachments +attachments=Attachments + +#Grouped by flagged +notFlagged=Not Flagged +groupFlagged=Flagged + +# defaults descriptions for tag prefs listed in mailnews.js +# (we keep the .labels. names for backwards compatibility) +mailnews.tags.remove=Remove All Tags +mailnews.labels.description.1=Important +mailnews.labels.description.2=Work +mailnews.labels.description.3=Personal +mailnews.labels.description.4=To Do +mailnews.labels.description.5=Later + +# Format definition tag menu texts. +# This is necessary in order to get the accesskeys to be the on the first +# character of the menu text instead of after the menu text. +# If a key definition exists for the tag at index n, that key's key will be +# taken as the accesskey, eg. +# <key id="key_tag3" key="&tagCmd3.key;" oncommand="ToggleMessageTagKey(3);"/> +# makes the third tag have the accesskey &tagCmd3.key;. +# In the menuitem's label, this accesskey appears at %1$S below; %2$S will be +# replaced by the tag label. +mailnews.tags.format=%1$S %2$S + +replied=Replied +forwarded=Forwarded +new=New +read=Read +flagged=Flagged + +# for junk status picker in search and mail views +junk=Junk + +# for junk score origin picker in search and mail views +junkScoreOriginPlugin=Plugin +junkScoreOriginFilter=Filter +junkScoreOriginWhitelist=Whitelist +junkScoreOriginUser=User +junkScoreOriginImapFlag=IMAP Flag + +# for the has attachment picker in search and mail views +hasAttachments=Has Attachments + +# for the Tag picker in search and mail views. +tag=Tag + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(andOthers): +# for multiple authors, add this abbreviation to the first author to indicate +# there are more; for the From column in the threadpane message list. +andOthers=et al. + +# mailnews.js +mailnews.send_default_charset=UTF-8 +mailnews.view_default_charset=ISO-8859-1 + +# whether to generate display names in last first order +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst): +# the only valid values are: true OR false (choose from the untranslated English words) +mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst=false + +# whether to also show phonetic fields in the addressbook +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields): +# the only valid values are: true OR false (choose from the untranslated English words) +mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields=false + +# valid format options are: +# 1: yyyy/mm/dd +# 2: yyyy/dd/mm +# 3: mm/dd/yyyy +# 4: mm/yyyy/dd +# 5: dd/mm/yyyy +# 6: dd/yyyy/mm +# +# 0: auto-detect the current locale format +# a separator has to be either '/', '-', '.' and the year in Chistian year +# otherwise mm/dd/yyyy (option 3) is used +# +mailnews.search_date_format=0 +# separator for search date (e.g. "/", "-"), or empty when search_date_format is zero +mailnews.search_date_separator= +# leading zeros for day and month values, not used if mailnews.search_date_format is not zero +mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros=true + +# offline msg +nocachedbodybody2=The body of this message has not been downloaded from \ +the server for reading offline. To read this message, \ +you must reconnect to the network, choose Offline from \ +the File menu and then uncheck Work Offline. \ +In the future, you can select which messages or folders to read offline. To do \ +this, choose Offline from the file menu and then select Download/Sync Now. \ +You can adjust the Disk Space preference to prevent the downloading of large \ +messages. + +# accountCentral +mailnews.account_central_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/msgAccountCentral.xul +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(acctCentralTitleFormat): %1$S is brand, %2$S is account type, %3$S is account name +acctCentralTitleFormat=%1$S %2$S - %3$S +mailAcctType=Mail +newsAcctType=News +feedsAcctType=Feeds + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(nocachedbodytitle): Do not translate "<TITLE>" or "</TITLE>" in the line below +nocachedbodytitle=<TITLE>Go Online to View This Message</TITLE>\n + +# mailWindowOverlay.js +confirmUnsubscribeTitle=Confirm Unsubscribe +confirmUnsubscribeText=Are you sure you want to unsubscribe from %S? +confirmUnsubscribeManyText=Are you sure you want to unsubscribe from these newsgroups? + +# msgHdrViewOverlay.js +deleteAttachments=The following attachments will be permanently deleted from this message:\n%S\nThis action cannot be undone. Do you wish to continue? +detachAttachments=The following attachments have been successfully saved and will now be permanently deleted from this message:\n%S\nThis action cannot be undone. Do you wish to continue? +deleteAttachmentFailure=Failed to delete the selected attachments. + +# This is the format for prepending accesskeys to the +# each of the attachments in the file|attachments menu: +# ie: 1 file.txt +# 2 another file.txt +attachmentDisplayNameFormat=%S %S + +# This is the heading for the attachment summary when printing an email +attachmentsPrintHeader=Attachments: + +# Connection Error Messages +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(unknownHostError): %S is the server name +unknownHostError=Failed to connect to server %S. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(connectionRefusedError): %S is the server name +connectionRefusedError=Could not connect to server %S; the connection was refused. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netTimeoutError): %S is the server name +netTimeoutError=Connection to server %S timed out. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netResetError): %S is the server name +netResetError=Connection to server %S was reset. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netInterruptError): %S is the server name +netInterruptError=Connection to server %S was interrupted. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(biffNotification): %1$S is the number of new messages +biffNotification_message=has %1$S new message +biffNotification_messages=has %1$S new messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(macBiffNotification is Mac only): +# %1$S is the number of new messages +# %2$S is a list of names and/or email addresses separated by biffNotification_separator +# %3$S is the number of new messages not displayed in the biff alert +macBiffNotification_message=%1$S new message from %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages=%1$S new messages from %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages_extra=%1$S new messages from %2$S and %3$S more. +# Used to separate names/email addresses in a list. Note the trailing space ', ' +macBiffNotification_separator=,\u0020 + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailNotification_message): %1$S is the name of the account %2$S is the number of new messages +newMailNotification_message=%1$S received %2$S new message + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailNotification_messages): %1$S is the name of the account %2$S is the number of new messages +newMailNotification_messages=%1$S received %2$S new messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailAlert_message): +# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# #1 is the name of the account, #2 is the number of new messages +newMailAlert_message=#1 received #2 new message;#1 received #2 new messages + +# For the Quota tab in the mail folder properties dialog +quotaPercentUsed=%S%% full + +# for message views +confirmViewDeleteTitle=Confirm +confirmViewDeleteMessage=Are you sure you want to delete this view? + +# for virtual folders +confirmSavedSearchDeleteTitle=Delete Saved Search +confirmSavedSearchDeleteMessage=Are you sure you want to delete this saved search? +confirmSavedSearchDeleteButton=&Delete Saved Search + +## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT +## @loc None +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordPrompt): Do not translate the word %S below. +# Place the word "%S" in your translation where the email address +# or the username should appear +passwordPrompt=Enter your password for %1$S on %2$S: + +## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT_TITLE +## @loc None +passwordTitle=Mail Server Password Required + +# for checking if the user really wants to open lots of messages in separate windows. +openWindowWarningTitle=Confirm +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (openWindowWarningConfirmation): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +# #1 is the number of messages the user is attempting to open. +openWindowWarningConfirmation=Opening #1 message may be slow. Continue?;Opening #1 messages may be slow. Continue? + +# for warning the user that a tag he's trying to create already exists +tagExists=A tag with that name already exists! + +# for checking if the user really wants to delete the adaptive filter training set +confirmResetJunkTrainingTitle=Confirm +confirmResetJunkTrainingText=Are you sure you want to reset the adaptive filter training data? + +# for the virtual folder list dialog title +# %S is the name of the saved search folder +editVirtualFolderPropertiesTitle=Edit Saved Search Properties for %S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (foldersChosen): #1 number of chosen folders +virtualFolderSourcesChosen=#1 folder chosen;#1 folders chosen + +#alert to inform the user to choose one or more folders to search for a saved search folder +alertNoSearchFoldersSelected=You must choose at least one folder to search for the saved search folder. + +# These are displayed in the message and folder pane windows +# LOCALIZATION NOTE %.*f is the abbreviated size in the appropriate units +byteAbbreviation2=%.*f bytes +kiloByteAbbreviation2=%.*f KB +megaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f MB +gigaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f GB +teraByteAbbreviation2=%.*f TB +petaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f PB + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(folderWithAccount): +## This is used to show folder name together with an account name. +## %1$S = folder name +## %2$S = account name +folderWithAccount=%1$S - %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(folderWithUnreadMsgs): +## This is a concatenation of two strings to compose a folder label with unread messages. +## %1$S = folder name +## %2$S = count of unread messages +folderWithUnreadMsgs=%1$S (%2$S) +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(summarizedValue): +## This string shows an indication that the value shown is actually a summary +## accumulated from all subfolders. +## %S = summarized value from all subfolders +folderSummarizedSymbolValue=▾%S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subfoldersExplanation): +## This is a tooltip message shown on the values in the numeric folder pane columns. +## %1$S = is the count of messages having the respective property, found in the folder under mouse cursor +## %2$S = is the count of messages having the respective property, found in subfolders of the folder under mouse cursor +subfoldersExplanation=%1$S in this folder, %2$S in subfolders + +# Error message if message for a message id wasn't found +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdTitle=Error opening message-id +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdMessage=Message for message-id %S not found + +# Warnings to alert users about phishing urls +confirmPhishingTitle=Email Scam Alert +#LOCALIZATION NOTE %1$S is the brand name, %2$S is the host name of the url being visited +confirmPhishingUrl1=%1$S thinks this website is suspicious! It may be trying to impersonate the web page you want to visit. Most legitimate websites use names instead of numbers. Are you sure you want to visit %2$S? +confirmPhishingUrl2=%1$S thinks this website is suspicious! It may be trying to impersonate the web page you want to visit. Are you sure you want to visit %2$S? + +#LOCALIZATION NOTE(mdnBarMessageNormal) %1$S is the name of the sender +mdnBarMessageNormal=%1$S has asked to be notified when you read this message. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE(mdnBarMessageAddressDiffers) %1$S is the name of the sender, %2$S is the address(es) to send return receipt to +mdnBarMessageAddressDiffers=%1$S has asked to be notified at %2$S when you read this message. + +# mailCommands.js +emptyJunkTitle=Confirm +emptyJunkMessage=Are you sure you want to permanently delete all messages and subfolders in the Junk folder? +emptyJunkDontAsk=Don't ask me again. +emptyTrashTitle=Confirm +emptyTrashMessage=Are you sure you want to permanently delete all messages and subfolders in the Trash folder? +emptyTrashDontAsk=Don't ask me again. + +# junkCommands.js +junkAnalysisPercentComplete=Junk analysis %S complete +processingJunkMessages=Processing Junk Messages + +# Messenger bootstrapping messages +fileNotFoundTitle = File Not Found +#LOCALIZATION NOTE(fileNotFoundMsg): %S is the filename +fileNotFoundMsg = The file %S does not exist. + +confirmMsgDelete.title=Confirm Deletion +confirmMsgDelete.collapsed.desc=This will delete messages in collapsed threads. Are you sure you want to continue? +confirmMsgDelete.deleteNoTrash.desc=This will delete messages immediately, without saving a copy to Trash. Are you sure you want to continue? +confirmMsgDelete.deleteFromTrash.desc=This will permanently delete messages from Trash. Are you sure you want to continue? +confirmMsgDelete.dontAsk.label=Don't ask me again. +confirmMsgDelete.delete.label=Delete + +mailServerLoginFailedTitle=Login Failed +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailServerLoginFailedTitleWithAccount): +# "%S" is the account name. +mailServerLoginFailedTitleWithAccount=Login to account "%S" failed +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailServerLoginFailed2): +# %1$S is the host name of the server, %2$S is the user name. +mailServerLoginFailed2=Login to server %1$S with username %2$S failed. +mailServerLoginFailedRetryButton=&Retry +mailServerLoginFailedEnterNewPasswordButton=&Enter New Password + +confirmMarkAllFoldersReadTitle=Mark All Folders Read +confirmMarkAllFoldersReadMessage=Are you sure you want to mark all messages in all folders of this account as read? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (junkBarMessage): %S is the brandname +junkBarMessage=%S regards this message as junk. +junkBarButton=Not Junk +junkBarButtonKey=N +junkBarInfoButton=? +junkBarInfoButtonKey=? +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (remoteContentBarMessage): %S is the brandname +remoteContentBarMessage=To protect your privacy, %S has blocked remote content in this message. +remoteContentPrefLabel=Options +remoteContentPrefAccesskey=O +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(remoteContentAllow): %S is host name +remoteContentAllow=Allow remote content for %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (phishingBarMessage): %S is the brandname +phishingBarMessage=%S regards this message as an e-mail scam. +phishingBarIgnoreButton=Ignore Warning +phishingBarIgnoreButtonKey=I +mdnBarMessage=The sender of this message has asked to be notified when you read this message. Do you wish to notify the sender? +mdnBarIgnoreButton=Ignore Request +mdnBarIgnoreButtonKey=I +mdnBarSendReqButton=Send Receipt +mdnBarSendReqButtonKey=S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (saveAsType): replace %S with the extension of the file to be saved. +saveAsType=%S file diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..152ec7fdde --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by libmime to emit header display in HTML +# + +# Mail subject +## @name MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT +## @loc None +1000=Subject + +# Resent-Comments +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_COMMENTS +## @loc +1001=Resent-Comments + +# Resent-Date +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_DATE +## @loc +1002=Resent-Date + +# Resent-Sender +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_SENDER +## @loc +1003=Resent-Sender + +# Resent-From +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM +## @loc +1004=Resent-From + +# Resent-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO +## @loc +1005=Resent-To + +# Resent-CC +## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1006): Do not translate "CC" below. +1006=Resent-CC + +# Date +## @name MIME_MHTML_DATE +## @loc +1007=Date + +# Sender +## @name MIME_MHTML_SENDER +## @loc +1008=Sender + +# From +## @name MIME_MHTML_FROM +## @loc +1009=From + +# Reply-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO +## @loc +1010=Reply-To + +# Organization +## @name MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION +## @loc +1011=Organization + +# To +## @name MIME_MHTML_TO +## @loc +1012=To + +# CC +## @name MIME_MHTML_CC +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1013): Do not translate "CC" below. +1013=CC + +# Newsgroups +## @name MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS +## @loc +1014=Newsgroups + +# Followup-To +## @name MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO +## @loc +1015=Followup-To + +# References +## @name MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES +## @loc +1016=References + +# Message ID +## @name MIME_MHTML_MESSAGE_ID +## @loc +1021=Message-ID + +# BCC +## @name MIME_MHTML_BCC +## @loc +1023=BCC + +# Link to doc +## @name MIME_MSG_LINK_TO_DOCUMENT +## @loc +1026=Link to Document + +# Get Doc info +## @name MIME_MSG_DOCUMENT_INFO +## @loc +1027=<B>Document Info:</B> + +# Msg Attachment +## @name MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT +## @loc +1028=Attachment + +# default attachment name +## @name MIME_MSG_DEFAULT_ATTACHMENT_NAME +## @loc +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1040): Do not translate "%s" below. +# Place the %s where you wish the part number of the attachment to appear +1040=Part %s + +# default forwarded message prefix +## @name MIME_FORWARDED_MESSAGE_HTML_USER_WROTE +## @loc +1041=-------- Original Message -------- + +# Partial Message Truncated +## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED +## @loc +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED=Truncated! + +# Partial Message Truncated Explanation +## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION +## @loc +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION=This message exceeded the Maximum Message Size set in Account Settings, so we have only downloaded the first few lines from the mail server. + +# Partial Message Not Downloaded +## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED +## @loc +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED=Not Downloaded + +# Partial Message Not Downloaded Explanation +## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION +## @loc +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION=Only the headers for this message were downloaded from the mail server. + +# MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST +## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST +## @loc +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST=Download the rest of the message. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a5c0c04d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by libmime for header display in XML & HTML +# +TO=To +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (BCC); DONT_TRANSLATE +BCC=BCC +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (CC); DONT_TRANSLATE +CC=CC +DATE=Date +DISTRIBUTION=Distribution +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (FCC); DONT_TRANSLATE +FCC=FCC +FOLLOWUP-TO=Followup-To +FROM=From +STATUS=Status +LINES=Lines +MESSAGE-ID=Message-ID +MIME-VERSION=MIME-Version +NEWSGROUPS=Newsgroups +ORGANIZATION=Organization +REFERENCES=References +REPLY-TO=Reply-To +RESENT-COMMENTS=Resent-Comments +RESENT-DATE=Resent-Date +RESENT-FROM=Resent-From +RESENT-MESSAGE-ID=Resent-Message-ID +RESENT-SENDER=Resent-Sender +RESENT-TO=Resent-To +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (RESENT-CC); Do not translate "CC" +RESENT-CC=Resent-CC +SENDER=Sender +SUBJECT=Subject +APPROVED-BY=Approved-By +USER-AGENT=User-Agent +FILENAME=Filename diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7c99cce13 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY emailSectionHdr.label "Email"> +<!ENTITY readMsgsLink.label "Read messages"> +<!ENTITY composeMsgLink.label "Compose a new message"> + +<!ENTITY newsSectionHdr.label "Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY subscribeNewsLink.label "Manage newsgroup subscriptions"> + +<!ENTITY accountsSectionHdr.label "Accounts"> +<!ENTITY subscribeImapFolders.label "Manage folder subscriptions"> +<!ENTITY settingsLink.label "View settings for this account"> +<!ENTITY newAcctLink.label "Create a new account"> + +<!ENTITY advFeaturesSectionHdr.label "Advanced Features"> +<!ENTITY searchMsgsLink.label "Search messages"> +<!ENTITY filtersLink.label "Manage message filters"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Junk mail settings"> +<!ENTITY offlineLink.label "Offline settings"> + +<!ENTITY feedsSectionHdr.label "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY subscribeFeeds.label "Manage subscriptions"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..071ad1de19 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY toField.label "To: "> +<!ENTITY fromField.label "From: "> +<!ENTITY senderField.label "Sender: "> +<!ENTITY organizationField.label "Organization: "> +<!ENTITY replyToField.label "Reply-To: "> + +<!ENTITY subjectField.label "Subject: "> +<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccField.label): DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY ccField.label "Cc: "> +<!ENTITY bccField.label "Bcc: "> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsField.label "Newsgroups: "> +<!ENTITY followupToField.label "Followup-To: "> + +<!ENTITY tagsHdr.label "Tags: "> +<!ENTITY dateField.label "Date: "> +<!ENTITY userAgentField.label "User-Agent: "> +<!ENTITY referencesField.label "References: "> +<!ENTITY messageIdField.label "Message-ID: "> +<!ENTITY inReplyToField.label "In-Reply-To: "> +<!ENTITY originalWebsite.label "Website: "> + +<!ENTITY editDraft.label "Edit Draft…"> +<!ENTITY editDraft.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY editTemplate.label "Edit Template…"> +<!ENTITY editTemplate.accesskey "d"> + +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.label "Attachments:"> +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Open"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.label "View Source"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.label "Save As…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.label "Detach…"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.accesskey "h"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Save All…"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Detach All…"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Delete All…"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97076ea871 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Message Header View Popup --> +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.label "Add To Address Book…"> +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY EditContact.label "Edit Contact…"> +<!ENTITY EditContact.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY ViewContact.label "View Contact"> +<!ENTITY ViewContact.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.label "Compose Mail To…"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.label "Copy Email Address"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY CopyNameAndEmailAddress.label "Copy Name and Email Address"> +<!ENTITY CopyNameAndEmailAddress.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.label "Create Filter From…"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY openInBrowser.label "Open in Browser"> +<!ENTITY openInBrowser.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label "Bookmark This Link…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Copy Link Location"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.label "Copy Message-ID"> +<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.label "Open Message For ID"> +<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.label "Open Browser With Message-ID"> +<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.accesskey "B"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08139ffaf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (printCmd.key, closeCmd.key): + As defined in msgPrintEngine.xul, Ctrl plus the command keys defined here + will be the keyboard shortcuts effective in print preview, e.g. Ctrl+P + --> + +<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P"> +<!ENTITY closeCmd.key "W"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84bcfc05be --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from MsgSynchronize.xul and msgSelectOfflineFolders.xul--> + +<!ENTITY MsgSynchronize.label "Download and Sync Messages"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelect.label "Items for Offline Use"> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDesc.label "If you have already selected mail folders or newsgroups for offline use, you can download and/or sync them now. Otherwise, use the "Select" button to choose mail folders and newsgroups for offline use."> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDirections.label "Download and/or sync the following:"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.label "Mail messages"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.label "Newsgroup messages"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.label "Send Unsent messages"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.label "Work offline once download and/or sync is complete"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.label "Select…"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectDesc.label "Choose mail folders and newsgroups for offline use."> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectInd.label "Download"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectItems.label "Folders and Newsgroups"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95937c7e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY viewPicker.label "View:"> +<!ENTITY viewPicker.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.label "All"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.label "Unread"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.label "Not Deleted"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.label "Custom Views"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.label "Save View as a Folder…"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.label "Customize…"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a9ccf58f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +## Msg Mdn Report strings +MsgMdnDisplayed=Note: This Return Receipt only acknowledges that the message was displayed on the recipient's computer. There is no guarantee that the recipient has read or understood the message contents. +MsgMdnDispatched=The message was either printed, faxed, or forwarded without being displayed to the recipient. There is no guarantee that the recipient will read the message at a later time. +MsgMdnProcessed=The message was processed by the recipient's mail client without being displayed. There is no guarantee that the message will be read at a later time. +MsgMdnDeleted=The message has been deleted. The person you sent it to may or may not have seen it. They might undelete it at a later time and read it. +MsgMdnDenied=The recipient of the message does not wish to send a return receipt back to you. +MsgMdnFailed=A failure occurred. A proper return receipt could not be generated or sent to you. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below. +MsgMdnMsgSentTo=This is a Return Receipt for the mail that you sent to %S. +MdnDisplayedReceipt=Return Receipt (displayed) +MdnDispatchedReceipt=Return Receipt (dispatched) +MdnProcessedReceipt=Return Receipt (processed) +MdnDeletedReceipt=Return Receipt (deleted) +MdnDeniedReceipt=Return Receipt (denied) +MdnFailedReceipt=Return Receipt (failed) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c34028d2d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Labels --> +<!ENTITY newFolderDialog.title "New Folder"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Create as a subfolder of:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction1.label "This server restricts folders to two special kinds."> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction2.label "Allow your new folder to contain:"> +<!ENTITY foldersOnly.label "Folders Only"> +<!ENTITY messagesOnly.label "Messages Only"> +<!ENTITY accept.label "Create Folder"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "r"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/news.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/news.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..323a373c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/news.properties @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +downloadHeadersTitlePrefix=Download Headers +downloadHeadersInfoText=There are %S new message headers to download for this newsgroup. +cancelDisallowed=This message does not appear to be from you. You may only cancel your own posts, not those made by others. +cancelConfirm=Are you sure you want to cancel this message? +messageCancelled=Message cancelled. +enterUserPassTitle=News Server Username and Password Required +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (enterUserPassServer): %S is the server being accessed +enterUserPassServer=Please enter a username and password for %S: +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (enterUserPassGroup): %1$S is a specific newsgroup to set +# the password for; %2$S is the server from which the newsgroup is accessed +enterUserPassGroup=Please enter a username and password for %1$S on %2$S: +okButtonText=Download + +noNewMessages=There are no new messages on the server. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupHeaders): %1$S is the number of the current +# header being downloaded, %2$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and +# %3$S is the newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded. +newNewsgroupHeaders=Downloading %1$S of %2$S headers on %3$S +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders): %1$S is the name of the MIME +# header being filtered on, %2$S is the number of the current header being +# downloaded, %3$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and %4$S is the +# newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded. +newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders=Getting headers for filters: %1$S (%2$S/%3$S) on %4$S +downloadingArticles=Downloading articles %S-%S +bytesReceived=Downloading newsgroups: %S received (%SKB read at %SKB/sec) +downloadingArticlesForOffline=Downloading articles %S-%S in %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoUnsubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup and %2$S is the newsgroup-server it is being removed from. +autoUnsubscribeText=The newsgroup %1$S does not appear to exist on the host %2$S. Would you like to unsubscribe from it? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup. +autoSubscribeText=Would you like to subscribe to %1$S? + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error -304): In the following item, don't translate "NNTP" +# Error - server error +## @name NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE +## @loc None +-304=A News (NNTP) error occurred: + +# Error - newsgroup scan error +## @name NNTP_NEWSGROUP_SCAN_ERROR +## @loc None +-305=A News error occurred. The scan of all newsgroups is incomplete. Try to View All Newsgroups again + +# Error - NNTP authinfo failure +## @name NNTP_AUTH_FAILED +## @loc None +-260=An authorization error occurred. Please try entering your name and/or password again. + +# Error - TCP error +## @name TCP_ERROR +## @loc None +-206=A communications error occurred. Try connecting again. TCP Error: diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be88a12507 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newsError.title): The title of the news error page. + Not generally visible. --> +<!ENTITY newsError.title "Problem Loading Article"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleNotFound.title): The main heading for the news + error page. --> +<!ENTITY articleNotFound.title "Article not found"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleNotFound.desc): A longer description for the news + error page. --> +<!ENTITY articleNotFound.desc "The newsgroup server reports that it can't find the article."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (serverResponded.title): A string preceding the text + response from the newsgroup server describing the error. --> +<!ENTITY serverResponded.title "Newsgroup server responded:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleExpired.title): A string explaining that the + article may have expired. --> +<!ENTITY articleExpired.title "Perhaps the article has expired?"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (trySearching.title): A string preceding the message's + ID. --> +<!ENTITY trySearching.title "Try searching for article:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (removeExpiredArticles.title): The label for the button + to remove all expired articles from the newsgroup. --> +<!ENTITY removeExpiredArticles.title "Remove All Expired Articles"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a87c01b57 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY biffAll.label "Enable updates for all feeds"> +<!ENTITY biffAll.accesskey "E"> + +<!ENTITY newFeedSettings.label "Default Settings for New Feeds"> + +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.label "Manage Subscriptions…"> +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.accesskey "M"> + +<!-- entities from rss.rdf --> +<!ENTITY feeds.accountName "Blogs & News Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardShortName "Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName "Blogs & News Feeds"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName.accesskey "F"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0df7f953aa --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Subscription Dialog --> +<!ENTITY feedSubscriptions.label "Feed Subscriptions"> +<!ENTITY learnMore.label "Learn more about Feeds"> + +<!ENTITY feedTitle.label "Title:"> +<!ENTITY feedTitle.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY feedLocation.label "Feed URL:"> +<!ENTITY feedLocation.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY feedLocation2.placeholder "Enter a valid feed url"> +<!ENTITY locationValidate.label "Validate"> +<!ENTITY validateText.label "Check validation and retrieve a valid url."> + +<!ENTITY feedFolder.label "Store Articles in:"> +<!ENTITY feedFolder.accesskey "S"> + +<!-- Account Settings and Subscription Dialog --> +<!ENTITY biffStart.label "Check for new articles every "> +<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY biffMinutes.label "minutes"> +<!ENTITY biffMinutes.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY biffDays.label "days"> +<!ENTITY biffDays.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY recommendedUnits.label "Publisher recommends:"> + +<!ENTITY quickMode.label "Show the article summary instead of loading the web page"> +<!ENTITY quickMode.accesskey "h"> + +<!ENTITY autotagEnable.label "Automatically create tags from feed <category> names"> +<!ENTITY autotagEnable.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.label "Prefix tags with:"> +<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY autoTagPrefix.placeholder "Enter a tag prefix"> + +<!-- Subscription Dialog --> +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY button.verifyFeed.label "Verify"> +<!ENTITY button.verifyFeed.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY button.updateFeed.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY button.updateFeed.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.label "Import"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.label "Export"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.accesskey "X"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.tooltip "Export Feeds with folder structure; ctrl click or ctrl enter to export Feeds as a list"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.close.commandKey "w"> +<!ENTITY button.close.label "Close"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..972d2af4f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +subscribe-validating-feed=Verifying the feed… +subscribe-cancelSubscription=Are you sure you wish to cancel subscribing to the current feed? +subscribe-cancelSubscriptionTitle=Subscribing to a Feed… +subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed=You already have a subscription for this feed. +subscribe-errorOpeningFile=Could not open the file. +subscribe-feedAdded=Feed added. +subscribe-feedUpdated=Feed updated. +subscribe-feedMoved=Feed subscription moved. +subscribe-feedCopied=Feed subscription copied. +subscribe-feedRemoved=Feed unsubscribed. +subscribe-feedNotValid=The Feed URL is not a valid feed. +subscribe-feedVerified=The Feed URL has been verified. +subscribe-networkError=The Feed URL could not be found. Please check the name and try again. +subscribe-noAuthError=The Feed URL is not authorized. +subscribe-loading=Loading, please wait… + +subscribe-OPMLImportTitle=Select OPML file to import +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList): +## %S is the name of the feed account folder name. +subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList=Export %S as an OPML file - Feeds list +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct): +## %S is the name of the feed account folder name. +subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct=Export %S as an OPML file - Feeds with folder structure +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle): +## %1$S is the brandShortName, %2$S is the name of the feed account folder name. +subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle=%1$S OPML Export - %2$S +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName): +## %1$S is the brandShortName (Thunderbird for example), %2$S is the account name. +## The default extension (.opml) is added here as it is not automatically appended in the file picker on MacOS. +subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName=My%1$SFeeds-%2$S.opml +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile): %S is the name of the OPML file the user tried to import. +subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile=The file %S does not seem to be a valid OPML file. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +## See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +## #1 is the count of new imported entries. +subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount=Imported #1 new feed.;Imported #1 new feeds. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds): Semi-colon list of plural forms. +## #1 is the count of new imported entries +subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds=Imported #1 new feed to which you aren't already subscribed;Imported #1 new feeds to which you aren't already subscribed +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds): +## #1 is total number of elements found in the file +subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds=(out of #1 entry found);(out of #1 total entries found) +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportStatus): +## This is the concatenation of the two strings defined above to compose 1 sentence. +## %1$S = subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds +## %2$S = subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds +subscribe-OPMLImportStatus=%1$S %2$S. + +subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText=OPML Files +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportDone): %S is the export file name. +subscribe-OPMLExportDone=Feeds in this account have been exported to %S. + +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletionTitle=Remove Feed +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion): %S is the name of the feed the user wants to unsubscribe from. +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion=Are you sure you want to unsubscribe from the feed: \n %S? + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-gettingFeedItems): +## - The first %S is the number of articles processed so far; +## - The second %S is the total number of items +subscribe-gettingFeedItems=Downloading feed articles (%S of %S)… + +newsblog-noNewArticlesForFeed=There are no new articles for this feed. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-networkError): %S is the feed URL +newsblog-networkError=%S could not be found. Please check the name and try again. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-feedNotValid): %S is the feed URL +newsblog-feedNotValid=%S is not a valid feed. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-badCertError): %S is the feed URL host +newsblog-badCertError=%S uses an invalid security certificate. +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-noAuthError): %S is the feed URL +newsblog-noAuthError=%S is not authorized. +newsblog-getNewMsgsCheck=Checking feeds for new items… + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(feeds-accountname): This string should be the same as feeds.accountName in am-newsblog.dtd +feeds-accountname=Blogs & News Feeds + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(externalAttachmentMsg): Content in the MIME part for external link attachments. +externalAttachmentMsg=This MIME attachment is stored separately from the message. + +## Import wizard. +ImportFeedsCreateNewListItem=* New Account * +ImportFeedsNewAccount=Create and import into a new Feeds account +ImportFeedsExistingAccount=Import into an existing Feeds account +## LOCALIZATION NOTE(ImportFeedsDone): +## - The first %S is the import file name; +## - The second %S is the value of either ImportFeedsNew or ImportFeedsExisting; +## - The third %S is the feed account name. +ImportFeedsNew=new +ImportFeedsExisting=existing +ImportFeedsDone=The feed subscriptions import from file %1$S into %2$S account '%3$S' has finished. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d78de71c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. + +# +# Download Messages Prompt +# +downloadMessagesWindowTitle=Work Offline + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +downloadMessagesLabel=Do you want to download messages \nfor offline use before you go offline?\n\n + +downloadMessagesCheckboxLabel=Always ask me when I go offline +downloadMessagesDownloadButtonLabel=Download +downloadMessagesNoDownloadButtonLabel=Don't Download +downloadMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancel + +# +# Send Messages Prompt +# +sendMessagesWindowTitle=Work Online + +sendMessagesLabel2=Would you like to send your unsent messages now? +sendMessagesCheckboxLabel=Always ask me when I go online +sendMessagesSendButtonLabel=Send +sendMessagesNoSendButtonLabel=Don't Send +sendMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancel + +# +# GetMessages Offline Prompt +# +getMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Get Messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +getMessagesOfflineLabel=You are currently offline. Would you like \nto go online to get your new messages?\n\n +getMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Go online + +# +# Send Messages Offline Prompt +# +sendMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Send Messages + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. +sendMessagesOfflineLabel=You are currently offline. Would you like \nto go online and send your unsent messages?\n\n +sendMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Go online diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd2024e761 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +title=Work Online +desc=Would you like to go online now?\n\n(If you choose to work offline, you can go online later - choose `Offline' from the `File' menu, then uncheck `Work Offline'.) +workOnline=Work Online +workOffline=Work Offline diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce2bc1fa3f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the Outlook import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Short name of import module +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE +2000=Outlook + +# Description of import module +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_DESCRIPTION +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2010): In this item, don't translate "Outlook" +2010=Outlook mail, address books, and settings + +# Success message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%S" or "%d" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox +## The variable %d will receive the number of messages +2002=Mailbox %S, imported %d messages + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2003=Bad parameter passed to import mailbox. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox +2004=Error importing mailbox %S, all messages may not be imported from this mailbox. + +# Address book name +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRNAME +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "Outlook" +2005=Outlook address books + +# Description +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2006=Imported address book %S + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2007=Bad parameter passed to import address book. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2008): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2008=Error accessing file for address book %S. + +# Error message +## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2009=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..17beb4f886 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the pgpmime content type handler +# + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pgpMimeNeedsAddon): The text can contain HTML tags. +# %S is the url to Enigmail on AMO supplied from preferences. +pgpMimeNeedsAddon=This is an encrypted OpenPGP message.<br>In order to decrypt this mail, you need to install an <a href="%S">OpenPGP add-on</a>. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..475b2e0507 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from AccountManager.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountManagerTitle.label "Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings"> + +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.label "Add Account…"> +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Set as Default"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove Account"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> + +<!-- AccountManager.xul --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the account + setting dialog, which specifies the width and height in em units of the dialog. + Localizers ONLY can increase these widths if they are having difficulty getting + panel content to fit. + 1ch = The width of the "0" (ZERO, U+0030) glyph for the current font. + 1em = The height of the font. + XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct size of + this window for en-US. --> +<!ENTITY accountManager.size "width: 105ch; height: 55em;"> +<!ENTITY accountTree.width "width: 32ch;"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55f99e3799 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Entities for AccountWizard --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Account Wizard"> +<!ENTITY accountWizard.size "width: 40em; height: 38em;"> + +<!-- Entities for Account Type page --> + +<!ENTITY accountSetupInfo2.label "In order to receive messages, you first need to set up an account."> +<!ENTITY accountTypeTitle.label "New Account Setup"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeDesc2.label "This Wizard will collect the information necessary to set up an account. If you do not know the information requested, please contact your System Administrator or Internet Service Provider."> +<!ENTITY accountTypeDirections.label "Select the type of account you would like to set up:"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.label "Email account"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.label "Newsgroup account"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.accesskey "w"> + +<!-- Entities for Identity page --> + +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Identity"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Each account has an identity, which is the information that identifies you to others when they receive your messages."> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameDesc.label) : do not translate two of """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY fullnameDesc.label "Enter the name you would like to appear in the "From" field of your outgoing messages"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameExample.label) : use following directions for below line + 1, do not translate two of """ + 2, Use localized full name instead of "John Smith" +--> +<!ENTITY fullnameExample.label "(for example, "John Smith")."> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.label "Your Name:"> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.accesskey "Y"> + +<!ENTITY emailLabel.label "Email Address:"> +<!ENTITY emailLabel.accesskey "E"> + +<!-- Entities for Incoming Server page --> + +<!ENTITY incomingTitle.label "Incoming Server Information"> +<!ENTITY incomingServerTypeDesc.label "Select the type of incoming server you are using."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapType.label) : Do not translate "IMAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY imapType.label "IMAP"> +<!ENTITY imapType.accesskey "I"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (popType.label) : Do not translate "POP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY popType.label "POP"> +<!ENTITY popType.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY portNum.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY portNum.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY defaultPortLabel.label "Default:"> +<!ENTITY defaultPortValue.label ""> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (incomingServerNameDesc.label) : Do not translate ""pop.example.net"" in below line --> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.description "Enter the name of your incoming server (for example, "mail.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.label "Incoming Server:"> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.label "Leave messages on server"> +<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.accesskey "L"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (incomingUsername.description) : do not translate ""jsmith"" in below line --> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.description "Enter the incoming user name given to you by your email provider (for example, "jsmith")."> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.label "User Name:"> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.accesskey "U"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newsServerNameDesc.label) : Do not translate "NNTP" or the """ entities in below line --> +<!ENTITY newsServerNameDesc.label "Enter the name of your news server (NNTP) (for example, "news.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.label "Newsgroup Server:"> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.accesskey "S"> + +<!-- Entities for Outgoing Server page --> + +<!ENTITY outgoingTitle.label "Outgoing Server Information"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (outgoingServer.description) : Do not translate "SMTP" and ""smtp.example.net"" in below line --> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.description "Enter the name of your outgoing server (SMTP) (for example, "smtp.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.label "Outgoing Server:"> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.description "Enter the outgoing user name given to you by your email provider (this is typically the same as your incoming user name)."> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.label "Outgoing User Name:"> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.accesskey "U"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (modifyOutgoing.suffix) : This string will be appended after each of + haveSmtp1.suffix3, haveSmtp2.suffix3, haveSmtp3.suffix3 . +--> +<!ENTITY modifyOutgoing.suffix "You can modify outgoing server settings from within Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp1.suffix3, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.prefix "Your existing outgoing server (SMTP), ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.suffix3 "", will be used."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp2.suffix3, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.prefix "Your existing outgoing (SMTP) username, ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.suffix3 "", will be used."> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and """ in + these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting + text after the """ entity in haveSmtp3.suffix3, if required grammatically. +--> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.prefix "Your outgoing (SMTP) server, ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.suffix3 "", is identical to your incoming server, your incoming user name will be used to access it."> + +<!-- Entities for Account name page --> + +<!ENTITY accnameTitle.label "Account Name"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (accnameDesc.label) : do not translate any """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY accnameDesc.label "Enter the name by which you would like to refer to this account (for example, "Work Account", "Home Account" or "News Account")."> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- Entities for Done (Congratulations) page --> + +<!ENTITY completionTitle.label "Congratulations!"> +<!ENTITY completionText.label "Please verify that the information below is correct."> +<!ENTITY serverTypePrefix.label "Incoming Server Type:"> +<!ENTITY serverNamePrefix.label "Incoming Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY smtpServerNamePrefix.label "Outgoing Server Name (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY newsServerNamePrefix.label "News Server Name (NNTP):"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.label "Download messages now"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY deferStorageDesc.label "Check this checkbox to store mail for this account in the Local Folders Global Inbox. Otherwise the account appears as a top-level account and its mail is stored in its own directory."> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.label "Use Global Inbox (store mail in Local Folders)"> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.label "Click Finish to save these settings and exit the Account Wizard."> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.labelMac "Click Done to save these settings and exit the Account Wizard."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ba251c92e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY addressing.label "Composition & Addressing"> +<!ENTITY addressingGroupTitle.label "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.label "Automatically append my domain to addresses"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY addressingText.label "When looking up addresses:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (override.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.label "Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account"> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Edit Directories…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "E"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Use a different LDAP server:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "None"> + +<!-- am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY compositionGroupTitle.label "Composition"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (useHtml.label) : do not translate "html" in below line --> +<!ENTITY useHtml.label "Compose messages in HTML format"> +<!ENTITY useHtml.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.label "Automatically quote the original message when replying"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.accesskey "m"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (quoting.label): This will concatenate with the 4 strings that follow. --> +<!ENTITY quoting.label "When quoting,"> +<!ENTITY quoting.accesskey "q"> +<!ENTITY aboveQuote.label "start my reply above the quote"> +<!ENTITY belowQuote.label "start my reply below the quote"> +<!ENTITY selectAndQuote.label "select the quote"> +<!ENTITY place.label "and place my signature"> +<!ENTITY place.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY belowText.label "below the quote (recommended)"> +<!ENTITY aboveText.label "below my reply (above the quote)"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.label "Include signature for replies"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.label "Include signature for forwards"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.accesskey "w"> + +<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.label "Global Composing Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.accesskey "G"> + +<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.label "Global Addressing Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3496c1c52e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpServer.label): do not translate "SMTP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY smtpServer.label "Outgoing Server (SMTP) Settings"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpDescription.label): do not translate "SMTP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY smtpDescription.label "When managing your identities you can use a server from this list by selecting it as the Outgoing Server (SMTP), or you can use the default server from this list by selecting "Use Default Server"."> + +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.label "Set Default"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.accesskey "t"> + +<!ENTITY serverDetails.label "Details of selected server:"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Description: "> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name: "> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Port: "> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name: "> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection Security: "> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method: "> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e5702d7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-archiveoptions.xul --> + +<!ENTITY dialogTitle.label "Archive Options"> +<!ENTITY archiveGranularityPrefix.label "When archiving messages, place them in:"> +<!ENTITY archiveFlat.label "A single folder"> +<!ENTITY archiveFlat.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY archiveYearly.label "Yearly archived folders"> +<!ENTITY archiveYearly.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.label "Monthly archived folders"> +<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.label "Keep existing folder structure of archived messages"> +<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY archiveExample.label "Example"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (archiveFolderName.label): this should match the default + name for the "Archives" folder --> +<!ENTITY archiveFolderName.label "Archives"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (inboxFolderName.label): this should match the default + name for the "Inbox" folder --> +<!ENTITY inboxFolderName.label "Inbox"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8507b8678b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-copies.xul --> + +<!ENTITY copyAndFolderTitle.label "Copies & Folders"> +<!ENTITY sendingPrefix.label "When sending messages:"> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.label "Automatically place a copy in:"> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.label "Place replies in the folder of the message being replied to"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.accesskey "P"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccAddress.label): do not translate "Cc" in below line --> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.label "Cc these email addresses:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY ccAddressList.placeholder "Separate addresses with commas"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (bccAddress.label): do not translate "Bcc" in below line --> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.label "Bcc these email addresses:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY bccAddressList.placeholder "Separate addresses with commas"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.label "Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.accesskey "w"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sentFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.label ""Sent" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.accesskey "O"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (archivesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY archivesTitle.label "Message Archives"> +<!ENTITY keepArchives.label "Keep message archives in:"> +<!ENTITY keepArchives.accesskey "K"> +<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.label "Archive options…"> +<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.label ""Archives" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY specialFolders.label "Drafts and Templates"> +<!ENTITY keepDrafts2.label "Keep draft messages in:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (draftsFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.label ""Drafts" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY keepTemplates.label "Keep message templates in:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (templatesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 --> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.label ""Templates" Folder on:"> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.label "Other Folder:"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.accesskey "e"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1935a37ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY identitiesListManageDesc.label "Manage the identities for this account. The first identity is used by default."> +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.label "Edit…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.label "Set Default"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.accesskey "C"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acb612dad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (identityDialog.style): This value should be roughly + equal to the value of accountManager.size entity minus the value + of accountTree.width entity. --> +<!ENTITY identityDialog.style "min-width: 75ch;"> +<!ENTITY identityListDesc.label "Configure the settings for this identity:"> + +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "Settings"> +<!ENTITY copiesFoldersTab.label "Copies & Folders"> +<!ENTITY addressingTab.label "Composition & Addressing"> + +<!ENTITY publicData.label "Public Data"> +<!ENTITY privateData.label "Private Data"> +<!ENTITY identityAlias.label "Identity Label:"> +<!ENTITY identityAlias.accesskey "b"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f9c55d881 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Junk Settings"> +<!ENTITY trainingDescription.label "If enabled, you must first train &brandShortName; to identify junk mail by using the Junk toolbar button to mark messages as junk or not. You need to identify both junk and non junk messages. After that &brandShortName; will be able to mark junk automatically."> +<!ENTITY level.label "Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account"> +<!ENTITY level.accesskey "E"> + +<!ENTITY move.label "Move new junk messages to:"> +<!ENTITY move.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.label ""Junk" folder on:"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.accesskey "J"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.label "Other:"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY purge1.label "Automatically delete junk mail older than"> +<!ENTITY purge1.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY purge2.label "days"> + +<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.label "Do not automatically mark mail as junk if the sender is in: "> +<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY ispHeadersWarning.label "If enabled, &brandShortName; will automatically consider messages marked by this external classifier as junk."> +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.label "Trust junk mail headers set by: "> +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.accesskey "T"> + +<!ENTITY junkClassification.label "Selection"> +<!ENTITY junkActions.label "Destination and Retention"> + +<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.label "Global Junk Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.accesskey "G"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00edd05e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-main.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Account Settings"> +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Default Identity"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Each account has an identity, which is the information that other people see when they read your messages."> +<!ENTITY name.label "Your Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY email.label "Email Address:"> +<!ENTITY email.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY catchAll.label "Reply from this identity when delivery headers match:"> +<!ENTITY catchAll.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.label "Reply-to Address:"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.placeholder "Recipients will reply to this other address"> +<!ENTITY organization.label "Organization:"> +<!ENTITY organization.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.label "Signature text:"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.label "Use HTML"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.label "Attach the signature from a file instead:"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY choose.label "Choose…"> +<!ENTITY choose.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.label "Edit Card…"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.accesskey "d"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachVCard.label) : do not translate "vCard" in below line --> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.label "Attach my vCard to messages"> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.accesskey "v"> + +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.label "Manage Identities…"> +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.accesskey "M"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpName.label) : do not translate "SMTP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY smtpName.label "Outgoing Server (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY smtpName.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY smtpDefaultServer.label "Use Default Server"> + +<!ENTITY smtpServerEdit.label "Edit SMTP server…"> +<!ENTITY smtpServerEdit.accesskey "P"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..292508ec86 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pane.title "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.label "Use my global return receipt preferences for this account"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY globalReceipts.label "Global Preferences…"> +<!ENTITY globalReceipts.accesskey "G"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.label "Customize return receipts for this account"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "When sending messages, always request a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "When a receipt arrives:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Leave it in my Inbox"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "I"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE moveToSent.label Translate: 'Sent' according to Netscape glossary --> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Move it to my "Sent" folder"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "When I receive a request for a return receipt:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Allow return receipts for some messages"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Never send a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "If I'm not in the To or Cc of the message:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "If the sender is outside my domain:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "In all other cases:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Always send"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Never send"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90dd7bcc4d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## Strings used in prefs. +prefPanel-mdn=Return Receipts diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24390ff54b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadPop3Movemail.label "To save disk space, do not download:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadNntp.label "To save disk space, do not download for offline use:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadImap.label "To save disk space, downloading messages from the server and keeping local copies for offline use can be restricted by age or size."> +<!ENTITY allFoldersOffline2.label "Keep messages in all folders for this account on this computer"> +<!ENTITY allFoldersOffline2.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY allFoldersOfflineNote.label "Note: Changing this affects all folders in this account. To set individual folders, use the Advanced… button."> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.label "Messages larger than"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.label "Don't download messages larger than"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY kb.label "KB"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "days old"> +<!ENTITY message.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.label "Read messages"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.label "Messages more than"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted, both the local copies and their originals on the server."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently deleted, including their originals on the server."> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.label "Delete messages more than"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Don't delete any messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Delete all but the most recent"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Always keep flagged messages"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.label "Remove bodies from messages more than"> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.label "Select newsgroups for offline use…"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY syncGroupTitle.label "Message Synchronizing"> +<!ENTITY diskspaceGroupTitle.label "Disk Space"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, ageAutosyncAfter.label): + The entities ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, and ageAutosyncAfter.label appear + on a single line within the scope of useAutosync.ByAge as follows: + + &ageAutosyncBefore.label [textbox for autosync value] &ageAutosyncMiddle.label; [dropdown for autosync interval] &ageAutosyncAfter.label; +--> +<!ENTITY allAutosync.label "Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age"> +<!ENTITY allAutosync.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncBefore.label "Synchronize the most recent"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosync.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncMiddle.label ""> +<!ENTITY dayAgeInterval.label "Days"> +<!ENTITY weekAgeInterval.label "Weeks"> +<!ENTITY monthAgeInterval.label "Months"> +<!ENTITY yearAgeInterval.label "Years"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncAfter.label ""> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b06449d931 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY serverAdvanced.label "Advanced Account Settings"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (serverDirectory.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" --> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.label "IMAP server directory:"> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.label "Show only subscribed folders"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.label "Server supports folders that contain sub-folders and messages"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.label "Maximum number of server connections to cache"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.accesskey "M"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (namespaceDesc.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" --> +<!ENTITY namespaceDesc.label "These preferences specify the namespaces on your IMAP server"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.label "Personal namespace:"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.label "Public (shared):"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.label "Other Users:"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.accesskey "O"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.label "Allow server to override these namespaces"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY pop3DeferringDesc.label "When downloading mail from this account's server, use the following folder to store new messages:"> +<!ENTITY accountInbox.label "Inbox for this account"> +<!ENTITY accountInbox.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.label "Inbox for different account"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.label "Include this server when getting new mail"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f34e822f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageStorage.label "Message Storage"> +<!ENTITY securitySettings.label "Security Settings"> +<!ENTITY serverSettings.label "Server Settings"> +<!ENTITY serverType.label "Server Type:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY port.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Default:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (biffStart.label) : translate below 2 line with grammer dependency + For example, in Japanese cases: + biffStart.label "every" + biffEnd.label "minutes for new messages Check" +--> +<!ENTITY biffStart.label "Check for new messages every "> +<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey "y"> +<!ENTITY biffEnd.label "minutes"> +<!ENTITY useIdleNotifications.label "Allow immediate server notifications when new messages arrive"> +<!ENTITY useIdleNotifications.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection security:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "None"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, if available"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.label "Leave messages on server"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.label "Fetch headers only"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.label "For at most"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY daysEnd.label "days"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.label "Until I delete them"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.label "Automatically download new messages"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessagePrefix.label "When I delete a message:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.label "Move it to this folder:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.label "Just mark it as deleted"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.label "Remove it immediately"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.accesskey "d"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (expungeOnExit.label) : do not translate two of """ in below line --> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.label "Clean up ("Expunge") Inbox on Exit"> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.label "Empty Trash on Exit"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey "x"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.label "Check for new messages at startup"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.accesskey "C"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesStart.label) : translate below 2 lines with grammar dependency + maxMessengerStart.label will be followed by maxMessagesEnd.label with the number + of messages between them +--> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.label "Ask me before downloading more than"> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.accesskey "m"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesEnd.label) : see note for maxMessagesStart.label --> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesEnd.label "messages"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.label "Always request authentication when connecting to this server"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.accesskey "w"> +<!ENTITY newsrcFilePath.label "newsrc file:"> +<!ENTITY newsrcPicker.label "Select newsrc File"> +<!ENTITY abbreviate.label "Show newsgroup names in the Mail Folder pane as:"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOn.label "Full names (For example, 'netscape.public.mozilla.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOff.label "Abbreviate names (For example, 'n.p.m.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Advanced…"> +<!ENTITY serverDefaultCharset2.label "Default Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY localPath.label "Local directory:"> +<!ENTITY localFolderPicker.label "Select Local Directory"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.accesskey "e"> + +<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Account Settings"> +<!ENTITY accountSettingsDesc.label "The following is a special account. There are no identities associated with it."> +<!ENTITY storeType.label "Message Store Type:"> +<!ENTITY storeType.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY mboxStore2.label "File per folder (mbox)"> +<!ENTITY maildirStore.label "File per message (maildir)"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f568613a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Account Name:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "N"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..27c390c0f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These are added to the Window menu --> +<!ENTITY mail.label "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY mail.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.accesskey "A"> + +<!-- These are added to Preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY viewingMessages.label "Message Display"> +<!ENTITY notifications.label "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY composingMessages.label "Composition"> +<!ENTITY format.label "Send Format"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY junk.label "Junk & Suspect Mail"> +<!ENTITY tags.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY characterEncoding2.label "Text Encoding"> +<!ENTITY networkStorage.label "Network & Storage"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..664f09603e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.addressing.title "Addressing"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontitle.label "Email Address Collection"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.label "Add email addresses to my:"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontext.label "Email addresses from outgoing messages can be automatically added to a local address book."> + +<!-- Autocompletion --> +<!ENTITY addressingTitle.label "Address Autocompletion"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.label "Highlight addresses that do not autocomplete"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.label "Local Address Books"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteText.label "When addressing messages, look for matching entries in:"> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Directory Server:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "None"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Edit Directories…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "E"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..1445347157 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.character.encoding2.title "Text Encoding"> +<!ENTITY messageDisplay.caption "Message Display"> +<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset2.label "Fallback Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset2.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset.desc "(Used for legacy content that does not declare its encoding.)"> + +<!ENTITY composingMessages.caption "Composing Messages"> +<!ENTITY useMIME.label "For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted printable' MIME encoding. Leave unchecked to send the messages as is."> +<!ENTITY useMIME.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY sendDefaultCharset2.label "Default Text Encoding:"> +<!ENTITY sendDefaultCharset2.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY replyInDefaultCharset3.label "When possible, use this default text encoding in replies. (When unchecked, only new messages use this default.)"> +<!ENTITY replyInDefaultCharset3.accesskey "W"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a9fd28e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.composing.messages.title "Composition"> +<!ENTITY generalComposing.label "General"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsg.label "Forward messages:"> +<!ENTITY inline.label "Inline"> +<!ENTITY inline.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.label "As Attachment"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.label "Quote attachments viewed inline in replies"> +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.accesskey "Q"> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.label "Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message"> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.accesskey "k"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSave.label): This will concatenate with + "xxx minutes", using a number and (autoSaveEnd.label). --> +<!ENTITY autoSave.label "Automatically save the message every"> +<!ENTITY autoSave.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY autoSaveEnd.label "minutes"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (wrapOutMsg.label): This will concatenate with "xxx characters", using a number and (char.label). --> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.label "Wrap plain text messages at"> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY char.label "characters"> + +<!ENTITY defaultMessagesHeader.label "Defaults for HTML Messages"> +<!ENTITY font.label "Font:"> +<!ENTITY font.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Size:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.label "Text:"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.label "Background:"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY defaultCompose.label "Default composition format:"> +<!ENTITY defaultBodyText.label "Body Text (Enter key creates a new line)"> +<!ENTITY defaultBodyText.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY defaultParagraph.label "Paragraph (Enter key creates a new paragraph)"> +<!ENTITY defaultParagraph.accesskey "P"> + +<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.label "Select reply header type:"> +<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY noReplyOption.label "No Reply Header"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (authorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the + mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle preference. [Author] needs to be + translated. --> +<!ENTITY authorWroteOption.label "[Author] wrote:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (onDateAuthorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the + mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote preference. [Author] and [date] + need to be translated. --> +<!ENTITY onDateAuthorWroteOption.label "On [date], [Author] wrote:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (onDateAuthorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the + mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate preference. [Author] and [date] + need to be translated. --> +<!ENTITY authorWroteOnDateOption.label "[Author] wrote on [date]:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e721ce1e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY directoryName.label "Name: "> +<!ENTITY directoryName.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.label "Hostname: "> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.label "Base DN: "> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY findButton.label "Find"> +<!ENTITY findButton.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.label "Use secure connection (SSL)"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.label "Bind DN: "> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY General.tab "General"> +<!ENTITY Offline.tab "Offline"> +<!ENTITY Advanced.tab "Advanced"> +<!ENTITY portNumber.label "Port number: "> +<!ENTITY portNumber.accesskey "p"> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.label "Search filter: "> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY scope.label "Scope: "> +<!ENTITY scope.accesskey "c"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.label "One Level"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.label "Subtree"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Don't return more than"> +<!ENTITY return.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY results.label "results"> +<!ENTITY offlineText.label "You can download a local copy of this directory so that it is available for use when you are working offline."> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.label "Login method: "> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.label "Simple"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.label "Kerberos (GSSAPI)"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.accesskey "K"> + +<!-- Localization note: this is here because the width of the dialog + is determined by the width of the base DN box; and that is likely + to vary somewhat with the language. +--> +<!ENTITY newDirectoryWidth "36em"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..874cfe4749 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (window.title) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY pref.ldap.window.title "LDAP Directory Servers"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directories.label "LDAP Directory Server:"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directoriesText.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line --> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.label "Select an LDAP Directory Server:"> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.label "Edit"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.accesskey "d"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4d699f0d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.formatting.title "Send Format"> +<!ENTITY sendMaildesc.label "When sending formatted (HTML) messages and one or more recipients are not listed as being able to receive HTML:"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me what to do (Mail prompts you to choose a format)"> +<!ENTITY askMe.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY convertPlain2.label "Convert the message to plain text (formatting may be lost)"> +<!ENTITY convertPlain2.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY sendHTML2.label "Send the message as HTML only (may cause display problems)"> +<!ENTITY sendHTML2.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY sendBoth2.label "Send the message as both plain text and HTML (larger size)"> +<!ENTITY sendBoth2.accesskey "n"> + +<!-- Html and Plain Text Domains --> +<!ENTITY domain.title "HTML and Plain Text Domains"> +<!ENTITY domaindesc.label "When you send a message to an address with one of the domain names listed below, Mail automatically sends the message in the preferred format (formatted text or plain text)."> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.label "HTML Domains"> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.label "Plain Text Domains"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Add…"> +<!ENTITY AddHtmlDomain.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY AddPlainText.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY DeleteButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY DeleteHtmlDomain.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY DeletePlainText.accesskey "t"> + +<!-- Add Domain Name --> +<!ENTITY add.htmltitle "Add HTML Domain Name"> +<!ENTITY add.htmldomain "HTML Domain Name:"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintexttitle "Add Plain Text Domain Name"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintextdomain "Plain Text Domain Name:"> + +<!ENTITY domainnameError.title "Domain Name Error"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not translate @string@ --> +<!ENTITY invalidEntryError.label "The domain name @string@ is invalid and will be ignored. Valid domain names must include at least one '.' and characters on either side of it."> + +<!-- Global auto-detect switch --> +<!ENTITY autoDowngrade.label "Automatically send the message as plain text if no significant formatting is present (overrides other options)"> +<!ENTITY autoDowngrade.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c11959db39 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.junk.title "Junk & Suspect Mail"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.caption "Global Junk Mail Settings"> +<!ENTITY junkMail.intro "Goto Account Settings to configure account specific junk mail settings."> + +<!-- Junk Mail Controls --> +<!ENTITY manualMark.label "When I mark messages as junk:"> +<!ENTITY manualMark.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.label "Move them to the account's "Junk" folder"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.label "Delete them"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.accesskey "D"> + +<!ENTITY markAsRead.intro "Mark messages as read:"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.label "When I manually mark them as junk"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.accesskey "k"> + +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.label "Enable junk filter logging"> +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.label "Show log"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.label "Reset training data"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.accesskey "R"> + +<!ENTITY pref.suspectMail.caption "Suspect Mail"> + +<!-- Phishing Detector --> +<!ENTITY pref.phishing.caption "E-mail Scams"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.label "Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email scam"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.accesskey "T"> + +<!-- Anti Virus --> +<!ENTITY pref.antivirus.caption "Antivirus"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.label "Allow antivirus clients to scan incoming messages more easily"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.accesskey "A"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2c8ef7ead --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mailnews.title "Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY generalSettings.caption "General Settings"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.label "Confirm when moving folders to the Trash"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.label "Preserve threading when sorting messages"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY mailAutoHide.label "Hide the mail tab bar when only one tab is open"> +<!ENTITY mailAutoHide.accesskey "b"> +<!ENTITY loadInBackground.label "Switch to new tabs when opened"> +<!ENTITY loadInBackground.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY mailOpenTabsFor.label "Open tabs instead of windows for"> +<!ENTITY mailMiddleClick.label "Middle-click or Ctrl+Enter on a message or a folder"> +<!ENTITY mailMiddleClick.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mailMiddleClickMac.label "Middle-click or ⌘+Return on a message or a folder"> +<!ENTITY mailMiddleClickMac.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY mailDoubleClick.label "Double-click on a message"> +<!ENTITY mailDoubleClick.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.label "Only check for new mail after opening Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.accesskey "O"> + +<!ENTITY messengerStartPage.caption "Mail Start Page"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.label "When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message area"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY location.label "Location:"> +<!ENTITY location.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Restore Default"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.label "Remember the last selected message"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d4a5e1929 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.notifications.title "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY notifications.caption "Notifications"> +<!ENTITY newMessagesArrive.label "When new messages arrive:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (showAlertFor.label, showAlertTimeEnd.label) + showAlertFor.label is associated with the checkbox to show the alert, + leading into a numerical field to enter a time in seconds, followed by + showAlertTimeEnd.label which in en-US is the unit of the value --> + +<!ENTITY showAlertFor.label "Show an alert for"> +<!ENTITY showAlertFor.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY showAlertTimeEnd.label "seconds"> + +<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.label "Show a preview of the message text"> +<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.accesskey "v"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.label "Show the subject"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSender.label "Show the sender"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSender.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY useSystemAlert.label "Use the operating system's desktop notifications"> +<!ENTITY useSystemAlert.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY useBuiltInAlert.label "Use &brandShortName;'s own notification windows"> +<!ENTITY useBuiltInAlert.accesskey "w"> + +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.label "Show a tray icon"> +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY showBalloon.label "Show a balloon alert"> +<!ENTITY showBalloon.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.label "Animate the Dock icon"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.accesskey "A"> + +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Play a sound"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY playButton.label "Play"> +<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.label "System New Mail Sound"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY customsound.label "Custom sound file"> +<!ENTITY customsound.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Browse…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY browse.title "Choose file"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..988395a433 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-offline.xul --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Offline' preferences dialog --> +<!ENTITY pref.network.title "Network & Storage"> +<!ENTITY pref.offline.caption "Offline"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp "When starting up:"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY menuitemRememberPrevState "Remember previous online state"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAskMe "Ask me for online state at startup"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOnline "Always start up online"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOffline "Always start up offline"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAutomatic "Detect automatically (if available)"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOnline "Send unsent messages when going online?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend "Yes"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend.accesskey "Y"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend "No"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOffline "Download messages for offline use when going offline?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload "Yes"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload "No"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload.accesskey "k"> +<!ENTITY mailConnections.caption "Mail Connections"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.label "Connection timeout:"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeoutSeconds.label "seconds"> +<!ENTITY Diskspace "Disk Space"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.label "Compact all folders when it will save over"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFoldersMB.label "MB in total"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b36d1ba706 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE pref-receipts.dtd: UI for Mail/News Return Receipts prefs --> +<!ENTITY pref.receipts.title "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY prefReceipts.caption "Return Receipts"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "When sending messages, always request a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "W"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "When a receipt arrives:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Leave it in my Inbox"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Move it to my "Sent" folder"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "When I receive a request for a return receipt:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Allow return receipts for some messages"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Never send a return receipt"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "If I'm not in the To or Cc of the message:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "If the sender is outside my domain:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "s"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "In all other cases:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Ask me"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Always send"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Never send"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e96c0daa00 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.tags.title "Tags"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.caption "Customize Tags"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.description "Tags can be used to categorize and prioritize your messages. Modify the appearance and importance of tags using the settings below. Tags near the top are more important than those further down."> +<!ENTITY tagColumn.label "Tag"> +<!ENTITY colorColumn.label "Color"> +<!ENTITY defaultTagName.label "Untitled Tag"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.label "Add"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.label "Delete"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.label "Raise Importance"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.label "Lower Importance"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.label "Restore Defaults"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.accesskey "s"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec0a856d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.viewing.messages.title "Message Display"> +<!ENTITY style.label "Style:"> +<!ENTITY style.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY regular.label "Regular"> +<!ENTITY bold.label "Bold"> +<!ENTITY italic.label "Italic"> +<!ENTITY boldItalic.label "Bold Italic"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Size:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "z"> +<!ENTITY bigger.label "Bigger"> +<!ENTITY smaller.label "Smaller"> +<!ENTITY color.label "Color:"> +<!ENTITY color.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY displayPlainText.caption "Plain text messages"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.label "Font:"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY displayQuoted.label "Settings for quoted messages:"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.label "Wrap text to fit window width"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.accesskey "W"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : (convertEmoticons.label) 'Emoticons' are also known as 'Smileys', e.g. :-) --> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.label "Display emoticons as graphics"> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY generalMessageDisplay.caption "General"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "Automatically mark messages as read"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "A"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (markAsReadAfter.label): This will concatenate to + "Only after displaying for [___] seconds", + using (markAsReadAfter.label) and a number (secondsLabel.label). --> +<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.label "Only after displaying for"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY secondsLabel.label "seconds"> + +<!ENTITY openingMessages.label "When opening messages, display them in:"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.label "A new message window"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.label "An existing message window"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.label "Block images and other content from remote sources"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.accesskey "B"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.label "Show only display name for people in my address book"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.accesskey "o"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.label "Close message window when deleting the message"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.accesskey "l"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bda2064c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the Account Wizard +# +enterValidEmail=Please enter a valid email address. +accountNameExists=An account with this name already exists. Please enter a different account name. +accountNameEmpty=The account name can not be empty. +modifiedAccountExists=An account with that user name and server name already exists. Please enter a different user name and/or server name. +userNameChanged=Your User Name has been updated. You may also need to update your Email Address and/or User Name associated with this account. +serverNameChanged=The server name setting has changed. Please verify that any folders used by filters exist on the new server. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (junkSettingsBroken): %1$S is the account name +junkSettingsBroken=The Junk settings on account "%1$S" have a possible problem. Would you like to review them before saving Account Settings? +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryChanged): %1$S is program name (&brandShortName;) +localDirectoryChanged=%1$S needs to restart now to apply the change to the Local directory setting. +localDirectoryRestart=Restart +userNameEmpty=The user name can not be empty. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryInvalid): %1$S is path to folder +localDirectoryInvalid=The Local Directory path "%1$S" is invalid. Please pick a different directory. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryNotAllowed): %1$S is path to folder +localDirectoryNotAllowed=The Local Directory path "%1$S" is not suitable for message storage. Please choose another directory. +# if the user chooses to cancel the wizard when no accounts are there throw a message +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cancelWizard) +# do not localize "\n\n" +cancelWizard=Are you sure you want to exit the Account Wizard?\n\nIf you exit, any information you have entered will be lost and the account will not be created. +accountWizard=Account Wizard +WizardExit=Exit +WizardContinue=Cancel +# when the wizard already has a domain (Should we say something different?) +enterValidServerName=Please enter a valid server name. +failedRemoveAccount=Failed to remove this account. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S is server name, %2$S is user name +accountName=%1$S - %2$S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: confirmDeferAccountWarning: do not localize "\n\n", it means a new empty line in the string. +confirmDeferAccountWarning=If you store this account's new mail in a different account's Inbox, you will no longer be able to access already downloaded e-mail for this account. If you have mail in this account, please copy it to another account first.\n\nIf you have filters that filter mail into this account, you should disable them or change the destination folder. If any accounts have special folders in this account (Sent, Drafts, Templates, Archives, Junk), you should change them to be in another account.\n\nDo you still want to store this account's e-mail in a different account? +confirmDeferAccountTitle=Defer Account? + +directoryAlreadyUsedByOtherAccount=The directory specified in the Local Directory setting is already used by the "%S" account. Please pick a different directory. +directoryParentUsedByOtherAccount=A parent directory of the directory specified in the Local Directory setting is already used by the "%S" account. Please pick a different directory. +directoryChildUsedByOtherAccount=A subdirectory of the directory specified in the Local Directory setting is already used by the "%S" account. Please pick a different directory. +#Provide default example values for sample email address +exampleEmailUserName=user +exampleEmailDomain=example.net +emailFieldText=Email Address: +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: defaultEmailText: %1$S is user name, %2$S is domain +defaultEmailText=Enter your email address. This is the address others will use to send email to you (for example, "%1$S@%2$S"). +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: customizedEmailText: %1$S is provider, %2$S is email username, %3$S is sample email, %4$S is sample username +customizedEmailText=Enter your %1$S %2$S (for example, if your %1$S email address is "%3$S", your %2$S is "%4$S"). + +# account manager stuff +prefPanel-server=Server Settings +prefPanel-copies=Copies & Folders +prefPanel-synchronization=Synchronization & Storage +prefPanel-diskspace=Disk Space +prefPanel-addressing=Composition & Addressing +prefPanel-junk=Junk Settings +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (prefPanel-smtp): Don't translate "SMTP" +prefPanel-smtp=Outgoing Server (SMTP) + +# account manager multiple identity support +#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S +identity-list-title=Identities for %1$S + +identityDialogTitleAdd=New Identity +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identityDialogTitleEdit): %S is the identity name +identityDialogTitleEdit=Edit %S + +identity-edit-req=You must specify a valid email address for this identity. +identity-edit-req-title=Error Creating Identity + +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identity-delete-confirm): %S is the identity name +# and should be put on a new line. The new line is produced with the "\n" string. +identity-delete-confirm=Are you sure you want to delete the identity\n%S? +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identity-delete-confirm-title): %S is the account name +identity-delete-confirm-title=Deleting identity for %S +identity-delete-confirm-button=Delete + +choosefile=Choose a file + +forAccount=For account "%S" + +removeFromServerTitle=Confirm permanent, automatic deletion of messages +removeFromServer=This setting will permanently delete old messages from the remote server AND your local storage. Are you sure you want to proceed? + +confirmSyncChangesTitle=Confirm synchronization changes +confirmSyncChanges=The Message Synchronization settings were changed.\n\nDo you want to save them? +confirmSyncChangesDiscard=Discard diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbc22bcec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY dialogTitle "Remove Account and Data"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remove"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY removeAccount.label "Remove account information"> +<!ENTITY removeAccount.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY removeAccount.desc "Removes only &brandShortName;'s knowledge of this account. Does not affect the account itself on the server."> +<!ENTITY removeData.label "Remove message data"> +<!ENTITY removeData.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY removeDataChat.label "Remove conversation data"> +<!ENTITY removeDataChat.accesskey "d"> +<!ENTITY removeDataLocalAccount.desc "Removes all messages, folders and filters associated with this account from your local disk. This does not affect some messages which may still be kept on the server. Do not choose this if you plan to archive the local data or re-use it in &brandShortName; later."> +<!ENTITY removeDataServerAccount.desc "Removes all messages, folders and filters associated with this account from your local disk. Your messages and folders are still kept on the server."> +<!ENTITY removeDataChatAccount.desc "Removes all logs of conversations stored for this account on your local disk."> +<!ENTITY showData.label "Show data location"> +<!ENTITY showData.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY progressPending "Removing selected data…"> +<!ENTITY progressSuccess "Removal succeeded."> +<!ENTITY progressFailure "Removal failed."> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..535fd1ea9c --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +removeQuestion=Are you sure you want to remove the account "%S"? diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9acf606463 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +replicationStarted=Replication started… +changesStarted=Started finding changes to replicate… +replicationSucceeded=Replication succeeded +replicationFailed=Replication failed +replicationCancelled=Replication cancelled +# LOCALIZATION NOTE +# do not localize %S. %S is the current entry number (an integer) +currentCount=Replicating directory entry: %S + +downloadButton=Download Now +downloadButton.accesskey=D +cancelDownloadButton=Cancel Download +cancelDownloadButton.accesskey=C + +directoryTitleNew=New LDAP Directory +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (directoryTitleEdit): %S will be replaced by the LDAP directory's display name +directoryTitleEdit=%S Properties diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..593393a21b --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY settings.caption "Settings"> +<!ENTITY security.caption "Security and Authentication"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Server Name:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Description:"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Port:"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "User Name:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "m"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Connection security:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "n"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "None"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, if available"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY smtpEditTitle.label "SMTP Server"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Default:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Authentication method:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/region.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39987fdaa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# messenger.properties +# mailnews.js +mailnews.start_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/start.xhtml +# To make mapit buttons to disappear in the addressbook, specify empty string. For example: +# mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format= +# The mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format should start with the URL of the mapping +# service and then the query part with placeholders to be subsituted from values +# from the addressbook contact's address. +# Available placeholders are: +# @A1 == address, part 1 +# @A2 == address, part 2 +# @CI == city +# @ST == state +# @ZI == zip code +# @CO == country +# Default map service: +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format=https://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO +# List of available map services (up to 5 can be defined here): +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.name=Google Maps +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.format=https://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.name=OpenStreetMap +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.format=https://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search.php?polygon=1&q=@A1%2C@A2%2C@CI%2C@ST%2C@ZI%2C@CO +mailnews.messageid_browser.url=http://groups.google.com/search?as_umsgid=%mid +# Recognize non-standard versions of "Re:" in subjects from localized versions of MS Outlook et al. +# Specify a comma-separated list without spaces. For example: mailnews.localizedRe=AW,SV +mailnews.localizedRe= diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62dd784f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY renameFolderDialog.title "Rename Folder"> +<!ENTITY rename.label "Enter the new name for your folder:"> +<!ENTITY rename.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY accept.label "Rename"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "R"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..010b8cd1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#these need to match nsMsgSearchAttrib interface in nsMsgSearchCore.idl +#and nsMsgSearchAttribMap in nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp +Subject=Subject +From=From +Body=Body +Date=Date +Priority=Priority +Status=Status +To=To +Cc=Cc +ToOrCc=To or Cc +AgeInDays=Age In Days +SizeKB=Size (KB) +Tags=Tags +# for AB and LDAP +AnyName=Any Name +DisplayName=Display Name +Nickname=Nickname +ScreenName=Screen Name +Email=Email +AdditionalEmail=Additional Email +AnyNumber=Any Number +WorkPhone=Work Phone +HomePhone=Home Phone +Fax=Fax +Pager=Pager +Mobile=Mobile +City=City +Street=Street +Title=Title +Organization=Organization +Department=Department +# more mailnews +FromToCcOrBcc=From, To, Cc or Bcc +JunkScoreOrigin=Junk Score Origin +JunkPercent=Junk Percent +AttachmentStatus=Attachment Status +JunkStatus=Junk Status +Label=Label +Customize=Customize… +MissingCustomTerm=Missing Custom Term diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2f58e5b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +0=contains +1=doesn't contain +2=is +3=isn't +4=is empty + +5=is before +6=is after + +7=is higher than +8=is lower than + +9=begins with +10=ends with + +11=sounds like +12=LdapDwim + +13=is greater than +14=is less than + +15=NameCompletion +16=is in my address book +17=isn't in my address book +18=isn't empty +19=matches +20=doesn't match diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43a8c35e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/search.properties @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# search and filter strings +# +# these are the fields that get inserted in the search line +# for "and" searches, this looks like: +# +# searchAnd0 <attribute> searchAnd1 <operator> searchAnd2 <value> searchAnd4 +# +# for example, in english this looks like: +# and the [Sender ] [doesn't contain] [John] +# +# TODO: need to special-case the first line (filterindex==0) + +# filter stuff +searchingMessage=Searching… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (matchesFound): #1 number of matches found +matchesFound=#1 match found;#1 matches found +noMatchesFound=No matches found +labelForStopButton=Stop +labelForSearchButton=Search +labelForStopButton.accesskey=S +labelForSearchButton.accesskey=S + +moreButtonTooltipText=Add a new rule +lessButtonTooltipText=Remove this rule diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0482afa59d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY matchAll.label "Match all of the following"> +<!ENTITY matchAll.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.label "Match any of the following"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.accesskey "a"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.label "Match all messages"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.accesskey "t"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the search widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> +<!ENTITY searchTermListAttributesFlexValue "1"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListOperatorsFlexValue "1"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListValueFlexValue "3"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95cbad1768 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + +# These strings are loaded and represented by the XUL dialog. +shutdownDialogTitle=Shutdown Progress Window +taskProgress=Processing %1$S of %2$S Tasks + +# These strings are loaded by the individual shutdown tasks. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7bfffdb56a --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the smime content type handler +# + +## @name NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE +## LOCALIZATION NOTE: the text can contain HTML tags. +1000=This is an <B>ENCRYPTED</B> or <B>SIGNED</B> message.<br> This Mail application does not support encrypted or signed mail. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c4e2063a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY securityTitle.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityHeading.label "To send and receive signed or encrypted messages, you should specify both a digital signing certificate and an encryption certificate."> +<!ENTITY encryptionGroupTitle.label "Encryption"> +<!ENTITY encryptionChoiceLabel.label "Default encryption setting when sending messages:"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.label "Never (do not use encryption)"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.label "Required (can't send message unless all recipients have certificates)"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.accesskey "u"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.message "Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you:"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.button "Select…"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.button "Clear"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.button "Select…"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.accesskey "t"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.button "Clear"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.accesskey "e"> +<!ENTITY signingGroupTitle.label "Digital Signing"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.label "Digitally sign messages (by default)"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.accesskey "D"> +<!ENTITY signingCert.message "Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you send:"> + +<!ENTITY certificates.label "Certificates"> +<!ENTITY manageCerts2.label "Manage Certificates…"> +<!ENTITY manageCerts2.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.label "Manage Security Devices…"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.accesskey "g"> + +<!-- Strings for the cert picker dialog --> +<!ENTITY certPicker.title "Select Certificate"> +<!ENTITY certPicker.info "Certificate:"> +<!ENTITY certPicker.detailsLabel "Details of selected certificate:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e1742efbb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## S/MIME error strings. +## Note to localization: %S is a placeholder +NoSenderSigningCert=You specified that this message should be digitally signed, but the application either failed to find the signing certificate specified in your Mail & Newsgroup Account Settings, or the certificate has expired. +NoSenderEncryptionCert=You specified encryption for this message, but the application either failed to find the encryption certificate specified in your Mail & Newsgroup Account Settings, or the certificate has expired. +MissingRecipientEncryptionCert=You specified encryption for this message, but the application failed to find an encryption certificate for %S. +ErrorEncryptMail=Unable to encrypt message. Please check that you have a valid email certificate for each recipient. Please check that the certificates specified in Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings for this mail account are valid and trusted for mail. +ErrorCanNotSignMail=Unable to sign message. Please check that the certificates specified in Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings for this mail account are valid and trusted for mail. + +## Strings used for in the prefs. +prefPanel-smime=Security +NoSigningCert=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that can be used to digitally sign your messages. +NoSigningCertForThisAddress=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that can be used to digitally sign your messages with an address of <%S>. +NoEncryptionCert=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that other people can use to send you encrypted email messages. +NoEncryptionCertForThisAddress=Certificate Manager can't locate a valid certificate that other people can use to send you encrypted email messages to the address <%S>. + +encryption_needCertWantSame=You should also specify a certificate for other people to use when they send you encrypted messages. Do you want to use the same certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you? +encryption_wantSame=Do you want to use the same certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to you? +encryption_needCertWantToSelect=You should also specify a certificate for other people to use when they send you encrypted messages. Do you want to configure an encryption certificate now? +signing_needCertWantSame=You should also specify a certificate to use for digitally signing your messages. Do you want to use the same certificate to digitally sign your messages? +signing_wantSame=Do you want to use the same certificate to digitally sign your messages? +signing_needCertWantToSelect=You should also specify a certificate to use for digitally signing your messages. Do you want to configure a certificate for digitally signing messages now? + +## Strings used by nsMsgComposeSecure +mime_smimeEncryptedContentDesc=S/MIME Encrypted Message +mime_smimeSignatureContentDesc=S/MIME Cryptographic Signature + +## Strings used by the cert picker. +CertInfoIssuedFor=Issued to: +CertInfoIssuedBy=Issued by: +CertInfoValid=Valid +CertInfoFrom=from +CertInfoTo=to +CertInfoPurposes=Purposes +CertInfoEmail=Email +CertInfoStoredIn=Stored in: +NicknameExpired=(expired) +NicknameNotYetValid=(not yet valid) diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8673b9ed9d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE shown while obtaining certificates from a directory --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Downloading Certificates"> +<!ENTITY info.message "Searching the directory for recipients' certificates. This may take a few minutes."> +<!ENTITY stop.label "Stop Searching"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9ae79ef72 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message composition --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.label "Encrypt This Message"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey "E"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.label "Digitally Sign This Message"> +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.accesskey "M"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "View Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "I"> + +<!ENTITY securityButton.label "Security"> +<!ENTITY securityButton.tooltip "View or change security settings"> + +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.label "Message Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..285d3cbea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## S/MIME mail compose window error strings. +NeedSetup=You need to set up one or more personal certificates before you can use this security feature. Would you like to learn how to do this now? diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8dbe6df27 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when composing a message --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Message Security"> +<!ENTITY subject.plaintextWarning "Please note: Subject lines of email messages are never encrypted."> +<!ENTITY status.heading "The contents of your message will be sent as follows:"> +<!ENTITY status.signed "Digitally signed:"> +<!ENTITY status.encrypted "Encrypted:"> +<!ENTITY status.certificates "Certificates:"> +<!ENTITY view.label "View"> +<!ENTITY view.accesskey "V"> +<!ENTITY tree.recipient "Recipient"> +<!ENTITY tree.status "Status"> +<!ENTITY tree.issuedDate "Issued"> +<!ENTITY tree.expiresDate "Expires"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bf8ca06592 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +StatusNotFound=Not Found +StatusValid=Valid +StatusExpired=Expired +StatusUntrusted=Not Trusted +StatusRevoked=Revoked +StatusInvalid=Invalid +StatusYes=Yes +StatusNo=No +StatusNotPossible=Not possible diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8dffb7df8 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message reading --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Message Security Info"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "I"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7a1862843 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +ImapOnDemand=The displayed message has been digitally signed, but not all its attachments have been downloaded yet. Therefore, the signature cannot be validated. Click OK to download the complete message and validate the signature. +# +#NOTE To translater, anything between %..% and <..> should not be translated. +# the former will be replaced by java script, and the latter is HTML formatting. +# +CantDecryptTitle=%brand% cannot decrypt this message +CantDecryptBody=The sender encrypted this message to you using one of your digital certificates, however %brand% was not able to find this certificate and corresponding private key. <br> Possible solutions: <br><ul><li>If you have a smartcard, please insert it now. <li>If you are using a new machine, or if you are using a new %brand% profile, you will need to restore your certificate and private key from a backup. Certificate backups usually end in ".p12".</ul> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06f1788987 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when reading a received message --> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Message Security"> +<!ENTITY signatureCert.label "View Signature Certificate"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.label "View Encryption Certificate"> + +<!ENTITY signer.name "Signed by:"> +<!ENTITY recipient.name "Encrypted for:"> +<!ENTITY email.address "Email address:"> +<!ENTITY issuer.name "Certificate issued by:"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7453b1aa78 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +## Signature Information strings +SINoneLabel=Message Has No Digital Signature +SINone=This message does not include the sender's digital signature. The absence of a digital signature means that the message could have been sent by someone pretending to have this email address. It is also possible that the message has been altered while in transit over the network. However, it is unlikely that either event has occurred. + +SIValidLabel=Message Is Signed +SIValid=This message includes a valid digital signature. The message has not been altered since it was sent. + +SIInvalidLabel=Digital Signature Is Not Valid +SIInvalidHeader=This message includes a digital signature, but the signature is invalid. + +SIContentAltered=The signature does not match the message content correctly. The message appears to have been altered after the sender signed it. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SIExpired=The certificate used to sign the message appears to have expired. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIRevoked=The certificate used to sign the message has been revoked. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SINotYetValid=The certificate used to sign the message appears not to be valid yet. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIUnknownCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by an unknown certificate authority. +SIUntrustedCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority that you do not trust for issuing this kind of certificate. +SIExpiredCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate has expired. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIRevokedCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate has been revoked. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. +SINotYetValidCA=The certificate used to sign the message was issued by a certificate authority whose own certificate is not yet valid. Make sure your computer's clock is set correctly. +SIInvalidCipher=The message was signed using an encryption strength that this version of your software does not support. +SIClueless=There are unknown problems with this digital signature. You should not trust the validity of this message until you verify its contents with the sender. + +SIPartiallyValidLabel=Message is signed +SIPartiallyValidHeader=Although the digital signature is valid, it is unknown whether sender and signer are the same person. + +SIHeaderMismatch=The email address listed in the signer's certificate is different from the email address that was used to send this message. Please look at the details of the signature certificate to learn who signed the message. +SICertWithoutAddress=The certificate used to sign the message does not contain an email address. Please look at the details of the signature certificate to learn who signed the message. + +## Encryption Information strings +EINoneLabel2=Message Is Not Encrypted +EINone=This message was not encrypted before it was sent. Information sent over the Internet without encryption can be seen by other people while in transit. + +EIValidLabel=Message Is Encrypted +EIValid=This message was encrypted before it was sent to you. Encryption makes it very difficult for other people to view information while it is traveling over the network. + +EIInvalidLabel=Message Cannot Be Decrypted +EIInvalidHeader=This message was encrypted before it was sent to you, but it cannot be decrypted. + +EIContentAltered=The message contents appear to have been altered during transmission. +EIClueless=There are unknown problems with this encrypted message. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49abae10ef --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY startpage.title "Welcome to &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups"> +<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (headline.label): the URL for <a id="vendorURL"> is fetched from brand.properties --> +<!ENTITY headline.label +'Welcome to <a id="vendorURL" href="">&brandShortName;</a> Mail & Newsgroups!'> +<!ENTITY description.label +"&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is a powerful open-source mail and news +client, supporting advanced junk mail detection and other useful features."> +<!ENTITY features.title "Features"> +<!ENTITY feat_multiacc.label "Support for multiple accounts"> +<!ENTITY feat_junk.label "Junk Mail detection"> +<!ENTITY feat_feeds.label "Feed Reader"> +<!ENTITY feat_filters.label "Message Filters"> +<!ENTITY feat_htmlmsg.label "HTML message support"> +<!ENTITY feat_abook.label "Address Book"> +<!ENTITY feat_tags.label "Customizable Tags and Mail Views"> +<!ENTITY feat_integration.label +"Tight integration with the &brandShortName; application suite"> +<!ENTITY dict.title "Dictionaries"> +<!ENTITY dict_intro.label "Dictionaries are used to check the spelling of your messages."> +<!ENTITY dict_info.label2 +'Many additional languages can be installed from the +<a id="dictURL" href="">dictionaries</a> section on +<a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net/seamonkey/">SeaMonkey and Thunderbird Add-ons</a>.'> +<!ENTITY info.title "More Information"> +<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (info_bugs.label2): the URL for <a id="releaseNotesURL"> is fetched from brand.properties --> +<!ENTITY info_bugs.label2 +'<a href="https://www.seamonkey-project.org/dev/get-involved">We</a> welcome +bug reports and feature requests, but please read the +<a id="releaseNotesURL" href="">release notes</a> and query +<a href="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/query.cgi">Bugzilla</a> first.'> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ce66e0559 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY subscribeDialog.title "Subscribe"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.label "Subscribe"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.label "Unsubscribe"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.label "New Groups"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.label "Refresh"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.accesskey "R"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Stop"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY server.label "Account:"> +<!ENTITY server.accesskey "A"> +<!ENTITY subscribedHeader.label "Subscribe"> +<!-- commenting out until bug 38906 is fixed +<!ENTITY messagesHeader.label "Messages"> --> +<!ENTITY namefield.label "Show items that contain:"> +<!ENTITY namefield.accesskey "O"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9fc327f5e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +subscribeLabel-nntp=Select the newsgroups to subscribe to: +subscribeLabel-imap=Select the folders to subscribe to: +columnHeader-nntp=Newsgroup name +columnHeader-imap=Folder name +currentListTab-nntp.label=Current Group List +currentListTab-nntp.accesskey=L +currentListTab-imap.label=Folder List +currentListTab-imap.accesskey=L +pleaseWaitString=Please wait… +offlineState=You are offline. Items could not be retrieved from the server. +errorPopulating=Error retrieving items from the server. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d3788b4fc --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +tabs.closeWarningTitleAll=Confirm close +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningAll): +# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See: +# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals +# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for +# multiple tabs. +tabs.closeWarningAll=;This messenger window has #1 tabs open. Do you want to close it and all its tabs? +tabs.closeButtonAll=Close all tabs +tabs.closeWarningPromptMeAll=Warn me when closing multiple tabs diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37df51c03f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the text import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Short name of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_NAME +## @loc None +2000=Text file (LDIF, .tab, .csv, .txt) + +# Description of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_DESCRIPTION +## @loc None +2001=Import an address book from a text file, including: LDIF (.ldif, .ldi), tab-delimited (.tab, .txt) or comma-separated (.csv) formats. + +# Description of import module +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_NAME +## @loc None +2002=Text Address Book + +# Description +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS +## @loc None +2003=Imported address book %S + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2004=Bad parameter passed to import address book. + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE +## @loc None +2005=Error accessing file for address book %S. + +# Error message +## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +2006=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b24aa1fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY threadColumn.label "Thread"> +<!ENTITY fromColumn.label "From"> +<!ENTITY recipientColumn.label "Recipient"> +<!ENTITY attachmentColumn.label "Attachments"> +<!ENTITY subjectColumn.label "Subject"> +<!ENTITY dateColumn.label "Date"> +<!ENTITY priorityColumn.label "Priority"> +<!ENTITY tagsColumn.label "Tags"> +<!ENTITY accountColumn.label "Account"> +<!ENTITY statusColumn.label "Status"> +<!ENTITY sizeColumn.label "Size"> +<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn.label "Junk Status"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Unread in Thread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total in Thread"> +<!ENTITY readColumn.label "Read"> +<!ENTITY receivedColumn.label "Received"> +<!ENTITY flagColumn.label "Flag"> +<!ENTITY locationColumn.label "Location"> +<!ENTITY idColumn.label "Order Received"> + +<!--Tooltips--> +<!ENTITY columnChooser2.tooltip "Select columns to display"> +<!ENTITY threadColumn2.tooltip "Display message threads"> +<!ENTITY fromColumn2.tooltip "Sort by from"> +<!ENTITY recipientColumn2.tooltip "Sort by recipient"> +<!ENTITY attachmentColumn2.tooltip "Sort by attachments"> +<!ENTITY subjectColumn2.tooltip "Sort by subject"> +<!ENTITY dateColumn2.tooltip "Sort by date"> +<!ENTITY priorityColumn2.tooltip "Sort by priority"> +<!ENTITY tagsColumn2.tooltip "Sort by tags"> +<!ENTITY accountColumn2.tooltip "Sort by account"> +<!ENTITY statusColumn2.tooltip "Sort by status"> +<!ENTITY sizeColumn2.tooltip "Sort by size"> +<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn2.tooltip "Sort by junk status"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn2.tooltip "Number of unread messages in thread"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn2.tooltip "Total number of messages in thread"> +<!ENTITY readColumn2.tooltip "Sort by read"> +<!ENTITY receivedColumn2.tooltip "Sort by date received"> +<!ENTITY flagColumn2.tooltip "Sort by flag"> +<!ENTITY locationColumn2.tooltip "Sort by location"> +<!ENTITY idColumn2.tooltip "Sort by order received"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a24e9cf2d --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the vCard import code to display status, error, and +# informational messages +# + +vCardImportName=vCard file (.vcf) + +vCardImportDescription=Import an address book from vCard format + +vCardImportAddressName=vCard Address Book + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the +# name of the address book being imported. +vCardImportAddressSuccess=Imported address book %S + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the +# name of the address book being imported. +vCardImportAddressBadSourceFile=Error accessing file for address book %S. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the +# name of the address book being imported. +vCardImportAddressConvertError=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5bca64539e --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY viewLog.title "Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY viewLogInfo.text "The Filter Log documents the filters that have been run for this account. Use the check box below to enable logging."> +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Clear Log"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "C"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.label "Enable the Filter Log"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.accesskey "E"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Close"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "o"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3199adb48 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderListTitle.title "Select Folder(s)"> +<!ENTITY virtualFolderDesc.label "Select the folders to search:"> +<!ENTITY folderName.label "Folder name"> +<!ENTITY folderSearch.label "Search"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef4fc4128f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderProperties.title "New Saved Search Folder"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Name:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "N"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Create as a subfolder of:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "C"> + +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "Configure the search criteria used for this saved search folder: "> + +<!ENTITY folderSelectionCaption.label "Select the folders to search: "> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.label "Choose…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.accesskey "h"> + +<!ENTITY searchOnline.label "Search Online (Gives up-to-date results for IMAP and News folders but increases time to open the folder)"> +<!ENTITY searchOnline.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.label "Create"> +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.accesskey "r"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.label "Update"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.accesskey "U"> diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42786af7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the windows live mail import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# Short name of import module +## @name WMIMPORT_NAME +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE +2000=Windows Live Mail + +# Description of import module +## @name WMIMPORT_DESCRIPTION +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2001): In this item, don't translate "Windows Live Mail" +2001=Windows Live Mail settings + +# Success message +## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%1$S" or "%2$d" +## The variable %1$S will contain the name of the Mailbox +## The variable %2$d will contain the number of messages +2002=Mailbox %1$S, imported %2$d messages + +# Error message +## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2003=Bad parameter passed to import mailbox. + +# Error message +## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox +2004=Error accessing file for mailbox %S. + +# Error message +## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox +2005=Error importing mailbox %S, all messages may not be imported from this mailbox. + +# Default name of imported addressbook +## @name WMIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME +## @loc None +2006=Windows Live Mail Address Book + +# Autofind description +## @name WMIMPORT_AUTOFIND +## @loc None +2007=Windows Live Mail address book (windows address book) + +# Description +## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2008=Imported address book %S + +# Error message +## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR +## @loc None +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S" +## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book +2009=Error importing address book %S, all addresses may not have been imported. + +# Error message +## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM +## @loc None +2010=Bad parameter passed to import addressbook. diff --git a/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2d9dbd3e8f --- /dev/null +++ b/comm/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +# +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following two strings are used when prompting the user for authentication +# information: + +## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TITLE +## @loc none +authPromptTitle=LDAP Server Password Required + +## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TEXT +## @loc %1$S should not be localized. It is the hostname of the LDAP server. +authPromptText=Please enter your password for %1$S. + +# These are string versions of all the errors defined in +# nsILDAPErrors.idl, as well as the nsresult codes based on those +# errors. See that file for the genesis of these codes, as well as +# for info about how to get documentation about their precise +# meanings. + +## @name OPERATIONS_ERROR +## @loc none +1=Operations error + +## @name PROTOCOL_ERROR +## @loc none +2=Protocol error + +## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +3=Timelimit exceeded + +## @name SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +4=Sizelimit exceeded + +## @name COMPARE_FALSE +## @loc none +5=Compare false + +## @name COMPARE_TRUE +## @loc none +6=Compare true + +## @name STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED +## @loc none +7=Authentication method not supported + +## @name STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED +## @loc none +8=Strong authentication required + +## @name PARTIAL_RESULTS +## @loc none +9=Partial results and referral received + +## @name REFERRAL +## @loc none +10=Referral received + +## @name ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +11=Administrative limit exceeded + +## @name UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION +## @loc none +12=Unavailable critical extension + +## @name CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED +## @loc none +13=Confidentiality required + +## @name SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS +## @loc none +14=SASL bind in progress + +## @name NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE +## @loc none +16=No such attribute + +## @name UNDEFINED_TYPE +## @loc none +17=Undefined attribute type + +## @name INAPPROPRIATE MATCHIN +## @loc none +18=Inappropriate matching + +## @name CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION +## @loc none +19=Constraint violation + +## @name TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS +## @loc none +20=Type or value exists + +## @name INVALID_SYNTAX +## @loc none +21=Invalid syntax + +## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT +## @loc none +32=No such object + +## @name ALIAS_PROBLEM +## @loc none +33=Alias problem + +## @name INVALID_DN_ SYNTAX +## @loc none +34=Invalid DN syntax + +## @name IS_LEAF +## @loc none +35=Object is a leaf + +## @name ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM +## @loc none +36=Alias dereferencing problem + +## @name INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH +## @loc none +48=Inappropriate authentication + +## @name INVALID_CREDENTIALS +## @loc none +49=Invalid credentials + +## @name INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS +## @loc none +50=Insufficient access + +## @name BUSY +## @loc none +51=The LDAP server is busy + +## @name UNAVAILABLE +## @loc none +52=LDAP server is unavailable + +## @name UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM +## @loc none +53=LDAP server is unwilling to perform + +## @name LOOP_DETECT +## @loc none +54=Loop detected + +## @name SORT_CONTROL_MISSING +## @loc none +60=Sort Control is missing + +## @name INDEX_RANGE_ERROR +## @loc none +61=Search results exceed the range specified by the offsets + +## @name NAMING_VIOLATION +## @loc none +64=Naming violation + +## @name OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION +## @loc none +65=Object class violation + +## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF +## @loc none +66=Operation not allowed on nonleaf + +## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN +## @loc none +67=Operation not allowed on RDN + +## @name ALREADY_EXISTS +## @loc none +68=Already exists + +## @name NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS +## @loc none +69=Cannot modify object class + +## @name RESULTS_TOO_LARGE +## @loc none +70=Results too large + +## @name AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS +## @loc none +71=Affects multiple servers + +## @name OTHER +## @loc none +80=Unknown error + +## @name SERVER_DOWN +## @loc none +81=Can't contact the LDAP server + +## @name LOCAL_ERROR +## @loc none +82=Local error + +## @name ENCODING_ERROR +## @loc none +83=Encoding error + +## @name DECODING_ERROR +## @loc none +84=Decoding error + +## @name TIMEOUT +## @loc none +85=The LDAP server timed out + +## @name AUTH_UNKNOWN +## @loc none +86=Unknown authentication method + +## @name FILTER_ERROR +## @loc none +87=Invalid search filter + +## @name USER_CANCELLED +## @loc none +88=User cancelled operation + +## @name PARAM_ERROR +## @loc none +89=Bad parameter to an LDAP routine + +## @name NO_MEMORY +## @loc none +90=Out of memory + +## @name CONNECT_ERROR +## @loc none +91=Can't connect to the LDAP server + +## @name NOT_SUPPORTED +## @loc none +92=Not supported by this version of the LDAP protocol + +## @name CONTROL_NOT_FOUND +## @loc none +93=Requested LDAP control not found + +## @name NO_RESULTS_RETURNED +## @loc none +94=No results returned + +## @name MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN +## @loc none +95=More results to return + +## @name CLIENT_LOOP +## @loc none +96=Client detected loop + +## @name REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED +## @loc none +97=Referral hop limit exceeded |
